Total No.

of Questions : 12]

P1504

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :7

[4759]-1
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - II
(2008 Course) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.No.1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6 from section -I and Q.No. 7 or 8, 9 or 10, 11 or 12
from section - II.
2) Answer to the two sections must be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, slide rule and electronic pocket calculator are allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary, stating it clearly.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

State various formulas used for computation of velocity of flow in sewer.

Hence explain the significance of maximum and minimum velocities to
be generated in the sewer with suitable examples.
[6]

b)

State the rational formula used for computation of storm water discharge.
Hence determine the storm water discharge produced from a sewer
district of 40 Hectors comprising different type of sub catchment as
given below. The average intensity of rainfall in the area is 50mm/hour.[6]

c)

Type of catchment

% of area

Coefficient of runoff

1. Built up area

30

0.95

2. Road surface

15

0.8

3. Open space

25

0.2

4. Lawns and gardens

40

0.15

What is DO fixation? Why it is necessary to fix DO during its

measurement?
[4]
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

Explain the variation in sewage flow. How the variation in sewage flow is
taken into account while designing the sewer.
[4]

b)

List out various appurtenances used in sewerage system and hence explain
the principle of working and need of oil & grease trap.
[4]

c)

Design a circular sewer for conveyance of sewage generated from a

town with population of 1.2 lakh and rate of water supply of 150 L/C/D.
The sewer should be designed to carry maximum discharge while running
0.7 times full. Also check the velocity at minimum flow, it should be
more than 0.6 m/s. Use following data.
[8]
i)

Max.flow/Av.flow=3;

ii)

Min.flow/Ave.flow=0.34;

iii)

Mannings constant=0.013;

iv)

Hydraulic elements at partial flow condition.

Proportionate depth

Proportionate velocity Proportionate discharge

(d/D)

(v/V)

(q/Q)

0.7

1.12

0.838

0.4

0.902

0.337

0.3

0.776

0.196

0.2

0.615

0.088

0.1

0.401

0.021

Q3) a)

Explain Oxygen sag, Deoxygenation and Reoxygenation curves with help

of neat diagram?
[4]

b)

Explain with neat sketch, the principle and working of grit chamber.
Describe the method of disposal of grit?
[8]

c)

State the Streeter - Phelps equation and explain each term in equation?[4]
OR

[4759]-1

Q4) a)

Explain different zones during self-purification of stream?

[8]

b)

Design the screen chamber to treat a Maximum flow of 60 mld of sewage?

[8]

Q5) a)

State various modifications in Activated Sludge Process and hence explain

any two with reference to process details, HRT, SRT and BOD removal
efficiency.
[9]

b)

Design a high rate single stage trickling filter for treating domestic sewage
flow of 10MLD using N.R.C. formula. Use following data.
[9]
i)

BOD5 of raw sewage = 300 mg/L,

ii)

BOD removed during primary treatment =30%,

iii)

Organic loading rate = 0.8Kg/m3/d,

iv)

Hydraulic loading rate = 15m3/m3/d,

v)

Recirculation ratio =2.

Determine,
1)

Volume of filter media

2)

Dimensions of trickling filter

3)

Efficiency of trickling filter

OR

Q6) a)
b)

[4759]-1

Draw a neat flow diagram of sewage treatment plant with trickling filter
as method of secondary treatment.
[4]
Explain the principle and working of trickling filter.

[4]

c)

Design a completely mixed activated sludge process for treating domestic

sewage flow of 10MLD. Use following data.
[10]
i)

BOD5 of raw sewage = 300 mg/L,

ii)

BOD removed during primary treatment = 30%.

iii)

Permissible effluent BOD = 30mg/L.

iv)

Permissible suspended solids in treated effluent = 30mg/L of which

65% is biodegradable.

v)

MLSS = 3000mg/L,

vi)

Return sludge solids concentration = 10000mg/l,

vii) Ratio of VSS/SS =0.8,

viii) Kinetic constants: Y = 0.5, Kd = 0.05.
ix)

Oxygen transfer capacity for aerators under field condition = 1.6

Kg/d.

Determine,
1)

Influent and effluent BOD

2)

Volume of aeration tank

3)

Oxygen and power requirement

4)

Rate of sludge wasting and sludge recirculation ratio.

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the symbiotic relationship between bacteria and algae in oxidation

pond.
[4]

b)

Differentiate between oxidation pond and aerated lagoon with reference

to organic loading, HRT, BOD removal efficiency and method of aeration.
[6]

[4759]-1

c)

An aerated lagoon system is to be provided for treatment of sewage

using following data:
[6]
i)

Sewage flow = 10MLD,

ii)

Raw sewage BOD5 = 240mg/L,

iii)

Desired BOD5 of treated effluent = 30mg/L,

iv)

Hydraulic residence time (HRT) = 06 day,

v)

Growth constants = 0.5, Kd = 0.05.

vi)

Oxygen transfer capacity for aerators under field condition 1.6 Kg/d.

Determine:
1)

Volume and dimensions of aerated lagoon,

2)

Volatile solids produced in the aerated lagoon,

3)

Oxygen and power requirement.

OR

Q8) a)

Differentiate between activated sludge process and aerated lagoon and

comment on suitability of these processes for treatment of sewage. [6]

b)

Explain the principle and working of facultative aerated lagoon.

c)

Design an oxidation pond for treatment of domestic sewage, using

following data.
[6]

[4759]-1

i)

Sewage flow = 2MLD,

ii)

Raw sewage BOD5 = 240mg/L,

iii)

Desired BOD5 of treated effluent = 30mg/L,

5

[4]

iv)

Average solar radiation = 150Cal/cm2/d,

v)

Efficiency of sunlight utilization by algae = 0.06,

vi)

Unit heat of combustion for algae = 6000Cal/g,

vii) Depth of pond = 1m.

viii) BOD5/BODL = 0.68.
Determine,
1)

Area and dimensions of oxidation pond,

2)

Organic loading in KgBOD/Ha/d.

3)

Hydraulic residence time (HRT).

Q9) a)

Design a septic tank for 200 users. Water allowance is 120 liters per head
per day. Also design a suitable soil absorption system if the percolation
rate is 3min/sec. and depth of ground water table below GL is 1.5 m.[8]

b)

Write short note on Up-flow Aerobic Sludge Blanket Reactor (UASBR).

[5]

c)

Explain various method of sludge disposal along with merits and demerits.
[5]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the aerobic sludge digestion process and also discuss the various
design parameter of aerobic digester.
[8]

b)

Explain the method of disposal of septic tank effluent.

c)

What do you mean by sludge thickening? Explain the various method of

sludge thickening.
[5]

[4759]-1

[5]

Q11)Write short note on:

[16]

a)

Equalization

b)

Neutralization

c)

Sludge drying bed

d)

Discharge standard for disposal of treated effluent in river.

OR

Q12)Explain with a flow diagram for waste water treatment process of following
industry.
[16]
a)

Sugar

b)

Dairy

c)

Textile

d)

Distillery

EEE

[4759]-1

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2002

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-10
B.E. (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
HYDROINFORMATICS
(2008Course) (Elective-II) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section .
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)
c)

Enlist the basic scientific disciplines of hydro informatics and explain

important aspects of each on which hydro informatics is based.
[6]
Enumerate scope of internet and web based modeling in water resources
engineering.
[6]
A commercial Hydroinformatics system is to be formed for managing
reservoir operation with respect to release of water for an irrigation system
and for domestic use for a small town what components you suggest,
explain with justification.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Discuss about design of hydro informatics system for information

regarding availability of surface water in a particular area.
[6]
b) Discuss the role of internet in rainfall forecasting system.
[6]
c) Compare numerical modeling and soft computing modeling in
Hydroinformatics
[6]

Q3) a)

What is a decision support system in water resources engineering? What

are its components? What is the role of government sector in decision
support system?.
[8]

b)

Enlist the various components of multi-criteria decision support system

and explain the inter dependency of every component on each other.
[8]
OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Name different software used in Hydroinformatics.Explain any one of

them in detail.
[8]

b)

Discuss design of multi - criteria decision support system for drought

watch giving details of information collection, analysis,
prediction,estimation,decision,dissemination of the information.
[8]

Q5) a)

Differentiate between physics based modeling and data driven

modeling.Give examples of each.
[8]

b)

Discuss design of simulation model for reservoir inflow at a dam location

objective, scope, basic formulae used, underlying solution procedure,
and simulation technique used.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

What are different data driven techniques? How these techniques can be
applied for development of water resources.
[8]

b)

Discuss design of simulation model for household sewage collection

system giving details of objective, scope, basic formulae used, underlying
solution procedure and simulation technique used.
[8]
SECTION II

Q7) a)

Write detail note on recurrent network.

[6]

b)

Define normalization in Artificial neural network. What is the importance

of normalization? What are typical ranges of normalization?
[6]

c)

Discuss conjugate gradient algorithm in detail.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

What is over fitting of neural network? Explain in detail how it is avoided.

[6]

b)

How artifical neural networks compare with statistics? What is the

terminology used in statistics for the following terms used in ANN?
Input,output,training, generalization.
[6]

c)

Explain in detail the step wise procedure for carrying out cross validation.
[6]

[4759]-10

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss parents and children, fitness values an best fitness values with
respect to genetic algorithm.
[8]
What are Genetic operators? Explain any two of them in details.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Summaries the working of Genetic algorithm.

[8]

b)

What is real coded Genetic Algorithm? How it differs from standard

Genetic Algorithm?
[8]

Q11)a)

Discuss limitations of ANN With respect to data requirement, magnitude

of data, selection of architecture and lack of physical concept.
[8]

b)

Write the working principle of Genetic Algorithm and enlist various

applications of Genetic Algorithm in Water Resources Engineering. [8]
OR

Q12)a)

Write detail note on applications of Artificial Neural Networks in stage

discharge modeling.
[8]

b)

What is the importance of fitness function in Genetic Algorithm. And

explain the operation, reproduction, cross over and mutation of Genetic
Algorithm.
[8]

tu

[4759]-10

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1397

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 100
B.E. (E & TC)
SPEECH PROCESSING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III) (404189) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic and pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain in detail the sub classification of voiced speech signal based on

tongue position and unvoiced speech signal based on manner and place
of articulation. (i.e. the classification of vowels and obstruents)
[10]

b)

What is the difference in the production of pure vowels and nasal sounds?
How it is reflected in acoustic parameters? Classify nasal sounds based
on place of articulation.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

A speech signal is sampled at 16000 Hz and autocorrelation method is

used to compute the pitch period. The range of the pitch frequency is
75Hz to 350 Hz. What is the minimum size of the window required to
compute pitch period. If minimum window size is used and peak occur
at sample number 106 What is the pitch frequency? Find the location of
the peak for the pitch frequency 75 and 350 Hz? (note: the peak sample
values are the sample shift values of one sided autocorrelation function).
[8]

b)

What is AMDF? How will you use AMDF for pitch measurement? What
is the difference in the computation of pitch using AMDF and
autocorrelation method? Which is computationally efficient and why?[10]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)

Explain the Autocorrelation method for computing Linear Predictor

Coefficients.
[8]
Obtain the direct form I filter coefficients from the following reflection
coefficients.
[8]
k1 = 0.4878 k2 = 0.3123 k3 = 0.512
OR
Explain Burgs algorithm based for Lattice method.
[8]
Draw a diagram of two stage Lattice and write the equations. Explain
how the reflection coefficients are calculated with help of example. [8]

Q5) a)

With the help of neat block diagram, explain the computational procedure
for calculation of Mel Frequency Cepstral Coefficients.
[8]

b)

With the help of neat block schematic, explain formant and pitch
measurement using cepstrum.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain homomorphic processing with reference to speech processing.[8]

What are LPC? What is the relation of LPC with formant.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain adaptive filters and its application to noise removal.

[8]

Explain the transform domain technique used for speech

enhancement.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain Wiener filter. How it is used for echo cancellation.

[8]

b)

What are the different techniques used for wide band noise removal.[8]

Q9) a)

Define the elements of HMM and explain how the model generates
observation sequences.
[9]

b)

Explain the various conditions that are used for the optimization of
dynamic time warping algorithm.
[9]
OR

[4759]-100

Q10)a)

From the given transition matrix draw the state diagram.

0.3
0.2

0
0.2

b)
Q11)a)
b)

0.5
0.4
0.1
0.1
0

[9]

0.1 0 0.1
0.4 0
0

0.3 0.5 0.1

0.1 0.5 0.3

0 0.2 0.6

Explain with block schematic isolated digit recognition system.

[9]

Distinguish between speaker identification and speaker verification. [8]

Explain in detail text-to speech conversion system.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain Phoneme-based synthesis related to concatenative synthesis.[8]

b)

With the help of block schematic explain formant-based synthesizer.[8]

[4759]-100

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1398

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 101
B.E. (E & TC)
TELEVISION & VIDEO ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer questions 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8, 9 or 10, 11 or 12.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Draw a neat sketch of composite video signal indicating the numerical

values for different timing of various pulses used in CCIR-B standard.[6]

b)

What is Interlaced scanning and why it is used in Television System.[6]

c)

Explain vertical & Horizontal resolution.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

b)

Define following terms:

i)

Hue

ii)

Saturation

iii)

Brightness

iv)

Kell factor

v)

Aspect Ratio

[10]

Why is the (G-Y) difference signal not chosen for transmission? How
this signal is obtained at the receiver?
[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

With block diagram explain low level modulated TV transmitter.

[8]
Explain PAL decoder system for colour TV. How phase errors are
eliminated.
[8]
OR
Compare NTSC, PAL and SECAM system for Colour TV.
[8]
Draw Chromaticity diagram & explain what information is obtained from
it.
[8]
Discuss digital TV recording techniques.

[8]

Explain Advanced MAC signal transmission techniques.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

What are the advantages of Digital TV over Analog TV. Draw block
diagram of Digital TV.
[8]

b)

Explain the principles of video compression and discuss various video

compression formats.
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Explain the concept of

i) Video on demand (VoD)

[4]

ii)

Conditional Access System (CAS).

[4]

iii)

Direct to Home (DTH)

[4]

Draw and explain the function of each block in HDTV receiver.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss a live TV coverage plan for international cricket.

[10]

With suitable block diagram explain CCTV system in detail.

[8]

What are the features of IPTV, explain the architecture of IPTV.

[8]

Along with a block diagram explain the working of a video door phone
system.
[8]
OR

[4759]-101

Q10)a)
b)

Explain the 3G Mobile TV system.

[8]

Explain Wi-Fi system in detail.

[8]

Q11)Write a short note on:

a)

Camcoder.

[4]

b)

MP3 player.

[4]

c)

Blue ray disc.

[4]

d)

Handycams and Digicams.

[4]
OR

Q12)a)

Describe the construction of plasma TV and compare with LCD TV.[8]

b)

State the important specifications of DVD player. Draw a neat block

diagram of DVD player & explain function of each block.
[8]

[4759]-101

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1399

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 102
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
TEST AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Describe various levels of standards used in measurement.

[8]

The following reading are obtained for measurement of inductor 47.1,

47.3, 48.5, 48.3, 47.4, 47.5, 48.2, 48.4, 47.9, 48.6 mH. Calculate
[8]
i)

Arithmetic mean

ii)

Average deviation

iii)

Standard deviation

iv)

Probable error
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the need of calibration. Also explain the calibration standards

and traceability.
[8]
Draw & Explain block diagram of digital data acquisition system.

[8]

With the help of neat block diagram, explain the operation of vector
Voltmeter.
[8]
State & explain some important specification of commercially available
digital LCR-Q meter.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

With neat diagram explain working of vector impedance meter.

With neat diagram explain working of true rms meter.

[8]
[8]

Q5) a)

With neat block diagram explain the principle of operation of Digital

Storage Oscilloscope.
[8]

b)

List and explain different types of CRO probes. What are advantages of
active probe?
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

With the neat block diagram explain the working of Dual Trace
Oscilloscope. Also explain alternate mode and chop mode used
in CRO.
[10]

b)

With neat block diagram explain the principle of operation of Digital

Phosphor Oscilloscope.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Draw the block diagram of TRF Spectrum Analyzer & explain its
Operation. Also state its advantages & disadvantages.
[8]
With neat diagram explain total harmonic distortion analyzer.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain with neat diagram function of Logic Analyzer.

[8]

Explain with neat diagram selective wave analyzer.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain in brief the technique of s-parameter using network analyzer.[8]

b)

Draw and explain the block diagram of an Arbitrary Waveform

Generator.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

What are different approaches of frequency synthesis. Explain

any one.
[8]

b)

With the neat diagram explain network analyzer measurement system.[8]

[4759]-102

Q11)a)
b)

Give the classification of Virtual Instruments and explain each in brief.[10]

Explain the features of LABVIEW.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the detail structure of IEEE 488 bus used to interface spectrum
analyzer with computer.
[10]
What are the requirements of the Automatic Test System?

[4759]-102

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1400

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-103
B.E. (E & Tc)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
404190(2008Course) (Elective-IV) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer papers.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section .
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Give examples of problems/ games which require A.I. techniques? Give

the role of A.I. in solving it.
[8]
Explain the architecture of a typical agent.What is a rational agent?. [8]
OR
Explain Simple Reflex based agent with the help of schematic diagram
or pseudo code.
[8]
List the different properties of task environment Give the suitable example
for each.
[8]
Explain A* algorithm with its pseudo code.

[8]

Explain the importance and use of plateau,ridge, local maxima and global
maxima with respect to hill climbing algorithm.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Define Heuristics. Explain the significance of heuristic function in the

informed search with suitable example.
[8]

b)

Explain steepest ancient hill climbing and stimulated annealing in detail.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Consider the problem of deciding which place to be visited.

If summer Mount Abu.

If winter Jodhpur.

If rainy Shimla.

If spring Nainital.

It is winter.

[9]

Build the TMS style database of ncessary facts to solve this problem.
b)

What are the drawbacks of predicate logic used in representation of

facts? Give five examples where it becomes extremely difficult to use
predicate logic for representations.
[9]
OR

Q6) a)

What is meant by non-monotonic reasoning? Differentiate between

statistical reasoning and probabilistic reasoning.
[9]

b)

Represent the following in semantic networks.A collage has a department

computer Engineering and Ravi is the head of the department. Varsha
and Ruma are staff members of the department. Varsha is married to
Ajay.Ajay is a Software Programmer. They have two children and they
live on MG Road. Varsha wears glasses and is 5 feet 3 inches tall. [9]
SECTION II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the significance and impact of learning in problem solving. [10]

Give any two applications of neural networks.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Consider the following representaion of block world :[10]

[10]

Start: ON (A,B) ^ ON (C,D) ^ ONTABLE(D) ^ ONTABLE(B).

Goal: ON (C,B) ^ ON(D,A) ^ ONTABLE(B) ^ONTABLE(A).

show how TWEAK (Non-Linear planning) will solve this problem.

b)

Use goal stack method to solve following Blocks problem.

[4759]-103

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Waltzs algorithm with an example. Comment on the limitations

of Waltz algorithm.
[8]
Explain the typical architecture of Expert system.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

What are trihedral figures (objects)? How Waltzs can be applied to

propagate symbolic information.
[8]

b)

What is difference between expert system and traditional system?

Comment on the advantages and disadvantages of expert system. [8]

Q11)a)

Detail the Semantic analysis phase of Natural Language Processing (NLP).

[8]

b)

Show the parse tree for

i.John wanted to go to the movie with Sally.
ii. Print the file on the printer.

[8]
OR

Q12)a)

What are the various issues in natural language processing? Explain. [8]

b)

What is NLP? Explain different phases and the evaluation process of

NLP.
[8]

tu

[4759]-103

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1401

SEAT No. :

[4759]-104

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective -IV) (404190)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from Section -I and three questions from Section-II.

2)

Attempt not more than six questions of which at least three questions must be from
each section.

3)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

5)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain two stroke and four stroke engine operation with the help of
following actions.
[10]
i)

Intake

ii)

Compression

iii)

Power

iv)

Exhaust

Explain with diagram basic transmission system in automotive.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

b)

Explain with the help of neat diagram.

i)

Breaking system

ii)

Cooling system

Explain working principle of fuel cell.

[10]

[8]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

Explain working principle required for sensing of following parameters.[8]

i)

Exhaust gas oxygen (EGO)

ii)

Engine speed

Explain mehod of type pressure measurement system.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

With reference to maintaining stoichiometric ratio, explain fuel injection

system in automotive.
[8]

b)

Explain any two techniques used for crankshaft angular position

measurement.
[8]

Q5) a)

b)

Write note on

[8]

i)

Traction control system

ii)

Steering control system

With the help of neat diagram explain adaptive cruise control system.[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is engine management system? Explain with block diagram how it

works?
[8]
Write short note on Anti-theft system.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Write a C18 program to toggle only port PORT A.4 bit continuously for
every 80 ms. Use timer 0, 8 bit mode, the 1:4 prescalar to create the
delay.
Assume XTAL = 10 MHz.

[8]

b)

How embedded C is different from C programming.

[6]

c)

Explain any one application of watch dog timer in automotive.

[4]

OR
[4759]-104

Q8) a)

Draw and explain architecture of 8 bit PIC microcontroller.

[8]

b)

With the help of interfacing diagram, explain PWM technique of motor

speed control using PIC microcontroller.
[10]

Q9) a)

Explain the requirement of communication protocol to be used in modern

automotive.
[8]

b)

How cortex architecture is different from ARM-7 architecture? Suggest

any one application of cortex in automotive.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Write short note on

i)

LIN

ii)

Flexray

[8]

Explain features of CAN protocol, those are suitable for automotive

usage.
[8]
Explain on-board and off-board diagnostics in automotive.

[8]

What is DTC? What information does it carries? Explain fault finding

and corrective measures used in automotive diagnostics.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain basic and multiplex wiring system.

[8]

Explain SAE standard for emission control.

[8]

EEE

[4759]-104

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1402

[4759]-105

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & T/C)

NANOTECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

4)

SolveQ 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6, Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, and Q 11 or Q 12 .

5)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail the fundamental science behind Nanotechnology.

[8]

List the different tools for measuring nanostructures and explain it in

detail.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What is polymerization? Explain the process of DNA hybridization with

schematic.
[8]

b)

What are the different challenges for tools to imagine Nanoscale behavior.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Compare Floating Gate NVM and Nanocrystal based NVM.

[8]

Draw and explain the process flow for integrating Nanocrystal memory
with standard CMOS technology.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Compare between Nanoscale materials and macro scale materials.

[8]

b)

Explain the effect of electron trapping in Novel dielectric material.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) Describe the following terms related to carbon Nanotubes.

a)

Fabrication

b)

Properties and Types

c)

Applications

[18]

OR
Q6) Write short notes on the following:

[18]

a)

Magic Number and optical properties of Nanoparticles.

b)

Single walled and Multi walled carbon Nanotube.

c)

Superconductivity in C60.
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the application of Azobenzene molecule in NEMS.

[8]

Explain the process of writing, reading and erasing in Azobenzene molecule

using polarization?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain any two applications of a Cantilever device under MEMS. [8]

Enlist the advantages of MEMS.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain the steps involved in nanoimprint using e-beam lithography

process.
[10]

b)

Describe the significance of Nano-electronics in Advanced computation

applications.
[8]
OR

[4759]-105

Q10)a)

Explain Optical and Atomic Lithography.

[10]

b)

Describe briefly the functioning of Scanning Tunneling Microscope. [8]

Q11)a)

Explain the working of single Electron Transistor and its application.[8]

b)

Briefly explain the capture of light energy and generation of current in

photovoltaic cell.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on the following:

[16]

a)

Nanotechnology in Biomedical.

b)

Molecular motors.

EEE

[4759]-105

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1403

SEAT No. :

[4759]-106

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

PLC AND INDUSTRIAL PROCESS AUTOMATION
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (404190)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6 from Section - I and Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10,

Q 11 or Q 12 from Section - II .

2)

Right side figures indicate marks.

3)

Assume data necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain Transient Regulation and Steady State regulation.

[8]

Explain Foundation Field Bus (FEB) in Industrial applications? Comment

on advantages of FFB?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Advantages of Digital Control Over analog control? Explain concept of

stability in Digital Control System
[8]
Explain the Supervisory Control with suitable example?

[8]

Q3) a)

Explain need of transmitters? what are the standards used for current,
voltage and pneumatic signals in industrial applications?
[8]

b)

What are the applications of electronic differential Pressure Transmitters?

[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain Analog and Digital signal conditioning for RTD?

[8]

Explain with suitable examples and applications smart and Intelligent

transmitters?
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain role and working of PID controller? Draw step response

characteristics of PID controller?
[9]
What are the Design considerations of Digital PID controller?

[9]

OR
Q6) a)

Explain tuning of PID controller? What is the effect of P, I and D

parameters.
[6]

b)

What is OFFSET in control applications? How it will be reduced? [6]

c)

Explain with suitable example concept of Integral Wind up?

[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

What is necessity of using actuators? How actuators are classified?

Explain any one electrical actuator?
[8]

b)

Explain role of final control element? What are the required characteristics
of final control element?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Compare between Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuators?

[8]

Explain with neat diagram stepper motor as an actuator? Explain its

advantages and applications?
[8]
Explain interfacing of Input and Output devices with PLC?

[8]

Explain with one example PLC based automated system?

[8]

OR

[4759]-106

Q10)a)

How you will decide specifications of PLC required for a particular

application? Explain following terms w.r.t. PLC.
[10]
i)

Input Scan Time,

ii)

Output Scan Time

iii)

Timers

iv)

Counters

b)

What is Networking of PLC? Where it is used explain with suitable

example?
[6]

Q11)a)

Explain the concept of statistical process control with suitable application?

[9]

b)

How Artificial Neural Network (ANN) based controllers are used in

Industrial Applications?
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain advantages of Fuzzy controller over conventional / classical

controller? Explain Fuzzy controller with suitable black diagram? [10]
Compare fuzzy controller and ANN based controllers?

EEE

[4759]-106

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3690

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 107
B.E. (E &TC)
ADVANCED SATELLITE SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
(2008 Course) (Semester -II) (Open Elective) (404190)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate sheets.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data. if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Why is there a need for satellite communication? Explain various

advantages and limitations of satellite communication.
[8]
Explain following terms:

[8]

i)

Apogee and Perigee

ii)

Ascending and Descending Nodes

iii)

Arguement of Perigee

iv)

Mean and True anomaly

OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

What is a geostationary orbit? Which conditions should be fulfilled to

attain a geostationary orbit?
[8]
What are Look angles? Derive an equation for the same.

[8]

Discuss the design considerations of a communication satellite.

[8]

Discuss the TT & C system of a communication satellite.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Compare the error probabilities for BPSK and QPSK.

[8]

Explain with the help of neat block diagram QPSK transmitter & receiver.
Also give the mathematical analysis.
[8]

Derive the Link-Power Budget equation.

[10]

Diagrammatically explain the combined Uplink and Downlink carrier to

noise ratio.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Discuss the significance of system noise temperature and G/T ratio in

calculation of link budget.
[6]

b)

Discuss various sources of interferences between two satellite circuits.

Also discuss how it affects link design calculations.
[6]

c)

Comment on the following:

i)

Uplink Budget

ii)

Downlink Budget

iii)

Overall link Budget

[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the principle used in spectrum spreading and dispreading. How

is this used to minimize interference in a CDMA system?
[10]

b)

With neat block diagram explain DSSS transmitter & receiver with relevant
waveforms.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the technique of TDMA. How TDMA network is advantageous

over FDMA network?
[10]

b)

Explain various forms of spread spectrum with relevant waveforms. [8]

[4759]-107

Q9) a)
b)

Explain with neat block diagram critical components of a satellite link.[8]

Compare the error probabilities for ASK and BFSK.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain with the help of neat block diagram 16 bit QAM transmitter &
receiver. Also give the mathematical analysis.
[8]
Write a note on Tracking System. List its characteristics.

[8]

Explain with neat diagram GPS Position Location principle.

[8]

Explain in brief GPS transmitters and receivers.

[8]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on.(Any Four).

[16]

a)

Differential GPS

b)

Remote sensing

c)

Resource Mapping

d)

Calculation for Link Margins for star network

e)

Applications of DBS TV and Radio

f)

VSAT - Earth station.

R R R

[4759]-107

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4628

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 108
B.E. (E & TC)
ADVANCED TRENDS IN TELECOMMUNICATION
(2008 Course) (404190) (Open Elective) (Semester - II)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

With neat diagram, explain in brief different wireless networks.

Explain IEEE 802.11 architecture and protocols in detail.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Classify Routing Protocols. Explain with neat diagram, energy efficient

unicast routing algorithm.
[10]
Write a brief note on security of wireless Adhoc networks.

[8]

Q3) a)

Explain with one application the realization of Internet of things in RFI &
technology.
[8]

b)

List applications of IoT. Explain the architecture of ubiquitous computing

to support IoT.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain in brief the functionality of each layer in IoT architecture with

neat diagram.
[8]
List and brief key challenges to achieve full IoT potential.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

With neat diagram, explain the working principle of wide Area

Measurement System.
[8]
Write a brief note on:-

[8]

i)

Smart City.

ii)

Intelligent Housing.
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the concept of Smart Grid. Explain in brief how smart meters
are most tangible sign of Smart Grid.
[8]

b)

With neat diagram, explain substation and feeder monitoring system

architecture.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

With neat diagram, explain in detail heterodyne architecture of software

Defined Radio.
[8]

b)

What are user requirements for S D R terminals. Explain the need for
network reconfigurability management.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain with neat diagram cognitive Radio architecture.

Write a short note w.r.t. cognitive Radio network:
i)

Spectrum sensing

ii)

Spectrum sharing

iii)

Spectrum Mobility

iv)

Spectrum Management

[6]
[12]

Q9) a)

Explain with neat diagram and example the difference between MIMO
Vs cooperative MIMO.
[8]

b)

With neat diagram, explain cooperative communication system. List

applications of cooperative communication.
[8]
OR

[4759]-108

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

List benefit and drawback of cooperative communication system.

[8]

With neat diagram, explain principle of cooperative communications based

on smart antenna.
[8]

Brief different regulatory and safety aspects of Tele-health care.

[8]

List applications of wireless communication in hospital and emergency

settings.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain following requirements related to Telehealth care:

i)

Reliability

ii)

Privacy

iii)

Trust

[8]

With neat diagram, explain the usage of cognitive radio for Tele-health
care. Mention spectrum usage for Tele-health care.
[8]

[4759]-108

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1404

SEAT No. :

[4759]-109

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electronics and Telecommunication)

Programmable system on chip
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (404190) (Open Elective)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from Section-I and answer 3 questions from Section-II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain and compare the features of pSoC1, pSoC2 and pSoC3 families.
[8]

b)

Explain with neat schematic the analog and digital blocks used in pSoC
architectures.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What do you mean by programmable routing and Interconnects used in

pSoC.
[8]

b)

Draw the architectural blocks of pSoC and conventional microcontroller

unit. Compare the features of pSoC and conventional microcontroller
unit.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

With neat schematic explain the architecture of pSoC-5 device.

[8]

Explain the architectures of following subsystems used in pSoC-3, [8]

i)

CPU subsystem

ii)

I/O interfaces
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What are the differences between architectural features of pSoC-3 and

PSoC-5. Explain each in detail.
[8]

b)

What are the analog and digital subsystems used in pSoC? How to design
mixed signal systems using pSoC?
[8]

Q5) a)

What is the difference between pSoC memory management and

conventional microcontroller memory management. Design pSoC memory
module for interfacing 64KB RAM with the pSoC.
[10]

b)

Write a short note on pSoC Designer Suit.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

b)

What is Cypress pSoC Creator? Design and implement a Data Acquisition

System using pSoC Creator.
[10]
Write a short note on Improvements of the pSoC.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Write short notes on,

[8]

i)

pSoC interrupt subsystem.

ii)

Mixed signal architectures.

Explain in detail pSoC express. Design any mixed signal embedded system
using pSoC express.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

b)

What are the hardware and software subsystems used in mixed-signal

systems using pSoC. Explain each in detail.
[8]
Explain the hardware and software components used in pSoC.

[4759]-109

[8]

Q9) a)

b)

Explain the architecture of following buses used in pSoC.

i)

I2C

ii)

SPI

iii)

CAN

iv)

UART

Write short notes on

[8]

[8]

i)

Delta-sigma ADC topology.

ii)

Digital filter Blocks.

OR

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)

b)

What are the differences between Op-amp and programmable gain

amplifiers? What is the use of switched capacitor in amplifiers?
[8]
Write a short notes on

[8]

i)

Universal Digital Block.

ii)

flash temperature Sensors.

design and implement following systems using pSoC,

i)

Ultrasonic Parking Assistant

ii)

Universal wide range signal generator

[10]

Draw and explain the interfacing diagrams of temperature sensors and

tachometers with pSoC.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Design and implement following systems using pSoC,

i)

Manchester Decoder

ii)

Time signal Processing

[10]

Draw and explain the interfacing diagrams of UART based task

communications.
[8]

EEE
[4759]-109

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1512

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-11
B.E. (Civil)
TQM AND MIS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Asnwer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6 from section-I and Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q.
9 or Q. 10, Q. 11 or Q. 12 from section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Give the various definitions of Quality as stated by various Quality

Gurus.
[4]

b)

Explain with an example from construction sector, the statement TQM

is Organization quality plus Process quality plus people quality.
[6]

c)

Explain with examples how philosophy of TQM can be implemented to

improve the quality of construction in Indian context.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

What are the various pillars of TQM?

[8]

Explain how they are helpful in improving the quality in any mega
construction project.
[10]

Prepare a checklist for M30 concrete at site.

[8]

Differentiate between:

[8]

i)

QC & QA

ii)

TQC & TQM

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain any four principles of ISO 9001:2000 with examples from

Construction sector.
[8]

b)

Explain P.D.C.A cycle with an example.

[4]

c)

Explain how Quality Circle functions in any organization.

[4]

Q5) Following defects are observed in a newly constructed flat:

i)

Top corner of the wall is leaking.

ii)

Water is not flushing properly from bathroom.

a)

As a Quality Manager suggest preventive and remedial measures for the

above defects.
[8]

b)

Determine Cost of Poor quality for each of the above defects.

[8]

(Assume suitable data).

OR
Q6) Explain Any Four in brief:

[16]

a)

DMAIC Methodology in Six Sigma.

b)

Application of PRRT software in TQM.

c)

Importance of Kaizen in TQM.

d)

Supply Chain Management in TQM.

e)

Benchmarking in TQM.
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Define MIS.

[2]

b)

Explain with a flow diagram the various components of an MIS developed

for a mega residential project.
[8]

c)

State various advantages of MIS in a contractors organization.

OR

[4759]-11

[8]

Q8) a)

What is Decision Support System? What are the various parameters of

DSS?
[8]

b)

Explain the steps involved in the process of making a decision from

inception to completion of a construction project.
[10]

Q9) a)

What is Strategic Management?

[4]

b)

Explain the importance of Strategic Management in MIS.

[4]

c)

Explain the three stages of strategic management with an example from

construction sector.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the importance of ERP in construction Sector.

[6]

b)

Explain with a flow chart an ERP designed for an organization working

in road sector.
[10]

Q11)a)

Explain how MIS will help in planning, tendering, organizing and

monitoring of a construction project.
[8]

b)

Explain integration of software, hardware, data and information processing

with examples from construction sector.
[8]
OR

Q12)Explain in brief (Any Four):

[16]

a)

Data & Information.

b)

Types of Reports generated in MIS.

c)

Information based support system.

d)

Subsystems of an MIS.

e)

Tactical & Operational Decisions.

[4759]-11

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1405

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-110
B.E. (Electronics)
ELECTRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (404201)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss in detail the different stages of electronic product development.

Explain the implication of skipping a particular stage in development.[8]
Define and explain the following terms in mathematical way.
i)

MTBF

ii)

MTTF

iii)

Failure Rate

iv)

Reliability

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the bath tub curve for reliability indicating all its regions. Also
explain how failure rate can be reduced in different regions of bathtub
curve.
[8]

b)

Estimate reliability of a linear power supply with component as given in

following table
[8]
P.T.O.

Components

Q3) a)

b)

Failure Rates hours for 10-6 hours

Power transformers(1)

4.4

Rectifier Diods(4)

0.2

Filter Capacitors (2)

0.3

Ceramic Capacitors (2)

0.3

Semiconductor Diodes (2)

0.2

Regulator IC (2)

0.6

Linear IC (2)

0.6

Resister (4)

0.2

Explain following terms for ADC & DAC.

i)

Resolution

ii)

Full scale o/p voltage

iii)

Accuracy

iv)

Linearity

[8]

In analog signal conditioning what are the different factors affecting choice
of opamp.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain instrumentation amplifier with its different specifications.

[8]

Explain error budget analysis with one example of an electronic product.

[8]

[4759]-110

Q5) a)
b)

Explain working principle of analog resistive touch screen. Interface 4wire resistive touch screen with any microcontroller.
[10]
Explain following buses & Protocols.
i)

RS-232

ii)

RS-485

iii)

I2C

iv)

SPI

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

What are the different factors for the selecting a particular microcontroller
for any application.
[10]

b)

What are the different LED configurations? Give suitable example for
the same.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain Debugger tools & techniques for software in detail.

[8]

What are the different factors affecting on the choice between Assembly
& High Level language?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

b)

Explain following approaches in development of application software

for electronic product.
[12]
i)

Top-Down approach

ii)

Bottom-Up approach

iii)

Modular Programming

iv)

Water fall Model

What are the features of simulators?

[4759]-110

[4]

Q9) a)
b)

Define crosstalk? What should be the remedy to minimize crosstalk?[8]

What are the testing standards for EMI/EMC?

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

What is the signal integrity? Justify the significance of SI. How can it be
ensure in high-speed circuits?
[8]

b)

Explain different design consideration while designing PCB for high speed
digital circuits?
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain environmental testing? What is the need of environmental testing?

What are the different factors needed to be test while environmental
testing.
[12]

b)

What are the compliances for the EMI/EMC?

[6]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What are the features & limitations of analog CRO, DSO, Logic Analyzer
& Mixed signal Oscilloscopes in finding hardware / software faults?[12]
Define transient Sensitivity & Monte Carlo?

EEE

[4759]-110

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1406

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 111
B.E. (Electronics Engineering)
VLSI DESIGN
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester -I)

[Total No. of Pages : 3

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section-I & Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain CMOS inverter and its transfer characteristics in detail. How to

achieve symmetry in these characteristics.
[8]

b)

Design 4:1 Mux using transmission Gates. Compare it with conventional

methods.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the following:

i)

Hot electron effect

ii)

Body effect

[8]

Explain the static & dynamic power dissipation. Derive an expression

for power delay product.
[8]
Explain DRAM in detail with suitable diagram.

[8]

Give the classification of memory with the application in each case. [8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Differentiate between SRAM & DRAM technologies.

[8]

Explain read/write operation of 6T SRAM cell with the help of timing

diagrams.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain different modeling styles in VHDL coding with examples.

[9]

Compare in VHDL

[9]

i)

Variables and Signals

ii)

Synthesizable and Non-synthesizable statements

OR

Q6) a)

Differentiate Moore and Mealy machine with suitable examples.

[9]

b)

Write a VHDL code for a JK FF. Also write a test bench for it.

[9]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain in detail the classification of ASIC in detail.

[8]

Draw & explain CMOS architecture of SRAM.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the term

i)

CLB

ii)

LUT

iii)

IOB

iv)

Switch Matric

[8]

b)

With neat schematic explain the architectural building blocks of CPLD.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain DFT in detail. How it can be categorized? Where it is useful.[8]

b)

What is full scan and partial scan? Explain in detail.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Write a short note on: BIST, JTAG and TAP controller.

[8]

What are the types of fault? Explain with schematic.

[8]

[4759]-111

Q11)a)
b)

What is power optimization? Explain the methods of optimization at

various levels.
[9]
Explain the following terms:
i)

Switch Box Routing

ii)

Power distribution

iii)

Global Routing

[9]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain input pad, output pad and 3 stage pad design in a chip.

[9]

What is clock skew and clock jitter? Explain different techniques of

clock distribution.
[9]

R R R

[4759]-111

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3323

SEAT No. :

[4759]-112
B.E. (Electronics)
Embedded System
(2008 Course)

[Total No. of Pages : 3

Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from each section

2)

Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books

3)

Figures to the right indicate full marks

4)

Assume suitable data, if necessary

5)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary

6)

Use of non programmable electronic pocket calculators is allowed

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define embedded systems. Explain Different Categories of Embedded

System and application Areas.
[8]

b)

Explain in brief Design metrics Challenges. The design of particular

product has NRE cost of Rs. 1,00,000. How much will we have to add
to the cost of the each product if we sell
i) 100 units and

ii) 200 units

[10]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the role of software tools in Integrated Development Environment

(IDE) to design Embedded System application.
[10]

b)

Explain different communication protocols used for transferring data in

embedded systems.
[8]

Q3) a)

List and explain specifications of a processor. Compare Harvard and

Von-Neuman processor architectures.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Explain use and type of interrupts in embedded application development.[8]

OR

Q4) a)

b)

Why selection of memory is critical in Embedded System? Explain the

steps involved in designing Embedded System from memory selection
point of view
[8]
Explain various processor technologies in design of embedded
processors.

[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the pin connect block and general purpose input output registers
in LPC 2148
[8]

b)

Explain the privileged and Non-privileged modes of operation in ARM 7

processor.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Draw and explain data flow model of an Arm processor.

[8]

Compare ARM mode and THUMB mode operation of ARM processor[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

List features of LPC 2148 with block diagram.

[8]

Write and explain the code for interfacing of 4x4 matrix keyboard and
LCD with LPC 2148. Display "ELECTRONICS ENGINEER" message
on LCD.
[8]

OR

[4759]-112

-2-

Q8) a) State different on chip communication protocols available in LPC 2148.

[8]
b) Explain on chip ADC/DAC of LPC 2148 Also write a program for ADC
interfacing to display analog input on LCD.
[8]

Q9) a) How many tasks can be defined in mcos - II and what type of scheduler is
used in mcos - II?
[8]
b)

Compare the traditional OS with RTOS and state the mcos - II RTOS
features.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Define the context Switching. What are the steps involved in mcos - II
context switching? Why it puts additional burden on OS?
[8]
Compare various scheduling algorithms.

[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the message box and queue kernal objects for interprocess
communication in mcos - II?
[8]

b)

Explain digital camera with suitable block diagram and state its hardware
and software requirements.
[10]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Explain the interrupt handling in mcos - II and draw the state diagram
show interrupt related functions.
[8]

Explain the Embedded Systems application Cruise control

iiii
[4759]-112

-3-

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3691

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 113
B.E. (Electronics)
ADVANCED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (Elective -I) (404204)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, from Section -I and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section -II.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail signal integrity design issues.

[8]

Draw and explain arbitrary waveform generator.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

State and explain Electrical Validation and Debug with MSO Series
Oscilloscopes.
[8]

b)

What are the Signal Integrity Testing Challenges and possible solutions?
[8]

Q3) a)

Draw the architecture and explain in detail logic analyzer. State

applications.
[8]

b)

Explain hardware design and testing methods of spectrum analyzer. [8]

OR

Q4) a)

Explain hardware design and testing methods of Network analyzer. [8]

b)

Explain DSO trigger modes with examples. State applications of DSO.[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain embedded communication using CAN.

[8]

b)

What are the design issues and the role of electronic measurements for
debugging in automotive electronics?
[4]

c)

What are the different interfacing techniques? Explain interfacing of graphic

LCD display.
[6]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain serial bus decode test instruments for USB and PCI Express.[8]
Write short note on any two.

[10]

i)

GSM Modem for AT commands

ii)

RF Modules

iii)

Interfacing of thermal printer.

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain measurement of microwave power bridge circuit using thermistors

and barraters.
[8]

b)

Explain single line cavity coupling system for wavelength measurement.

[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Draw and explain the fundamental set up for advanced radar system.[8]

b)

What are microwave enclosures and electromagnetic compatibility?

Explain EMI and EMC measurements.
[8]

Q9) a)

What is virtual instrumentation? Explain test system development using

virtual instrumentation?
[8]

b)

Explain the application of TDM and PSK in instrumentation.

OR

[4759]-113

[8]

Q10) a) Explain hardware and software role in virtual instrumentation.

b)

Explain Lab View based Data acquisition system design.

[8]
[8]

Q11) a) Explain application of counter for frequency and capacitance meter. [6]
b)

What are the types of ADC and DAC? Enlist the specifications of ADC
and DAC.
[6]

c)

Explain data loggers in detail.

[6]

OR
Q12)Write short note on any three.

[18]

a)

Automation in digital instruments

b)

Analog mixers

c)

V to F converter

d)

Universal Counter.

R R R

[4759]-113

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2011

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] -114
B.E. (Electronics)
ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) All questions carry equal marks.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, moillier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What are converters? Explain with circuit diagram working of single phase
series full converter for level load.
[10]
What is the need of cooling in industries? Explain.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain the need of 12-pulse converter in industries? Draw suitable circuit

diagram & W/F s for the same[10]
What is power factor conditioning of rectifier diode? Explain.

[6]

Q3) a)

What are DC-drives? Explain with diagram how will you control the
speed of DC motor using Microcontroller.
[12]

b)

Why cyclo converters are not preferred for Large AC power control
applications? Comment on P.F.
[6]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain Double sided PWM converter with circuit diagram & comment
on p.f.
[8]

b)

What are AC drives? Explain with neat block diagram, speed control
technique of 3 I.M by using
characteristics.

Q5) a)

b)

v
Method. Comment on Tq Vs N
f
[10]

What is soft switching in resonant converter? Explain with diagram &

waveforms, working of ZVS resonant converter with suitable load. State
its limitations.
[10]
What are different types of harmonic elimination technique.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)

What are multi level inverters? Explain with circuit diagram & comment
on p.f.
[8]

b)

With the help of block diagram, explain PLL control of DC drives &
state its advantages.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What are low drop out regulators? Explain.

[6]

b)

Compare linear, switched mode & Resonant converters.

[6]

c)

Advanced modulation technique.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

What is the role of power electronics in renewable energy? Explain with

diagram variable wind energy conservation system.
[10]

b)

Explain with circuit diagram & waveforms working of ZCS system. [8]

Q9) a)

What is power quality? Explain different types of power line disturbances,

preventing & nullifying measurement techniques & comment on power
related quality issues.
[10]

b)

What are solar powered drives? Explain.

OR

[4759]-114

[6]

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

What is HVDC? Explain.

[8]

What is the need of energy audit? Explain.

[8]

What are synchronous rectifier? Explain.

[8]

What is FACTS [Flexible AC Xssion system]. Explain in detail.

[8]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on any three.
a)

Photo voltalic energy

b)

Traction drives

c)

H.F. heating

d)

Battery charger circuit

e)

Matrix

f)

Adaptive control technique.

[16]

R R R

[4759]-114

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1407

SEAT No. :

[4759]-115

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electronics)
BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer-books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)
6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain with block diagram medical instrumentation system.

[8]

Explain with suitable diagram action potential, resting potential,

depolarization and repolarization of a cell.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

What are the drawback of surface electrode? Explain different electrodes

used for ECG.
[8]
State and explain sensor performance characteristics.

[8]

Draw a block diagram of EEG machine and explain each blocks in detail.
[8]
Draw and explain 10-20 electrode system for EEG recording.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)

What are the applications of EEG? Explain any 3 EEG waveforms with
their frequency and significance.
[8]
Write a brief note on EMG.

[8]

Lead I amplitude is 1.2 mV Lead III amplitude is 0.55mV with calibration

of 1mV=5mm. Find Lead II, aVR, aVL, aVF values.
[8]

b)

Explain an electroconduction system of the heart.

[6]

c)

Write a short note on heart sounds.

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

What are the effect of artifacts on ECG recording? Draw and explain a
block diagram of ECG machine.
[8]

b)

Describe ECG wave form and give specification of ECG amplifier. [6]

c)

Write the equation to calculate Lead II, aVR, aVL & aVF.

[4]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

With the help of suitable diagram describe oscillometric method of BP

measurement technique. Elaborate its merits and demerits.
[8]

b)

Explain in detail R-wave triggered and P-wave triggered mode of

pacemaker.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain in details Doppler shift flow velocity meter.

[8]

b)

Explain the working of DC defibrillator with circuit diagram and waveform.

[8]

Q9) a)

What are the different elements included in the blood cell test? Explain
the coulter counters method of cell counting.
[8]

b)

What is pulse oximeter? Explain how an oximeter works.

OR

[4759]-115

[8]

Q10)a)

What is pH of blood? Explain electrode used in blood pH measurement.[8]

b)

What are the advantages & disadvantages of electronic stethoscope?[8]

Q11)a)

What are the advantages of CT scan over conventional X-ray imaging?

Explain the principle of working of CT scan machine.
[9]

b)

What are the advantages of laser over other light source? Explain 3
processes to form laser beam.
[9]
OR

Q12)Write a short note on (any 3):

[18]

a)

Applications of Laser in medicine.

b)

MRI Vs CT scan.

c)

Ultrasound machine.

d)

Shadow less light.

e)

Orthopentamo graph.

EEE

[4759]-115

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4273
[4759] - 116
B.E. (Electronics) (Semester - I)
MECHATRONICS
(2013 Pattern) (Elective- I)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer questions 1 or 2 ,3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8, 9 or 10, 11 or 12.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written In separate answer books.
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)

Define the term mechatronics. Explain the role of mechatronics in design

of elevator system in detail.
[10]
Explain different types of errors involved in the measurement system.
How to reduce these errors.
[8]
Justify with suitable examples scope and importance of mechatronics
with respect to interdisciplinary approach.
[10]
Explain the term static characteristics and dynamic characteristics. Explain
the terms:
[8]
i) Speed of response
ii) Measuring lag
iii) Fidelity.
Define the term pressure. What are the units used in pressure measurement.
Explain in detail LVDT for pressure measurement.
[8]
A strain gauge with a gauge factor of 4 has a resistance of 120 when
unstrained. If strain gauge undergoes a change in length from 0.25mm to
0.255mm. Find the new value of resistance.
[8]
Explain position measurement system using ultrasonic method.

[8]

Write a short note on proximity sensors.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

What are the important specifications of ADC and DAC. Explain them.[8]
Define the term PLC. List the different specifications of PLC. Which
different inputs and outputs used in PLC.
[8]

Q6) a)
b)

Write a short note on AD 633.

[8]
It is required to measure and control water flow through closed pipeline
from 0-100 ltrs/hr. Design and explain control system using PIC
microcontroller to control flow. Justify selection of components. [8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain multichannel data logger system in detail.

Write a short note on HART protocol.

Q8) a)
b)

With suitable diagram explain principle and working of magnetic recorder.[8]

Explain RS232 standard in detail.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Define the term actuator. Explain electro pneumatic actuator in detail.[8]

Define the control valve. Explain different factors for selection of control
valve.
[8]

Q10)a)

List the different specifications of stepper motor. Explain in detail stepper

motor as electrical actuator.
[8]
Explain construction and working of double acting cylinder.
[8]

b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

[8]
[8]

Explain mechanical and electronic design in detail for robot walking

machine.
[10]
Explain in detail skip control of CD player.
[8]
A electronics weighing machine is used to measure 0-50kg of weight.
Design weighing machine system by using strain gauge. Justify the
selection of components.
[10]
Explain mechatronics design of a coin counter.
[8]

yyy

[4759] - 116

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1408

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 117
B.E. (Electronics)
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (Elective - II) (404205)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss Flynns classification of parallel computer in detail.

[8]

b)

Explain Handlers classification.

[8]

c)

What is cluster computing?

[2]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Q3) a)

Discuss in detail the application of parallel processing in

i)

Predictive modelling and simulation

ii)

Engineering design and automation

[12]

Discuss and explain instruction level parallelism and Thread level

parallelism.
[6]
Consider the following pipeline reservation table
Clock cycles
States
S1

0
X

i)

X
X

6
X

S2
S3

[10]

X
X

Determine latencies in the forbidden list F and collision vector C.

P.T.O.

b)

ii)

Draw the state transition diagram.

iii)

List all simple cycles and greedy cycles.

iv)

Determine minimum average latency (MAL).

v)

For a pipelink clock period = 20ns. Determine maximum throughput

of the pipeline.

Explain the Internal Forwarding Techniques.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain with suitable examples the various types of hazards in a pipeline

processor. How these hazards can be resolved?
[8]

b)

Explain the static & dynamic branch prediction techniques used in a

pipeline processor.
[8]

Q5) a)

State the characteristics of CRAY-1 computer system. Draw and explain

the computation section of CRAY-1 vector processor.
[12]

b)

Explain pipeline chaining.

[4]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain four types of vector instructions.

[8]

What are vector processors? Discuss two different architectural

configurations of vector processor.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain static and dynamic network topologies used in interconnection

networks with proper examples.
[10]
Explain matrix multiplication on SIMD architecture.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the algorithm to compute Fast Fourier Transform for SIMD

architecture.
[10]

b)

Explain the cube interconnection network and hypercube interconnection

network.
[8]

[4759]-117

Q9) a)
b)

Give the typical architecture of MPP. Explain in detail.

[8]

Write short note on:

[8]

i)

Cross bar switch

ii)

Multiport memory
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain processor characteristics of multiprocessor.

[8]

Explain the architecture of IBM 4 processor.

[8]

Q11)a)

What is latency hiding techniques with respect to multithreaded

architecture. Elaborate any two techniques.
[8]

b)

Explain the following terms associated with message passing:

Synchronous and asynchronous.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

State the following terms with respect to multithreading

i)

Latency

ii)

Number of threads

iii)

Context-switching overhead

iv)

Interval between switches

What is data parallel programming. Explain in detail.

R R R

[4759]-117

[8]

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3887

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 118
B.E. (Electronics) (Semester - I)

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND BUSINESS

PLANNING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answer any three questions from each Section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the concept of costs and exolain.

i)

Fixed cost and Variable cost

ii)

Marginal Cost and Marginal Benefit

iii)

Opportunity Cost

What is mean by market research? Explain the concept of

i)

Target Market

ii)

Primary Data

iii)

Secondary data

[9]

[9]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain in detail, the concept of Marketing mix.

[9]

Explain the demand and supply curve in a market economy. Also explain
the concept of equilibrium price.
[9]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Write a short note on markup price and markdown price with suitable
examples.
[8]

b)

Write down the different ways of recruiting the employees? How can
you evaluate and conduct the interviews
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

What is mean by inventory? Write down the reasons by which cost of

the inventory gets increased.
[8]
Write advantages and disadvantages ofi)

Family business

ii)

Owning a franchise

[8]

Subodh and Sarang want to start a business of furniture. Write a

partnership agreement in between them.
[8]
What are the ways to improve the cash flow.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain how will you choose location for different businesses.

[8]

Is entrepreneurship right for you? Explain how you will decide it?

[8]

SECTION -II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the basic rules of effective communication.

[9]

Explain the following:

[9]

i)

Copyrights

ii)

Consumer protection Law

OR

Q8) a)
b)

What are the different types of experts? Explain in detail.

[9]

Distinguish between demand based pricing and competition based pricing.

[9]

[4759] - 118

Q9) a)

b)

Write a note on:

i)

Antitrust Legislation

ii)

Sherman Act

iii)

Clayton Act

iv)

Robinson-Patman Act

[8]

What is ethics ? Why you want to establish an ethical workplace?

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain the different types of ways to raise the funds for business. Why
bank reject the applications of loans?
[8]
Explain in brief, problem solving method.

[8]

Explain the concept of lease. Discuss the various kinds of commercial

lease.
[8]
What is the purpose of business plan?

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What are the benefits and risks involved when competing globally? [8]
Explain five steps of primary market research.

[4759] - 118

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3692

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-119
B.E. (Electronics)
SYSTEM ON CHIP
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (404205)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

What are the concepts of MEMS? Explain the working principles and
applications of MEMS.
[8]

b)

What are the types of mechanical transducers? Explain the construction

and working principle of gyroscopes.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Q3) a)

b)

Explain the following Processes:

i)

Lithography.

ii)

CVD.

[8]

Explain the working principles of transconduction. What are the types

of pressure sensors.
[8]
Explain following control techniques used in MEMS,
i)

Analog Control.

ii)

Digital Control.

Write short note on silicon piezoelectric crystal with respect toi)

Crystal mode.

ii)

Piezoelectric materials.

iii)

Deformation modes and operation.

[8]

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)

b)

What are the material properties of Silicon and Gallium arsenide. List out
the differences in material properties of both the materials.
[8]
Explain the concept of-

[8]

i)

Mobility

ii)

Resistivity in context to Piezo crystal.

What is thermoresistor? Explain in detail

i)

Metal Film Thermoresistor.

ii)

Semiconducting Thermoresistor.

[10]

Explain working principal of biosensor for measurement of blood Glucose

concentration in a patient.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Write short note on,

[10]

i)

Cellular Biology.

ii)

Cell based Biosensors.

With respect to Transconduction principle, Fabrication and Applications

explain Molecule based Biosensors.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

What do you mean by compilation? Explain the compilation techniques

used in System on Chip applications.
[8]

b)

What are the differences between General Purpose Core and

Reconfigurable System on Chip architectures? Explain each in detail.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain SoC architecture in detail. What are the advantages of SoC design
over VLSI design.
[8]
Write short note on:
i)

Design for Testability.

ii)

Built in Self Test.

[4759]-119

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain the System on Chip design flow of FPGA and ASIC. What are
the differences between both the design flows.
[8]

b)

Explain working principle of CVD? Which CVD process is used in

MEMS and SoC fabrication.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

What do you mean by synthesis in FPGA? What are the Pros and Cons
of behavioral synthesis?
[8]

b)

What are the physical design automation tools used in System on Chip
designs? Explain any one in detail.
[8]

Q11)a)

List and explain various packaging technologies used in Microsystem

packaging.
[10]

b)

What are the concepts of Hardware and software co-design? Explain in

detail Hardware and software co-design.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write a short note on:

[10]

i)

Testable design.

ii)

Testing of Microsystems.

What do you mean by mechanical Packaging? Explain in detail micro

electronics micro system packaging.
[8]

[4759]-119

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3680

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-12
B.E. (Civil)
EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
From Section-I answer Q.1 or Q.2; Q.3 or Q.4; Q.5 or Q.6 and from Section-II
answer Q.7 or Q.8; Q.9 or Q.10; Q.11 or Q.12.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Figures in bold to the right, indicate full marks.
4)
IS 456, IS 1893, IS 13920 are allowed in the examination.
5)
Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
6)
If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
7)
Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What is an earthquake? Explain in details the causes and classification of

the earthquake.
[8]
Explain elastic rebound theory.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain basic difference between Magnitude and intensity of earthquake

with example.
[8]

b)

Classify and describe with suitable sketches the different types of waves
generated by an earthquake and their effects on structures.
[8]

Q3) a)

Derive general equation of SDOF System subjected to free vibration.

[12]

b)

Define vibration. What is free and Forced Vibration?

[6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) Explain the procedure for obtaining the natural frequencies for a 3 DOF system
subjected to Free Vibration?
[18]

Q5) a)
b)

What is earthquake analysis and why we considered only horizontal forces

while designing.
[6]
A multistory building has the following data:

[10]

Plan dimension (overall)

= 20m 15m

Number of boys in X-direction

= 4 @ 5m each

Number of boys in Z-direction

= 3 @ 5m each

Floor to floor height in Y direction

= 3.2m

No. of storeys

= 4 Nos.

Total height of building

= 12.8m

Size of column & beam

= 300mm 600mm

Slab thickness

= 150mm

Live load floor

= 3 kN/sq.m.

RCC Frame infield with brick masonry

Seismic Zone - IV
Hard strata & 5% damping
Estimate the seismic forces at each floor level as per IS: 1893-2002 by
seismic coefficient method. Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
Q6) a)

Explain in details the effect of configuration of the buildings on

performance in an earthquake.
[6]

[4759]-12

b)

The G+3 building shown in figure below is located in seismic zone IV.
The floor-to-floor height is 3.5m. The building is supported on hard
strata. The R.C. frames are in - filled with masonry walls. The lumped
weight due to dead loads is 8 kN/m2 on floors and 5 kN/m2 on the roof.
The floor slabs are designed for a live load of 3.5 kN/m2 and the roof is
designed 2 kN/m2. Estimate the seismic forces at each floor level as per
IS: 1893-2002 by seismic coefficient method. Assume suitable data if
necessary.
[10]

SECTION-II
Q7) Design a rectangular isolated footing for a column of size 250mm 750 mm
carrying axial characteristics load 2000 kN and reinforced with 8.12 mm
bars in M30 grade concrete. The allowable bearing pressure of soil is 220 kN/m2
at 2m depth. Use M20 & HYSD steel.
[16]
OR
Q8) a)

Describe the phenomenon of liquefaction. Explain the measure taken to

reduce the effect of liquefaction.
[8]

b)

Explain static analysis and dynamic analysis of structure for seismic

loads.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Active, Passive and Hybrid control systems.

[9]

State merits and demerits of base isolation.

[9]

OR

[4759]-12

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain need of isolation. Why the base isolation is effective.

Explain with neat sketches

[10]
[8]

i)

Structural walls (shear walls).

ii)

Moment resisting frames.

What is retrofitting and restoration of structures?

[8]

Explain strengthening of slab and wall for RCC buildings. (Draw neat
sketch).
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on (Any Four):

a) Tuned mass dampers.
b) Torsional irregularity.
c) Aging and Weathering.
d) Evaluation of existing buildings.
e) Various types of repair materials.

[4759]-12

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3888

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 120
B.E. (Electronics)

ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answer Three questions from each section.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define "ROBOT ". Write and explain the four generations of the Robots
in brief.
[8]

b)

What are the major components of the Robots. Explain any three. [6]

c)

Write and explain any two Industrial applications of the robots.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

What are the Three Rules (or Laws ) of the Robotics?

[4]

b)

What do you mean by Work Envelop. Explain in brief.

[6]

c)

Explain (Any Two):

[8]

i)

Cylindrical Coordinate system.

ii)

Spherical Coordinate system.

iii)

Cartesian Coordinate system.

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

What do you mean by Degree of Freedom. Explain.

[4]

b)

Obtain the direct Kinematic equation of the 4-DOF Selective Compliance

Assembly Robot Arm (SCARA) robots.
[8]

c)

What is Work Space? Explain Reachable workspace.

[4]

OR
Q4) a)

State and explain the Newton-Euler Equation. Explain its significance.[6]

b)

What are the steps to get DH parameters.

[6]

c)

What are the steps of the Kanes algorithm? What are the benefits of this
algorithm.
[4]

Q5) a)

What are the three different types of the Grippers. Explain in brief. [4]

b)

Differentiate Serial and Parallel Robots.

[4]

c)

Explain in Brief: (Any Four)

[8]

i)

DC Motor.

ii)

Servo Motor

iii)

Stepper Motor

iv)

Ultrasonic Sensor

v)

Laser Range Finder

vi)

Tactile Sensor.

[4759] - 120

OR
Q6) a)

Write short note on (Any four) :

i)

Gears,

ii)

Belt and Pulley.

iii)

Rack and Pinion.

iv)

Slider Crack Mechanisms.

v)

Four-Bar Linkage.

[8]

b)

What do you mean by Actuators. Classify the different actuators.

[4]

c)

What is Optical Encoders, explain in brief.

[4]

SECTION -II
Q7) a)

What do you mean by the following features or the ability of the Robots
(Any four).
[8]
i)

Ability to define points in space.

ii)

Ability to move between points.

iii)

Program control

iv)

Control of end effectors.

v)

Serviceability

b)

What do mean by Error Budgeting. What are the parameters related to it.
[6]

c)

Explain (Any Two) :

i)

Continuous Path.

ii)

Via Points.

iii)

Programmed Points.

[4]

OR
Q8) a)

What do you mean by Denavit-Hartenberg Matrix, explain in brief. [4]

b)

What is Jacobian Matrix. Write Jacobian form of DH matrix.

c)

What is PATH planning. What is Trajectory. Differentiate Path and

Trajectory.
[6]

[4759] - 120

[8]

Q9) a)

State and explain any two important applications of the Robotic Vision
system.
[4]

b)

What do you mean by Imaging Components ? Explain Point, Line and

Planer Sensor.
[4]

c)

Explain the following image segmentation techniques with example [8]

i)

Edge Detection.

ii)

Contour Following.
OR

Q10)a)

b)

State and explain (with example) the following sensors:

i)

Status Sensor

ii)

Environmental sensor

iii)

Noncontact sensors.

What do you mean by Video Analytics. Give its benefits.

[8]

[8]

Q11)a)

The Quality of the product depends majorly on the Robotics

Intelligence. Justify.
[8]

b)

Draw and explain the standard components in a Inspection system. [8]

OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain in brief:
i)

PLC

ii)

DCS system

iii)

SCADA

iv)

HMI

[8]

State and explain any one Home Automation system.

===
[4759] - 120

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3693

[4759]-121

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electronics)
COMPUTER NETWORK AND SECURITY
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (404207)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, from section - I.

2)

Attempt Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from section - II.

3)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

5)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain types of networks with an example and application of each. [6]

b)

Discuss network design issues.

[6]

c)

Explain Frame Relay.

[4]
OR

Q2) a)

Enlist uses of networks.

[4]

b)

Discuss the similarities of the reference models.

[6]

c)

Explain working of and applicaion of ATM.

[6]

Explain two protocols for E-mail.

[8]

Explain how TFTP and BOOTP work.

[8]

Q3) a)
b)

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) Write short note on- Attempt any four:

a)

Ping

b)

Trace route

c)

ICMP

d)

SNMP

e)

NFS

Q5) a)

[16]

What are the various types of addressing? Explain each with example.[6]

b)

Explain any Link State routing.

[6]

c)

Compare IPv4 and IPv6 protocol.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What is quality of service in a network? What are the various parameters

contributing to quality of service?
[9]
Compare TCP and UDP and explain working of each.

[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain various functions of Datalink layer in detail.

[9]

Discuss various elementary protocols.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

b)

What is the difference between hub, bridge and router? At which layer
does each of this work.
[6]
Explain Ethernet and Fast, Switched and Gigabit ethernet.

[4759]-121

[12]

Q9) a)
b)

What are the various types of guided media? Explain each with an
application.
[12]
Explain how modem is used for internet?

[4]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)

Explain how satellite and infrared communication work. Where is each

of this applied?
[8]
Explain packet switching with its types in detail.

[8]

What is Public key and Private key? Explain each with an example. [4]

b)

Draw and explain a model for network security.

[4]

c)

Implement the RSA public key cryptosystem- using p=5, q=11 and d=27
find e and encrypt the message abcdefghij. Treat the alphabets as
numerical values is a=1, b=2.etc.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

What is Network Simulation and what is the need of it?

[6]

b)

Explain network monitoring and its application.

[4]

c)

Explain AES.

[6]

EEE

[4759]-121

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1409

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 122
B.E. (Electronics)
PROCESS AUTOMATION
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

[Total No. of Pages :3

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer - books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)

b)

Explain process control principles withi)

Human Aided Control

ii)

Automatic Control

Explain the following control system evaluation criteria.

i)

Minimum area

ii)

Quarter amplitude

[8]

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

Explain with suitable example process control block diagram.

[8]

Explain with suitable example following process characteristics:

[8]

i)

Process Equation

ii)

Process Load

iii)

Process lag

iv)

Self Regulation

State the equation for a proportional integral controller. Explain a OPAMP based proportional integral (PI) mode controller.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Given the error shown in fig. plot a graph of proportional integral controller
output as a function of time. Kp = 5, KI = 1.0 s-1, and PI(0) = 20%.[10]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain open loop transient response method of process loop tuning.[8]

b)

A proportional derivative controller has a 0.4 to 2.0V input measurement

range, a 0 to 5V output, Kp = 5%/% and Kd = 0.08% per (% min). The
period of the fastest expected signal change is 1.5 sec. Implement this
controller with an op-amp circuit.
[10]

Q5) a)

b)

Explain the following sources of valve noise

i)

Mechanical Vibration

ii)

Hydrodynamic noise

iii)

Aerodynamic noise

[8]

Compare pneumatic, hydraulic and electronic systems from the process

control perspective.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the terms flashing and cavitation with respect to control valves.[8]

b)

Define valve sizing coefficient (Cv) and state its formula? State important
selection criterion of a control valve.
[8]

[4759]-122

SECTION- II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain combined feedback and feed forward control scheme for a heat
exchanger.
[8]
Explain with block diagram the concept of a self tuning regulator.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain with P & I diagram air:fuel ratio control scheme for improving
combustion efficiency in a steam boiler.
[8]

b)

Explain with block diagram the concept of Model Predictive Control.[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain inferential control scheme for a distillation column.

[8]

Draw and explain P & I diagram for surge control in a air compressor.[10]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Draw & explain the P & I diagram for cascade control of multiple effect
evaporator.
[10]
Explain with neat diagram architecture of robot controller.

[8]

Q11)Explain with neat diagram following auxiliary process control components[16]

a)

Control Panels

b)

Strip Chart recorder

OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain with block diagram Direct Digital Control System.

[8]

Explain with neat diagram working principle of a flow totalizer.

[8]

R R R
[4759]-122

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1410

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 123
B.E. (Electronics)
AUDIO & VIDEO ENGINEERING
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)
c)

Q3) a)
b)
c)
Q4) a)
b)
c)

SECTION - I
Explain the construction of picture tube, state the reconstruction of picture
in detail.
[8]
Justify why interlaced scanning is preferred, Explain interlaced scanning
in detail also compare progressive and interlaced scanning.
[8]
OR
Draw the composite video signal & explain its vertical details.
[6]
Describe the working of LCD TV display using schematic diagram. [6]
Explain why FM is used for sound & AM is used for picture in TV
system.
[4]
Draw the block diagram of PAL TV receiver describe how does if produce
R, G & B signals.
[8]
Compare NTSC, PAL & SECAM TV systems.
[4]
Explain any two applications of TV pattern generator.
[6]
OR
Explain how wabuloscope is helpful in fault finding.
[6]
Draw & Explain the block diagram of NTSC colour TV transmitter. [8]
Define the terms given below:
[4]
i) Aspect ratio
ii) Kell factor
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What are the objectives of MPEG-2 standard explain the bit print stream
scalability.
[6]

b)

What is MAC encoding? Explain the general format of MAC signal. [6]

c)

Compare analog & digital TV.

[4]

OR
Q6) Write short note on:
a)

Image compression

b)

TV camera

c)

MPEG - 4 system

d)

Digital TV Receiver

[4 4 = 16]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain the satellite TV broadcasting using neat block diagram.

[8]

b)

Explain HDTV Standard in detail.

[5]

c)

Calculate the bandwidth of HDTV system using 1125 lines and aspect
ratio of 16:9, scanning at 60Hz with 2:1 interface.
[5]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain digital broadcasting case study of foot ball.

[9]

b)

Explain CATV camera with neat block diagram also give its advantages
& applications.
[9]

Q9) a)

Draw & explain the block diagram of a DVD player. Write important
specifications of DVD.
[8]

b)

Explain audio compression with different techniques and standards. [8]

OR

Q10)a)

Draw and explain Blue Ray Disc.

[6]

b)

Draw and explain the block diagram of mp3 player.

[6]

c)

Compare Audio CD versus DVD.

[4]

[4759]-123

Q11)Write short notes on following:

[4 4 = 16]

a)

Cordless microphone system.

b)

Graphic equilixer & Digital filter.

c)

DTH TV system.

d)

PA system.
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the concept of reverbaration & echo mention typical reverbaration

period.
[8]

b)

Explain the necessity of achostical design for autotorium & how if can
be implemented.
[8]

[4759]-123

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1411

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 124
B.E. (Electronics)
IMAGE PROCESSING AND MACHINE VISION
(2008 Course) (404209) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Explain the phenomena of brightness adaptation and simultaneous
contrast.
[9]
What are the steps in image digitization? Explain image quantization in
detail.
[9]
OR
With the help of block diagram explain the fundamental steps in Digital
Image Processing.
[9]
With the help of diagram explain the structure of human eye. Differentiate
between photopic and scotopic vision.
[9]
What is histogram matching? Give its application of advantages.
[8]
Explain the basic relationship between the pixels.
[8]
OR
Explain Image Histogram with the help of an example. What are the
applications of Histogram.
[8]
Explain how Image Enhancement can be done by power law
transformation.
[8]
What is the Image Segmentation? Explain Image Segmentation based on
thresholding.
[8]
How are discontinuities detected in an image? Explain Point detection
and Line detection.
[8]
OR

P.T.O.

Q6) a)

What is Hough Transform? What determines the accuracy of Hough

transform?
[8]

b)

What is Adaptive thresholding? Explain the Otsus method of Adaptive

thresholding.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the Image Pyramid used for Multiresolution image analysis. [9]

b)

What are the various data redundancies identified in an image? Explain in

detail.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain RLC coding and arithmetic coding with examples.

[9]

b)

Calculate DCT of the given 2 2 matrix. Show that DCT transform

preserves signal energy.
[9]

Q9) a)

What is Texture? Explain how it can be described with statistical

parameters.
[8]

b)

What is boundary representation? Explain how chain codes are used for
boundary representation.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain any two descriptors used for boundary description.

[8]

With the help of examples describe shape number for shapes of order
4,6 and 8.
[8]
Explain support vector approach for pattern recognition.

[8]

Give the basic model of Image Degradation/Restoration Process.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain character recognition using image processing.

[8]

Explain one spatial filter for restoration in the presence of noise.

[8]

E
[4759]-124

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3694

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 125
B.E. (Electronics)
OPTICAL AND MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION
(Semester - II) (Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (404209)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section I and Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10,
Q11 or Q12 from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain following types of fibers with their characteristics.

i)

Single mode step index fiber

ii)

Multimode step index fiber

iii)

Multimode graded index fiber

[6]

b)

Define fiber splicing. Explain different types of fiber splicing.

c)

An optical fiber has core refractive index of 1.5 and cladding refractive
index 1.45. Calculate the following:
[6]
i)

Critical angle

ii)

Numerical aperture

iii)

Acceptance angle

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

What is LASER? Explain the working of LASER. Compare LASER

with LED.
[8]

b)

Explain how light is propagated within a fiber. Define the following terms
with respect to an optical fiber.
[6]
i)

Acceptance cone

ii)

Numerical aperture
P.T.O.

c)

Q3) a)

b)

Explain the following characteristics of photo detectors.

i)

Quantum efficiency

ii)

Response time

[4]

A laboratory demonstration setup has a continuous 12km long optical

fiber link that has a loss of 1.5dB/km.
[8]
i)

Compute the minimum optical power level in dB that must be

launched into fiber to maintain an optical power level of 0.3W at the
receiving end.

ii)

Calculate the required input power in dB if the fiber has a loss of

2.5dB/km.

Draw a neat diagram of a WDM system and explain its working along
with components.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

What is dispersion? Explain intermodal dispersion and intramodal

dispersion.
[8]

b)

Explain the mechanism of amplification in an EDFA with a suitable energy

level diagram.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the interferometric method of distance/length measurement based

on Michelson Interferometer.
[8]

b)

Explain the setup for liquid level measurement with the help of a neat
diagram. Also explain the structure of optical sensor used in this
application.
[8]
OR

Q6) Write short notes on:

[16]

i)

LASER applications in medicine.

ii)

Measurement of pressure and temperature using optical sensors.

[4759]-125

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Explain the following parameters of a directional coupler.

i)

Coupling factor

ii)

Directivity

iii)

Isolation

iv)

Insertion loss

[8]

Determine the cutoff wavelength for the dominant mode in a rectangular

waveguide of breadth 10cm. For a 2.5 GHz signal propagated in this
waveguide in dominant mode; calculate guide wavelength, group velocity,
phase velocity and wave impedance.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the construction and working of gyrator based on Faradays

rotation principle.
[6]

b)

State and explain the properties of scattering matrix.

[6]

c)

A power source of 90W is connected to the input port of a directional

coupler with coupling factor 20dB and directivity 35dB. Neglecting the
insertion loss, find the powers at coupled, isolated and output ports.[6]

Q9) a)

Explain the limitations of conventional tubes at microwave

frequencies.
[8]

b)

Draw schematic structure of two cavity klystron amplifier. Explain its

working principle and operation.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Draw the structure of a travelling wave tube and explain its working. [8]

b)

Draw schematic structure of reflex klystron. Explain its working principle

and operation.
[8]

[4759]-125

Q11)a)
b)

Explain power frequency limitations of microwave BJT.

[8]

Draw and explain the construction of a microwave BJT. Also explain

different types of surface geometries used in it.
[8]
OR

Q12)Explain the following microwave solid-state devices with their applications.[16]

a)

PIN diode

b)

Tunnel diode

c)

Varactor diode

d)

Gunn diode

[4759]-125

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3889

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 126
B.E. (Electronics)

SOFT COMPUTING TOOLS

(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer papers.
2) Answer any three questions from each sections.
3) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain following fuzzy operations with examples:

i)

Fuzzy Union

ii)

Fuzzy Complement

iii)

Fuzzy Aggregation

iv)

Sub Normal Fuzzy set

[8]

Sketch and define the following membership functions mathematically.[8]

i)

Bell Membership function

ii)

Trapezoidal Membership function

OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain the difference between fuzzy set and classical set.

[6]

Explain the characteristics of neural network, fuzzy and Genetic systems.

[10]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain how to find relation between two fuzzy sets with example. [8]
Explain Fuzzy Associative memory with suitable example.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Fuzzy lambda cut set.

[8]

Explain extension principle with suitable example.

[8]

Explain three different methods of fuzzification.

[9]

Explain various blocks of Fuzzy Inference System.

[9]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

With example explain Tsukamoto Inference system.

[10]

Explain difference between Mamdani and Sugeno system with example.

[8]
SECTION -II

Q7) a)

b)

Train perceptron network for two input bipolar AND gate patterns for
four iterations with learning rate of 0.4 . Assume initial weights and bias
of 0.6.
[10]
Explain the need for multilayer networks.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain Perceptron, its architecture and training algorithm used for it.[10]

b)

Explain the architecture of SOM and training steps involved in training

of SOM.
[8]

Q9) Explain in detail neural network application for any classification task.

[16]

OR
Q10)Explain in detail application of neural network in image processing for
classification. What are the limitations of ANN for classification?
[16]
[4759] - 126

Q11)Explain the architecture and training algorithm used in ANFIS . What are the
advantages and disadvantages of neuro fuzzy systems?
[16]
OR
Q12)a)
b)

Define and explain various RBF functions. How RBF are used for
classification? Explain the training algorithm used in RBF networks.[10]
Explain Neuro fuzzy control.

[6]

===

[4759] - 126

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4629

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 127
B.E. (Electronics)
ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (404210) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any Three questions from Section I and Three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in seperate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Derive the formula for mobile radio propagation over water.

[6]

b)

Discuss the different propagation paths in Mobile transmission.

[6]

c)

With the help of suitable diagram explain:

[6]

i)

Delay Spread

ii)

Coherence Bandwidth
OR

Q2) a)

Describe Various mechanisms available to enhance the spectral capacity

in mobile system.
[6]

b)

Explain Mobile point to point Lee model.

c)

Explain Ground incident angle, elevation angle and reflection angle. [6]

Q3) a)
b)

Derive free space path loss formula for wireless communication.

[6]

[8]

With the help of suitable example describe various interferences occurred

in reception of signal.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Describe Interference reducing directional antennas and Space diversity

antenna.
[8]
Describe the following w.r.t. mobile communication.
i)

Underlay - overlay

ii)

Handoffs & dropped calls

[8]

How security is achieved in Mobile network? Explain algorithms related

to Security.
[8]
With neat block diagram, describe GSM architecture in detail.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

With the help of suitable diagram, explain macro cells & microcell to
enhance the capacity.
[8]
Describe the architecture of GPRS.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Compare LEO, MEO and GEO Satellites.

[4]

b)

State and explain Keplers three laws of planetary motion.

[6]

c)

Draw the block diagram and explain Attitude and Orbit Control subsystem
of a satellite.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Draw and explain major subsystems on a satellite.

[8]

Define and explain the following terms with respect to the satellite
communication.
[8]
i)

Poles

ii)

Latitude

iii)

Hemispheres

iv)

Greenwich Meridian

[4759]-127

Q9) a)

A SCPC-FM satellite link has an RF channel bandwidth of 45 kHz and a

base band maximum frequency of 3.4 kHz. De-emphasis provides a
subjective improvement in base band S/N ratio of 7dB. Calculate the
base band S/N ratio for the voice channel for a receiver C/N ratio of 13
dB. If the FM demodulator has an FM threshold at 6dB, what is the link
margin for this system?
[8]

b)

Define and explain the following terms with reference to the FM

techniques.
[8]
i)

Signal to Noise Ratio

ii)

Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis

OR

Q10)a)

A satellite transponder has a bandwidth of 358.4 MHz. Earth stations

use RRC filters with = 0.4. What is the maximum bit rate that can be
sent through this transponder with BPSK and QPSK?
[8]

b)

Define & explain the following terms with reference to the digital
modulation techniques used on satellite links.
[8]
i)

Non-uniform Quantization

ii)

Symbol Error Rate

Q11)a)

What are the various Multiple Access Techniques used in modern

satellite communications? Compare them.
[9]

b)

Define and explain the meaning of VSAT? Explain various VSAT network
configurations with the help of a hub. List the applications of VSAT.[9]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain with a neat diagram the FDMA frame structure.

[9]

Explain the terms with respect to VSAT.

[9]

i)

Link budget

ii)

Free space path loss

iii)

Edge of coverage loss

E
[4759]-127

E
3

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1412

SEAT No. :

[4759]-128

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electronics)
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective -IV) (404210)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

4)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain following automotive system components

i)

Suspension

ii)

Safety

iii)

Brakes

iv)

Steering

Explain 4-stroke operation of SI Engine.

[10]

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

What do you mean by ignition? Explain ignition system in brief.

Explain basic transmission system & its types.

[8]
[10]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

Explain following systems with sensors used in

i)

Speedometer

ii)

Airbag system

[8]

Explain working & any one use of following circuits in automotive [8]
i)

Comparator

ii)

Instrumentation amplifier
OR

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain fuel injection system in detail.

[8]

Explain coolent temperature sensing system in detail.

[8]

What is objective of Electronic Engine Control? With block diagram,

explain the same.
[8]
Explain following system in brief
i)

Wiper control

ii)

Remote keyless entry

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain role of PID control in cruise control system.

[8]

Explain in detail antilock braking system.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Enlist the requirement of processing units to be used in automotive. [8]

b)

Explain any one software testing & debugging technique used in embedded
development.
[8]
OR

[4759]-128

Q8) a)

Explain any one application in automotive that uses PWM technique for
motor control.
[8]

b)

What is role of watch dog timer? Explain usages of watch dog timer in
automotive.
[8]

Q9) a)

What is CAN protocol? Explain suitability of it for data communication

in automotive.
[8]

b)

Explain on board & off board diagnostics.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain role of GPS in automotive.

[8]

Compare time triggered & event triggered communication protocol. [8]

Explain passanger comfort system in automotive.

[8]

Explain in detail wireless communication standards used in automotive.[10]

OR

Q12)Write short note on (Any three):

[18]

a)

ARM cortex suitability in automotive.

b)

Automotive EMC standards.

c)

MOST protocol.

d)

Flex ray protocol.

EEE

[4759]-128

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1413

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-129
B.E. (Electronics)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(2008Course) (Elective-IV) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
5)
Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain what role does PEAS (performance, Environment,

Actuators,Sensors) has in AI. What are the PEAS for:
[12]
i) Vaccum cleaner world.
ii) Automated taxi
iii) Virtual Internet

b)

With a suitable example, differentiate agent, agent function and agent

program.
[6]
OR
What are the different kinds of agent programs that embody the principles
of AI systems? Explain base line difference between then and explain
any one of them in detail.
[10]
With algorithmic steps, explain how depth limited search algorithm is a
good combination of breadth first and depth first algorithm?
[8]
What are different Heuristic search strategies,Explain A* search in detail.
[10]
Explain the mathematics of constrained satisfaction problems.
[6]
OR
Explain hill - climbing search algorithm for 8-queens state Problem.Why
is Hill climbing sometimes called as greedy local search.
[8]
How is evaluation function a best combination of minimax algo. and
alpha-beta algorithm? How evaluation function is mathematically
represented?
[8]

Q2) a)

b)
Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain the similarities and differences involved in first order logic and
propositional logic.
[4]

b)

I want to state that everyone in US is smart. Which of these two statements

is wrong and why?

c)

Q6) a)

b)

x At(x, US) Smart(x)

xAt(x, US) Smart(x)

[4]

Use a diagram to show the different parts of a learning agent,explain the

importance of problem generator on that.
[8]
OR
Represent in logical language representation:

Some lions roar.

All lions have 4 legs.

No lion bray.

[8]

Describe inductive learning and state why it is inadequate for use wth AI
systems. How the degree of polynomial matters in case of hypothesis?
[8]
SECTION II

Q7) a)

Explain the role of Neural Network in learning.In relation to multi layer

networks mention the weight update equation.
[8]

b)

Explain the mathematics and concepts of EM (expectationmaximization)algorithm.

[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Describe inductive learning and state why it is inadequate for use with AI
systems.
[6]

b)

Explain the concept of knowledge in learning.

[6]

c)

Use a diagram to show the different parts of a learning agent.

[6]

Discuss Expert System Architecture with suitable example.

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain waltz algorithm with example and comment on its limitations.[8]

[4759]-129

OR
Q10)a)

Draw a neat diagram of an expert system and explain the functioning of

the major components.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on the shell and knowledge base of an expert system.
[8]

Q11)a)

b)

Differentiate between.

[12]

Natural Language Processing(NLP) and Natural Language

Generation. (NLG)

Syntax, semantics and pragmatics.

lexical ambiguity and syntactic ambiguity.

Draw the parse tree with semantic interpretations for the string
7+(8 4).

[4]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

With suitable examples explain in short: Lexicon of and Grammar of

.
[8]
With relevant mathematics,explain Probabilistic language models.

tu

[4759]-129

tu

tu

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1513

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-13
B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Theory) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
a)
From section-I, answer Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2; Q. No. 3 or Q. No. 4; Q. No. 5
or Q. No. 6 and
b)
From section-II, answer Q. No. 7 or Q. No. 8; Q. No. 9 or Q. No. 10; Q. No. 11
or Q. No. 12.
2)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the bracket indicate full marks.
5)
Electronic pocket calculator is permitted.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Enlist the basic ingredients of portland cement and also state their ill
effects if used in excess.
[5]

b)

Define Admixture. What are the two basic types of admixtures? Write
the names of any five chemical admixtures.
[5]

c)

Explain the significance, sample preparation and test procedure of

aggregate impact value.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What is grading of aggregate? How fineness modulus of aggregate is

determined? What is meant by gap graded aggregates?
[8]

b)

Write any five types of cement with their suitability.

c)

Explain the effect of flaky and elongated particles on the properties of

concrete.
[5]

[4759]-13

[5]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Write various ways for making light weight concrete. Write note on any
one.
[6]

b)

Write in detail what do you mean by light weight concrete. Name any six.
Naturally occurring light weight aggregates.
[10]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)

Write a detailed note on Design of No Fines concrete mixes.

[8]

What is meant by long term performance? Explain how it differs from

compressive strength of concrete.
[8]

Differentiate between cracking, spalling and staining.

[5]

b)

Enlist various non-destructive methods with their utility in brief.

[5]

c)

Write a note on Acoustic emission method.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain particle packing theory. How particle is effective in high strength

concrete?
[6]
Write notes on:

[5 x 2 = 10]

i)

Probe penetration.

ii)

Pulse echo method.

SECTION-II

Q7) Write notes on:

a)

Classification of artificial fibres.

[5]

b)

Relative fibre matrix stiffness.

[5]

c)

Fibre matrix interfacial bond.

[4]

d)

Factors affecting properties of FRC.

[4]

OR

[4759]-13

Q8) a)

Explain in detail the classification of artificial and natural fibres.

[6]

b)

Explain: Quality control tests to ensure good performance of polymer

concrete.
[6]

c)

Write a note on: SIFCON.

[6]

Explain behaviour of SFRC in tension.

[6]

b)

Explain the various properties of hardened SCC.

[6]

c)

Applications of polymer concrete.

[4]

Q9) a)

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain stress strain property and compressive strength properties of

FRC.
[8]
Explain in detail Polymer impregnated concrete

[8]

Q11)a)

Explain closed mould technique for ferrocement with merits and demerits.
[8]

b)

Write a note on cement mortar mix and reinforcement as constituents of

ferrocement.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain how ferrocement differs than concrete. Write about tensile

property of ferrocement.
[8]

b)

Explain open mould technique for ferrocement with merits and demerits.
[8]

[4759]-13

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1414

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-130
B.E. (Electronics)
NANOTECHNOLOGY IN ELECTRONICS
(2008Course) (Elective-IV) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q,7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10 and Q.11 or
Q.12.
5)
Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain any four tools used for making Nanostructures.

[8]
List out the limitations of semiconductor technology in the context of
nanostructures.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain optical properties of semiconducting nanoparticles.

Explain molecular modeling of Nanoparticles.

[8]
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the principle of single electron transistor device.

[8]

Explain silicon Nanocrystal Non-volatile memory bit cell.

[8]

b)

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Draw and explain the process flow for integrating nanocrystal memory
with standard CMOS technology.
[8]
Explain different nano CMOS devices with their application.
[8]
Explain with schematic apparatus to make metal nanoparticles.
Explain applications and properties of carbon Nanotube.
OR

[9]
[9]

P.T.O.

Q6) a)

b)

Write short notes on the following.

i) Nature of Carbon Bond.
ii) Nanoclusters.
Explain Structure and superconductivity of C60.

[9]

[9]

SECTION II
Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)

Q12)a)
b)

What are different types of molecular switches? Explain the application

of any one.
[8]
Explain any two applications of a Cantilever device under MEMS. [10]
OR
What are the differences between mechanical behavior of micro-machines
and macro-machines? What are the challenges and remedies,while design
such systems?
[10]
Explain the challenges while designing NEMS.
[8]
Explain Atomic Lithography while fabricating NEMS.
[8]
Describe the functioning of Transmission Electron Microscope.
[8]
OR
Explain briefly the any one of the novel dielectric nano-material for future
transistors.
[8]
Explain how it is possible to control and manipulate light in nano- materials
used as communication channel.
[8]

Write Short notes on the following.

a) Generation of current in photovoltaic cell.
b) Molecular motors

[16]

OR
Explain the construction and application of any one sensor using nanostructured material.
[8]
Explain the role of Nano material in Biomedical applications.
[8]

tu
[4759]-130

tu
2

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3695

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 132
B.E. (Production)
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (411081)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt one question from each unit of Section I and Section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable electronic pocket calculator and statistical tables is
allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)

b)

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)

SECTION - I
(Unit - I)
List the general recommendations for developing the gearing diagram.[4]
Design a nine speed gear box for the head stock of a lathe, the spindle
speeds ranging from 28 rpm to 1000rpm. Draw the structural diagram
and show the layout of the gears and connection to motor.
[14]
OR
Prove that the maximum loss of economic speed is constant in geometric
progression and show that the value of geometric progression ratio
lies between 1 & 2.
[8]
Explain in detail the hydraulic stepless drive with a neat sketch.
[10]
(Unit - II)
State the various steps involved in designing structures of a general
purpose machine tool.
[8]
Explain the concept of static and dynamic stiffness of machine tool and
state the procedure for estimating them.
[8]
OR
Describe the main functions of machine tool structures. Draw the sketches
of different types of cross sections used for machine tool beds and
columns.
[8]
In designing the bed of a machine tool, it is often found that the hollow
rectangular cross-section is the most suitable one. Justify?
[8]
P.T.O.

(Unit - III)
Q5) a)

Classify the various types of configuration of the guides used in machine

tools, based on material, lubrication system, drives control etc.
[8]

b)

Show that the rigidity of the hydro dynamically lubricated slides is always
less than that of hydrostatic slide way.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the specific merits and demerits of plastic guides commonly

used in machine tools. Name some of the filled and unfilled plastic guides.
[8]

b)

Describe with neat sketches the various methods used for the
compensation of wear of guides.
[8]
SECTION - II
(Unit - IV)

Q7) a)

b)

What are the basic consideration in designing the spindle unit supports
and spindle ends in a high speed machine tools? Sketch unit supports
and spindle ends in a high speed machine tools?
[10]
Why it is essential to preload the bearings of spindle mountage?

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the working principle of recirculating ball screws commonly used

in CNC versions. What are it special advantages?
[8]

b)

Explain with neat sketches the methods of backlash (pitch error)

adjustment in sliding friction power screws. How do these errors affect
the performance of the machine tool?
[10]
(Unit - V)

Q9) a)

Why is damping of machine tools important? How is it accomplished?[6]

b)

Write a note on dynamic characteristic of the cutting process.

c)

Why is thermal expansion of machine tool components important? [4]

OR

[4759]-132

[6]

Q10)a)

What do you understand by stick-slip motion? Explain with a suitable

example.
[8]

b)

Describe the procedure followed in performing acceptance tests for

machine tools.
[8]
(Unit - VI)

Q11)a)

Explain the importance of aesthetics as a requirement in machine tool

design with a suitable example.
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of ergonomics as applied to different parts of machine

tool.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Discuss the modern trends in design of machine tools.

[8]

Describe how CAD techniques can be applied in design of machine tool

structures.
[8]

[4759]-132

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1415

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 133
B.E. (Production)
MANUFACTURING AUTOMATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

For a swash plate type of pump following data operates:

Number of pistons = 6

Piston diameter = 30 mm

Pitch circle diameter of the cylinder= 180mm

Input power = 8 KW.

Volumetric efficiency = 85%

Mechanical efficiency = 86%

[10]

Calculate theoretical pump displacement and angle of swash plate if

maximum pressure and speed at which pump operates is 120 bar and
1000 rpm respectively.
b)

Compare meter out and meter in circuits with respect to efficiency,

uniformity of feed rate, and negative load carrying capacity.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain with suitable example the terms related to filter:

i)

beta rating

ii)

absolute ratings

[8]

P.T.O.

b)

For a pressure compensated flow control valve, explain:

Constructional features (with neat sketch)

[4]

Principle of working

[2]

Applications

[2]

Q3) a)

A punching operation requires a flow of 120 lpm for 0.6 seconds.

Determine the volume change in accumulator during discharging if the
total cycle time is 4 seconds.
[4]

b)

For a meter in hydraulic circuit, calculate the pump pressure required to

achieve 30 bar pressure at full bore end of cylinder if the pressure loss
across various elements is as below: Flow control valve = 12 bar, direction
control valve (both side) = 4 bar, filter = 3 bar.
[4]

c)

With neat sketch prove that extension speed of regenerative circuit is

about twice that of normal circuit.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

b)

Calculate the tube thickness of a hydraulic cylinder having following

data:
[8]

Testing strength of cylinder material = 7300 kgf/cm2

Cylinder bore diameter = 50 mm.

System pressure = 200 kgf/cm2

Factor of safety = 4:1

Explain with neat sketch the design aspects of hydraulic reservoir.

[8]

Q5) a)

Draw a position step diagram and design suitable circuit for a 3 cylinder
pneumatic system in which the cylinders extend sequentially but retracts
simultaneously.
[10]

b)

The door of a sand feeding hopper is actuated by a double acting

pneumatic cylinder. When hopper is full, the door is opened and sand
fall into a wagon underneath. The door should be closed after a delay of
5 seconds to ensure that all the sand has emptied out. Draw suitable
pneumatic circuit.
[8]
OR

[4759]-133

Q6) a)

Draw a pneumatic circuit for a large stamping press to ensure that the
part is in place, the clamps are engaged and the safety guards are closed
before the press can operate. Also explain its working.
[8]

b)

Explain with neat sketch the cylinder mountings used in pneumatic

systems.
[6]

c)

Explain the advantages of electronic control of pneumatic systems. [4]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Discuss the advantages of microcontrollers over microprocessors in

control operations.
[8]
Explain the digital to analog converter as an input device.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What is the difference between an embedded and external memory

microcontroller.
[8]

b)

Explain with suitable example four addressing modes of a microprocessor.

[8]

Q9) a)

Draw the PLC logic diagram to control a process which is desired to

start by turning on the motor in 10 seconds after the part touches the
limit switch. The process should be terminated automatically when the
finish part touches the second limit switch. An emergency switch will
stop the process any time when it is pressed.
[10]

b)

Explain limitations of PID control.

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

How would a derivative controller with KD = 5s responds to an error that

varies as 1.8 sin (0.08t)?
[4]

b)

State the conditions in which the PI controller should be used.

[4]

c)

Explain formulation of linear quadratic optimal control problem.

[8]

[4759]-133

Q11)a)

A feeder selector device at one of the stations of an automatic assembly

machine has a feed rate of 22 parts/min and provides a throughput of
one part in four. The ideal cycle time of the assembly machine is 10 sec.
The feeder stops for 18 parts in feed track and will start while 8 parts in
feed track. Determine how long will it take for the feeder to turn on once
it is turned off and how long it will take to turn off once it is turned on?
[10]

b)

What factors should be considered while deciding the type of transfer

device to be used in automated systems.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on:

[18]

a)

Rotary disc feeder.

b)

Indexing mechanisms.

c)

Synchronous and non synchronous material transfer.

R R R

[4759]-133

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3890

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759] - 134
B.E. (Production Engg.) (Semester - I)
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Attempt questions 1 or 2, 3 or 4, and 5 or 6 from section I.
2)
Attempt questions 7 or 8, 9 or 10, and 11 or 12 from section II.
3)
Draw neat flowcharts or state algorithms, if needed.

Q1) a)

b)

Q2) a)

SECTION - I
Unit - I
Solve by simplex method
[10]
Minimize Z = 2y1 + 3y2
Subject to y1 + y2 5
y1 + 2y2 6
y1, y2 0
A retail store stocks two types of shirts A and B. These are packed in
attractive cardboard boxes. During a week the store can sell a maximum
of 400 shirts of type A and a maximum of 300 shirts of type B. The
storage capacity, however, is limited to a maximum of 600 of both types
combined. Type A shirt fetches a profit of A 2/- per unit and type B a
profit of A 5/- per unit. How many of each type the store should stock
per week to maximize the total profit? Formulate a mathematical model
of the problem.
[8]
OR
Solve by dual simplex
Minimize z = 2x1 + 3x2

[10]

Subject to 2 x1 + 2 x2 30
x1 + 2x2 10
x1 0, x2 0
b)

What are the various phases of solving OR problem?

[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)

b)

Unit - II
An assignment problem is a special case of transportation problem
Explain.
[6]
A company has five jobs V, W, X, Y and Z and five machines A, B, C, D
and E. The given matrix shows the return in Rs. of assigning a job to a
machine. Assign the jobs to machines so as to maximize the total returns.
Machines Returns in A
[10]
Jobs
A
B
C
D
E
V
5
11
10
12
4
W
2
4
6
3
5
X
3
12
5
14
6
Y
6
14
4
11
7
Z
7
9
8
12
5
OR
Find the optimum solution to the following transportation problem in
which the cell contain the transportation cost in rupees.
[10]
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5
available
F1
7
6
4
5
9
40
F2
8
5
6
7
8
30
F3
6
8
9
6
5
20
F4
5
7
7
8
6
10
Required
30
30
15
20
5
100 (total)
Explain MODI method
[6]
Unit - III

Q5) a)
b)

What is Goal programming? Distinguish it from linear programming. [6]

A company has 8 salesmen, who have to be allocated to four marketing
zones. The return of profit from each zone depends upon the number of
salesmen working that zone. The expected returns for different number
of salesmen in different zones, as estimated from the past records, are
given below. Determine the optimal allocation policy.
[10]
Sales marketing in zones A x 000
No.of
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
Salesmen
0
45
30
35
42
1
58
45
45
54
2
70
60
52
60
3
82
70
64
70
4
93
79
72
82
5
101
90
82
95
6
108
98
93
102
7
113
105
98
110
8
118
110
100
110

[4759] - 134

Q6) a)
b)
c)

Q7) a)

b)

OR
Discuss Geometric programming and its applications.
[6]
Discuss branch and bound technique of Integer programming.
[6]
Discuss state and stage as used in Dynamic programming. What is
recursive function?
[4]
SECTION - II
Unit - IV
The maintenance cost and resale value per year of a machine whose
purchase price is A 7000 is given below
[10]
Year
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
maintenance 900 1200 1600 2100 2800 3700 4700 5900
cost in A
Resale value 4000 2000 1200 600
500
400
400 400
in A
When should the machine be replaced?
Discuss Minimax and Maximin rule with saddle point.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Discuss individual and group replacement policies.

[6]
Reduce the following game by dominance and find the game value.[10]
Player B
I
II
III
IV
I 3
2
4
0
Player A
II 3
4
2
4
III 4
2
4
0
IV 0
4
0
8
Unit - V

Q9) a)

Worker come to tool store room to receive special tools for accomplishing
a particular project assigned to them. The average time between two
arrivals is 60 seconds and the arrivals are assumed to be in Poisson
distribution. The average service time (of the tool room attendant) is 40
seconds. Determine
[10]
i) Average queue length
ii) Average length of non-empty queues
iii) Average number of workers in the system including the worker
being attended
iv) Mean waiting time of an arrival
v) Average waiting time of an arrival (worker) who waits and
vi) Determine whether to go in for an additional tool store room
attendant which will minimize the combined cost of attendants idle
time and the cost of workers waiting time. Assume the charge of
skilled worker A 4 per hour and that of tool store room attendant .
A 0.75 per hour.
Discuss: Inventory costs
[6]

b)

[4759] - 134

OR
Q10)a)

b)

A particular item has a demand of 9000 units per year. The cost of one
procurement is A 100 and the holding cost per unit is A 2.40 per year. The
replacement is instantaneous and no shortages are allowed. Determine[10]
i) The economic lot size,
ii) The number of orders per year,
iii) The time between orders,
iv) The total cost per year if the cost one unit is A . 1.
Discuss minimum cost service rate.

[6]

Unit - VI
Q11) a) Explain the following terms in networks
[8]
i) Earliest time
ii) Latest time
iii) Event slack
iv) Critical path
b) The following table gives data on normal time and cost and crash time
and cost for a project:
[10]
Normal
Crash
Activity
Time (days) Cost (A.) Time (Days)
Cost (A.)
1-2
6
60
4
100
1-3
4
60
2
200
2-4
5
50
3
150
2-5
3
45
1
65
3-4
6
90
4
200
4-6
8
80
4
300
5-6
4
40
2
100
6-7
3
45
2
80
470
The indirect cost per day id A.10.
i) Draw the network diagram for the project
ii) Find the critical path
iii) Determine minimum total time and corresponding cost.
OR
[4759] - 134

Q12)a)

b)

Explain the following terms in Networks

[8]
i) Difference between PERT and CPM
ii) Resource smoothening
iii) Dummy in network analysis
iv) Difference between activity and event
A project has the following activities and their characteristics:
[10]
Activity
Preceding
Time in weeks
activity
to
tm
tp
A
--4
7
16
B
--1
5
15
C
A
6
12
30
D
A
2
5
8
E
C
5
11
17
F
D
3
6
15
G
B
3
9
27
H
E,F
1
4
7
I
G
4
19
28
i) Draw the PERT network.
ii) Identify the critical path.
iii) Determine mean project completion time.
iv) Find the probability that the project is completed in 36 weeks.

yyy

[4759] - 134

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3324

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 135
B.E. (Production) (Semester - I)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

PLASTIC ENGINEERING

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain Addition and Condensation in plastic processing.

Discuss Additives used in the plastic.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Discuss coloring of plastics.

Explain Polymerization of plastic.

Q3) a)
b)

Discuss specifications used for injection molding machine.

Discuss Injection mould designs considerations.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain types of runners in injection molding.

Explain functions of register ring and sprue bush.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain single screw extruder with suitable sketch.

Explain Extrusion of pipes with suitable sketches.

[8]
[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Discuss Extrusion problems.

Explain Extrusion coating.
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Compare injection blow & extrusion blow molding processes.

Discuss materials for blow moulding.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain Bottle design concept with suitable sketches.

Explain stretch blow molding with suitable sketches.

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Thermoforming processes.

Discuss problems in thermoforming.

[8]
[10]
[8]
[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Discuss process factors in thermoforming.

Explain twin sheet thermoforming.

Q11)a)

Discuss finishing of Plastics.

b)

[10]

Explain :
i)

[6]

Buffing

ii)

Reaming

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain guidelines for tool geometry in plastic machining.

Explain polishing and tapping in plastic.

ddd

[4759]-135

-2-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3696

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 136
B.E.
PRODUCTION
Industrial Robotics
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (411084)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)
b)

Enlist the chronology of development process in each Robot generation.

[8]
Define Industrial Robot & classify the robot.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain with sketch six degrees of freedom associated with the robot
manipulator.
[8]
Explain the following terms associated with robot:
i)

Accuracy

ii)

Repeatability

iii)

Robot Work Envelope

iv)

payload Capacity

[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

For a pick and place type of robot, the link parameters table is given
below:
[8]
i

i-1

ai-1

di-1

i-1

30

-90

90

Determine the location of the end point of the link 3 with respect to the
base.
b)

List the steps involved in DH convention.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain the Inverse kinematics associated with planar 3R manipulator.[8]

b)

For a pick and place type of robot, the link parameters table is given
below:
[8]
i

i-1

ai-1

di-1

i-1

45

-90

-90

60

Determine the location of the end point of the link 3 with respect to the
base.

Q5) a)
b)

Classify gripper & describe with neat sketch magnetic gripper.

[9]

Discuss the various considerations in gripper design and selection. List

the different types of gripper.
[9]
OR

Q6) a)

Describe
i)

Vacuum gripper

ii)

Ultrasonic gripper.

[4759]-136

[9]

b)

Explain with neat sketch:

[9]

i)

Gear and Rack method of actuating the gripper

ii)

Cam-actuated gripper

iii)

Screw-type gripper actuation

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Define a Robot Sensor. Why there is a need of Sensor? Highlight the

features of Sensor.
[8]
Describe machine vision system with the help of block diagram.

[8]

OR

Q8) a)
b)

State various Sensing devices used in Robot workcell.

[8]

The given data represents 88 arrays of pixels. Each element in the array
indicates the grey level value of the pixels.
[8]
i)

Construct histogram for the array and obtain appropriate threshold

value.

ii)

Convert the picture into a black and white image. The data is as:

[4759]-136

10

11

10

11

12

12

12

12

13

15

17

17

17

17

15

13

14

17

19

19

19

19

18

14

13

17

19

20

20

19

18

13

12

17

19

20

21

19

18

12

12

17

19

19

19

19

18

12

11

15

18

18

18

18

15

11

12

11

10

11

12

12

12

12

Q9) a)

b)

Explain:

[8]

i)

Manual mode of programming

ii)

Lead through mode of programming

iii)

Textual robot language

iv)

Off-line programming mode.

Explain generations of Robot programming Language.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain WAIT, DELAY, SIGNAL, DEPART commands with

suitable example.
[8]

b)

Explain the hydraulic system used for robot system with advantages &
Limitations.
[8]

Q11)a)

How is software and hardware of robot, handshaking with PC done?[9]

b)

Explain the working of RS232C interface used in Robotics system. [9]

OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write a note on:

[9]

i)

Spot welding

ii)

Machine loading and unloading

iii)

Spray Painting

Describe the concept of safety in robotics.

R R R

[4759]-136

[9]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1416

SEAT No. :

[4759]-137

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Production Engineering)

c: POWDER METALLURGY
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (411084)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6 from section I and Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10,

Q 11 or Q 12 from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Write a short note on the Hoganas process.

[6]

b)

Explain the influence of Tap density, compressibility and compactibility

on the behavior of powders.
[6]

c)

Explain the water atomization method for production of powders.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the permeability method and sedimentation method to characterize

the size of powders.
[6]

b)

On what factors is the spherical shape of atomized metal powder

dependent? Explain.
[6]

c)

Describe the rotating electrode process.

Q3) a)
b)

[6]

What are the factors which increase the green density of metal powders.
Explain them.
[8]
Write a short note on the equipments needed for die compacting.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

State the variables in the powder mixing process and explain the effect
of any 2 variables during mixing of powders.
[8]
Describe the double cone mixer and the V mixer.

[8]

State the different types of sintering furnaces and explain any one furnace
with a neat sketch.
[8]
State the advantages and limitations of liquid phase sintering.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain mechanical alloying of powders.

[8]

Explain any two mechanisms of material transport in sintering.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Compare CIP process with HIP process.

[8]

Explain roll compaction and the effects of powder characteristics on

powder rolling.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)

b)

Write short notes on:

i)

Encapsulation

ii)

Spray Deposition

[8]

Explain in detail explosive compaction.

[8]

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Advantages and limitations of powder metallurgy.

ii)

Steam treatment.

Explain the various heat treatments given to P/M parts.

OR

[4759]-137

[8]

Q10)a)
b)

What is impregnation? Where it is used?

[8]

Distinguish between coining and sizing.

[8]

Q11)Explain manufacturing of the following with the help of a neat flow chart.[18]
a)

Gears

b)

Cemented Carbide tools

c)

Filters
OR

Q12)With the help of a neat flow chart explain production details of the following:
[18]
a)

Electrical contact materials.

b)

Brakes and clutch lining material.

c)

Lamp filaments.

EEE

[4759]-137

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2012

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] -138
B.E. (Production)
MICROPROCESSOR APPLICATIONS
(2008 Course) (Elective - I) (Semester - I) (411084)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from section I & Q.7 or Q.8,
Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data,whenever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What are the functions of Microcontrollers?

[8]

Compare microprocessors and microcontrollers.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

b)

Differentiate the following.

[8]

i)

Harvard and Von Neumann architecture

ii)

RISC and CISC processors

Explain the typical processor architecture.

[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the use of address bus, data bus and control bus in instruction
execution.
[8]

b)

What are the different phases of instruction execution? Explain instruction

fetch, decode and Execute.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Draw schematic diagram for interfacing EPROM and RAM to 8085.

With typical example explain briefly.
[8]

b)

What is the use of interrupts? Explain Hardware and software interrupts.

[8]

Q5) a)
b)

With the help of block diagram, explain architecture of 8051.

Explain the function and modes of timer/counter.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q6) a)

With memory map explain internal memory organization of 8051. [10]

b)

Explain the serial communication. What is function of SCON register?[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain different addressing modes with the help of one instruction of

each mode.
[8]
Explain following instructions of 8051.
i)

Push

ii)

LJMP

iii)

ADC

iv)

ANL

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

What are the different types of branch instructions. Illustrate with

examples.
[8]
What are different software tools for programming of 8051?

[8]

Define PLC and state features of PLC. How PLC can be used in CNC?
[8]
How PLC can be used in boiler and furnaces?
OR

[4759]-138

[8]

Q10)a)

How 7 segment display can be interfaced with 8051? Write a program to

display message.
[8]

b)

Interface 8 bit DAC to 8051 and write a program to generate triangular

waveform.
[8]

Q11)Design a system for Data acquisition using 8051 microcontroller for measuring
any two parameters. Draw circuit diagram with suitable sensor and signal
conditioning. Display the parameters on LCD.
[18]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Compare RS232 and RS485 protocol.

Explain following buses with application:
i)

USB bus

ii)

I2C Bus

R R R

[4759]-138

[8]
[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1417

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 139
B.E. (Production)
ERGONOMICS AND HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss the importance of work and rest cycle in design of physical

work.
[8]

b)

What are human machine systems? Compare man and machine elements
of the such systems.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Discuss how cardiovascular system and respiratory system of body

respond to physiological strain?
[8]

b)

Define work efficiency. Explain various factors which affect energy

consumption.
[8]

Q3) a)

What do you mean by promoting lumbar lordosis in seat design? Discuss

how to reduce disc pressure, static loading of back muscles and postural
fixity while seating.
[8]

b)

Discuss how to decide out of reach requirements using anthropometric

data.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What are various considerations while deciding horizontal work surface

height for seated personnel?
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of normal and maximum area while designing

horizontal work surface area.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain following elements in case of visual displays of static information.

[10]

b)

i)

stroke width

ii)

width to height ratio

iii)

size

iv)

case

v)

layout

Discuss various types of speech recognition systems and human factors

issues in design of speech operated controls.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is the purpose of providing resistance in the controls. Explain

various types of resistances used in controls with applications.
[10]
Discuss the design of

[8]

i)

Automobile brake and Accelerator pedals

ii)

Multifunctional hand controls

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What are the recommended limits for MMH tasks as per biomechanical,
physiological and psychophysical approach.
[8]

b)

What do you mean by BMR (basal metabolism rate) and MAP(maximum

aerobic power). Explain the factors which affect BMR and MAP. [8]
OR

[4759]-139

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

What are various ways to reduce the risk of MMH tasks.

[8]

Discuss following variables that influence the level of stress placed on

the body during lifting.
[8]
i)

horizontal position of the load

ii)

Frequency of lifting

iii)

Object characteristics

Discuss the effects of lighting on performance.

[8]

What do you mean by acclimatization to cold and heat stress? Explain.

[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain Following measures

[8]

i)

Effective temperature

ii)

Wet Bulb globe temperature

iii)

Heat Index

iv)

Wind chill Index

b)

Explain the procedure to establish noise exposure limits as per OSHA.[8]

Q11)a)

List down major steps in system design. Explain basic design stage in
detail. Discuss rules for allocating functions in design stage.
[9]

b)

Define accident. Discuss various ways of reducing accidents.

[9]

OR
Q12)a)

What do you mean by interface design in designing a system? Explain

considerations while applying human factors data during interface design.
[9]

b)

Explain human factors considerations for the following elements in design

of vehicle
[9]
i)

Cab

ii)

Transmission system

iii)

Information systems

iv)

Head lights

R R R
[4759]-139

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1514

[Total No. of Pages :6

[4759] - 14
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
QUANTITY SURVEYING , CONTRACTS AND TENDERS
(2008 Course) (401009) (Semester -II)

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION- I
Q1) a)

A person wish to construct a building as per the following plan fig1.

Explain the utility of plan, sectional elevation in working out the detailed
estimate.
[5]

P.T.O.

b)

Work out the cost of construction of the following items by (1) long and
short method
[13]
i)

PCC in foundation

ii)

DPC

iii)

RCC lintel and beam assuming steel at 1% of RCC

iv)

BM 1.6 for superstructure

OR

Q2) a)

What are the different methods of detail estimate? Explain centre line
method of estimation and carryout the detailed estimate & obtain the
quantity for following fig 2.
[14]

Q.No. 1(a) & 2(a)

[4759]-14

b)

i)

Earth Work Excavation for foundation

ii)

Brick Masonry in CM 1:6

iii)

Damp Proof Course

What is the unit of measurement of

i)

Pointing

ii)

Plastering

iii)

RCC lintel

iv)

Wood works for doors

[4]

Q3) a)

What is approximate or preliminary estimate and what is the purpose of

approximate estimate. Explain the annual maintenance estimate and
revised estimate.
[6]

b)

A (G+2) building has a carpet area of 800m2 in each floor. The area
occupied by corridor verandah, staircase, etc is 25% and area occupied
by wall, column is 10%, water supply 7.5% Electrification 8.5%,
contingency 4%. Prepare a preliminary estimate considering cost of
ground floor Rs 1500/- sq-m, Rs 1700/-for I floor, Rs 1850/- for I floor.
[10]
OR

Q4) a)

Fig 3, shows section along the shorter span of a room of size 712m
internal dimension. The thickness of slab is 15cm. Assume 5cm end
cover and 2.5cm cover at top & bottom.
[10]

[4759]-14

b)

What are the different methods of calculating sectional area of road in

banking. Explain the Mid section method of calculating earthwork with
typical table for calculation.
[6]

Q5) a)

Explain the importance of specification in preparing estimate and what

are the objectives of Specifications. What are standard specification and
specification for performance? Explain How control over quality of
material and workmanship is achieved by specification.
[8]

b)

Draft a detailed specification for earthwork embankment (without OMC).

[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain importance of Rate Analysis and what are the factors affecting
rate analysis. Explain in detail the procedure for rate analysis.
[4]

b)

Explain task work and how does it vary. Work out the labour requirement
for
[4]

c)

i)

Reinforcement for R.C.C. work &

ii)

I class brick masonry in CM 1:6 in super structure.

Prepare rate analysis for RCC work in column with proportion 1:1.5:3,
with cement course sand, 2.5cm ballast with all material, T & P complete.
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

A construction equipment was purchased for Rs. 5,00,000/-with annual

rate of interest of 6%. Determine life of the equipment (n years) if
annual sinking fund is Rs. 3,000/- and salvage value is Rs. 60,000/-. [8]

b)

What is meant by Depreciation? State its significance in valuation with

example. Discuss merits and demerits of 2 methods of finding
depreciation.
[6]

c)

Enlist the factors that may affect the value of a building. Discuss any one
factor in detail with example.
[4]
OR

[4759]-14

Q8) a)

Determine book value of a property consisting of a land (plot of area

1000m2) and building (built-up area of 600m2) in the year 2013 assuming
scrap value 10% of the original cost. The original land cost is 1973 was
Rs. 100/- per m2 and the cost of built-up area in the same year was Rs.
900/- per m2. Assume that the construction specifications are first class
and the land cost has remained unchanged.
[8]

b)

A rectangular plot has 35m width along the road and 95m depth at right
angles to the road. Calculate the value of the land using method of belting.
Assume that cost of the first belt of 20m depth is Rs. 200/- per m2. [6]

c)

State two differences each between:

Q9) a)
b)

c)

i)

Sentimental Value-Distress Value

ii)

Salvage Value - Scrap Value

[4]

Give the classification of works as per the P.W.D.

[6]
Explain the essential pre-requisites as per the P.W.D. procedure before
starting the execution of a work.
What is meant by a tender? Discuss importance of types of tenders and
tendering procedure with respect to any one specific construction work.
[5]
State various methods of tendering systems with respect to civil
engineering works.
[5]
A billionaire lady wants to construct a bungalow with all possible
modern security provisions and facilities in it. Suggest a suitable tendering
method she should adopt for inviting tenders for construction of the
bungalow. Justify your suggestion.
OR

Q10)a)

b)

State two differences each between:

i)

Sentimental Value-Distress Value

ii)

Salvage Value - Scrap Value

Discuss the terms: Retention Money, Acceptance of a Tender.

[4759]-14

[6]

[5]

c)

Q11)a)

Discuss the following terms as per the P.W.D.

i)

Original Works

ii)

Revised administrative approval

[5]

State whether True or False, giving proper justification: (Zero marks will
be given if justification is not written)
[6]
i)

A wife approaches an arbitrator for her divorce case.

ii)

A contractor may sign a contract with the divorced wife of an

industrialist.

iii)

Only a judge retired from High Court or higher court can be an

arbitrator for dispute with respect to a dispute in the execution of a
Civil Engineering contract.

b)

Briefly explain the contents of a typical contract.

[5]

c)

What is the meaning of arbitration? Discuss various types of arbitration.

[5]
OR

Q12)a)

Differentiate clearly between: Item Rate Contract and Lump-sum Contract.

[6]

b)

State four issues that may be referred to an arbitrator. Discuss the powers
of an arbitrator.
[5]

c)

What is meant by General and Special conditions of contract? Clearly

explain with appropriate examples.
[5]

R R R

[4759]-14

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1418

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 140
B.E. (Production)
MATERIALS AND LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT
( 2008 Course) (Sem. - I) (Elective - II) (Revised) (411085)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define Value Engineering. What are the phases involved in Value Analysis?
Explain each phase briefly.
[9]

b)

What are the objectives of materials management from Return on

Investment point of view?
[9]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain Material Requirement Planning (MRP1) with flow chart.

[9]

Explain Make or Buy decision with example.

[9]

Explain Purchase Cycle with flowchart.

[8]

Explain documents used in Importing:

[8]

i)

Letter of credit

ii)

Bill of Lading
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain different objectives of Purchasing.

[8]

What is Vendor Rating? Explain any one method in detail.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What is store identification? Explain KODAK system of codification

briefly.
[8]

b)

How study of waste management techniques helps to manage surplus

and obsolete material?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain Last In First Out (LIFO) and First In First Out (FIFO) methods
of material issuing.
[8]

b)

What is stock verification? Differentiate between annual stock taking and

Continuous stock taking.
[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain functional areas of Logistics in brief.

[8]

List the types of warehouses. Explain any two in brief.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Define warehousing. Explain the economic and service benefits of

warehouse.
[8]
List different modes of Transportation. Explain any two in brief.

[8]

Explain the drivers of supply chain management.

[8]

What is supply chain? Explain the significance of three key supply chain
decision phases.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

What is the importance of demand in supply chain? How the demand

risk is managed in supply chain?
[8]

b)

What is strategic fit in supply chain management? Explain the steps

involved in achieving strategic fit.
[8]

[4759]-140

Q11)a)

Explain Fixed Period (P) system and Fixed Quantity (Q) system in brief.
[9]

b)

The demand for an item is 18000 per year. Production rate is 100
units/day.
[9]
The carrying cost is Rs.0.15/unit/month and the setup cost is Rs.500 per
setup. The shortage cost is Rs.20 per unit/year.
Find:
i)

Economic Batch Quantity

ii)

Maximum Inventory

iii)

Maximum Stockout.
OR

Q12)a)

What is safety stock? How lead time affects safety stock in finished
goods inventory?
[9]

b)

An item is produced at the rate of 50units/day. The demand is 25units/

day. Setup cost is Rs.100/setup, holding cost is Rs.0.01/unit/day. [9]
Find:
i)

Cycle time

ii)

Minimum total cost/run.

R R R

[4759]-140

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1419

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 141
B.E. (Production Engineering)
c: SIMULATION AND MODELING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (411085)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q-1 or Q-2, Q-3 or Q-4, Q-5 or Q-6, Q-7 or Q-8, Q-9 or Q-10, Q-11 or Q-12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss various terminology used in simulation.

[6]

Discuss different laws of probability distribution.

[10]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Distinguish between discrete and continuous systems with example. [8]

Discuss the advantages of simulation.

[8]

Discuss the applications in production management.

[8]

Define-Physical, Mathematical, Static and Dynamic simulation models.[8]

OR

Q4) a)
b)

Monte-Carlo simulation methods and their application in queuing.

[8]

What is system and system environment? List the components of a system

with example.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain different methods for input data representation.

Discuss use of random numbers in simulation with example.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain different data collection methods in simulation.

Explain meaning of one tailed test and two tailed test.

[10]
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain output analysis for dynamic state simulation.

[8]

Discuss Factors considered in selecting generator.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Discuss exponential and normal distribution with application.

[8]

Explain any two methods for output data analysis.

[8]

Discuss about a simulation of a job manufacturing shop.

[9]

State the need of simulation in manufacturing and material handling

system.
[9]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss about a simulation of a flexible manufacturing cell.

[8]

Discuss simulation of a season ticket issuing counter of a transport

corporation.
[10]
Explain in detail important feature of witness simulation software.

[8]

Discuss the concept of simulated factory.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Comments on simulation languages.

[8]

Discuss the steps for development of simulation software.

[8]

R R R
[4759]-141

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3325

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 142
B.E. (Production) (Semester - I)
PLANT ENGINEERING & MAINTENANCE
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

How will you measure performance and productivity of plant?

[8]

Explain various types of maintenance?

OR
What is Parato chart? Explain in detail
Discuss principles of plant management.

[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Discuss plant facility related to building.

Explain types of layout?
OR

[8]
[8]

Q4) a)
b)

Explain how the Information Technology is useful for optimization of

layout?
[8]
What are PQRS analysis and REL chart?
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

[8]
[10]

b)
Q2) a)
b)

Explain predictive base maintenance?

Explain maintenance of power plant industries?
OR
Q6) Write short notes on following.
a) MICLASS software for classification and coding.
b) Simulation for spare part management.
c) Maintenance management.

[8]
[8]

[18]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

Explain schedule of preventive management.

[8]

What is reliability? Discuss in detail.

OR
Discuss various preventive maintenance with life cycle costing
Explain mathematical model for life cycle costing model.

[8]

What are various types of measure taken for safety of plant?

Discuss issues related to recycling and wastages.
OR
What is energy audit? Explain its importance with example.
Explain pollution control issues in chemical plants.

[8]
[8]

[8]
[8]

[8]
[8]

What are ferrography & hot ferrography?

[8]
Discuss condition based maintenance.
[10]
OR
Explain with example organization that is implantation Total Productive
Maintenance.
[10]
Discuss RAM analysis?
[8]

yyy

[4759] - 142

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1420

[Total No. of Pages :6

[4759] - 143
B.E. (Production Engineering)
COMPUTER INTEGRATED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - II) (411087)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket Calculator
and steam table is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the different network topology in CAD/CAM system.

[6]

A rectangle ABCD has vertices A(5,5), B(15,5), C(15,10) and D(5,10). It

has to be rotated by 45 in anticlockwise direction about point P(20,15).
Determine the new coordinates of the rectangle.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Explain with suitable example the following concept and specify

differences among them.
[6]
i)

Wire frame model

ii)

Surface model

iii)

Solid model

A triangle PQR has its vertices at P(0,0), Q(6,0) and R(3,4). It is to be

translated by 3 units in X direction and 2 units in Y direction and then it
is to be rotated in anticlockwise direction about the new position of
point R through 60. Find the new position of the triangle.
[10]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain different types of coordinate systems used in the FEA.

[6]

A stepped bar is as shown in the fig.2. An axial load F = 20000N is

applied as shown. Using the FEA method calculate the following [12]
i)

Nodal displacements

ii)

Stress in each section and

iii)

Reaction forces

OR
Q4) a)

State and explain various types of elements used in the Finite Element
Analysis.
[6]

b)

Fig. 3 shows the cluster of four springs. Calculate deflection of each

spring when a force of 2000N is applied. Model the spring as 1D spar
element.
[12]

Q5) a)

Explain the absolute and incremental positioning system.

[4759]-143

[6]

b)

Write a CNC program using G and M codes for drilling and milling the
component as shown in the fig.4, drill path is shown in fig.5 and milling
cutter path in fig.6. A milling cutter of 10mm diameter and drill of 8mm
diameter is available.
[10]

[4759]-143

OR
Q6) a)

Explain the different methods of tool length compensation on CNC. [6]

b)

Write a manual part program to machine the component as shown in

fig.7 and tool path is shown in fig.8. Assume the speed as 200 rpm and
feed rate at a rate of 0.35mm/revolution.
[10]

[4759]-143

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the various phases of ERP implementation.

[6]

Write short note on computer aided inspection and quality control.[10]

OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

b)

Discuss MRP I & MRP II in modern manufacturing system with sketch.[8]

Discuss the following techniques of concurrent Engineering
i)

Quality Function Deployment

ii)

Failure Mode & Effect Analysis

[8]

What is flexible manufacturing system (FMS)? Explain the classification

of FMS based on
[12]
i)

Number of Machines

ii)

Level of flexibility and

iii)

Types of layout

What do you mean cellular manufacturing? Explain in brief.

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain Rank Order Clustering( ROC) algorithm for grouping parts and
machines.
[10]

b)

Explain with suitable example how production flow analysis helps in cell
formation in grouping of parts.
[8]

[4759]-143

Q11)a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch IBM concept of CIM.

[8]

Explain with neat sketch Fused Deposition Method (FDM) with its
highlights.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch the Siemens Model of CIM.

[8]

Explain with neat sketch Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM). [8]

R R R

[4759]-143

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1421

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 144
B.E. (Production Engineering)
PROCESS PLANNING AND TOOL SELECTION
(2008 Course) (411088) (Semester - II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following terms:

i)

operation,

ii)

routing

iii)

process picture and

iv)

operation route sheet

[8]

Explain the importance of communication in the field of engineering.[8]

OR

Q2) a)

What is a manufacturing system? And what are the main elements in its
composition?
[8]

b)

How is process planning related to production planning and to what

planning and control functions does it directly contribute?
[8]

Q3) a)

Describe the main types of drawing employed in engineering? Which of

these is most appropriate to process planning and why? How many
functional surface may be indentified?
[8]

b)

Identify and describe at least five types of geometrical tolerances.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What is a datum? What is the advantage of using a datum? Is it always

possible to establish a physical datum? Explain with example.
[8]

b)

How is surface finish defined and measured? How is surface finish

indicated on an engineering drawing?
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the rule for adding and subtracting the dimensions. Explain with
suitable example.
[9]

b)

Convert the following to dimensions with equal bilateral tolerances. [9]

i)

5.250+0.006
0.003

ii)

1.500+0.008
0.001

iii)

3.750+0.002
0.005

Use following tolerance conversion chart as in Fig. 1.

Fig.1. Tolerance conversion chart

[4759]-144

OR
2

Q6) a)

List the possible causes of work-piece deflection while in the location

system of holding device.
[9]

b)

What are the rules for locating long cylindrical and short cylindrical workpieces? Explain with neat diagrams.
[9]

SECTION- II

Q7) a)

Explain the steps involved in machine selection method with a neat flow
chart.
[8]

b)

What are the advantages of using commercial tooling over Regular and
Special tooling? What should be the order of procurement of tools? [8]
OR

Q8) a)

Distinguish between General purpose machines (GPM) and special

purpose Machines (SPM).
[8]

b)

What is the main function of clamping device? Discuss some clamping

and locating devices.
[8]

Q9) a)

What is an auxiliary operation? How can supporting operation be

distinguished from auxiliary operation?
[8]

b)

Explain Automatic time standard system (ATS) in CAPP.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain the difference between product critical areas and process critical
areas with a sketch.
[8]

b)

What are steps in generative process planning system? Explain with a

neat flow chart.
[8]

Q11)a)

Sketch the symbols used for locators, clamps, supports and combination
of these items.
[6]

[4759]-144

b)

List some of the possible uses of process picture.

[6]

c)

What information is provided on operation route sheet?

[6]

OR
Q12)Fig. no.2 shows the working drawing of TENON with the required
dimensions and geometrical tolerances. Stock size is 251530. The total
number of pieces to be produced are 5000. Material is HCS. General tolerance
is 0.1. All dimensions are in mm. List the processes that you recommend to
produce this part. Propose a process plan to machine the TENON. [18]

Fig.2. TENON

R R R

[4759]-144

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1422

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-145
B.E. (Production Engineering )
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Elective-III) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
4)
Fingures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a)
b)
c)
Q2) a)
b)
c)
Q3) a)
b)
c)
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

SECTION-I
Explain the difference between Two and Four Stroke Engines.
[8]
Explain the working of simple carburetor.
[8]
Why is the frame narrow at the front?
[2]
OR
List various types of frame and describe in brief the conventional frame.
[8]
Describe the working of four stroke petrol engine with neat diagram.[8]
What do you mean by Chassis in automobile?
[2]
What is the purpose of a radiator in an automobile? Explain its
construction.
[6]
What is the optimum cooling? Explain.
[6]
What is pressure cap? Draw Diagram for the same.
[4]
OR
Explain water cooling system with the help of diagram.
[8]
What is the effect of inadequate cooling and overheating of engine parts.
[8]
What are the functions of the lubrication system in an automobile? [8]
Explain Magneto ignition system.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Explain in brief wet sump lubrication.

What are the requirements of good ignition system?

[8]
[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)

b)
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)
c)

Q12)a)
b)
c)

Explain the operation of an epicyclic gear box.

Explain the working of differential with the help of Diagram.
OR
With the help of neat sketch, working of synchromesh gear box.
What is mean by double declutching? Explain?.
Discuss the following properties of suspension system.
1) Damping
2) Camber

[8]
[8]
[10]
[6]
[10]

What is the function of suspension system?

OR
Write short note on self levelling suspensions?
What are the components of the steering system?.

[6]

Describe in brief the construction and working of drum brakes.

Why disc brakes are better than drum type brakes?.
Define the following terms
1. Brake Shoes
2. ABS

[8]
[6]
[4]

[8]
[8]

OR
Give the troubleshooting chart for cooling system with its complaint,
cause and remedy.
[8]
Explain different types of maintenances with example.
[8]
Define Parking brake.
[2]
tu

[4759]-145

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1423

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-146
B.E. (Production)
MECHATRONICS
(2008 Pattern) (Elective-III) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
All questions are compulsory.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to right side indicate full marks.
4)
Assume Suitable data wherever necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in short the programming devices used in PLC programming.

[8]
Compare PLCs with other types of controllers.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail any four applications of PLCs.

[8]

Discuss in brief any four input/ output specifications of PLC.

[8]

Multibit register/BCD output interfaces provide parallel communication.

[8]
Explain in detail types of racks in discrete I/O system.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain in detail types of remote I/O systems used in PLCs.

[8]

What are the types of memory systems used in PLCs?

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain any four electrical specifications used in PLCs.

[8]

Explain with neat sketch transformation of an analog signal into a binary

or BCD value.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain with neat sketch Process for inputting analog data to a word
location.
[8]

b)

An input module, which is connected to a temperature transducer, has

an A/D with a12-bit resolution. When the temperature transducer receives
a valid signal from the process(0 to 600C), it provides, via a transmitter,
a +1 to +5 VDC signal compatible with the analog input module.
i)

Find the equivalent voltage change for each count change (the voltage
change per degree Celsius change) and the equivalent number of
counts per degree Celsius, assuming that the input module transforms
the data into a linear 0 to 4095 counts, and

ii)

Find the same values for a module with a 10-bit resolution.

[10]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Fast- input interfaces detect input pulses of very short duration. Explain
with neat sketch.
[8]

b)

What is the necessity of special type of I/O modules?Explain in detail

its types.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

What are positioning interfaces? Explain with neat sketch PLC system
using stepper modules to control three axes.
[8]

b)

Proportional-integral-derivative (PID) interfaces are used in process

applications that require continuous closed-loop control employing the
PID algorithm.
[8]

[4759]-146

Q9) a)

Explain with neat sketch Grafcet language used in PLC programming.[8]

b)

Explain in detail the One-shot output and Transitional contact instruction.

[8]
OR

Q10)a

Explain with neat sketch any two timer instructions used in PLC
Programming.
[8]

b)

Data conversion instructions change the contents of a given register from

one format to another. Explain.
[8]

Q11)a)

What are types of thermal transducers? Explain with neat sketch

construction and working of RTD.
[8]

b)

Explain linear variable differential transformer(LVDT) mechanism with

its any one application.
[10]
OR

Q12)a)

What are flow transducers? Explain with neat sketch Motion Detection
Fluid flow-meter.
[8]

b)

What are the types of strain gauges? Explain with neat sketch construction
and working of any one strain gauge.
[10]

tu

[4759]-146

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1424

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-147
B.E. (Production)
METAL WORKING TRIBOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the structure of a tribo-system.

Explain Apparent evaluation of contact stiffness of a joint.

[6]
[10]

OR
Q2) a)

How do you characterize a surface.

[6]

b)

Explain Abbots bearing area curve.

[10]

Q3) a)
b)

What are the sliding friction mechanisms?

Explain stick slip motion of friction measurement.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Derive a modified Bowden and Tabor friction equation.

Derive friction equation involving hard material.
Explain Lubrication used for wire drawings extrusion.

[8]
[10]
[6]

Discuss the parameters affecting wear and how do you prevent them.
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Explain lubrication used for forging and give applications for the process
used in forging.
[10]
Derive Theories of Wear.

[6]

SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Explain Boundry friction lubrication with application.

[4]

b)

What is meant by Viscosity Index of lubricant where that is applied?

[4]

c)

Explain different modes of lubrication.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

With figure explain semi liquid friction.

What are the properties required in lubricants?

[12]
[4]

Explain Radial journal bearing under hydrodynamic condition including

Reynolds equation.
[12]
Derive Petroff equation involving concentric bearing.

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

Derive the equation for hydrodynamic lubrication

dp
h h *
= 6u 3 .
dx
h

(all having usual symbols).

b)

[10]

Find out leakage in litres/min through a shaft of 35mm which is running

concentric to sleeve of 25.3 mm, 35mm length using water under
pressure of 5 bar.
[8]

[4759]-147

Q11)a)

Derive an equation for two rectangular plates approaching each other

involving squeeze film operation.
[10]

b)

Two circular plates of 125 mm approaching each other with velocity of

12.5 cm/s in liquid of = 0.035 Pas. Find out pressure, load and time
for film thickness to come down from 0.25 mm to 0.005 mm.
[6]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Derive squeeze film equation for Circular plate approaching a rigid surface.
[10]
Write short notes on:

[6]

i)

Rail wheel tribology.

ii)

Squeeze film lubrication.

[4759]-147

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1425

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759]-148
B.E. (Production)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III) (411089)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from Section-I and any three questions from Section-II.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4)
Assumptions made should be clearly stated and justified.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

What do you understand by the finite element model? Give an example

of modeling a mechanical component.
[8]
Determine the nodal displacements at node 2. stresses in each material
and support reactions in the bar shown in Fig. 1. due to applied force
P = 400 103 N and temperature rise of 30C. Given A1 = 2400 mm2,
A2 = 1200 mm2, E1 = 0.7 105 N/mm2, E2 = 2 105 N/mm2 and 1 = 22
106/C, 2 = 12 106/C, E = 200 105 N/cm2.
[10]
OR
Explain element stiffness matrix by potential energy approach.
[8]
For the compound section shown in Fig. 2 fixed at both ends. Estimate
reactions at both ends and stresses when force of 1600 N is applied at
the change of cross section. Use penalty approach.
[10]

Fig. 2
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Write note on banded skyline solution.

[6]

A two member truss is shown in fig. 3. The cross sectional area of each
member is 200 mm2 and the modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa. Determine
the deflection reactions and stresses in each of the members.
[10]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Discuss thermal effect in truss member.

[6]

Fig. 4 shows a truss consisting of three elements whose AE/L value is

1000 N/mm. Calculate the deflection at node 2.
[10]

Discuss finite element modeling plane frame.

[6]

A two dimensional loaded plate is shown in fig. 5. Determine the

displacement of nodes 1 and 2 using plane stress condition by considering
it as a single element. Ignore body forces. Also determine the reaction
forces and the stresses in the element. Assume thickness as 10mm, E =
70 GPa and = 0.3.
[10]

[4759]-148

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain two dimensional problem using constant strain triangle.

[8]

The stresses at node points 1, 2 and 3 are 90, 120 and 160 MPa respectively.
Determine the stress at point P for the coordinates as shown in the fig. 6.
[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Discuss the generalized three dimensional stiffness matrix of a beam

Element.
[6]

b)

Analyze the beam shown in Fig. 7 by finite element method and determine
the end reactions. Also determine the deflections at mid spans given E =
2 105 N/mm2 and I = 5 106 mm4.
[12]

[4759]-148

24 kN/m
12 kN/m

OR
Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)

Fig. 8 shows an indeterminate pin connected plane stress with cross

sectional area of diagonal members equal to 2000 mm2 and all other
members with cross sectional area of 1000 mm2. If Youngs modulus E
[12]
= 200 kN/mm2.
i) Assemble global stiffness matrix.
ii) Determine load vector if temperature of member 1-3 increases by
25C. Given = 12 106/C.
iii) Determine load vector if member 1-3 is longer by 0.2 mm.
iv) Introduce Boundary Conditions.

Discuss ISO-parametric elements.

[6]

Discuss thermal effects in ID elements.

[6]

A load member is as shown in fig. 9. The loading is initially done at

20C. The temperature the rises to 60C. Determine the nodal
displacements and the elemental stresses developed.
[10]

[4759]-148

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Discuss briefly thermal effects in 2D elements.

[4]

Consider the bar shown in fig. 10. Determine the nodal displacements,
element stresses and reactions, if the temperature rises by 60C. Assume
modulus of elasticity for the complete bar as 200 GPa and coefficient of
thermal expansion as 12 106/C.
[12]

Q11)Write short notes on:

a) Mesh generation.
b) Functions and phases in FEA software.
OR

[16]

Q12)Write short notes on:

a) Mesh generation techniques.
b) Solving a design problem using a FEA Package.

[16]

[4759]-148

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3326

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759]-149
B.E. (Production) (Semester - II)
WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING (Elective - IV)
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

SECTION -I
What do you understand from word manufacturing excellence?
Explain Hall's frame work.
OR
Discuss Schonberger's WCM model.
Explain merits & demerits of Maskeel's WCM model.
How will you use value stream mapping in WCM?
What is value added manufacturing? Explain in detail.
OR
Explain principles of Toyota Production System.
What is bench marking?

Explain lean production systems.

Discuss 5S in detail?
OR
Q6) Write short notes on following.
i) Poka Yoke
ii) TPM
iii) WCM store practices

[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]
[10]
[18]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

How Human Resource department of WCM organization is different

from conventional organization?
[8]

b)

Write short note on"people are used as problem solver in WCM. [8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Features of WCM training.

[8]

Discuss motivation and reward techniques of world class organization.

[8]

Discuss features of modern performance system.

[8]

Explain AMBIT tool of performance measurement.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Write short note on "POP system".

[8]

Write TOPP system of WCM performance?

[8]

Q11)a)

Describe any one case study of any Indian company related to WCM?
[8]

b)

What is clean manufacturing? Explain its importance in manufacturing.

[10]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

What is green manufacturing? Discuss in detail.

Write short note on 'agile manufacturing'.

aaa
[4759]-149

-2-

[8]
[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1515

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 15
B.E. (Civil)
TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - II
(2008 Pattern) (Semester -II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section -I & Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11
or Q12 from Section - II.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollies charts, electronics pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What are the various methods of classification of roads? Briefly outline

the classification based on location and function as per Nagpur road
plan.
[6]

b)

Discuss the Second Twenty year Road development plan of 1961-1981

and its salient features.
[4]

c)

Explain in brief the Following:

i)

Traffic Volume Survey

ii)

Origin and Destination study

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Briefly explain the requirements of an Ideal alignment.

[6]

b)

Explain in brief the Engineering Surveys needed for Highway Location.[6]

c)

Write a short note on Traffic signs.

Q3) a)

[4]

Draw a Typical cross section of National Highway in Embankment. [4]

P.T.O.

b)

Define Stopping Sight Distance. Determine the stopping sight distance

for a vehicle moving with the design speed of 80 Kmph for Two way
traffic on a two lane road. Assume suitable data as per IRC
recommendations.
[6]

c)

Define Camber. What are the objects of providing camber. Discuss the
effects of shape of camber.
[6]
OR

Q4) a)

Derive an expression for finding the Extra widening on horizontal curves.

[6]

b)

What are the objects of providing Transition curves on the horizontal

highway alignment.
[4]

c)

Write a short note on PIEV theory.

[6]

Q5) a)

Explain in brief the Laboratory procedure of determining Impact Value

of road aggregate.
[6]

b)

Draw a neat labeled cross section of Flexible and Rigid pavement. [6]

c)

The CBR value of Subgrade soil is 5%, calculate total thickness of

pavement using design formula developed by the U.S.Corps of Engineers.
Assume Wheel load = 4100 Kg and Tyre Pressure = 6 Kg/cm2.
[6]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain in brief the Laboratory procedure of determining Grade of

Bitumen.
[6]

b)

Write a short note on types of joints in Rigid Pavement.

c)

Calculate the radius of relative stiffness and Equivalent Radius of Resisting

section using following Data: Wheel Load = 5100 kg, Pavement thickness
= 18cm, Poissons ratio = 0.15, Modulus of Subgrade reaction = 6.0
Kg/cm3, Modulus of Elasticity of Cement Concrete = 3.0105, Radius
of contact area = 15 cm.
[3+3]

[4759]-15

[6]

SECTION- II

Q7) a)

Explain in brief the following:

i)

Minimum Circling radius

ii)

Apron and Taxiway

[6]

b)

Discuss types of survey to be carried out for site selection of an Airport?

[4]

c)

Write a short note on Wind Rose Diagram and is importance.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain with the help of a sketch, three controls for Rolling, Pitching and
Yawing Movements of a Aeroplane.
[6]

b)

State the advantages and disadvantages of air Transportation.

c)

What is mean by Basic Runway length. Discuss the corrections that are
to be applied for determining Basic runway length.
[5]

Q9) a)

A bridge needs to be constructed across an Alluvial stream having

discharge of 300m3/sec. Calculate the depth of maximum scour when
the bridge consists of:
[6]
i)

Two spans of 35m each, and

ii)

Three spans of 30m each

[5]

Assume the value of silt factor =1.1.

b)

Derive an Equation for economic span of the Bridge. Also state the
assumptions.
[6]

c)

Write a short note on Scour Depth.

[4]

OR
Q10)a)

Define Bridge. State the various points to be considered while selecting

an Ideal Bridge site location.
[4]

[4759]-15

b)

The catchment area of stream is of sandy soil with thick vegetation cover
and the area of catchment is 5000 hectares. The length of the catchment
is 20Km and the fall in level from the critical point to the bridge site is
150m. Calculate the peak runoff for designing the bridge if the severest
storm recorded yields 20Cm of rain in 5 hours. Assume coefficient to
account for losses due to absorption = 0.10 and coefficient to account
for distribution of rainfall in space = 0.77.
[6]

c)

Define the following terms:

Q11)a)

i)

Afflux

ii)

Free Board

iii)

Scour Depth

[6]

Define Pier. State the requirements of good Pier.

[6]

b)

Why Bearings are provided in bridges. Explain in brief the Roller type of
bearing.
[6]

c)

Write a short note on Erection and Maintenance of Bridges.

[6]

OR
Q12)a)

How will you account for the following in the design of Highway Bridge.
[6]
i)

Live Load

ii)

Dead Load

iii)

Buoyancy

b)

Explain in brief the various types of Culverts.

c)

Explain in brief the necessity of Movable Span bridges. Also state the
various types of Movable Span bridges.
[6]

R R R
[4759]-15

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2013

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 150
B.E. (Production)
INTELLIGENT MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (411090) (Semester - II)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answser any Three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define CIM and its components. Explain how it can be implemented in

the automation of the production organization.
[8]

b)

Define the term feature. Classify the manufacturing features. What are
the advantages of feature-based modeling in manufacturing
applications?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Discuss the role of CAD/CAM systems in the manufacturing facility.

Describe briefly the CAM cycle in a feature - based design environment.[8]

b)

What is the purpose of process planning? Why is Computer Aided

Process Planning (CAPP) useful in manufacturing? Discuss some of the
benefits of CAPP.
[8]

Q3) a)

Develop a taxonomy of the pioneering works in artificial intelligence and

expert systems?
[8]

b)

Discuss briefly on Computationally Intelligent Systems. Explain different

building blocks of computationally Intelligent Systems.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Define Artificial Intelligence. List with reasons the ten most important
manufacturing problems suitable for expert system applications.
[8]

b)

Discuss the differences between knowledge and ignorance with respect

to artificial intelligence applications. Does having knowledge imply
having intelligence.
[8]

Q5) a)

Discuss the basic differences between a knowledge base and a data

base? Why is the user interface an important consideration in expert
system?
[9]

b)

Develop an integrative solution model that links abstraction, construction

and validation requirements of an expert system problem.
[9]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Discuss the differences between declarative knowledge and procedural

knowledge. Outline how a knowledge engineer acquire declarative
knowledge and procedural knowledge.
[9]
Explain the following with an example.
i)

Inductive and deductive reasoning

ii)

Breadth - First search

iii)

Depth - First search

[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

What is Machine Learning? Explain with an example how neural

Networks are useful in Machine Learning?
[8]

b)

What is conceptual learning? List and characterize the basic concept

learning strategies.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

What is an artificial neuron? Discuss the basic equation associated with

a neuron?
[8]

b)

Discuss the differences between Representation and Learning in

neural networks. Explain in brief the computational complexity of
learning?
[8]

[4759]-150

Q9) a)

What is knowledge Based Group Technology (KBGT)? Explain with a

neat diagram the structure of KBGT?
[8]

b)

Discuss in detail the classification and cluster analysis approaches to

Group Technology?
[10]
OR

Q10)a)

What are the typical constraints in the group technology problem in

automated manufacturing systems?
[8]

b)

Consider the following machine - part incidence matrix. Determine

mutually separable machine cells and part families using Rank Order
clustering Algorithm.
[10]
Part Number
1
1
2
A=

Machine
Number

1
1

6
7

Q11)a)

3
4

1
1

Consider the following formation of an expert system team:

Individual

Role

Domain expert

Source of knowledge

Knowledge Engineer

Channel for knowledge transfer

Management

Source of resources

AI sponsor

Source of motivation

Systems personnel

Integration

Users

Supply of application

Suggest how the rules of the various individuals can be coordinated to

facilitate an effective end product.
[8]
[4759]-150

b)

What are the organizational problems that can evolve from the rapid
introduction of expert systems technology?
[8]
OR

Q12)Explain with examples the role of Artificial Intelligence in the following areas :
[16]
a)

Process Planning

b)

Facility Planning

[4759]-150

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3327

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759]-151
B.E. (Production) (Semester - II)
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (Elective - IV)
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

Explain various dimensions of quality.

Discuss Different types of barriers in TQM Implementations.

[10]
[8]

OR
Explain relation of quality and cost, quality and market share, quality
and price.
[10]
Explain basic concepts of TQM.
[8]
Explain Deming's 14 points for Top Management.

[8]

Explain concept of PDCA cycle.

OR

[8]

Q4) a)
b)

Explain principle of 5S.

Explain Crosby's 14-point programme.

[8]
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Ishikawa's seven quality tools.

Explain concept of TPM.

[8]
[8]

b)

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain concept of FMEA.

[8]

Discuss benefits of QFD in TQM Implementation.

[8]
P.T.O.

SECTION -II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain various types of failures.

Explain three Practical approaches to increase the reliability.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Thirty air-conditioners designed for use in space shuttle were operated

for 1000 hours in a test facility.Three of airconditioners failed during
the test one after 300 hours and the after 500 hours. Compute the
failure rate and mean time between failure.
[10]

b)

A circuit board has four components A.B.C and D having reliability

of 0.980. 0.992. 0.850 and 0.970. What is the reliability of circuit
board? To increase reliability of circuit board, a component C is
redesigned and improved reliability for component C is 0.985. Compute
the system reliability after improvement. Also compute system reliability,
if circuit board is modified and component C is placed with a back up
component to work automatically when primary component fails. [8]

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss stages of Audit.

[8]

Explain importance of cross functional teams.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain concept of six sigma.

[8]

Discuss importance of Auditor ethics.

[8]

What are the expectations in ISO 14001 from organization?

[8]

Explain ISO/TS16949:2002 for Automobile Industry.

[8]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on the following :
i)

Objectives of CMMI.

ii)

Procedure of ISO certification.

aaa
[4759]-151

-2-

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3697

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :8

[4759] - 153
B.E. (Production S/W)
OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (411121)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

Q1) a)

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Maximize Z = 12x1 + 15x2 + 14x3
Subject to the constraints
x1 + x2 < 0
x2 + 2x3 < 0
x1 + x2 + x3 < 100
x1 unrestricted; x2, x3 > 0.

b)

[8]

Solve using, two phase simplex method

Maximize Z = 5x1 + 8x2
Subject to the constraints
3x1 + 2x2 > 3
x1 + 4x2 > 4
x1 + x2 < 5
x1, x2 > 0.

[10]

OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

Minimize Z = x1 3x2 + 2x3

Subject to the constraints
3x1 x2 + 2x3 < 7
2x1 + 4x2 < 12
4x1 + 3x2 + 8x3 < 10
x1, x2, x3 > 0.

b)

[8]

Solve using, Big M method

Maximize Z = 3x1 x2
Subject to the constraints
2x1 + x2 > 2
x1 + 3x2 < 3
x2 < 4
x1, x2 > 0.

Q3) a)

[10]

Solve the following transportation problem.

[8]

60

70

11

80

Demand

50

80

80

b)

Availability

Solve the travelling salesman problem with the following cost matrix.[8]
Cities
Cities

[4759]-153

46

16

40

41

50

40

82

32

60

40

40

36

OR
2

Q4) a)

b)

Solve the following transportation problem by VAM.

[8]

D1

D2

D3

Supply

14

Demand

77

18

A company has 4 salesman A, B, C & D. These salesmen are to be

allotted 4 districts 1, 2, 3 & 4. The estimated profit per day for each
salesman in each district is given in the following table:
[8]
1

16

10

14

11

14

11

15

15

15

15

13

12

13

12

14

15

What is the optimal assignment which will yield maximum profit?

Q5) a)

A manufacturing company processes 6 different jobs on two machines

A & B. Number of units of each job and its processing times on A & B
are given in table. Find the optimal sequence, the total minimum elapsed
time and idle time for each machine.
[8]
Job No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
[4759]-153

No. of units of
each Job

Processing Time
Machine A Machine B
(minutes) (minutes)
5
8
16
7
6
11
3
5
9
7.5
6
14

3
4
2
5
2
3
3

b)

Compare demand rate uniform and production rate infinite with demand
rate non uniform and production rate infinite of inventory models with
deterministic demand.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

A machine operator has to perform three operations, turning, threading

and knurling on a number of different jobs. The time required to perform
these operations (in minutes) for each job is known. Determine the order
in which the jobs should be processed in order to minimize the total time
required to turn out all the jobs.
[8]

b)

A particular item has a demand of 9000 units/year. The cost of one

procurement is Rs. 100 and the holding cost per unit is Rs. 2.40 per
year. The replacement is instantaneous and no shortage are allowed.
Determine:
[8]
i)

The economic lot size.

ii)

The number of orders per year.

iii)

The time between orders.

iv)

The total cost per year if the cost of one unit is Rs. 1.
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

On average 96 patients per 24 hour day require the service of an emergency

clinic. Also on average, a patient requires 10 minutes of active attention.
Assume that the facility can handle only one emergency at a time. Suppose
that it costs the clinic Rs. 100 per patient treated to obtain an average
servicing time of 10 min. and that each minute of decrease in this average
time would cost Rs. 10 per patient treated. How much would have to be
budgeted by the clinic to decrease the average size of the queue from 1
patients to

b)

1
patient?
2

[8]

Solve the following game:

[4759]-153

B1

B2

B3

A1

A2

A3

1
3

[8]

OR
4

Q8) a)

b)

Q9) a)

Workers come to tool store room to receive special tools (required by

them) for accomplishing a particular project assigned to them. The average
time between two arrivals is 60 seconds and the arrivals are assumed to
be in Poisson distribution. The average service time (of the tool room
attendant) is 40 seconds. Determine:
[8]
i)

Average queue length.

ii)

Average length of non empty queues.

iii)

Average number of workers in system including the worker being

attended.

iv)

mean waiting time of an arrival.

v)

average waiting time of an arrival (worker) who waits.

vi)

The type of policy is to be established. In other words, determine

whether to go in for an additional tool store room attendant which
will minimize the combined cost of attendants idle time and the cost
of workers waiting time. Assume the charges of a skilled worker
Rs. 4 per hour and that of tool room attendant Rs. 0.75 per hour.

Solve the following game:

[8]

B1

B2

B3

B4

A1

A2

A3

A4

At a sales depot the arrival of customers and the service times follow the
following probability distributions.
[8]

Arrival Time 0.5

(minutes)

1.5

2.5

3.5

4.5

Probability 0.02 0.06 0.10 0.25 0.20 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.04 0.02
Service Time
(minutes)
Probability

0.5

1.5

2.5

0.12 0.21 0.36 0.19 0.07 0.05

Estimate the average waiting time and percentage of idle time of the
server, by simulation for 10 arrivals.
[4759]-153

b)

Machine A costs Rs. 45,000 and the running cost is Rs. 1000 for the first
year increasing by Rs. 10000 per year afterwards. Another machine B
costs Rs. 50,000 and operating cost is Rs. 2000 for the first year increasing
by Rs. 4000 per year subsequently. If we have machine A now, should
we replace it with B? If so find the best time for replacement.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

A tourist car company finds that during the past 200 days the demand
for the car has the following frequency distribution.
[8]
Service Time 0
(minutes)

Probability

24

30

60

40

30

16

Using random numbers simulate the demand for a period of 10 weeks.

b)

The probability distribution of the failure time of a certain type of electric

bulb is given below:
[8]
Week
Prob. Of
Failure

0.05

0.13

0.25

0.43

0.68

0.88

0.96

1.0

The cost of individual replacement is Rs. 4 per bulb. The cost of group
replacement is Rs. 1 per bulb. If there are 1000 bulbs in use find the
optimal replacement policy under

Q11)a)

i)

Individual replacement

ii)

group replacement.

A company plans the following activities promoting its business.

Activity
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

[4759]-153

Description

[8]

Time Preceding activity

(weeks)
Organize sales office
6
Hire salesman
4
A
Train salesman
7
B
Select advertising agency 2
A
Plan advertising campaign 4
D
Conduct campaign
10
E
Design package
2
Set up packing facilities
10
G
6

b)

Packing initial stocks

H, J

Place order with manufacturer 13

Select distributors

Sell to distributors

C, K

Transport the stock

I, L

i)

Draw the network diagram.

ii)

Determine the critical path.

iii)

Find the total float, free float and the independent float of the
activities.

A small project is composed of 7 activities whose time estimates are

listed in the table below:
[10]
Activity

1-2

1-3

1-4

2-5

3-5

4-6

5-6

Optimistic time
estimate

Most likely time

estimate

Pessimistic time
estimate

14

15

i)

Draw the project network and identify all the paths through it.

ii)

Find the expected duration and variance.

iii)

What is the expected project length?

iv)

Calculate the variance and standard deviation of project length.

v)

What is the probability that the project will be completed at least

three weeks earlier than expected? No more than 3 weeks later than
expected?

vi)

If the project due date is 18 weeks, what is the probability of not

meeting the due date?

vii) What due date has about 90% chance of being met?
OR
[4759]-153

Q12)a)

The utility data for a network is given below. The activity durations are in
weeks and the cost in rupees. The indirect cost per day is Rs. 1000 per
week. Determine the optimum project schedule.
[12]
Activity

b)

Normal

Crash

Time

Direct Cost

Time

Direct Cost

(days)

(Rs.)

(days)

(Rs.)

1-2

7000

10000

1-3

6000

8000

2-3

2-5

9000

11500

3-4

2500

3000

4-6

12

10000

16000

5-6

15

12000

10

16000

5-7

12000

14000

6-8

10000

10000

7-8

14

6000

7400

7-9

6000

12000

8-9

6000

7800

Define the terms:

[6]

i)

Dummy Activity

ii)

Looping

iii)

Activity On Node (AON) diagram

[4759]-153

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1426

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 154
B.E. (Production S/W)
MECHATRONICS AND ROBOTICS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from Section - I and any three questions from Section -II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in Separate answer-books.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Answer one question from 1&2, 3&4, 5&6, 7&8, 9&10, 11&12.

SECTION - I
Q1) Define Mechatronics. Explain the mechatronics system used in Automatic
Transmission system of Typical Luxury Car.
[18]
OR
Q2) Explain the following (Any 3)

[18]

a)

First Order System

b)

ADC-DAC Converter

c)

Data Acquisition System used in CNC Machine (DAQ)

d)

Signal conditioning

Q3) a)
b)

With neat sketch explain the elements of microcontroller along with

example.
[8]
Draw the architecture of 8085 microprocessor.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain TTL & CMOS circuits.

[6]

b)

Explain the different addressing modes of 8085.

[6]

c)

Application of Microprocessor in Manufacturing Industry.

[4]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Various Commands used in Assembly language.

[8]

Write an assembly language programme to adding of 1 to 100 numbers.[8]

OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is interfacing & explain any two types of interfacing.

[8]

Explain Handshaking and buffer along with example.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is a PLC? Explain the basic structure of PLC with block diagram.
[8]
Explain criteria for selection of PLC & specification of PLC.

[8]

OR
Q8) Draw the PLC ladder logic diagram for fully automatic Machine.

Q9) a)
b)

[16]

Write a short note on Steeper motors.

[8]

State & Explain sensors used to measure following.

[8]

i)

Vision system for robot

ii)

Climate Control System in Air Conditioner

OR

Q10)Explain the following (Any 3)

a)

Role FEM in Gripper Design

b)

Fragile Type of Gripper

c)

Electrical actuators

d)

MOSFET

[4759]-154

[16]

Q11)a)
b)

Define Robot & List Types of Robot and Explain any one.
Explain difference between Intelligent robot and Highly Intelligent.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q12)Write a Short note on the following.
a)

Dynamic Properties of Robot.

b)

Obstacle Avoidance Technology used in Robotics

c)

Applications of Robot in Casting Industry.

R R R

[4759]-154

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1427

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 155
B.E. (Production Sandwich)
ADVANCED PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (411123)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss the process parameters for High speed machining. For which
materials this process is adopted? State its benefits.
[8]
Compare dry & near dry machining operation.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain in process of Hard turning. Where it is used?

[8]

b)

Explain the set-up for near dry machining process. State advantages and
limitations.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain Magnetic float polishing (MFP) process and its applications.[8]

b)

Explain the use of nano-metrology in ultra-precision measurement. [8]

OR

Q4) a)

Explain Abrasive flow machining. State merits and demerits of the same.
[8]

b)

Explain basic aspects of Nano-manufacturing. Give examples of nanoproducts.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain computer aided inspection and quality control in automated

industry.
[10]
Explain Enterprise Resource Planning.

[8]

OR
Q6) Write a short notes on (Any Two):

[18]

a)

Optiz coding and classification system.

b)

Rapid Prototyping.

c)

Rank order clustering

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the elements of Toyota Production System.

[8]

Explain material handling using robots in automated assembly line. [8]

OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain the types of Automated Guided Vehicles and explain the guidance
technologies used for AGVS.
[8]
Explain vibratory bowl feeders and hopper feeders.

[8]

Q9) a)

A vane pump has a rotor diameter of 50mm. A cam ring diameter of

75mm and a vane width of 50mm. The eccentricity is 8mm. Calculate the
volumetric efficiency, if the pump has an actual flow of 110 lpm at 1500
rpm and rated pressure.
[8]

b)

Explain the types of filters used in hydraulic system and state the sources
of contamination.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Explain with suitable sketch any two of following:

i)

4/3 Directional Control Valve

ii)

3/2 Directional Control Valve

iii)

Pilot operated Check Valve

[8]

Explain the assembly fitting of double acting cylinder with a neat sketch.[8]

[4759]-155

Q11)a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch Meter-in circuit and Meter-out circuit.

[9]

A pneumatic cylinder is needed to press-fit a pin to a hole. Design a

circuit diagram with a pre-condition that while actuating, both the hands
of operator should be engaged.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain the sequential circuit using clamping and drilling operation in

industrial application.
[9]
Classify Accumulators.

[9]

A ballast type accumulator with a cross section diameter of 0.30 m

generates a constant pressure of 100 bars. Determine the weight of ballast
used. What should be the stroke length to have a capacity of 200 Liters?

R R R

[4759]-155

Total No. of Questions : 6]

SEAT No. :

P3891

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 156
B.E. (Production Sandwich) (Elective - I)
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)
a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the types of motor for the drive.

[8]

Explain the procedure for designing speed gear box.

OR
Explain design considerations for stepless drive.
Write a note on principle of self locking.

[8]

Explain the concept Static and Dynamic stiffness.

[8]
Write the design considerations for housing structure.
[8]
OR
Explain the function of machine tool structure and their requirements.
Explain design procedure for column. Also explain the commonly used
sections and their applications.

Draw and explain the different shapes of Slideways.

[8]
Explain the methods of Adjoining clearance in slideways.
[10]
OR
Write the features of power screws and Explain a design of sliding friction
power screws

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q4) a)
b)

Explain the methods of preloading ball bearing.

Explain the function of spindle unit and also the requirements.
OR
Explain the types of Air- lubricated bearings with neat sketch

Q5) Explain the Kudinovs Dynamic cutting forces Expression.

OR
Write a generalized model of Dynamic Cutting Forces
Q6) a)

[8]
[8]

[16]

Explain design consideration for Special Purpose machines.

[9]

b)

Explain recent trends in machine tools.

[9]

a)
b)

OR
Explain design consideration for Computerized Numerical Control.
Explain layout of Vertical Milling Machine.

yyy

[4759] - 156

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1428

SEAT No. :

[4759]-157

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Production Sandwich)

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (411124)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Answer three questions from each section.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

List various types of frame and describe in brief the conventional frame.[8]

b)

Explain the working of simple carburetor.

[8]

c)

What do you mean by Chassis in automobile?

[2]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the difference between Two and Four Stroke Engines.

[8]

b)

Explain various types of fuel flow system.

[8]

c)

What do you mean by articulated vehicle?

[2]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail the components used in water cooling system with neat
diagram.
[10]
What is the optimum cooling? Explain.

[6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

What is the effect of inadequate cooling and overheating of engine parts?

[8]
What is pump circulation system? Explain.

[8]

Explain Battery ignition system.

[8]

List out the various tessts performed on lubricants.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What are the requirements of good ignition system?

[8]

What are the different types of lubricant?

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain the operation of an epicyclic gear box.

[8]

b)

Explain the working of differential with the help of Diagram.

[8]

c)

Why is clutch pedal free play important?

[2]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

With the help of neat sketch, explain the construction and operation of
sliding mesh gear box.
[12]
What is mean by double declutching? Explain?

[6]

Discuss the advantages of Independent suspension over dependent

suspension.
[8]
Sketch and explain Ackermann steering mechanism.
OR

[4759]-157

[8]

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)

b)

What are the advantages and disadvantages of rubber spring?

[8]

What are the components of the steering system?

[8]

Write short note on

i)

Vacuum brake

ii)

Air brake

iii)

Caliper

iv)

Parking brake

[10]

What is mean by servicing? And explain different types of servicing.[6]

OR

Q12)Give the troubleshooting chart for following with its complaint, cause and
remedy
[16]
a)

Gear Box

b)

Cooling system

EEE

[4759]-157

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1429

[4759]-158

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Production Sandwich)

COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING AND
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (411124) (Elective -I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from section I and any three questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer- books.

3)

Use of calculator is allowed.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Answer one question from 1 & 2, 3 & 4, 5& 6, 7 & 8, 9 & 10, 11 & 12.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

List out the different models used in CIM? Draw the neat sketch of IBM
models and compare with various models?
[12]
Explain development models in CIM.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the Recent Trends in Rapid Prototyping along with example. [8]
Explain the following in detail.

[8]

i)

Concept of Solid ground curing.

ii)

Application Rapid tooling methods to press tool manufacturer.

Explain the basic Anatomy of Robotics.

[8]

Derive the equation of Kinematics using Homogeneous Transformation.[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain the Principle of Dennavati-Hartenbergs convention for dynamics.

Analysis of joints along with suitable example.
[12]
Explain the concept of Spatial mechanism.

[4]

Explain the Hybrid drives used in Robotics.

[6]

Using a schematics diagram represent a hydraulic circuit to explain the

drives system of bang-bang robot having waist motion. Shoulder and
Arm expansion respectively.
[12]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain different types of actuators used in typical Robot along with

sketch.
[10]

b)

Write a short note on power transmission system in Robotics.

[4]

c)

Explain the concept of basics motion system.

[4]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Classify the various types Grippers used in Robotics.

[8]

A 7.5 kg rectangular block is gripped in the middle and lifted vertically at

velocity 2.87 m/s. If it accelerates to this velocity at 27.5 m/s2 and the
coefficient of friction between the gripping pad and block is 0.48. Calculate
minimum force that would prevent slippage.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)

Explain concept finite element analysis in grippers designs for special

type of gripper.
[8]
Write a short note on design consideration for gripper design.

[8]

What are the different types of sensors used in Robotics? Classify. [8]

[4759]-158

b)

Distinguish between tactile sensor and non Tactile sensors.

[4]

c)

What do you mean by range sensors and proximity sensors?

[4]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)

b)

What is robot vision? What are the types of vision sensors used to take
the Image of an object?
[8]
Explain important technique use in robot vision system.
i)

Thresholding

ii)

Region growing

iii)

Edge detection

iv)

Template matching

[8]

Explain along with sketch the application Robot in the following area.[12]
i)

Foundry

ii)

Chemical Industry

iii)

In medical field

Explain the application of Robot in Mining Industry detail.

[6]

OR
Q12)Write a short note on following:

[18]

a)

Modular Design concept in Robotics.

b)

Obstacles avoidance technique in robotics.

c)

VAL Languages used for programming in robot.

EEE
[4759]-158

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3892

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 159
B.E. (Production Engineering - S/W) (Semester - I)
PLASTIC ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Unit - I
Explain condensation of polymerization with an example.
Discuss commonly used additives in plastic.
OR

[9]
[9]

Q2) a)
b)

Explain about the commonly used alloys in plastic.

Explain the types of polymerization.

Q3) a)
b)

Unit - II
Explain injection moulding consideration.
[8]
Explain importance of register ring, sprue bush, cavity & core inserts.[8]

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain Injection moulding cycle.
[8]
Write a short notes on mould ability features and ejection of moulds.[8]

Unit - III
Q5) a) Discuss extrusion costing & lamination with suitable sketches.
b) Explain vented barrel extruder.
Q6) a)
b)

OR
Discuss Coextrusion of films and sheets.
Discuss extrusion problems & extruder performance.

[9]
[9]

[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]

P.T.O.

Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)

SECTION - II
Unit - IV
Explain basic principles of blow moulding.
Discuss types of blow moulding.
OR
Compare injection & extrusion blow moulding.
Explain stretch blow moulding.

[9]
[9]
[9]
[9]

Unit - V
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)

Discuss problems in thermoforming.

[8]
Explain thermoforming processes with a suitable sketch.
[8]
OR
Explain vacuum forming with suitable sketches.
[8]
Discuss about the various factors which affects the thermoforming
process.
[8]

Unit - VI
Q11) a) Explain tapping and trading process used for finishing and machining of
plastics.
[8]
b) Discuss guide lines for tool geometry.
[8]
OR
Q12)a) Discuss turning and milling of thermosetting and thermoplastic.
[8]
b) Discuss machining of plastic.
[8]

yyy

[4759] - 159

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3322

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759]-16
B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any two questions from Section I and two questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures in bold to the right, indicate full marks.
4) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
5) IS 800, 801,811, 456, 1893 and Steel Table are permitted in the examination.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a)
b)

SECTION -I
Explain the design procedure for a simply suppported beam subjected
to a uniformly distributed load using cold form light gauge steel. [10]
A light gauge steel rectangular box section 180 mm 90 mm 2 mm
is used as a column. The effective length of the column is 2.6 m.
Determine the safe load capacity of the section.
[15]

Q2) A castellated beam with hexagonal openings is to be designed for a simply

supported span of 12 m. The provisions of ducts restrict the spacing of
openings at 350 mm c/c. The total load imposed on the beam is 6kN/m.
Design the beam.
[25]
Q3) Analyze the gable frame shown in Fig. 1 and design member BC. Take
W = 25kN.
[25]

Fig.-1

P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

SECTION - II
Write a note on the methods available for the analysis of flat slabs. [5]
Design an interior panel of a flat slab of size 4 m 4 m. The flat slab is
to be provided with a drop. The slab is supported on circular columns
of size 350 mm diameters. The imposed load on the slab is 5 kN/m2.
Use M 25 grade of concrete and Fe 415 grade of steel. Sketch the
details of reinforcement.
[20]

Q5) Design a grid slab of size 9 m 6 m. The imposed load on the slab is 4 kN/m2.
Use M 25 grade of concrete and Fe 415 grade of steel. Sketch the details of
reinforcement.
[25]
Q6) a) Write a note on hydrodynamic forces in tanks.
[5]
b) An elevated water tank is 10 m in diameter and 5 m high. The depth of
water is 4.70 m. It is supported on a concrete staging of 8 columns located
on the circumference of a circle of 8 m diameter. The height of the staging
is 16 m and horizontal bracing is provided at a vertical spacing of 4 m. The
circular columns are 500 mm in diameter. Steel bars of 25 mm diameter are
provided as diagonal bracing in all the bays as shown in Fig.2. The structure
is located in Zone III and founded on Type III type of soil. The weight of
the empty tank may be taken as 2000 kN. Obtain the equivalent stiffness
for the staging. Also, obtain the base shear for
i) tank full, and
ii) tank empty condition.

aaa
[4759]-16

-2-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1430

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 160
B.E. (Production Sandwich Engineering)
ERGONOMICS AND HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Describe gross body and local muscular activity in relation with

ergonomics.
[10]

b)

How does work load and work efficiency have an impact on ergonomics
issues.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Write a note on strength and endurance.

[8]

b)

What is biomechanics? Explain in brief.

[6]

c)

Describe work rest cycle in brief.

[4]

Differentiate between work surface height and working height.

[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Describe how is workspace envelope for standing personnel designed

with ergonomics perspective.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Discuss the various principles of seat design.

[8]

b)

Discuss any four principles of arranging components in physical space.

[8]

Q5) a)

Discuss the types of information that is processed with visual displays.

[8]

b)

Describe auditory displays? Discuss in brief.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What is C/R Ratio? How to decide optimum C/R ratio?

[8]

Describe the concept of visibility.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss effect of noise on performance.

[9]

Discuss control along the path and control along receiver for noise
exposure.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss the physiological effect of heat on performance.

[9]

Describe color systems. Also discuss the energy considerations during

selection of luminaries.
[9]

Discuss the task description and analysis in systems design.

[8]

What do you mean by interface design? What data is applicable in such

situations.
[8]
OR

[4759]-160

Q10)a)

Discuss the term errors and accidents.

[8]

b)

Discuss a case in which you have come across application of human

factors engineering?
[8]

Q11)a)

What is WFS? What are its types? Explain Detailed WFS in brief. [12]

b)

Explain the Reach element used in MTM-1? What are its classes?

[4]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain MOST and its types in brief.

[8]

Write a note on Mento Factor System in brief.

[8]

R R R

[4759]-160

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3698

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-161
B.E. (Production S/W)
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT & LOGISTICS
(Revised) (2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (411125)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3)
Assume suitable data if necessary.
4)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What are the phases involved in Value Analysis? Explain each phase
briefly.
[9]
What are the objectives of materials management?

[9]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain Material Requirement Planning (MRP1) in detail.

[9]

Explain Make or Buy decision with example.

[9]

Explain Purchase Cycle with flowchart.

[8]

Explain documents used in Importing:

[8]

i)

Letter of credit.

ii)

Bill of Lading.
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain different objectives of Purchasing.

[8]

What is Vendor Rating? Explain any one method in detail.

[8]

Q5) a)

What is store identification? Explain KODAK system of codification

briefly.
[8]

b)

How study of waste management techniques helps to manage surplus

and obsolete material?
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)

Explain Last In First Out (LIFO) and First In First Out (FIFO) methods
of material issuing.
[8]

b)

What is stock verification? Differentiate between annual stock taking and

Continuous stock taking.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain functional areas of Logistics in brief.

[8]

List the types of warehouses. Explain any two in brief.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain the economic and service benefits of warehouse.

[8]

List economic factors of transportation. Explain any four in brief.

[8]

Q9) a)

What are the types of selective control of inventory? Explain any two in
detail.
[8]

b)

Alfa industry estimates that it will it sell 24000 units of its product for the
forthcoming year. The ordering cost is Rs. 150 per order and the carrying
cost per unit per year is 15% of the purchase price per unit which is Rs.
50. Find:
[8]
i)

Economic order size.

ii)

No. of orders per year.

iii)

Time between successive orders.

OR

Q10)a)

Derive expression for Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) assuming

instantaneous replenishment system.
[8]

b)

Rhon Industry needs 5400 units/year of a bought out components which

will be used in its main product. The ordering cost is Rs. 250 per order
and the carrying cost per unit per year is Rs. 30.
[8]
Find:
i)

Economic Order Quantity.

ii)

No. of orders per year.

iii)

Time between successive orders.

[4759]-161

Q11)a)
b)

Explain Fixed Period system and Fixed Quantity system in brief.

[9]

The annual demand of a product is 36,000 units. The average lead time
is 3 weeks. The standard deviation of demand during the average lead
time is 150 units/week. The cost of ordering is Rs. 500 per order. The
cost of purchase of the product per unit is Rs. 15. The cost of carrying
per unit per year is 20% of the purchase price. The maximum delay in
lead time is 1 week and probability of this delay is 0.3 assume a service
level of 0.95.
[9]
i)

What is the reorder level if Q system is followed?

ii)

If P system is followed, what is the maximum inventory level?

OR

Q12)a)

b)

A firm has demand distribution of demand during a constant lead time

with a standard deviation of 400 units. The firm wants to provide 95%
service.
[9]
i)

How much safety stock should be carried for them?

ii)

If the demand during lead time averages 1500 units, what is the
appropriate reorder level?

What is safety stock? How lead time affects safety stock in finished
goods inventory?
[9]

[4759]-161

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3699

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-162
B.E. (Production-Sandwich)
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND COST CONTROL
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (411125)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section-I and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section-II.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

How will you define Financial Management? What are the goals of
Financial Management?
[8]
Explain with suitable examples any two profitability ratios.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain difference between Wealth Maximization and Profit

Maximization.
[8]

b)

Following are the figures are extracted from the books of ZYX Limited
as at 30-04-2015.
[8]
Particulars

Amount (Rs.)

Net sales

24,00,000

Operating expenses

18,00,000

Gross Profit

6,00,000

Non operating Expenses

2,40,000

Net Profit

3,60,000

Current Assets

7,60,000

Inventories

8,00,000
P.T.O.

Particulars

Amount (Rs.)

Fixed Assets

14,40,000

Total Assets

30,00,000

Net Worth

15,00,000

Debt

9,00,000

Current Liabilities

6,00,000

Total Liabilities

30,00,000

Working Capital

9,60,000

Calculate:

Q3) a)
b)

i)

Gross Profit Ratio.

ii)

Net Profit Ratio.

iii)

Return on Assets.

iv)

Net worth to debt.

What is Capital Budgeting? What major steps are involved in the capital
budgeting process?
[8]
Cash flows for two mutually exclusive projects are shown below:
Year

CF M

CF N

(100)

(100)

10

70

60

50

80

20

Both projects have a cost of capital of 10%

i)

Calculate the payback for both projects.

ii)

Calculate the NPV for both projects.

iii)

Calculate the IRR for both projects.

iv)

Calculate the MIRR for both projects.

OR

[4759]-162

[8]

Q4) a)

Explain how a crossover discount rate is calculated, and how does it

affect capital budgeting decisions?
[8]

b)

ABC and Co. is considering a proposal to replace one of its plants

costing Rs. 60,000 and having a written down value of Rs. 24,000. The
remaining economic life of the plant is 4 years after which it will have no
salvage value. However, if sold today, it has a salvage value of Rs. 20,000.
The new machine costing Rs. 1,30,000 is also expected to have a life of
4 years with a scrap value of Rs. 18,000. The new machine, due to its
technological superiority, is expected to contribute additional annual
benefit (before depreciation and tax) of Rs. 60,000. Find out the cash
flows associated with this decision given that the tax rate applicable to
the firm is 40%. (The capital gain or loss may be taken as not subject to
tax).
[8]

Q5) a)

What is working capital? What are the factors affecting the amount of
working capital?
[9]

b)

Explain the concept of funds and funds flow statements and state the
advantages of fund flow statements.
[9]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is operating cycle? How is the concept important while calculating

the amount of working capital?
[9]
Explain different ways for sources of working capital.

[9]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

What is Labour Turnover? What are the causes of Labour Turnover?

[8]
Discuss any two methods of pricing issues of materials.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Distinguish between Straight Line method and Reducing Balance Method

of Depreciation.
[8]

b)

Discuss any two methods of Secondary Distribution of Overheads. [8]

[4759]-162

Q9) a)

b)

Define and explain briefly the following variances:

i)

Material price variance.

ii)

Material usage variance.

iii)

Material mixture variance.

iv)

Material yield variance.

[8]

Grinders Ltd., is engaged in producing a standard mix using 60 kg of

chemical X and 40 kg of chemical Y, the standard loss of product is
30%. The standard price of X is Rs. 5 per kg and of Y is Rs. 10 per kg.
the actual mixer and yield variance as follows:
[8]
X 80 kg @ Rs. 4.50 per kg and
Y 70 kg@ Rs. 8.00 per kg
Actual yield 115 kg. Calculate material variance.
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the term Standard Costing. How does it help in achieving cost
control?
[8]

b)

Define budget control. What are the pre-requisites for the implementation
of budget control.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

What is Cost Volume Profit Analysis? What are its assumptions?

[9]

How is Marginal Costing useful in Make or Buy Decisions? Illustrate

assuming suitable data.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the features of Process Costing.

[6]

b)

Distinguish between Joint Products and By-Products.

[6]

c)

Explain the concepts-Normal Loss, Abnormal Gain and Equivalent

Production.
[6]

[4759]-162

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1431

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 163
B.E. (Production Sandwich)
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (Elective - II) (411125)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Que.No.1 or Que.No.2, Que.No.3 or Que.No.4, Que.No.5 or Que.No.6 from
Section -I and Que.No.7 or Que.No.8, Que.No.9 or Que.No.10, Que.No.11 or
Que.No.12 from Section -II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What do you mean by product design? Explain in brief the different

factors in product design?
[8]

b)

What is modern product development process? Explain the role of product

development team in product development planning with reference to
ISO standard.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

What is prototyping? Explain the methods of rapid prototyping in detail.

[10]
Write short notes on:
i)

Concurrent Design

ii)

Quality Function Deployment

[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

Explain the following terms:

i)

Market Segmentation

ii)

Customer population

[8]

Explain in short the Economic Analysis of product?

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

What is Mission Statement and Technical Questioning? Explain the

economic Analysis of Product.
[8]

b)

What are the different methods of gathering customer needs information?

How will you analyze the information?
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

Describe Pughs Concept in detail with example?

[8]

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

FMEA

ii)

System Modeling
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the different steps of product development based on product

function?
[8]
Explain augmentation & aggregation in short?

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What is reverse engineering? Explain the advantages & disadvantages of

reverse engineering.
[8]

b)

What is product tear down process & explain its different methods?[8]
OR

[4759]-163

Q8) a)
b)

What is product portfolio & architecture explain with suitable example.[8]

What is indented assembly cost analysis & explain function form.

Q9) Explain the following terms:

[8]

[16]

a)

Design for manufacture

b)

Design for assembly

c)

Product testing

d)

Field trials
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain the phases of product life cycle with its corresponding

technologies.
[8]
Explain the following terms:
i)

Product Testing

ii)

Field Trials

[8]

What is product life cycle? Explain its needs & benefits?

Explain in short Emergence of PLM & significance of PLM.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain in short reliability concept in product development.

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Product data & Product work flow

ii)

Importance of customer involment.

R R R
[4759]-163

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1432

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-164
B.E. (Production Sandwich Engineering)
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
(2008 Pattern) (Elective-III) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separte answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wnerever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Describe decision phases in a supply chain.

[9]

b)

Discuss the SC Macro processes in a firm.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)

Discuss Stage of achieving strategic fit and brief about how to achieve
it.
[9]

b)

Discuss the components of facilities decisions.

[9]

Q3) a)

Write a note on risk management in forecasting.

[8]

Write a note on aggregate planning using linear programming

[8]

b)

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Identify cycles & push-pull boundary in supply chain when you are
Purchasing TABLET PC from a shop in your city.
[10]
How to implement aggregate planning in practice?

[6]

Q5) a)

When are the quantity discounts justified in supply chain? Differentiate

between lot size based and volume based quantity discounts.
[9]

b)

What is the role of safety inventory in supply chain? How is the appropriate
level of safety inventory determined?
[7]

P.T.O.

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain the economies of scale to exploit fixed costs.

[8]

Explain the role of IT in forecasting

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Write a note on package carriers in detail. Explain with a good example.

[9]

b)

What is distribution channel? Write a note on DC in accordance to

transportation networks.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)

Discuss the role of transportation in supply chain? Mention the various

modes of transportation with their strengths and weaknesses
[9]

b)

Explain the use of milk runs for shipping via DC. Also explain tailored
networks
[9]

Q9) a)

What is bullwhip effect and how does it relate lack of coordination in

supply chain?
[8]

b)

Discuss the impact of E business in customer service.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

List the various obstacles for coordination in supply chain

[8]

b)

How the design of distribution network has been effected due to evolution
of E business
[8 ]

Q11)a)

What are supply chain macro processes and why an enterprise has to
focus on the macro processes?
[8]

b)

Explain the procedure of implementing pricing and revenue management

in practice.
[8]
OR

Q12) a) What is decision tree? Summarize basic steps in decision tree analysis.
[8]
b) Discuss the role and importance of revenue management in supply chain
[8]
tu
[4759]-164

tu
2

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4630

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-165
B.E. (Production S/W)

PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Discuss the functions of plant management.
b) Explain how will you do assessment of maintenance work.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q2) a) Explain classification of maintenance work.

[8]

b) Discuss use of Parato chart in detail.

[8]

Q3) a) What are basic facilities required for plant?

[8]

b) Explain PQRST analysis & REL chart.

[8]

OR
Q4) a) List the facilities required for plant & discuss it in detail.
b) Discuss how the computer is useful for optimization of layouts.
Q5) a) Discuss condition based maintenance.

[8]
[8]
[8]

b) List & discuss maintenance problems occurring in product & process

type industries.
[10]
P.T.O.

OR
Q6) Write short notes on following :

[18]

a) Maintenance of power plant industries.

b) Simulation & software for spare part management.
c) Software for classification & coding.
SECTION - II
Q7) a) What is reliability? Discuss in detail.
b) Explain various preventive maintenance with life cycle costing.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q8) a) Discuss mathematical model for life cycle costing.
b) Explain significance of cost factor in the maintenance.

Q9) a) Explain issues related to recycling & wastages.

b) Discuss plant safety in detail.

[8]
[8]

[8]
[8]

OR
Q10) a) What do you understand from energy conservation & management. [8]
b) Explain various accident prevention practices & codes.

Q11) a) Explain ferrography & hot ferrography.

b) Discuss RAM analysis.

[8]

[8]
[10]

OR
Q12) a) What is reliability centred maintenance.
b) Explain Total productive maintenance.

[4759]-165

[8]
[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3700

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 166
B.E. (Production Sandwich)
INDUSTRIALRELATIONS & HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(Elective - III) (2008 Course) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail about the impact of globalization and information

technology on industrial relations.
[9]
What is trade union? Explain the problems faced by trade union.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)

What is industrial Relation? Explain scope, objectives of industrial

relations.
[9]

b)

Define collective Bargaining. Explain the reasons for its success and
failure.
[9]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain role of HR manager & structure of HR department.

[8]

Discuss HR strategies and organizational strategies.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain Personnel Administration. State its objectives and principles.[8]

b)

Describe elements of HRD systems. Also discuss their goals, elements.[8]

Q5) Write short Notes (any two):

[16]

a)

Objectives of manpower planning.

b)

Succession planning.

c)

Promotion.
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Write short Notes (any two):

[16]

a)

Recruitment resources.

b)

Reward and compensation strategies.

c)

Job rotation.
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss various methods of training.

[9]

Explain tools & aids used for effective training.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

Discuss need & objectives of employee training.

[9]

b)

What are major procedures of training?

[9]

Q9) a)

Explain in detail competency Mapping.

[8]

b)

Explain how performance management system can be aligned with

business strategies of an organization.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Discuss various methods of performance appraisal.

[8]

Explain strategic importance of 360 degrees feedback.

[8]

Q11)Write short notes on (any TWO)

[16]

a)

Industrial democracy.

b)

Golden handshake.

c)

Role of HRD in developing IR.

OR

Q12)Write short notes on (any TWO)

[16]

a)

Retrenchment and layoff.

b)

Employee Morale.

c)

Downsizing and project based employment.

E
[4759]-166

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3893

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 167
B.E. (Production Sandwich) (Semester - II)
MARKETING MANAGEMENT (Elective - III)
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer any three questions from section - I and any three questions from section- II.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assumptions made should be clearly stated and justified.

SECTION - I
Q1) Explain different marketing philosophy of business with suitable example.[16]
OR
Explain Understanding and monitoring the environment in marketing
management.

Q2) Explain how to analyzing Consumer Behavior. What are different perspectives
of organizational buyers in industrial markets?
[16]
OR
Explain different marketing management tools for understanding consumers
decision processes.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain how you will position products in defined market segment. [10]
Explain formulating marketing strategies.

[8]

P.T.O.

OR
a)

Explain the concept planning marketing program. Also explain Gathering

marketing information.

b)

Explain in brief Managing Product.

SECTION - II
Q4) a)
b)

Explain strategy used for development of new product.

[8]

Explain the concept Price Theory.

[8]

OR
a)

Write in brief marketing intermediaries.

b)

Explain Establishing and managing prices.

Q5) Explain managing sales force and sales territories with suitable example. [16]
OR
a)

Explain the concept Services marketing.

b)

Write short note on Non-profit and social marketing.

Q6) a)
b)

Explain Marketing research and its importance. Also explain scope of

marketing research.
[9]
Explain Structure of Marketing research with suitable example.
OR

a)

Write a short on tools used in Market research.

b)

Explain role of quantitative techniques in marketing research.

{{{
[4759] - 167

[9]

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3701

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 168
B.E. (Printing)
TECHNOLOGY OF GRAVURE
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to two sections should be written separately.
2) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.

[Total No. of Pages :2

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the benefits of Engraving over Etching process.

Cell geometry plays an important role in ink transfer. Explain.

[8]
[10]

OR
Explain Gravure cylinder making by engraving process.
Q2) Write Notes on

[18]
[16]

a)

Epitaxy

b)

Circulation of Electrolyte

c)

Contaminants in plating

d)

Current Density of Electrolyte

OR
Explain the factors governing copper plating.

Q3) Explain in detail Gravure Machine principle.

[16]
[16]

OR
Explain the types of solvent based inks.

[16]
P.T.O.

SECTION - II

Q4) Rheology plays an important role in ink transfer. Explain.

[18]

OR
Explain in detail doctor blade loading of gravure press.
Q5) Explain the effect of pressure and hardness on printability.

[18]
[16]

OR
Explain the different loading techniques of an impression system.
Q6) Explain in detail Shaftless technology for a Gravure press.

[16]
[16]

OR
Write notes on:
a)

Missing Dots

b)

Voids

c)

Dynamic Balancing

d)

Idle Rollers

[16]

R R R

[4759]-168

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3702

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-169
B.E. (Printing Engineering)
DIGITAL IMAGING & PRINTING
(2012 Course) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Solve any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION-I
Q1) What is Digital and Physical dimension resolution? Explain requirements of
digital resolutions as per print processes.
[18]
OR
Compare properties of Bitmap and Vector Images.
Q2) Explain advantages of RAW file formats.

[18]
[16]

OR
Explain RAW image processing options in detail.

[16]

Q3) Explain in detail structure & working of a DSLR.

[16]

OR
Explain structure of CMOS and CCD sensors in detail.

[16]

SECTION-II
Q4) Explain Dye Sublimation processes.

[18]

OR
Describe:
a)

Thermal transfers.

b)

Thermal Inkjet in detail.

[18]

P.T.O.

Q5) Explain Variable data Process.

[16]
OR

Explain Print on Demand concept.

[16]

Q6) State and explain Future trends in digital printing.

[16]

OR
Explain plant layout of a full fledge Digital press.

[4759]-169

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1516

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 17
B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any THREE questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed & IS codes & IRC codes are not
allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following:

[10]

i)

IS - 1892-1979 provisions for subsoil explorations.

ii)

Significant depth & its guide rules.

Discuss in brief different case studies for failures of foundation.

[7]

OR
Q2) a)

Discuss the Geophysical Methods in detail according to IS-1892-1979.

[9]

b)

Discuss IRC provisions for number of borings & different guidelines,

for depth of exploration.
[8]

Q3) a)

A square footing of 1.5M size, rests at a depth of 1.5M in 4.5M deep,

saturated clay. The clay is Nc with qu = 70 kPa, LL = 60%, rsat = 22
KN/m3, W = 40% & G = 2.7. Determine the safe load, which the footing
can carry with a FOS = 3 against shear. Also determine the settlement.
Use, Nc = 5.7, Nq = 1 & Nr = 0.
[9]

b)

Compare the following for Raft foundation design,

i)

Conventional Method.

ii)

Soil line method.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain the steps for Hansens Method for shallow foundation design,
subjected to inclined loads.
[9]

b)

Discuss various softwares used for Geotechnical designs & explain Geoslope.
[8]

Q5) a)

How will you determine Qa from a cyclic pile load test? Explain by
drawing a sample graph.
[6]

b)

A square concrete pile, 30 cm in size & 5M long, subjected to a horz.

load of 5 KN & a moment of 4 KN-m at GL. E = 3.1 106 N/cm2 &
h = 20 N/cm3. Determine the following.
[10]
i)

Total deflection

ii)

Total slope

iii)

Total moment

iv)

Total shear

v)

Total soil Reaction.

Assume pile head free & use following coefficients, z = 0.

Ay

As

Am

Av

Ap

2.435

1.623

0.000

1.000

0.000

By

Bs

Bm

Bv

Bp

1.623

1.750

1.000

0.000

0.000

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What is LLP? How Es, T & h is determined for a LLP?

[8]

Explain stepwise the Reese & Matlock method.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

A clay layer 5M thk is consolidated with the help of sand drains of 30 cm

, spaced at 2.7 M c/c. Determine the influence of the drain wells on the
Av. degree of consolidation at the time when the degree of consolidation
in the clay without wells (Uz) would be 20%. Assume square pattern &
compute the improvement in U, for the following cases,
i)

Kr = Kz

ii)

Kr = 5 Kz

[4759]-17

Use following data;

for Uz = 20%,

Tv = 0.031

Tr = 0.070

U = 30%

Tr = 0.085

U = 35%

Tr = 0.373

U = 85%

Tr = 0.455

U = 90%
[10]

b)

Explain the methods for determination of LCC of Under-reamed pile.

for following cases,
[7]
i)

Clayey soil.

ii)

Sandy soil.
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

b)

Explain the steps for design of Sand-drains.

[9]

Discuss the following tests for Under-reamed piles as per IS-2911-PtIII-1973,

[8]
i)

Initial test.

ii)

Routine test.

Explain the design provisions for,

i)

Well curb.

ii)

Cutting edge.

iii)

Staining thickness.

iv)

Bottom plug.

Discuss the following:

[8]

[9]

i)

NSD as per IRC.

ii)

Laceys criteria for NSD & grip length.

OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain Banerjee & Gangopadhyay Analysis.

[9]

Discuss the provisions made as per IRC for Caisson design.

[8]

[4759]-17

Q11)a)

Differentiate clearly between Rockfill cofferdam & Cellular cofferdam

w.r. to design & construction.
[8]

b)

Explain the steps for the design of Anchored sheet pile using Free
Earth Support method.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Discuss common types of Cofferdam construction.

[8]

Compute the embedment depth & pull in the anchor rod, for a sheet pile
cofferdam of 6M high, retaining soil as a back fill & soil below dredgeline
is same with following properties,

= = 30 , C = 0, rsat = 22 KN/m3, r = 19 KN/m3. Anchor rod is 1m

below the top. GWT = 3M above the D.L. Use Free Earth Support
Method.
[8]

[4759]-17

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3703

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 170
B.E. (Printing)
ADVERTISING AND MULTIMEDIA
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (408285)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw diagrams wherever necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) What is media research? Explain in details.

[18]

OR
What is marketing research? Explain in details the process of marketing research.

Q2) Explain cognizance model used for effective advertising.

[16]

OR
Explain AIDA model used for effective advertising.

Q3)Explain following types of advertising in details:

a)

Public Relations advertising

b)

Public Service advertising

[16]

OR
What are different types of advertising? Explain product advertising and service
advertising in details.
P.T.O.

SECTION - II

Q4) What is role of copywriter and visualiser in the advertising agency? Explain in
details
[18]
OR
What are the different elements for construction of effective print advertising?
Describe each in details.

Q5) What are the different approaches for market segmentation? Explain in details.
[16]
OR
What is market segmentation? Explain types of segmentation in details.

Q6) With respect to Psychology used in advertisement; explain the following:[16]

a)

Consumer behavior

b)

Attitude, personality and self concept

c)

Information processing, external environment

OR

What is campaigning? Explain the significance of campaigning with respect to

launching of the product/services.

R R R

[4759]-170

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3328

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 171
B.E. (Printing)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

QUALITY CONTROL TECHNIQUES IN PRINTING

(Elective - I) (2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) List out Quality Characteristic and explain them in detail.
OR
Explain Cost of Quality with suitable example of each type.

[16]

Q2) Eight consecutive lots of printed sheets received from a vendor were inspected
by sampling process. The sample size was varied. The number of defectives
in each sample recorded as under.
[18]
Sample No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sample Size
120
135
70
90
150
130
70
70
No. of Defectives 4
3
0
2
4
1
2
3
Construct a control chart for Fraction defective & describe whether the printed
sheets are in control or not.
OR
For a sampling plan determine probability of acceptance of following
Percentage defectives, also draw a OC Curve
N = 9000,
n = 55, c = 2
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Percentage Defective 0.4% 0.8%
2%
4%
6%
12%
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail Job Production & Mass Production.

Describe Lean manufacturing system in detail.
OR
Explain in detail world class Manufacturing.

[8]
[8]
[16]

SECTION - II
Q4) Explain any two optical & physical properties of paper.
OR
Explain following properties related to Ink :
a) Flow
b) Color
c) Opacity
d) Adhesion

[18]

Q5) Explain need of monitor profile with respect to obtained quality printing.[16]
OR
Explain Offset Lithography process control with help of profile creation.
Q6) Explain the process of press standardization & characterization for Digital
printing.
[16]
OR
Describe factors to be considered for press finger printing of Offset Printing.

ddd

[4759]-171

-2-

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3704

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-174
B.E. (Printing Engineering )
SECURITY PRINTING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Solve any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION-I
Q1) What is a security document? Explain with examples.

[18]

OR
Describe optical security documentation in detail.

Q2) Explain Security Printing procedures.

[16]

OR
Explain Intaglio process application for bank note printing.
Q3) Explain types of cards in security printing.

[16]

OR
Explain thermal printing in security applications.
SECTION-II
Q4) Explain cheque system and its security features.

[18]

OR
Describe:
i)

hologram applications.

ii)

Complex fills system.

P.T.O.

Q5) Explain invisible data printing.

[16]
OR

Explain security ink properties.

Q6) State and explain data encryption systems for information security.
OR
Explain advancements in security printing features.

[4759]-174

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 6]

SEAT No. :

P3894

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 177
B.E. (Printing Engineering)
PACKAGE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

All questions are compulsory.

2)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) Explain Types of craft papers for packaging. State combinations of Bursting
strength element in details.
[18]
OR
Explain in detail Duplex types and manufacturing process
Q2) Explain in detail printing challenges for duplex boards.

[16]

OR
Describe printing processes suitable for craft paper printing in detail
Q3) Explain manufacturing process of corrugation rolls and types.

[16]

OR
State process for punching type cartons with example
Q4) State process of making a jigged die in detail.

[16]

OR
Explain process of laser die making in detail

P.T.O.

Q5) Calculate cost of 35 ply carton for all 150 gsm, narrow flute carton with
dimensions 4x5x6 inches. (universal type). paper cost 33 rs /kg Conversion
15 rs/kg.
[16]
OR
Calculate weight of 5 ply carton for all 250 gsm, narrow flute carton with
dimensions 7 x 12 x 9 inches. (universal type) assume suitable data
Q6) State and explain importance of Edge crush test in Packaging and relation
with Box compression test
[18]
OR
Explain any 6 test in detail for cartons.

yyy

[4759] - 177

Total No. of Questions : 6]

SEAT No. :

P2014

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-178
B.E. (Printing)
PRINT PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
(2008 Course)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of calculator is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) Explain any two functions of Production Planning in detail with suitable
examples.
[16]
OR
Explain any two functions of Production Control in detail with suitable
examples.
[16]
Q2) Construct a network diagram for a project comprising of activities B, C, E, F,
G, H, I, J, L, M, N, P and Q such that the following precedence relationships
are satisfied.
[16]
B < E, F

C, F < G

C<L

E, G < H

H, L < I

H<J

L<M

H, M < N

I, J < P

N<Q
OR

The activities along with their dependency relationships are given below. Draw
the arrow diagram.
[16]
Activity

Immediate predecessor

---

---

---

A, B

B, C
P.T.O.

E, F

G, H

Q3) A fabricator has one cutting press, one welding machine and number of
design for the jobs. The times required in minutes to perform the cutting and
welding operations for each job are known. We wish to determine the order in
which jobs should be processed in order to minimize the total time required to
turn out all the designs.
[18]
Jobs

Cutting time

25

115

45

15

85

105

Welding time

75

95

85

55

25

05

OR
A foreman wants to process four different jobs on three machines, shaping,
drilling and tapping in the same sequence. Decide optimal sequence for the
jobs to minimize the total elapsed time to process all the jobs.
[18]
Jobs

Shaping
(minutes)

Drilling
(minutes)

Tapping
(minutes)

14

19

19

14

24

SECTION-II
Q4) A company has to assign four workers A, B, C and D to four jobs W, X, Y
and Z. The cost matrix is given below. Find the optimum assignment schedule
and total corresponding cost.
[16]
Jobs/Worker

1100

1300

500

1000

700

600

400

900

300

400

500

600

700

800

400

1100

OR
[4759]-178

4 different jobs can be done on 4 different machines. The matrix below gives
the cost in rupees of producing job i on machine j. How should the jobs be
assigned to the various machines so that the total cost is minimized.
[16]
Machines/Jobs

M1

M2

M3

M4

J1

11

J2

J3

10

J4

10

Q5) A company manufacturing television has four plants with a capacity of 125,
250, 175 and 100 units respectively. The company supplies TV sets to its
four showrooms which have a demand of 100, 400, 90, 60 units respectively.
The transportation cost per unit is given in table below. Find out the optimum
transportation schedule which will minimize the cost of transportation. [16]
Showrooms/
Plants

Supply

90

100

120

110

125

100

105

130

117

250

111

109

110

120

175

130

125

108

113

100

Demand

100

400

90

60

OR
The following table shows all the necessary information on the availability of
supply to each ware house the requirement of each market and the unit
transportation cost from each ware house to each market. Find the optimum
schedule and minimum total transportation cost.
[16]

[4759]-178

Market/
Warehouse

Supply

22

15

Requirement

12

17

Q6) A firm produces 3 products. These products are processed on 3 different

machines. The time required for manufacturing one unit of each of the 3
products and daily capacity of the 3 machines is given in the table below. It is
required to determine the daily number of units to be manufactured for each
product. The profit per unit for product 1, 2 and 3 is Rs. 4, 3 and 6 respectively.
It is assumed that all the quantity produced are consumed in the market.
Formulate the LP model.
[18]
Machine

Time per unit (minutes)

Machine capacity
Product 1 Product 2 Product 3 (minutes per day)

M1

440

M2

470

M3

430

OR
A company manufactures 2 products A and B. The profit per unit of A and B
is Rs. 90 and 100 respectively. The company is required to supply 300 units
of product B to its regular customers. Product A requires machining on machine
M1 only and for one unit of A, one hour of M1 is required. Product B requires
machine M2 only and machine hours on M2 has enough hours available to
manufacture any number of units of product B. M1 has 500 hour available.
Product A and B both require one labor hour each and company has 700
labor hours available. To determine the number of units of A and B to be
manufactured, satisfying given conditions. Formulate the LP model.
[18]

[4759]-178

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3329

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759]-179
B.E. Printing
ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt any three questions from each section.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION -I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following HTML tags with example and syntax

i)

<table>

ii)

<img>

[10]

Explain different image file formats in detail. Compare and explain

which image file format is best in web page.
[8]
OR

Q2) Write HTML programme to generate following design. Use CSS file.[10]
Day

Title

Date

Some text should Some text should be Please insert

be written in this written here
picture here
column.
Please insert picture
here

b)

Explain design challenges in online rich text editor.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) Design e-newspaper which includes home page and one more page. Write
HTML programme for the same.
[16]
OR
Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)

Explain different features of e-pub, Mobi and AZW file format.

[8]

Explain wiki, blog and face book text editing features

[8]

Explain the following SQL statements with example

[12]

i)

DELETE

ii)

UPDATE

iii) INSERT
b)

Explain any 4 differences between XML and HTML with example.[4]

OR

Q6) a)

Create an SQL database to store information of 5 Books.[16]

First table Should contain Book Name and Author.
Second table should contain Book Name and subject.
Third table should contain Book Name and cost of the book.

b)

Write an SQL query for above database to display Book Name, Author,
Cost and subject for any one book.
SECTION - II

Q7) Explain all the 8 processes performed in website development.

[18]

OR
Q8) What are the Basic Considerations and elements of Web page Design and
Layout; explain in greater details.

[4759]-179

-2-

Q9) Compare and contrast between PDF and EPUB as a format to be used for
e-publishing stating the pros and cons of each.
[16]
OR
Q10)State various types of web sites working, and their applications.

Q11)a)
b)

[16]

Explain content management system (CMS)

[8]

Explain any one application which uses CMS.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Explain main features of dot net like common language runtime (CLR),
cross language interoperability.
[10]
Explain enterprise content management system (ECMS).

aaa

[4759]-179

-3-

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 6]

SEAT No. :

P1517

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 18
B.E. (Civil Engg.)
ADVANCED ENGINEERING GEOLOGYWITH ROCK MECHANICS
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the characteristics of older secondary rocks in Maharashtra State

in terms of their distribution, engineering properties with suitable
examples.
[8]

b)

Nasture of tachylytes in Deccan Trap area.

[6]

c)

Pinching and bulging of dykes in deccan trap area.

[4]

OR
a)

Explain the characteristics of older metamorphic rocks in Maharashtra

State in terms of their distribution, engineering properties with suitable
examples. Field Characters of dykes in Maharashtra.
[8]

b)

Groups of Basaltic flows.

[6]

c)

Field Characters of Fractures.

[4]

Q2) a)

Discuss in detail any two case histories of dams on Maharashtra where

tail channel erosion is occurring.
[9]

b)

Treatment to given to a dyke crossing dam alignment. Explain with suitable

case histories.
[7]
OR

P.T.O.

a)

Discuss in detail case histories of Varasgaon and Mula dam sites where
economy has been achieved.
[9]

b)

Dams on Limestone and Quartzites.

[7]

Q3) Write notes on:

a)

Multi aquifer system in Deccan Trap area.

[4]

b)

Granular disintegration.

[4]

c)

Water bearing characters of dykes.

[4]

d)

Amygdaloidal Basalt as an aquifer.

[4]

OR
a)

Transported soils of Maharashtra state.

[4]

b)

Occurrence of sand in Deccan Trap area.

[4]

c)

Any two methods of conservation of water.

[4]

d)

Compact Basalt as an aquifer.

[4]

SECTION - II
Q4) a)

Significance of RQD in classification of rocks. Explain with suitable

examples.
[7]

b)

Describe any two mechanical properties of rock masses.

[7]

c)

Electrical resistivity method.

[4]
OR

a)

Explain Q System classification of rock masses.

[7]

b)

Describe any three physical properties of rock masses.

[7]

c)

USBM classification of rock masses.

[4]

[4759]-18

Q5) a)

The feasibility of jointed quartzite from tunneling point of view with case
histories.
[6]

b)

What are the prerequisite of rock masses from bridge foundation point
of view? Explain with suitable case histories.
[10]
OR

a)

Location and depth of drill holes from bridge foundation point of

view.
[6]

b)

Explain tunneling conditions through Amygdaloidal basalts. Add a note

on Stand up time of a rock mass during tunneling.
[10]

Q6) a)

Width of fault zone.

[4]

b)

Open excavation in city areas.

[4]

c)

Suitability of Deccan trap basalt as a construction material.

[8]

OR
a)

Artificial grounds.

[4]

b)

Dyke rock as construction material.

[4]

c)

Relationship between dams and earthquakes.

[8]

[4759]-18

Total No. of Questions : 6]

SEAT No. :

P3330

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759]-180
B.E.Printing Machine Maintenance (Elective - III)
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections in separate answer books.
2) All questions compulsory.

SECTION -I
Q1) a)
b)

Draw a neat diagram of the ratchet & pawl mechnism where is it used
in the offset press. How is it maintained
[10]
What is difference between AC motors and DC motors.

[6]

OR
Draw the diagram of bevel gears. Compare spur,
a)

helical & bevel glars

b)

Explain the purpose of belt drive use is shectfed offset machines .Draw
a neat diagram of 'v' belts.What are their advantages.

Q2) Explain stepwise procedure to dis-assemble and re-assemble rollers of unit.

[16]
OR
Prepare a daily, monthly, weekly maintenance checklist for ink supply unit
and dampening solution supply unit

P.T.O.

Q3) State and explain different maintenance strategies to inprove operational

effectiveness in a press.
[18]
OR
Explain how life of motors and electrical components can be inproved.
State maintenance carried out for these equipments.
SECTION - II
Q4) a)

What are the safety norms & policies to be followed by the management
and individual employee for having a safe & hazard free environment.
[9]

b)

Explain uses of the following

i)

thermographic divices

ii)

Digital ultrasonic scanner.

[9]

OR
a)

What are the steps of preventive maintenance of a blanket to increase

life. Draw a neat sketch.

b)

What is the need for an operator's manual. State points to be considered

when developing one

Q5) a)

Write short notes:

i)

Antifriction bearings

ii)

Clutches

[16]

iii) Brakes
iv) Gear box
OR
Define what is a hazard. State any 2physical & chemical hazard in granure
printing plant.

[4759]-180

-2-

Q6) Explain working of a former folder. State its daily, weekly, monthly
maintenance to get neat folds.
[16]
OR
Explain working & construction of a hot air dryer. Draw a neat sketch of
dryer in web press. Explain its maintenance.

aaa

[4759]-180

-3-

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3705

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 182
B.E. (Printing)
FLEXIBLE PACKAGING
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to two sections should be written separately.
2) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) Write properties and applications of the following.
a)

HDPE

b)

PET G

c)

PS

[18]

OR
Explain the role of plastics in Packaging.

[18]

Q2) Explain in detail configuration of Gravure Machine. Also explain specific

requirements of Gravure printing for flexible packaging.
[16]
OR
Explain in detail configuration of Flexo Machine. Also explain specific
requirements of Flexo printing for flexible packaging.
[16]
Q3) Explain along with diagram Wet lamination techniques.

[16]

OR
Explain along with diagram Extrusion process.

[16]
P.T.O.

SECTION - II

Q4) Explain the concept Report Pouch.

[16]

OR
Explain in detail Lamitubes.

[16]

Q5) Explain the types of closures for various applications.

[16]

OR
Describe shrink packaging technique for a given product.

[16]

Q6) Mention the packaging technology for the following products.

[18]

a)

Tea Powder

b)

Biscuits

c)

Juices

d)

Butter
OR

Mention deterioration factors for the following.

a)

Milk

b)

Mineral Water

c)

Beer

R R R
[4759]-182

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1433

SEAT No. :

[4759]-185

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Information Technology)

INFORMATION ASSURANCE AND SECURITY
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (414441)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Differentiate:

[8]

i)

Active and passive attacks

ii)

Authentication and Authorization

State the Chinese remainder theorem with example.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

b)

Explain the following terms with example:

i)

Confusion & Diffusion

ii)

Secret Splitting & Secret Sharing.

State and Prove Fermats Theorem.

[10]

[6]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

In a public key cryptosystem using RSA, given N =187 and the encryption
key (E) as 17, find out the corresponding private key(D).
[6]

b)

Explain Data Encryption Standard (DES) symmetric cryptographic

algorithm along with different modes of operations.
[10]
OR

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

What are the key requirements of message digest & why SHA is more
secure than MD5.
[8]
Draw AES block diagram and explain the steps in detail.

[8]

What is man in the middle attack? Explain with example the Diffie-Hellman
Key exchange algorithm.
[9]
Explain the key distribution scenario using private key algorithm.

[9]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain X.509 standard for digital certificate.

[9]

What is digital signature. Explain the steps to create a digital signature

using Digital signature Algorithm (DSA).
[9]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

List the benefits of IPSec. Distinguish between tunnel and transport mode
in IPSec. Describe briefly how IPSec works.
[8]

b)

What problem was Kerberos designed to address. Describe Kerberos

Realm.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

b)

Discuss SSL with respect to 4 phases.

i)

Establish security capabilities.

ii)

Server authentication and key exchange.

iii)

Client authentication and key exchange.

iv)

Finish.

State various categories of Intrusion Detection System.

[4759]-185

[8]

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the concept of mobile payment system.

[8]

Explain ISO 27001 security standard and state its purpose.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

What is dual signature? Why dual signatures are needed?

Explain mathematically and by schematic diagram how it is generated.[8]

b)

Explain electronic payment system. List the characteristics of e-payments.

Explain list of requirements to evaluate e-payments system.

Q11)Write short notes on:

a)

Identity Theft.

b)

Security by Obscurity.

c)

Computer Forensics.

[8]
[18]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Describe the term Industrial Espionage in detail with example.

[9]

Write short note on Indian IT Law 2000, 2008 amendments.

[9]

EEE

[4759]-185

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1434

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 186
B.E. (Information Technology)
OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (410443)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section I and
2) Solve Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section II.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

c)

Write a short note on XMI.

[6]

Explain the following UML concepts with an example:

[6]

i)

Difference between association and link.

ii)

Relation between Interface and Class.

Explain how we can use stereotypes, tagged values, constraints for

modeling School Database Management System. Assume suitable data.[6]
OR

Q2) a)

How class diagram is used to model logical database schema? Explain

with suitable example.
[6]

b)

Write short note on: Rational Unified Process.

[6]

c)

Explain with suitable example following stereotypes:

[6]

i)

friend

ii)

become

iii)

instance of
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Draw a class diagram for Railway Reservation System using advanced

notations. Assume suitable data.
[8]

b)

Develop the Main and Alternate flows of events of Withdrawal of Cash

from ATM System.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

What type of elements a package can own? Explain importing and

exporting concept related to package diagram with suitable example.[8]

b)

Hospital management system is a platform through which patients

problems can be advised online. The main idea of hospital management
system is to provide treatment to the patient without meeting the doctor.
Firstly, there are three main characters: the doctor, the patient and the
organizer. Whenever a patient has any problem related to health, he posts
online. The organizer logs in and reads the particular Problem and then
takes advice from a doctor and sends prescription to the relevant patient.
The same prescription can be referred in future. The doctor can login
and prescribe solution to the problem. These are viewed by the organizer
and post back the advice to the patient. Patient then pays the fees by
cheque/cash/credit card to the organizer and it is in turn paid to the
corresponding doctor. Organizer itself plays the role of administrator i.e.
maintaining the database, updating the system, paying the doctors,
collecting the fees & also issue new members unique id and password
and keep them updated. Draw Use Case diagram by making use of
advanced notations for given context.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain different types of relationships that can be used with packages

by giving suitable Example.
[6]

b)

In the context of the composite structure diagram, explain with example

the concept and notation for:
[6]

c)

i)

Port

ii)

Connector

iii)

Part

What is interface? Give notation for an interface in two different ways.[4]

[4759]-186

OR
2

Q6) a)

b)

Differentiate between.

[8]

i)

Instantiate and Instance of

ii)

Include and Extend

The book club has members. The book club sells books to its members.
The member places orders for books, which the book club full fills.
Each order contains one or more than one books. The books are written
by author(s). The publisher publishes the book. An author can write
more than one books and a book can have more than one author. A
book is published by a publisher, but a publisher publishes many books.
A member can place more than one order. The member also can choose
not to place an order. The book club sells may books. Draw a class
diagram using advanced notations for given context.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

Differentiate between:.

[8]

a)

Activity diagram and Flow Chart

b)

Signal and Call Operation

Draw Sequence diagram for Two Party Telephone Call. Represent

following things:
[8]
i)

Timing Constraints

ii)

Create

iii)

Self Call

iv)

Iteration
OR

Q8) a)

b)

You have to model a software system for controlling a Air Conditioner

(AC). The AC can be either ON or OFF. In the ON state there are two
possibilities.COOLING mode or HEATING mode. There are buttons
to change from one mode to other mode automatically based on room
temperature crossing cutoffs (Cooling if temperature > 30 degree
centrigrade and Heating if temperature < 10 degree centigrade). All buttons
work only if Power is in On. Draw a state diagram for given system.[8]
What is the purpose of timing diagram? Explain with example.

[4759]-186

[8]

Q9) a)

b)

OTOSs pharmacy is the distributer of various pharmaceuticals products.

They have a huge network of customers. The registered customers can
only book orders for the specified products. If the specified products
are available, the requried quantity is checked against the quantity on
hand (QOH). If the required quantity is less than QOH, a deliver challan
is prepared by sales person and at the same time an invoice is prepared
by accountant which contains the cost of ordered items and previous
outstanding balance (if any). Then the products and invoice is sent to the
customer. Draw activity diagram with:
[10]
i)

Swim lanes,

ii)

Fork and Join,

iii)

Object Flow

Draw a sequence diagram for Issuing a book from College Library.

Represent following things:
[8]
i)

Alt Operator

ii)

Return Message

iii)

Self Call
OR

Q10)a)

What is history state? Explain with example.

[6]

b)

Explain advanced features of state machine with example.

[6]

c)

Draw an Interaction Overview Diagram for a system of your choice.[6]

Q11)a)

What is the relation between component and interface? Explain the

concept of import and export interface with example.
[8]

b)

Draw component diagram for Railway reservation system.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

How to model an Embedded System using deployment diagram? Explain

with example.
[8]
Explain the concept of Pattern and Frame with suitable example.

R R R
[4759]-186

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1435

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 187
B.E. (IT)
SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (414442)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer question number 1 or 2,3 or 4,5 or 6 from section I.
2) Answer question number 7 or 8,9 or 10,11 or 12 from section II.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain testing verses debugging. Differentiate between unit testing and

integration testing.
[8]
Explain in short any four methods of system level testing.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Is complete testing possible? When to stop testing? Explain the difference

between random testing and testing using error guessing.
[8]
Explain unit test planning in detail.

[8]

Q3) a)

What do you mean by white box testing? Explain the different test case
design for white box testing.
[8]

b)

Explain in detail different functions/responsibilities to be handled in a

testing life cycle or process.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain the different stages of defect prevention process (DPP).

[8]

Explain the difference between the following:

[8]

i)

Test plan and test strategy.

ii)

Defect severity and Defect priority.

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain with example the GQM method for identifying software measures.
[10]

b)

What is customer problem metric? What are approaches to achieve low

PUM.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

How do you calculate defect density and defect removal rate? Discuss
ways to improve these rates for a better quality product.
[10]

b)

Write a note on control flow structures also focus on sequencing and

nesting of flow graphs.
[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What does SQA ensure? What are the goals of SQA activity?
Explain the following terms w.r.t software quality:
i)

Quality

ii)

Cost of Quality

iii)

Quality Assurance

iv)

Quality control

[10]
[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Illustrate with example the use of following techniques in improving quality.

[8]
i)

Code inspection

ii)

Project planning.

b)

List Ishikawas Seven Basic Quality Tools. Explain any three with diagram
and example.
[10]

Q9) a)

What is six sigma? Explain the terms DMAIC and DMADV with reference
to six sigma.
[8]

[4759]-187

b)

List all the requirements of ISO 9000 and ISO 9001.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

How does ISO 9000/9001 ensure production of good quality software?

[8]

b)

Explanation for the PDCA cycle with reference to ISO 9000:9001.

Diagram?
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the various levels of CMM along with the KPAs for the levels.[8]

b)

Explain in detail the Quantitative Process Management KPA.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Explain the goals and activities performed in the following KPAs:

i)

Software Configuration Management.

ii)

Organization Process Definition.

[8]

How is defect prevention and process change management brought into

practice?
[8]

R R R

[4759]-187

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1436

SEAT No. :

[4759]-188

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Information Technology)

a: ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (414443)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer-books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain PL/SQL Transactions. What is save point & cursor?

[8]

How can you trap exceptions in PL/SQL? Write a code fragment to trap
any three exceptions.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain difference between procedure & function in PL/SQL. Consider

following database.
[8]
Employee (Emp_id, Emp_name, Emp_salary).
Write a procedure which read the Emp_salary from database. If salary is
less than 20,000/- then increase it by 10% otherwise by 5%. Update
Database accordingly.

b)

What is Cursor in PL/SQL? Explain its types with their attributes. Also
explain how to open cursor, fetch cursor, close cursor using suitable
example.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

What are TP Monitors? Explain the TP Monitor architectures.

[8]

Write short note on Main Memory Databases?

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain transactional workflow with suitable example.

[8]

Write down different methods for concurrency control?

[8]

Q5) a)

Where you need to use complex data types? Also explain structured
data types and inheritance in object based databases.
[8]

b)

A car rental company maintains a vehicles database in its current Fleet.

For all vehicles, it includes the vehicle identification number, license
number, manufacturer model, date of purchase and color. Special data
are included for certain types of vehicle.
[10]
Trucks: Cargo capacity
Sports cars: horsepower, renter age requirement.
Vans: Number of passengers
Off-road vehicles: ground clearance, drivetrain (four-or two-wheel drive)
Construct an SQL: 1999 schema definition for this database. Use
inheritance where appropriate.
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Describe XML query algebra operation. Describe use of X-Query for

path Expression and FLWOR expression in DBMS.
[8]
Explain XML DTD representation for nested relational schema.

[10]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain Kimball database design methodology for data warehouse. [9]

b)

Present a diagrammatic representation of typical architecture and main

components of data warehouse.
[9]
OR

[4759]-188

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain Data Marts-Reasons and issues.

[9]

Explain all schemas used in Data warehouse.

[9]

Write a note on classification-Decision Trees.

[8]

What is k-means algorithms used for? Explain with help of example. [8]
OR

Q10)Write short notes on (any two):

[16]

a)

Bayesian Classifiers.

b)

Difference between OLTP and OLAP.

c)

OLAP benchmarks and applications.

Q11)a)
b)

Explain Database Defense Mechanism?

[8]

Explain statistical database auditing.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain what the need of granting and revoking privileges is.

[8]

Explain Oracles named Exception Handlers.

[8]

EEE

[4759]-188

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2015

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] -189
B.E. (Information Technology)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
( 2008 Course) (Elective - I) (Semester - I) (414443)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate sheet.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules and electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain Turing test. Machine can be made intelligent artificially but

ultimately human make the machines. So who is more intelligent -the
artificial machine or the person? Discuss.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between an agent and an object. List down the characteristics

of intelligent agent.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain Minimax search procedure with suitable example.

[8]

What is Swarm Intelligent? Where swarm intelligence is used?

[8]

Explain production systems with the help of 8-puzzle example.

[8]

In a crypto-arithmetic puzzle, the variable A,B,C,D, E and F can take

values from 1 to 7. The variables must all be different and, when taken as
digits, they must satisfy the following sum. Solve the following problem
as CSP:[8]
AB +CD = EF
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What is meaning of word heuristics in the context of search strategies?

What conditions on A* search is required to guarantee completeness
and optimality.
[8]

b)

What are the problems that may arise in hill climbing searching? How
they can be handled? Explain.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain with Example, how first order logic sentences are converted into
conjunctive normal form (CNF).
[6]

b)

Discuss with examples the scope and limitations of knowledge

representation using Propositional logic and First Order Predicate logic.[6]

c)

Prove that sarthak is happy with the help of following facts expressed
in CNF.
[6]

pass (X, history) V win(X,lottery) V happy (X)

study (X) V pass (Y,Z) lucky (W) V pass (W,U)

study(sarthak) lucky (sarthak)
lucky (U) V win (U,lottery)
OR
Q6) a)
b)

c)

What do you understand by unification in Predicate logic? Give an

example to illustrate.
[6]
Express the following sentences in predicate logic formulae.
i)

Fragile things break if they fall

ii)

Tennis balls are not fragile

iii)

Tennis balls dont break if they fall.

[6]

Draw a conceptual dependency graph for the sentence A dog is greedily

eating a bone.
[6]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain how vision is used for manipulation and navigation. Give suitable
examples to justify your answer.
[9]

b)

What is planning? Explain the main components of a planning system.[9]

OR

[4759]-189

Q8) a)

Consider the following block world problem where we wish to proceed

from the start to goal state.
[9]

Describe the start and goal states for the above problem using STRIPS
types of the operator. Also specify the precondition of the first operator
used for solving the first goal of the goal stack planning.
b)

Write short notes on (ANY TWO).

i)

Image formation

ii)

Object Recognition

iii)

Hierarchical planning

iv)

Extracting 3D information

[9]

Q9) a)

Explain the basic components of expert system. How can we make expert
system knowledge base reusable?
[8]

b)

What is a Hopfield Network? How is it used in learning a network? [8]

OR

Q10)a)

Give a simple mathematical model for a neuron. What are the two choices
for activation function?
[8]

b)

Describe in detail the steps involved in the knowledge Engineering

process.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the structure of Prolog program. Also write the features of Prolog
language?
[8]

[4759]-189

b)

Write brief notes on following with respect to prolog.

i)

Cuts

ii)

Recursion

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the data types in prolog programming language also write the
areas in which prolog programming language is used.
[8]
Write brief notes on following. (ANY TWO).
i)

Genetic Algorithms.

ii)

Distributed AI.

iii)

Backtracking In Prolog.

R R R

[4759]-189

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1518

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 19
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q. No. 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6 from section - I and Q. No. 7 or 8, 9 or 10, 11 or 12
from section - II.
2) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, slide rule and electronic pocket calculator are allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data, if necessary stating it clearly.

SECTION - I
Q1) Write in detail about:

[16]

a)

The background and development of ISO 14000 series.

b)

The development of National Environmental Policy during various five

year plans.
OR

Q2) Write a note on:

a)

Water Act, 1974.

b)

Air Act, 1981.

[16]

Q3) a)

Explain in details, the principles and elements of environmental management

system (EMS).
[8]

b)

Discuss in detail the Environment Protection Act - 1986 as an umbrella

act.
[8]

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain the Muncipal Solid Waste Rules 2000.
[8]
Write the links between ISO 14000 and ISO 9000 in a tubular form. [8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain the pollution indices in air monitoring and air quality

assessment.
[9]

b)

Discuss the National Ambient Air quality (NAAQ) Standards for SPM,
SOX, NOX & CO.
[9]
OR

Q6) a)

The ambient air quality for Mumbai, Pune and Nagpur are given
below:
[10]
Sr. City
No.

SPM ( g/m3)

So2 ( g/m3)

CO ( g/m3)

Mumbai

170

78

2200

Pune

230

72

2600

Nagpur

210

87

1700

Determine the air pollution index for each city and thereby name the city
having more air pollution.
b)

Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

Discuss the role of meterological parameters in the dispersion of air

pollutants in the atmosphere.
[8]
SECTION - II
Explain what you understand by Biomedical waste. Discuss the different
methods for collection and disposal of Biomedical waste.
[8]
Discuss the energy recovery from solid waste.
[8]
OR
Explain the various methods of collection and disposal of Municipal
Solid Waste. Also discuss the site selection criteria for disposal of
MSW.
[8]
Discuss the treatment and reuse options for industrial waste water
management.
[8]

Explain colour coding system for biomedical waste management and

their collection in different coloured bins or bags.
[9]
b) Explain with reference to hazardous waste:
[9]
i) Toxicity
ii) Reactivity
iii) Corrosity
OR
[4759]-19
2

Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Q12)a)
b)

Contrast between refuse and garbage.

[9]
List down the most significant property of the city refuse which guides
the adoption of each of the following methods of refuse disposal.
i) incineration
ii) Sanitary landfill
iii) Composting
Discuss the classification of the wastes generated from the following
sources:
[9]
i) Hospitals
ii) Electroplating plant
iii) Schools and
iv) Restaurants
Discuss the methodology for preparing Environmental Impact
Assessment.
[8]
Explain the procedure to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment
of Thermal Power Plant.
[8]
OR
Explain any two types of check list method for EIA.
[8]
Discuss the EIA of construction activities.
[8]

[4759]-19

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1437

[4759]-190

[Total No. of Pages : 5

B.E. (Information Technology)

c: COMPILER DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (414443) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

With the help of the block diagram explain phases of the compiler. Also
write down output of each phase of the compiler for expression X=Y *
Z / 2 where X and Z are of float type and Y is of integer type.
[10]
Explain Lex specification with example.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the following termsi)

Cross compiler

ii)

Bootstrapping

iii)

Incremental compiler

[6]

b)

Differentiate between compiler and an interpreter.

[4]

c)

Define token, pattern, lexeme.

[6]

P.T.O.

Q3) For the following grammar

S S#

S qABC
A a | bbD
B a|
C b|
D c|
a)

Compute First and Follow.

[9]

b)

Construct predictive parsing table.

[6]

c)

Show sequence of parsing steps for the string qbbcab#

[3]

OR
Q4) Consider the following grammar, and construct the LR (1) parsing table.[18]
S L=R
S R
R L
L *R
L id
L
Q5) a)

Write syntax directed translation to translate the following for statement

into three address code statements.
[8]
S for (E1, E2, E3)S1

[4759]-190

b)

Write three address sequences for the following:

i)

switch ( ch )

[4]

{
case 1 : a = b * c;
Break;
case 2 : a = b / c;
Break;
}
ii)

while x > y do

[4]

if c < d then
a=b+c
else
a=bc
OR
Q6) a)

What is Backpatching? How flow translation of Boolean expression is

done using backpatching?
[8]

b)

Differentiate between L - attributed definitions and S-attributed definitions.

[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Write short note on activation records.

[8]

Explain different source language issues.

[8]

OR

[4759]-190

Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain following storage allocation schemes with proper examples: [8]

i)

Stack storage allocation

ii)

Heap storage allocation

Explain the significance and design of symbol table in the context of

compiler.
[8]
Discuss the various principle sources of code optimization.

[10]

Write Quadruple andTriple representation of following expression.

a : =b / c b / c + b * c

[8]
OR

Q10)a)

i)

Loop Unrolling involves replicating the body of the loop to reduce

the required number of tests if number of iterations are constant.
Apply the technique to the loop shown below
[5]
1)

Once and

2)

Twice and explain its purpose in code optimization.

k = 200;
while (k > = 0)
{
arr[k] = 0;
k--;
}
ii)

Loop Jamming is a technique that merges the bodies of two loops

if the two loops have the same number of iterations and they use
the same indices. Apply this technique to following code fragment
and explain its role in optimization.
[5]
for (I = 0; I < 10; I ++)
for(I = 0; I < 10; I ++)
X [I, J] = 0;
for (I = 0; I < 10; I ++)
X[I, J] = 1;

b)

Describe any code generation algorithm you know with suitable illustration.
[8]

[4759]-190

Q11)a)

Explain different features of object oriented programming with example.

[8]

b)

How can overloading and overriding of functions in object oriented

programming languages handle by compiler? Explain in detail.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain differences between class based language and object based

language with example.
[8]
Write short note on data abstraction and information hiding.

EEE

[4759]-190

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1438

SEAT No. :

[4759]-191

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (IT)
ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer-books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain any five Unix commands for system administration.

[10]

b)

Explain any two Inter process communication mechanisms.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Differentiate between multiuser and multitasking O.S. Explain the

architecture of operating system.
[10]

b)

Give the significance of process synchronization primitives. Explain any

two process synchronization primitives.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Enlist and explain services performed by Multitasking OS.

[8]

Explain the concept of Mailbox in multitasking OS. Give the functional

specification of primitive CreateMBox ( ).
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain the various system lists maintained by KMOS.

[8]

Draw and explain process state transition diagram in KMOS.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Discuss the design issues of multiprocessor systems.

[8]

Enlist various interconnection types. What are the differences between

separate supervisors and Master-Slave Systems?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Discuss the various multiprocessor design considerations.

[8]

Explain the wave scheduling with eg.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Define Zones. Describe the data structure required for zone management.
[10]
Explain the following system calls with eg.
i)

kmalloc ( )

ii)

kfree

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Differentiate between kmalloc ( ) and vmalloc ( ) system calls with

example.
[10]
Explain with neat diagram slab layer allocator.

[8]

Discuss I/O structure and role of DMA.

[8]

Explain the characteristics of I/O devices.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain the concept of disck catching with suitable example.

[8]

What is an I/O interface? Explain in detail its type.

[8]

[4759]-191

Q11)a)

b)

Explain system calls

i)

mount

ii)

read

iii)

I seek

iv)

link

[8]

Explain in detail VFS.

[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on following:

[16]

a)

Slab coloring.

b)

File descriptors.

c)

Contiguous memory management.

d)

File Unification.

EEE

[4759]-191

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4276

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 191A
B.E. (Information Technology)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)

[Total No. of Pages : 3

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) In section I attempt : Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q. No. 3 or Q. No. 4, Q. No. 5 or Q. No. 6.
In section II attempt: Q.No. 7 or Q. No. 8, Q. No. 9 or Q.No. 10, Q.No. 11 or Q.No. 12.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) What are the advantages of using ASIC & SOC in embedded systems?
Explain.
[8]
b) Classify different embedded systems. List commonly used
microcontrollers in each category.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) What are the embedded systems? How they are different than general
purpose systems?
[6]
b) What are the different components of an embedded system?

[6]

c) Name the area of applications for the following processors :

[4]

i)

Digital signal processor.

ii)

Media processor.

Q3) a) What are the different applications of timers in Embedded systems? How
watchdog timer is different?
[6]
b) Explain the techniques to optimize the use of power in an embedded
system?
[6]
c) What are the types of memory that can be used in an embedded system?
Justify their used.
[6]
OR
P.T.O

Q4) a) How a designer selects EPROM, RAM and peripherals required for an
adaptive cruise control system? Explain.
[8]
b) Explain the process of converting a C program into a file for ROM image.
[4]
c) Explain in brief the use of following in an embedded system :
[6]
i)
Real time clock
ii) UART
Q5) a) List and describe five types of device driver functions.
[8]
b) Name features of RS-232C. Explain the RS-232C signals used for
communication.
[8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different features of CAN protocol.
[8]
b) How does host recognize the device insertion in USB protocol? Explain
in detail.
[8]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Explain the advantages of programming embedded systems using
high-level languages.
[8]
b) Queue data structure of C language is used for networking applications.
Explain.
[6]
c) When do you use assembly language for embedded system programming?
[4]
OR
Q8) a) Compare Java and C++ programming and their suitability for embedded
systems.
[6]
b) What is cross compiler? How it is different than generic compiler? Give
example for cross compiler.
[6]
c) What is in-circuit emulator? Give details of its use in embedded system
development.
[6]
Q9) a) When do you require RTOS?
[6]
b) With the help of neat diagram, explain cooperative round robin scheduling
model for RTOS. What is interrupt latency time for this scheduling model.
[10]
OR
[4759]-191A

-2-

Q10) a) With the help of neat diagram, explain preemptive scheduling for RTOS.
[8]
b) How can you manage without RTOS?

[8]

Q11) a) Differentiate MicroC/OS-II and Vx Works based on features and their

area of application.
[6]
b) With the help of neat system block diagram, explain the system
requirements and tasks for an adaptive cruise control system in a car.[10]
OR
Q12) a) How tasks are managed in MicroC/OS-II? Explain in detail.

[8]

b) With help of neat diagram, explain synchronization of tasks and IPCs for
TCP/IP network application.
[8]

ddd

[4759]-191A

-3-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1439

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] -192
B.E. (I.T.)
MOBILE COMPUTING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain detail PCS architecture with neat diagram.

[8]

Explain in detail 1G, 2G and 3G technology.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Describe the three Handoff strategies MCHO, NCHO and MAHO. [8]
Explain in detail the concept of frequency reuse.

[8]

How security is important in Mobile computing? Explain with diagram

different security algorithm in GSM.
[8]
Explain in detail GSM addresses and identifiers.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

What is role VLR and HLR? Explain in detail roaming example.

[8]

Explain in detail GSM MAP service framework.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What are advantages and applications of SMS? Draw and explain SMS
architecture.
[9]

b)

Explain Mobile originated messaging and Mobile terminated messaging.[9]

OR

Q6) a)

What is number portability? Describe three types of number portability.

[9]

b)

What is hot billing approach? Compare prepaid and postpaid solution.[9]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain in detail WAP protocol stack.

[8]

Explain in detail with neat diagram GPRS architecture.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain in detail CDMA technology.

[8]

Explain features, advantages, applications and limitations of GPRS. [8]

Explain various features and header format of IPv6.

[8]

What is the importance of home agent and foreign agent in mobile IP?[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

What is the basic purpose of DHCP? How can DHCP be used for
mobility and support of mobile IP.
[8]
What is MANET? Explain Dynamic source routing in MANET.

[8]

Explain in detail Spread spectrum technology.

[8]

Explain in detail UMTS technology.

[10]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What is Piconet & Scatternet? Explain in detail Bluetooth technology.[8]

Write a short note on: (any two).
i)

RFiD

ii)

WLL

iii)

WiMAX

R R R
[4759]-192

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2016

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-193
B.E. (Information Technology)
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (414444) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2)
Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section-I.
3)
Answer Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section-II.
4)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6)
Use of calculator is allowed.
7)
Assume suitable dat, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Define multimedia system. What are its building blocks?

[6]

b)

Elaborate the role of multimedia in education and industry.

[6]

c)

What are txt, doc and pdf text formats.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain architecture of multimedia database system.

[6]

b)

Explain MHEG and SGML architecture.

[6]

c)

What is text compression? Explain Huffman Coding as text compression

technique.
[6]

Q3) a)
b)

Elaborate on TIFF and BMP image file formats.

[8]

Elaborate any two Lossy compression techniques.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain Shannon-Fano algorithm with example.

[8]

Explain transform coding with example.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

What is MIDI? Explain MIDI messages.

[8]

Explain RMF and WMA audio file formats.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Elaborate Delta modulation (DM) and state how it is different from

adaptive delta modulation.
[8]
Explain MPEG in detail.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Write a short note on H261, H263.

[6]

b)

Explain MOV video file format.

[6]

c)

Explain video editing.

[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Write short note on EDTV and HDTV.

[6]

b)

Explain video Compact Cassette and Camcorder.

[6]

c)

Explain video signal formats.

[6]

Q9) a)
b)

What is virtual reality? Write a short note on forms of Virtual Reality.

[8]
What are VR devices? Explain any one virtual reality device.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain Virtual Reality applications.

[8]

Elaborate the basics of VRML.

[8]

Q11)a)

What is animation? Explain types of animations.

[8]

b)

Explain morphing and motion cycling animation.

[8]

b)

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain applications of animation.

[8]

Write note on 3D max.

[8]

[4759]-193

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1440

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 194
B.E. (IT)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

[Total No. of Pages :3

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Describe architecture model of Distributed System design. How these

models play important role in the design of a distributed system? [9]
Discuss different challenges in designing distributed system.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)

b)

Describe the working of distributed system based upon middleware

software systems. Also clearly describe the roles played by middleware
in distributed system.
[9]
What is a failure model? Explain different failures in detail.

[9]

Q3) a)

What is a Remote Method Invocation? How would you incorporate

persistent asychronous communication into model of communication
based on RMIs to remote object?
[8]

b)

What is socket? What is the difference between connection-oriented

socket and connection -less socket?
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What is CORBA? Describe the general organization of CORBA system

with help of a neat diagram.
[8]

b)

Compare local method invocation and remote method invocation. Explain

the role of proxy and skeleton in remote method invocation in detail.[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the concept of logic clock and their importance in distributed

system. A clock of a computer system must never run backward. Explain
how this issue can be handled in an implementation.
[8]

b)

Explain Ricart and Agrawalas algorithm for mutual exclusion in detail.[8]

OR

Q6) a)

Suppose that the coordinator crashes. Does this always bring the system
down? If not, under what a circumstance does this happened? Is there
any way to avoid the problem and tolerate the crash of the coordinator?
[8]

b)

Define global state. Explain consistent cut and inconsistent cut with
suitable example.
[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

How does the NFS Automounter help to improve the performance and
scalability of NFS?
[9]
Write a short note on
i)

Global name service

ii)

X.500 directory service

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain following term with respect to Naming entities:

i)

Names

ii)

Identifiers

[4759]-194

[9]

b)

Q9) a)
b)

iii)

Addresses

iv)

Name Spaces

Explain synchronization and naming in NFS.

[9]

Explain different implementation approaches to DSM.

[8]

What is Data centric consistency model? Explain in detail.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain monotonic reads and monotonic write.

[8]

b)

What is thrashing? Why thrashing is an important issue in DSM systems

and what methods are available for dealing with it.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is Byzantines General problem? Describe Lamports algorithm to

solve this problem.
[8]

b)

Explain following points related to fault tolerance issues in Distributed

Systems:
[8]
i)

Availability

ii)

Reliability

iii)

Failure Models

iv)

Triple modular redundancy

OR

Q12)a)

Explain basic reliable multicasting. How it could be made scalable. [8]

b)

Draw state transition diagram for Two phase commit protocol and
highlight the states where the participant is get blocked. Also mention the
drawbacks of 2PC.
[8]

R R R
[4759]-194

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1441

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 195
B.E. (Information Technology)
INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
(2008 Pattern) (414449) (Semester - II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section -I & Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11
or Q12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Describe index term weighing.

[8]

Explain the properties of dissimilarity coefficients used in information

Retrieval.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Describe different matching coefficients.

[8]

Let Document 1 =
{CPU, keyboard, RAM, VGA, SMPS, USB, CD-ROM, Printer}
Document 2 =
{CPU, VGA, Simulator, OS, Video, USB, Printer, Scanner, Compiler}
Find the similarity between two documents using different matching
coefficients.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain with example signature file structure.

[8]

Compare with example suffix trees & suffix arrays.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Draw the generalized structure of an inverted file & Explain the algorithm
for building an Inverted file of a given document.
[10]
P.T.O.

b)

Generate an Inverted file for a given text.

[6]

This is a text. A text has many words. Words are made form letters.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the architectural issues in digital libraries.

[8]

Explain the terms Precision and Recall and calculate the same for the
following example.
[10]
The set of relevant documents for query
q = {d3,d7, d8, d11, d14, d19, d23, d25}
A new retrieval algorithm returns following answer set
={d1, d2, d3, d7, d9, d10, d14, d20, d23, d24, d25}.
OR

Q6) a)

Explain TREC document collection with tasks & Evaluation measures at

TREC conferences.
[10]

b)

Explain different document models, its representations and access. [8]

SECTION- II

Q7) a)

Explain with diagram and example how the MIMD architecture is used in
parallel IR.
[8]

b)

Explain with example how the Query Processing is done in distributed

IR.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain with diagram how inverted file is used in MIMD architecture.[8]

b)

Explain Collection Partitioning & Source Selection in Distributed IR.[10]

[4759]-195

Q9) a)
b)

Explain multimedia data support in commercial DBMS.

[8]

Write short note on MULTOS query language.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain how GEMINI is applied to color images.

[8]

What is feature extraction in Multimedia IR? How is it helpful for data

retrieval?
[8]

What is role of web crawlers in search engine? How it works?

[8]

Explain distributed architecture of search engine.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write short note on: Search Engines.

[8]

Write short note on: Characterizing the Web.

[8]

R R R

[4759]-195

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1442

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-196
B.E. (Information Technology)
REAL TIME SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III) (414450)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain following terms in brief:

i)

Periodic and aperiodic tasks.

ii)

Time constraints in hard and soft RTS.

[8]

How can engineers estimate the worst-case run time of a program, given
the source code and target architecture? Draw and explain Schematic of
a timing estimation system.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Draw and explain basic model of Digital Control Real Time System. [8]

b)

Describe in brief the effect of the following in the estimation of the runtime of the program:
[8]

Q3) a)

i)

Use of Cache.

ii)

A Pipelined Architecture.

Explain the classification of uniprocessor scheduling algorithm. With the

help of suitable example explain the RM scheduling algorithm.
[10]
P.T.O.

b)

Why Priority inversion mechanism is not suited for real-time applications.

Write appropriate solution for this problem.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the preemptive Earliest Deadline First(EDF) Algorithm with the

help of suitable example. In what way the preemptive EDF is different
from RM scheduling algorithm.
[10]
Determine which of following tasks is RM schedulable.
Task

Execution Time

Period

10

20

20

40

50

What are the various benefits of packages?

Explain following polices with respect to task scheduling:
i)

Task Dispatching policy.

ii)

Entry queuing policy.

[8]

[6]
[10]

OR
Q6) a)

Describe the Adaptive Earliest Deadline (AED) algorithms used in

transaction priorities. State the drawback of AED algorithm. How the
Adaptive Earliest Deadline (AEVD) avoid this drawback.
[10]

b)

How are timestamps assigned to transaction so that serialization

consistency is maintained? Explain with suitable example.
[6]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

What is the polled Bus Protocol?

Describe the methods of sending messages.
OR

[4759]-196

[8]
[10]

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss network architecture issues in real time systems.

What is Stop-and-Go Multihop Protocol?

[10]
[8]

With the help of block diagram explain the capability of RT Linux. [8]
Describe the following capability of real time operating system.

[8]

i)

External - Internal Interrupt Handling.

ii)

Memory management through virtual memory mapping and memory

locking.
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

List and explain the capabilities of RTOS.

[8]

State the commonly found features of commercial RTOS.

[8]

How is redundancy used for fault tolerance?

[8]

Discuss the causes of the failures and describe the types of faults in
RTS.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Time Redundancy.

ii)

Information Redundancy.

Describe the following software redundancy methods:

i)

N-Version Programming.

ii)

Recovery Block Approach.

[4759]-196

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3706

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 197
B.E. (Information Technology)
SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
(Semester - II) (Elective - III) (2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three Que. from Section I and three Que. from Section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Make suitable assumptions wherever relevant and appropriate.

Q1) a)

b)
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)

b)

SECTION - I
Define the given term/concept and give examples.
[10]
i) Software architecture
ii) Stakeholders in architecture.
Explain Architecture Business Cycle activities in detail.
[8]
OR
How the collaboration can be used to model the system of components
and connectors.
[10]
Explain with suitable example:
[8]
i) Architecture is high-level design
ii) Architecture is the overall structure of the system
iii) Behavior of each software element is part of the architecture
iv) Architecture has component & connectors.
Explain Templates for documenting interfaces.
[8]
Following concern in context of modifiability: when is a change made
and who makes it.
[8]
OR
Write short note on following:
[8]
i) Modifiability Tactics.
ii) Security Tactics.
What is Quality Attributes? Explain quality attributes of web
application?
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Describe Abstract Factory pattern with respect to intent, application and

solution.
[8]

b)

With structure explain observer pattern. Give examples of the same. [8]
OR

Q6) a)

How observer pattern can be used to design a digital and an analog

clock. Explain with the structure and behavior.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on Model View Controller (MVC) and its

application?
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Compare Different architecture styles.

Explain concept of:

[10]
[8]

i)

Loose coupling.

ii)

Addressing quality attributes through multi tire architecture.

OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Explain three tire architecture with reference with to presentation, business

and persistence layers.
[10]
Write short note on following:
i)

Coupling in XML.

ii)

Structure of XML.

[8]

Compare and contrast EJB 2.0 EJB 3.0.

[8]

Write short note on following:

[8]

i)

JSP

ii)

JSF
OR

[4759]-197

Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain with example and Advantages of

i)

Web Server

ii)

Application Server

Explain with example:

[8]

[8]

i)

CGI

ii)

Application Server

Explain DLL Servers in detail.

[8]

What kind of responsibilities does a web client have? How can one
make web client more dynamic.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Describe .NET Architecture. What is role of CLR, CLS, CTS and CLI
in it?
[8]
Write short note on following:
i)

.NET web services

ii)

Legacy Application

[4759]-197

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1443

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759]-198
B.E. (Information Technology )
ADVANCED GRAPHICS
(414450) (2008Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from section-I and 3questions from section-II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)
c)

Write the properties of B-Spline curves.

[6]
Determine the Bezier Blending function for five control points, plotted
each function and label the maximum and minimum function values. [8]
Describe any two 3D display methods.
[4]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
c)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain different types of polygons with related equations. How polygon

tables are used for representing polygon surfaces.
[10]
Explain the perspective projection and parallel projection diagrammatically?
[4]
Write the parametric equations for the polygon and parametric surfaces.[4]
An animation sequence is to be developed to show a car accelerating
from stationary position and then moving with constant speed. Show
how the accelerations can be simulated for this purpose?
[8]
Explain various methods for controlling animation.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

What are the four steps in Animation sequence? Explain any two steps in
detail.
[8]
Define Real- time Animation. Discuss any two devices used for producing
animation.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the Boolean operations in CSG.

Explain the concept of primitive instancing with eg.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q6) Write a short note on following:
a) B-Rep and its data structures
b) Data structures for Polygon surfaces
c) Spatial-partitioning representations
d) Polygon Meshes
SECTION-II

[16]

Q7) a)
b)

[10]
[8]

Explain CIE chromacity diagram in detail.

Explain basic illumination models.
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)

Illustrate the unique cube representation for RGB model. Enlist at least
four differences between RGB and CMY color model.
[8]
What is the significance of rendering? Explain various types of polygon
rendering methods.
[10]
Compare between flat shading and Gouraud shading. Explain Phong
shading.
[8]
Explain HSV and HLS color models.
OR
Explain the basic illumination models.
Explain the concept of beam tracing with eg.

Q11)a)

[8]
[8]
[8]

Describe any two special devices that are used for man machine interaction
in virtual reality systems.
[8]
b) Define Virtual Reality. Explain various application areas of virtual reality.
[8]
OR
Q12)Write a short note on following:
[16]
a) Virtual Reality Languages
b) Ray Tracing
c) Additive color mixing approach
d) Specular Reflection
tu

[4759]-198

tu
2

tu

[4759]-198

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1444

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-199
B.E.(I.T)
ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORK
(414450) (2008 Course) (Elective-III) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
5)
Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I

Q1) a)

What are the network elements? Draw neat diagram of network

architecture?
[8]

b)

State similarities and differentiate various wireless networks such as

Bluetooth,Wi-Fi and Wi-Max.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

How packets are transported in datagram and virtual circuit network?[8]

Explain ATM reference model and its protocol stack.
Draw a neat diagram of ATM header?

[10]
[8]

What is Network Address Translator? Explain in detail with example. [8]

OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain mobility management issues in wireless networks.

[8]

Explain addressing schemes in ATM networks?

[8]

Q5) a)

How dynamic routing optimization is carried out with different algorithm?

[8]

b)

Explain how Availability of network is calculated using MTBF and

MTTR.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Explain Markov chain model for circuit-switched network?

[8]

What are the parameters specified in quality of service? Explain in details?

[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain 5 different delays encountered by ATM cell with the help of

figure.
[8]
Explain architecture of wireless network. State its applications.

[10]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

What are VPNs? Explain the significance of Tunneling in VPNS. [10]

Explain how ATM network can transport IP packets.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain in brief protocol suite, H.323 for IP telephony.

[8]

b)

Explain blocking probability in circuit switch network.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain various features of IPV6?

[8]

Explain DSR protocol for Ad-hoc network.

[8]

Explain the features of reactive and proactive routing protocols for

MANETs.
[8]
Explain how firewall is implemented in the network.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain cluster based network architecture for ad- hoc networks.

[8]

Explain in detail PGP Protocol.

[8]

tu

[4759]-199

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1505

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 2
B.E. (Civil)
DAMS & HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the concept of construction of R.C.C. Dams and state and explain
the advantages of R.C.C. Dams.
[8]
Write short note on.
i)

Dam Instrumentation

ii)

Strengthening of dams.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

What are different types of arch dams? And explain any one type of arch
dam.
[8]

b)

What are different factors that govern the selection of site for dam. [8]

Q3) a)

State any four forces acting on gravity dam and write their equations.[8]

b)

What is phenomenon and significance of

i)

Steady seepage condition

ii)

Sudden drawdown condition

[10]

OR
Q4) a)

Write any four fources acting on a slide of an earthen dam failure envelope
with the help of a sketch of free body diagram of forces and write their
equations.
[10]
P.T.O.

b)

If drainage gallery is not provided in gravity dam, then what will happen
to its stability? Explain with help of sketch. Also write an equation of
pressure if gallary is provided in gravity dam.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is economic height of dam? How it is determined? Calculate the

economic height using following data.
[8]
Ht(m)

b)

Cost of construction

Storage

(Crores in Rs.)

Mm3

13

46

23

101

33

10

176

43

15

250

53

21

328

63

26

401

70

36

505

What is filter? Why it is provided? Write the design criteria of filter. Also,
state types of filters.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

State middle third rule and with help of sketch explain its significance.[8]
What is phreatic line? Enlist the steps to draw the phreatic line.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

State the classification of spillways and explain functioning of ogee

spillway. Also enlist design steps of ogee spillway.
[8]

b)

Why gates are provided on spillways? Explain functioning of radial gate

with help of sketch.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

What is diversion head work? Draw its layout and state its components.
[8]
Write down equations for following.
i)

Correction on account of mutual interference

ii)

Exit gradient

Explain the terms of above equations with help of sketch.

[4759]-2

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Enlist the steps in designing of trapezoidal lined canal.

[10]

When the syphon and aqueduct is selected as appropriate CD work?

Explain with sketch.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Define
i)

Capacity factor

ii)

Time factor

iii)

Lining of canal

iv)

Limiting velocity

[8]

b)

Differentiate between cross-regulator and head regulator with help of

sketch.
[10]

Q11)a)

What is river training? Why it is done? Explain classification of river

training.
[8]

b)

With help of sketch, explain layout of hydropower plan. State the different
components and their functions.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

What is groyne? State classification of groyne.

[8]

Define.

[8]

i)

Load factor

ii)

Utilization factor

iii)

Capacity factor

iv)

Assessment of power potential.

R R R

[4759]-2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1519

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 20
B.E. (Civil)
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
(Elective - III) (2008 Course) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q. 1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from section - I and Q. 7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q. 10, Q. 11 or Q. 12 from section - II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain with example components of infrastructures which plays critical

role in economic development of the country.
[12]
What do you mean by project overrun? Explain in detail.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

What is mean by project management consultant? Explain his role from

appointment upto completion with one particular example in construction
sector.
[12]

b)

How construction projects are monitored and their reporting is done?[6]

Q3) a)

Define scheduling. What are uses and advantages of scheduling? Explain

LOB technique.
[8]

b)

Explain time & motion studies with applications in construction

management.
[8]

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain work breakdown structure. Prepare WBS for the construction
of bridge across river.
[8]
Define work study. Explain flow process chart with example.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain need and importance of labour laws in construction industry.[4]

Explain the following terms:

[12]

i)

Project balance sheet.

ii)

Profit and loss account.

iii)

Working capital.
OR

Q6) Write short Note on:

[16]

i)

Project cash flow projection.

ii)

Interstate Migrant Workers Act.

iii)

Workmans Compensation Act 1923.

iv)

Capital investment.

Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Q10)a)
b)

SECTION - II
Explain in detail different types of risks.
[10]
Write note on:
[8]
i) Value engineering applications in construction industry.
ii) Role of insurance in risk management.
OR
Explain the different phases of a value engineering Job Plan.
[10]
Explain with example how mathematical models are useful in risk
management.
[8]
Write down procedure of training supervisors and executives in a big
project.
[8]
Define EOQ? Derive its expression.
[8]
OR
What is role of Material management in construction sector.
[8]
What is performance appraisal and job Evaluation? Explain steps in job
evaluation.
[8]

[4759]-20

Q11)a)

What is ANN explain? Write down applications of artificial intelligence in

construction management.
[8]

b)

What is an expert system? Write down the applications of expert system

in construction.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short note on:

[16]

i)

Fuzzy logic.

ii)

Genetic algorithm.

iii)

Biological neuron.

iv)

Applications of Neural networks in Construction Engineering.

[4759]-20

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1445

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 200
B.E. (I.T.)
BIOINFORMATICS
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective-IV) (414451)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define Bioinformatics. Explain any four protein databases with most

suitable example of each.
[8]

b)

What is central Dogma of Molecular Biology. Explain with neat diagram.

Why is Bioinformatics referred to as information science?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain Bioinformatics applications with respect to the following areas:

[8]
i)

Microarrays

ii)

Drug Discovery

iii)

Sequence Assembly

b)

Explain the significance of DNA, RNA and protein Molecules. Explain

DNA with neat diagram.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain how microarray data analysis is applied in Bioinformatics with

the help of neat diagram.
[8]

b)

What is sequence alignment? List the different methods of computational

sequence alignment in detail.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

List the various statistical analysis tools. What is meant by sensitivity

and specificity of a tool? Explain any one statistical analysis tool in detail.
[8]

b)

What is the significance of user interface & information theory in

Bioinformatics? Explain the user interface hierarchy alongwith neat
diagram.
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain in detail the text mining process in NLP.

[8]

What is sequence alignment? List various sequence alignment methods.

Explain any two methods of sequence alignment in detail.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

What are the types of machine learning processes? Explain any two
processes in detail with neat diagram.
[8]

b)

Define sequence alignment. Explain following two sequence alignment

methods in detail:
[10]
i)

Dynamic Programming

ii)

Word method
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the ab-initio and Heuristic methods of protein structure Prediction

in detail with neat diagram.
[8]

b)

What is the need of collaboration & communication in Bioinformatics?

Draw the neat diagram of collaboration & communication model with
proper hierarchy. Also explain synchronous & asynchronous
collaboration.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the comparative modeling process of protein structure Prediction.

[8]

b)

What are the components involved in modeling & simulation system?

Explain the basic components in this modeling and simulation system in
detail with neat diagram.
[10]

[4759]-200

Q9) a)

Explain FASTA algorithm in detail. List various implementations of FASTA

[8]

b)

Differentiate between FASTA and BLAST algorithm. Listing major

differences between the two.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain BLAST algorithm in detail. Discuss PSI-BLAST method in brief.

[8]
What is an E-value? Explain its significance in FASTA search.

[8]

Q11)a)

What is Genetic Engineering? Explain its major applications in brief. [8]

b)

Explain the process of interchange and transformation of pollutants in

atmosphere, hydrosphere & lithosphere.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Discuss the various factors responsible for degradation in the ecosystem.

[8]

b)

Explain drug discovery process. What is the importance of the cell cycle
in the drug discovery process.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-200

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4631

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 201
B.E. (I.T.) - II
NEURAL NETWORK AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
( 2008 Pattern) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II) (414451)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer- books.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

Explain McCulloch-Pitts Model of neurons. Represent NAND and NOR

gate using MP neurons.
[7]
Explain with examples, differences between the following pattern
recognition tasks:
[9]
i) Association vs classification
ii) Classification vs mapping
iii) Classification vs clustering
OR
What is activation function? State its types. Explain Sigmoid function in
detail.
[8]
What is MP Neuron Model? Give the output of the following network
for the input [1 1 1]T.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

Explain following learning laws in detail.

i)

Hebbs law

ii)

Perceptron learning law

[9]

Explain and compare supervised and unsupervised learning in detail.[7]

OR

Q4) a)

Distinguish between linearly separable and linearly inseparable problems.

Why a single layer of perceptron cannot be used to solve linearly
inseparable problems.
[8]

b)

What are feed forward neural networks? Explain pattern classification

and regression using Multi-layer feed forward neural networks.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain construction of optimal hyperplane for linearly separable pattern

with respect to support vector machine.
[9]

b)

What are radial basis function networks? How it is used to perform

complex pattern classification task?
[9]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain radial basis function networks in the form of layered structure.[9]

b)

Write a short note on optimal hyperplane for non separable patterns.[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain Hopfield network algorithm to store and recall a set of bipolar

patterns.
[8]

b)

Explain Boltzman machine architecture together with the Boltzman learning

law.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

What is SOFM? Draw and explain its architecture. How training is done
in SOFM?
[9]
Write a short note on Recurrent Neural Networks.

[4759]-201

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the rule based architecture of expert system.

[8]

What are the advantages in keeping knowledge base separate from control
module in knowledge based system?
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain with neat diagram blackboard system architecture and its

components.
[8]

b)

What is uncertainty? Explain two approaches that deal with uncertainty

problem.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is PROLOG? Explain how knowledge is represented in PROLOG?

[9]

b)

Write a short note on ELIZA.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

List programming languages for AI problems. Comment on language

constructs in LISP.
[9]
Write a short note on MYCIN.

R R R

[4759]-201

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1446

SEAT No. :

[4759]-202

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Information Technology)

GEO INFORMATICS SYSTEM
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective -IV)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

4)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the methods to correct pixel misplacement errors in remotely

sensed images?
[10]

b)

Explain how basic element of image interpretation performs their role in

image processing?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail the phases of digital image processing?

[10]

Discuss in detail the major differences between global and local methods
of interpolation?
[8]
What is imaging sensor system? Give detailed classification?

[8]

Describe in detail spatial resolution and spectral resolution with example?

[8]
OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

List any six applications of RADAR and explain any one in detail? [8]
Explain SLAR and SAR in detail?

[8]

What is GIS? Explain GIS work flow in detail with example?

[8]

Explain web-based GIS? What are the major issues which need to be
addressed at the time of designing web-based GIS?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Define GIS? List and explain terminologies in GIS with example?

[8]

What is cartographic model? Explain the major stages involved in

cartographic modelling?
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is the need of transformation? Explain translation, scaling and

rotation in detail?
[10]
Explain the errors and its impact of GIS data?

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain each of the following w.r.t. spatial statistics:

i)

Random and Independent variable

ii)

Probability density and joint probability distribution.

Explain the factors affecting quality of GIS data?

[10]

[6]

Raster is faster, but vector is corrector, Justify? Write the respective

strengths and weakness of raster and vector data structures in GIS. [8]
Give the classification of data in GIS. Explain with example?
OR

[4759]-202

[8]

Q10)a)

What is raster GIS model? Explain GRID, IMGRID and MAP raster
model in detail?
[8]

b)

Explain in detail layer based GIS data management approach with

example?
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain how GIS can be used for disaster management? Assume suitable
data?
[10]

b)

Explain in detail GIS application, design and development?

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain how GIS can be used for vehicle routing and scheduling by
municipal corporation? Assume suitable data?
[10]
Explain the role of GIS database in GIS projects design in detail?

EEE

[4759]-202

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1447

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-203
B.E.IT
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
(2008Course) (Elective-IV) (Semester-II)(414451)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section .
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain Structured and unstructured data. What are the challenges in

implementation of Data Warehouse?.
[8]
Explain Subject Orientation and Application Orientation in data
warehouse.Give example.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain usage of data warehouse in retail sales system.

[8]
How is an OLTP system useful in an organization?What are its
applications.
[8]

Q3) a)

DW has one dimension called Product with attributes like

product_ID,Product_Name, Product_Category.
The product ice cream has Product_ID =15,Product_Name= Ice.
Cream and Product_Category= Dairy.
On 1st Apr 2014 the product category of ice cream is changed to
Cold Storage Elaborate 3 ways to handle this scenario

b)

[8]

Write a short notes on

i)

Star Schema

ii)

Snowflake Schema.

[8]
OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

List out the important characteristics of a dimension table.Explain

conformed dimensions.
[8]

b)

Explain transaction and recurring snapshot types of dimensional modeling.

Highlight two main differences between these two modeling types. [8]

Q5) a)
b)

What is ETL? Explain the architecture of ETL.

[9]

Explain the following terms

[9]

i)

Data Extraction & Cleansing.

ii)

Data scrubbing

iii)

Cubes
OR

Q6) a)
b)

c)

What is data Staging? Explain its Explain Its pros and cons.

[6]

How are following scenarios handled in the ETL process:

[6]

i)

NULL values are present in the Operation Data Source.

ii)

Multiple abbreviations for the same value e,g. Pune is represented

as PUN, POONA, Pune etc in Operational Data Source.

Data sources form which the data is extracted for ETL process can be
heterogeneous at many times. What are the typical challenges involved in
handling such data sources?
[6]
SECTION II

Q7) a)
b)

What is OLAP? Explain slicing and dicing, drill down and Roll-up
and Multidimensional with respect to the OLAP.
[9]
Explain reporting architecture with suitable diagram.

[7]

OR
Q8) a)

What is the importance of visualization in BI system? Explain any 4

types of charts including their purpose and significance in details. [8]

b)

Explain different levels of securities implemented in DW

applications.Explain report level security in details.
[8]

[4759]-203

Q9) a)

List different statistical techniques for data analysis. Explain any one of
them.
[6]

b)

Explain any one method of hierarchical clustering with an example. [10]

OR

Q10)a)

There are 2 sets of data mining algorithms - supervised and unsupervised

Elaborate the major difference between the 2.Clustering is one of them.Is
it supervised or unsupervised? Why? Explain any one technique that is
used for clustering numeric data.
[10]

b)

Given the data from the stock market it needs to be predicted that how a
particular stock will perform in future. Which analysis technique can be
used? Justify.
[6]

Q11)a)

What is BIG Data? List different technologies available for supporting

BIG data.
[9]

b)

Explain following terms

i)

Operational BI.

ii)

Agile BI.

[9]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain BI on Cloud.

[2]

b)

Explain real time BI. Explain its application in detail.

[9]

c)

Explain salient features of Netezza.

[7]

tu

[4759]-203

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1448

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-204
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
CLOUD COMPUTING
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Define Cloud? Discuss different cloud computing service models? [6]

b)

Discuss Organizational Scenarios in cloud computing. What are the

benefits and limitations of cloud in business model?
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Discuss Google App.Engine.

[10]

What is utility computing? Discuss.

[6]

What is hypervisor? What are different hypervisor vulnerabilities? [10]

Compare SOAP and REST?

[6]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Discuss Ajax. What do you mean by asynchronous interfaces?.

[8]

What is multitenancy? What is multi-schema approach?

[8]

Define cloud file system.Compare GFS With HDFS.

Discuss map reduce model with suitable example.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What is HBase? Explain in detail.

[10]

Explain different parallel architectures. Elaborate differences between row

oriented and column oriented approach.
[8]
P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Discuss cloud security concerns with respect to public,private and hybrid

cloud.
[8]
Define trusted cloud computing with suitable examples?

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What is Virtual Machine? Discuss VMM in detail.

[8]

b)

How does one can ensure secure execution environments and

communications in cloud environment?
[8]

Q9) a)

What are the issues in cloud computing? Discuss Quality of Service

Issues in Cloud Computing.
[8]

b)

Discuss dependability.Explain data migration with suitable example. [8]

OR

Q10)a)

Explain cloud middleware. Discuss a grid of clouds.

[10]

b)

Explain sky computing. How the load balancing is done in cloud?. [6]

Q11)a)

What is Nimbus?Discuss in detail the cloudinit.d and context broker.[10]

b)

Explain different features and functions of Virtual Computing Lab. [8]

OR

Q12)a)
b)

Discuss Eucalyptus implementation and its components.

Discuss and differentiate Open Nebula and Nimbus.

tu

[4759]-204

tu

tu

[10]
[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1449

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-205
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (410441)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section- I and three questions from section -II.
2) Answers of section - I and section - II should be written on separate answer sheets.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
5) Make suitable assumptions wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Give Greedy Prims minimum spanning tree algorithm. Also explain it

with suitable example.
[10]
Solve following recurrence:

[8]

t(n) 2 t(n-1) = 3n
OR
Q2) a)

Write an algorithm for Knapsack greedy problem.

Find an optimal solution for following knapsack problem:
n=4, M=70, w= {10, 20, 30, 40}, P = {20, 30, 40, 50}

b)

Q3) a)

[10]

Write an algorithm for merge sort. State its time complexity by solving
recurrence equation of merge sort.
[8]
Let n = 4 and {k1, k2, k3, k4} = {do, if, int, while}.
Let p(1:4) = {3, 3, 1, 1}
Let q(0:4) = {2, 3, 1, 1, 1}
Compute & construct OBST for above values.

[8]
P.T.O.

b)

State and explain the principle of dynamic programming. Name the

elements of dynamic programming and give the difference between
dynamic programming and Greedy method.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain multistage graph problem with forward approach using dynamic

programming with an example.
[8]

b)

Define the Traveling Salesperson Problem. Solve the TSP problem using
Dynamic programming where the edge lengths are given as:
[8]
0

10

15

20

10

13

12

Q5) a)

Explain in detail backtracking strategy and give control abstraction for

the same.
[8]

b)

Write the control abstraction for LC-Search. Explain how Traveling

Salesperson problem is solved using LCBB.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Write an algorithm on Hamiltonian cycles using Backtracking Strategy.[8]

b)

Write an algorithm to solve n queens problem using backtracking

methods. What is the time complexity of this algorithm?
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

State and explain in detail Cooks theorem.

[10]

Describe with example following class:

i)

ii)

NP

[8]
OR

[4759]-205

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Prove that CNF-SAT is polynomially transformable to DHC, hence DHC

is NP-complete.
[10]
Explain NP hard code generation problem.

[8]

Explain in detail with example Logarithmic time merging algorithm. [8]

Explain with example parallel evaluation of expression.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain All pairs shortest paths. Also give parallel shortest paths algorithm.
[8]

b)

State and explain pointer doubling problem with algorithm, what is the
time complexity of this algorithm.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain Resource - Allocation algorithm with deadlock avoidance. [8]

b)

Explain in detail sorting and convex Hull algorithm.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain Image edge detection algorithm.

[8]

Explain how Huffmans technique is used for data coding.

[8]

EEE

[4759]-205

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1450

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 206
B.E. (Computer Engineering )
PRINCIPLES OF COMPILER DESIGN
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain various phases of compiler with example. List various errors

detected in each phase of compiler.
[8]
Design SLR parsing table for following grammar:

[8]

S AS|b
A SA |a
c)

Compare Recursive Descent parser and predictive parser.

[2]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Why Lexical analyzer and parser are two separate phases? How they are
combined in single pass?
[4]
Show that following grammar is LR (1) but not LALR.

[8]

S Aa | aAc |Bc|bBa
Ad
B d
P.T.O.

c)

Test whether following grammar is LL (1)?

[6]

S iEtSS'|a
S' eS |
E b
Q3) a)

What is the need of type checing and type analysis?

[4]

b)

What are synthesized and inherited attributes? Give proper examples.[4]

c)

What are advantages of Syntax Directed Translation (SDT)? Explain

how intermediate code is generated using Top-down translation scheme.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

What is type casting? Explain implicit and explicit type casting, with
example. What changes should be made in semantic analyzer to add
type casting.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between L-attributed definition and S-attributed definition.[4]

c)

What is semantic analysis? Give some examples of errors that are detected
during semantic analysis.
[4]

Q5) a)

Explain commonly used intermediate code representations. Give one

example for each.
[8]

b)

Write a syntax directed translation scheme for if E then S.

[8]

Generate code for following statement using the above scheme:

if a<b and c>d then a = b +c.
OR
Q6) a)

Give syntax directed translation scheme for Assignment statement. [6]

b)

Explain syntax directed translation scheme for Arrays. Generate quadruples

for the following:
[10]
A [i] [j] = B [i] [j] + C [i] [j]
where A, B and C are arrays of size 10 20.

[4759]-206

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Explain following storage allocation schemes with proper examples.[12]

i)

Stack storage allocation

ii)

Static storage allocation

iii)

Heap storage allocation

For the following C program, show the details of the activation records,
if
[6]
i)

Stack allocation is used

ii)

Heap allocation is used

main ( )
{
int * p;
p = fun ( );
}
int * fun ( )
{
int i = 23;
return & i;
}
OR
Q8) a)

Explain following parameter passing techniques using suitable examples.

call by value, call by reference, call restore, call by name.
[8]

b)

Compare static scope with dynamic scope. Illustrate with suitable

example.
[10]

[4759]-206

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Dynamic programming algorithm for code generation.

[8]

Explain with example:

[8]

i)

Basic blocks and flow graph

ii)

Peephole optimization
OR

Q10)a)
b)

What are different issues in code generation?

[6]

Explain simple code generation algorithm. Generate code for following

C program.
[10]
main ( )
{
int i;
int a [10];
while (i 10)
a [i] = 0;
}

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss the principle sources of code optimization. Give proper examples

wherever necessary.
[8]
Explain fundamental data flow properties.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

What is ud chain? Explain Gen set and Killset for ud chain.

[6]

b)

What is Global common sub-expression? Write an algorithm for

elimination of Global common sub-expression.
[6]

c)

Explain in brief:

[4]

i)

Reaching definitions

ii)

Live variables

R R R
[4759]-206

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1451

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 207
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester -I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the Basic Building Blocks of the UML 2.0.

[8]

What are basic built-in types used in OCL expressions?

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain 4+1 Architecture of UML 2.0.

[8]

Explain OMG standards MDA and XMI.

[8]

Draw and Explain looping and streaming in activity diagram.

[8]

Draw the Use Case Diagram for the Credit card processing. The merchant
submits a credit card transaction request to the credit card payment
gateway on behalf of a customer. Bank which issued customers credit
card would approve or reject the transaction. If transaction is approved,
funds will be transferred to merchants bank account. Identify the actors,
use cases and use full advance notation to draw the diagram.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

What are different Activity nodes used in activity diagram. Draw and
explain with example?
[8]

b)

Enlist different relationships used in use case diagram. Explain with

example.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

How do we represent private, public and protected visibility in class

diagrams?
[6]

b)

What does associations, aggregation and composition in a class diagram

mean?
[6]

c)

Draw a class diagram with full notations for enrollment of student for
seminar. Assume the scope.
[6]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain connectors, ports and pins with reference to composite structure

diagrams.
[6]

b)

Explain Import, Access and Merge in the Package Diagram for ATM
System.
[6]

c)

What is the need of object diagram in UML? Draw object diagram for
the question 5(c)?
[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain composite states with example in State Chart Diagram.

[6]

b)

What are different interaction operators used in sequence diagram? Explain

briefly with example.
[6]

c)

What is the significance of communication diagram. Draw communication

diagram for question 8(a).
[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain and Draw sequence diagram for Online Examination of FPL

subject of F.E Students in your college?
[6]

b)

Explain the significance of Interaction Overview Diagram with example?

[6]

c)

How do you show the time constraints on messages in interaction

diagrams? Explain with example.
[6]

[4759]-207

Q9) a)

Component diagram models implementation view. Justify the answer with

example.
[8]

b)

Draw the deployment Diagram for online shopping web application?[8]

OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain Artifact instances and execution environments in Deployment

diagram.
[8]
Draw the component Diagram for event registration system?

[8]

Explain in brief: Singleton design pattern and Abstract factory pattern.[8]

Give the solution for observer design pattern.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the design pattern template with an example?

[8]

How do you reverse engineer a class diagram?

[8]

R R R

[4759]-207

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3895

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 208
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
IMAGE PROCESSING (Elective - I)
Image Processing
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn, wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator and steam
tables is allowed.
6)
Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain the fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing.

[8]
With reference to relation between pixels, explain the following terms.[8]
i) Neighbors of Pixel
ii) 4-connectivity
iii) 8-connectivity
iv) Mixed connectivity
OR
Write short note on Digital imaging Hardware and Software.
[8]
What is digital image processing? Explain sampling and quantization.[8]
What is mean by image enhancement? List and explain image enhancement
techniques in spatial domain.
[8]
What is need of image preprocessing? Explain Log transformation and
Power-Law transformation.
[8]
OR
Explain Hadamard and Walsh transformation.
[8]
Explain the method of contrast stretching using histogram equalization.[8]
What is image segmentation? Explain image segmentation based on
thresholding.
[10]
Explain Chain codes and B-Splines for boundary representation. [8]
P.T.O.

Q6) a)

b)
Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)

b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

OR
With the help of appropriate mask explain the following.
i) Point detection
ii) Line detection
iii) Edge detection
What is region splitting and merging?

[10]

[8]

SECTION - II
What do you mean by Image denoising? Explain different noise model in
image?
[10]
What is image restoration? How it differs from image enhancement. [8]
OR
Write short note on
i) Lucy Richardson Filtering
ii) Blind Deconvolution
Explain band-pass filter and Notch filters

[10]
[8]

What is the need of object representation and classification method. [8]

Explain the methods used for lossless image compression.
[8]
OR
What are the advantages of variable-length coding?
[8]
Find the Huffman code for following symbols.
Source
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5
a6
Probability 0.1
0.4
0.06 0.1
0.04 0.3
Explain how chain code can be used for boundary representation. [8]
Write short note
i) Principal Component Analysis
ii) Character Recognition Application
What is Image Pyramids?
OR
How the compression is achieved in JPEG 2000.
Write short note
i) Haar Wavelet
ii) Sub-band coding

yyy
[4759] - 208

[10]
[6]
[6]
[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1452

SEAT No. :

[4759]-209

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Computer Engineering)

b: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (410444)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What is arrival statistics and service statistics in M/M/1 system. Explain

Markov chain formulation.
[9]

b)

Message arrive independently to a system at the rate of 10 pm. Their

length is exponentially distributed with an average of 3600 characters.
They are transmitted on a 9600 bps channel. A character is 8 bit long.[9]
i)

What is average service time, arrival rate, service rate?

ii)

What are the average number of message in queues & number of

message in queue?
OR

Q2) a)

b)

In a small convenience store theres room for only 4 customers. The

owner himself deals with all the customers - he likes chatting a bit. On
average it takes a customer 4 minutes to pay for his/her purchase.
Customers arrive at an average of 1 per 5 minutes. If a customer finds
the shop full, he/she will go away immediately.
[9]
i)

What fraction of time will the owner be in the shop on his own?

ii)

What is the mean number of customers in the store?

iii)

What fraction of customers is turned away per hour?

iv)

What is the average time a customer has to spend for check-out?

Describe exponential random variable and memory less property of

random variable.
[9]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain physical and logical designing issues of Network Backbone?[8]

Explain hierarchical and collapsible network architecture?

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

List and explain common resources used in system design with their
metrics.
[8]

b)

Explain various optimization techniques like multiplexing parallelism,

virtualization, soft state etc. used in system design?
[8]

Q5) a)

A computer on 6 Mbps network is regulated by token bucket. The bucket

is filled at the rate of 1 Mbps. It is initially filled to capacity with 8
megabits. How long can the computer transmit at the fill 6 Mbps? [8]

b)

Explain the rate controlled scheduling for generated service connection?[8]

OR

Q6) a)

Explain in details ATM forum end-to-end rate controlled scheme and

credit based schemes of closed loop flow control.
[8]

b)

Explain WFQ? What is the advantage of worst case fair weighted fair
[8]
queuing (WF2Q) over WFQ?
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain different traffic model in details?

[9]

Explain leaky-bucket regulator with help of diagram.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain, what are the different time scale and mechanism used at these
time scale for traffic management?
[9]

b)

What is peak-load pricing. Explain if peak-rate allocation is reasonable

for data traffic?
[9]

[4759]-209

Q9) a)
b)

Explain router architecture with suitable diagram.

[8]

Explain expanded tries scheme in details.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

b)
Q11)a)
b)

Divide a network 192. 168.4.0/24 into two sub networks having host size
of 50. Find subnetwork address, subnet mask and IP address range for
the sub network?
[8]
Explain OSPF Routing algorithm.

[8]

Discuss security issues at transport layer with suitable example and

possible solutions?
[8]
What are the functions of network Layer? Explain?

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain bandwidth management.

[8]

Explain which points are considered while planning and implementing

network.
[8]

EEE

[4759]-209

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P2003

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 21
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
INTEGRATED WATER RESOURCES AND PLANNING
(Elective - IV) (Semester - II) (2008 Course) (401008)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)

SECTION - I
What is National Water policy? Explain the recent norms of National
Water Policy in detail.
[8]

b)

Discuss in detail the present institutional frameworks for water

management.
[6]

c)

Write a short note on scope for privatization in the field of water

resources.
[4]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain the variability of water in time & space, relationship and

according to it write the importance of water as a finite resource. [8]

b)

Write the basic principles of planning and financing of any water resources
project.
[6]

c)

What is acquisition and use of rights in water resources management.[4]

Q3) a)

What are soft computing techniques? Enumerate various soft computing

techniques. Write application of any one of the soft computing techniques
for modeling stream flow.
[8]

b)

Distinguish between probability density function and probability

distribution function.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

Q5) a)
b)

Write short note on:

[8]
i) Application of GA in runoff prediction in a catchment.
ii) Use of Fuzzy Logic in water resources planning & management.
Define correlation and regression? What is difference between correlation
coefficient and regression coefficient? What is the relation between
them?
[8]
State and explain general methods of flood damage assessment.

[8]

What are different types of Drought? Explain severity index of drought

with suitable examples in India.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

What is the use of geoinformatics in flood forecasting and its

management?
[8]

b)

Enumerate in detail the structural and non-structural measures to control

the flood? Explain with suitable examples.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain in detail recycling and reuse of water resources.

[8]

What is inter-basin water transfer? Explain its merits and demerits with
suitable case study example.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Write a note on estimation & forecasting of water demands of domestic

& industrial sector, navigation and recreational water demands.
[8]

b)

What is mean by Irrigation efficiency? Give the estimation of water demand

for irrigation sector.
[10]

Q9) a)
b)

Write a note on control of water logging and its different types.

[8]

Explain how the social impact of water resource development is related

to agroindustry and what its impact on Hydro electric power
generation.
[8]
OR

[4759]-21

Q10)a)

Enlist the direct and indirect benefits of water resource development and
explain any one of them in detail.
[8]

b)

Correlate the various aspects of water quality management to protect the

vital ecosystems.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is Decision Support System for Integrated Water Resource Planning

and Management? Explain with suitable example.
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of perspective plan for watershed development in a

basin and its management.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write short note on:

[8]

i)

Applications of ANN in flood prediction

ii)

Basic concept of Fuzzy Logic and its applications related to IWRM.

State and define four statistical parameters used in different statistical

methods.
[8]

[4759]-21

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1453

SEAT No. :

[4759]-210

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Computer Engineering)

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (410444)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Attempt three questions from section I and three questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the Artificial Intelligence applications.

[8]

Define the following terms with example.

[8]

i)

State

ii)

Search tree

iii)

Successor function

iv)

Branching factor

OR
Q2) a)
b)

What are Intelligent Agents? Explain the architecture of a typical agent.[8]

Compare different uniformed searching strategies.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain hill climbing algorithm. Explain plateau, ridge, local maxima and
global maxima.
[8]
Explain A* algorithm with its pseudo - code.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain alpha beta cut off with an example-show a game tree to explain.[8]

b)

Define the term Heuristic fun? Explain its significance in informed search
with example.
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain MINI-MAX search algorithm with example.

[10]

Elaborate various approaches for solving constraint satisfaction problems.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Solve SEND + MORE = MONEY as a constraint satisfaction problem.

[10]

b)

Elaborate on limitations of MINI-MAX search algorithm. What are the

ways to overcome it.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What is the significance of planning? Which are the various components

of typical planning system.
[8]

b)

State the rules and steps for converting a given well predicate logic
statement to clausal form.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain Bayes rule with examples.

[8]

What is a fuzzy set. Explain fuzzy logic concept with example.

[8]

Explain unification algorithm with example.

[8]

Elaborate on various forms of learning.

[8]

OR
[4759]-210

Q10)a)
b)

Write a note on learning by deduction and learning by Induction.

[8]

Explain decision tree algorithm with suitable example.

[8]

Q11)a)

Write a case study of expert system for medical diagonosis.

[10]

b)

Explain concept of syntactic analysis with suitable example.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Elaborate the issues involved in natural language processing? Explain the

steps involved in this process.
[10]

b)

Explain the significance of morphological analysis and pragmatic analysis

in NLP with suitable example.
[8]

EEE

[4759]-210

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1454

SEAT No. :

[4759]-211

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Computer Engineering)

d: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (410444)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

From Section -I, answer (Q1 or Q2) and (Q3 or Q4) and (Q5 or Q6).

3)

From Section -II, answer (Q7 or Q8) and (Q9 or Q10) and (Q11 or Q12).

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

5)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

With neat diagram explain architecture business cycle in brief.

[6]

What is Software Architecture? Explain in brief.

Comment on the architecture activity: Creating the business case for the
system.
[8]

c)

Comment Architecture is a high level design.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain decomposition, uses and class with reference to module based

structures.
[8]

b)

Define and explain architectural pattern, reference models and reference

architectures.
[4]

c)

Write note on documenting Software Architecture.

[6]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain quality attributes of a web application.

[8]

With the help of appropriate diagram explain availability scenario and

testability scenario.
[8]
OR

Q4) Explain following in the context of quality attributes

a)

Quality attribute scenario.

b)

Usability aspect observed in MS-WORD.

c)

Business qualities.

d)

Maintain data confidentiality.

Q5) a)
b)

Write note on Chain of responsibility and mediator pattern.

[16]

[8]

Define Design pattern. Write C++ or JAVA code for Singleton pattern.[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

With structure and example explain Abstract Factory pattern.

[8]

What is proxy pattern? Explain variants of proxy pattern?

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

With neat diagram explain how MVC is supported by Java.

[8]

b)

Explain the need of JDBC.

[2]

c)

What is Enterprise Java Beans? Explain entity, message and session beans.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain role of middleware in 3-tier architecture.

Explain following
i)

RMI

ii)

JMS

[4759]-211

[6]
[12]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Java applet life cycle.

[8]

Explain various technologies used to develop client side.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Compare XML and HTML.

[4]

b)

Explain 3-tier architecture with diagram.

[8]

c)

Write note on AJAX.

[4]

Enlist and explain various server side technologies.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

What is java web service? Explain the relationship between web services
and SOA.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain with diagram struts architecture.

[8]

Explain following:

[8]

i)

JSP

ii)

Java Servlet

EEE

[4759]-211

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1455

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 212
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (410445)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section - I & Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11
or Q12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What is MMDBMS? Explain the characteristics of Multimedia database.

[8]

b)

Differentiate between Multimedia file system and Conventional file system.

[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What is multimedia? Explain building blocks of multimedia.

[8]

b)

What is streaming? Explain SIP and RSVP protocols for streaming. [8]

Q3) a)

What is image enhancement? Explain how it is achieved using the contrast

stretching and histogram equalization.
[8]

b)

Explain Shannon-Fano compression algorithm by taking a suitable

example.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain bitmap file format? Explain special features of.bmp files.

[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Generate the Huffman encoding tree and codes for the example-Characters
A,B,C,D and E have the following probability of occurrence:
[8]
p(A) = 0.16, p(B) = 0.51, p(C) = 0.09, p(D) = 0.13, p(E) = 0.11.

Q5) a)

b)

Compare

[8]

i)

PCM and DM

ii)

MPEG 4 and MPEG 7.

Explain CD and DVD formats.

[10]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain how audio is captured and stored in computers?

[8]

Discuss the factors that determine size of file and quality of sound for
audio capture and playback. What are various chunks present in a sound
file stored as WAV format?
[10]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain various features of H.261 and H.263.

[8]

Which are the different video broadcasting techniques? Compare them.

[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Which are the different layers in MPEG? Define and explain I,P and B
frames with reference to MPEG.
[8]
Explain any two audio file formats.

[8]

Differentiate between 2D and 3D animation. Explain different techniques

of animation.
[10]
Explain the architecture of OpenGL.
OR

[4759]-212

[8]

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Write a small program in Open GL to create any 2D/3D animation. [10]

Explain the use of animation in website development.

[8]

Explain Movie on Demand Concept in Multimedia.

[8]

Explain various networking components required for a reliable Multimedia

data transmission.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on following:

[16]

a)

VoIP.

b)

Quality of Service in Multimedia data transmission.

c)

Multimedia Applications.

R R R

[4759]-212

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1456

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 213
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
MOBILE COMPUTING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -II) (410445)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section - I & Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11
or Q12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

State reasons behind the design of GSM system.

Define the following terms:

[8]
[10]

i)

Teleservices,

ii)

Bearer services

iii)

Supplementary services
OR

Q2) a)
b)

State main objectives of future PLMTS.

[8]

Explain in detail GSM network structure.

[10]

Q3) a)

State reasons for choosing two different multiframe timings for speech
and signaling channels.
[8]

b)

List the messages (information) transmitted over BCCH, FCCH, and

SCH. Justify why hopping cannot be used for these channels.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

State reasons for using a dummy burst over the air.

[8]

b)

Explain frequency hopping in detail. What is slow frequency hopping

(SFH) and fast frequency hopping(FFH)?
[8]

Q5) a)

What are various factors for which the location update reject message
may be sent from MSC to mobile? Elaborate on each of those reasons.[8]

b)

Explain the concept of Off-Air Call Setup. What are the advantages
of this scheme?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Define functions performed within the following procedures:

i)

Identification

ii)

Encryption and ciphering

iii)

Call clearing

iv)

IMSI attach and detach

v)

Location update

[8]

Why is initialization necessary for mobile after the power is turned on?[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain four different tyeps of security services provided by GSM. [8]

Describe the following terms:
i)

Challenge

ii)

Response

iii)

Anonymity

iv)

Authentication

v)

Encryption

vi)

TMSI

[8]

vii) IMSI
viii) LAI
OR
[4759]-213

Q8) a)

Why do you think that PLMN needs increased protection against

eavesdropping compared to a regular telephone system? State the main
objectives of the operator and the subscribers in this area.
[8]

b)

Why is it absolutely essential for the operator to have authentication of

the visiting subscriber?
[8]

Q9) a)

Narrate all reasons of handoff. Define the term Directed handoff.[8]

b)

Compare spectrum efficiency of CDMA with TDMA.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Name the three classes of handover. What are the two modes of handover?
[8]
Explain both the spread spectrum technologies.

[8]

Q11)a)

What is the difference between acknowledged and unacknowledged

modes of operation in LAPDm messages?
[8]

b)

Enumerate the basic functions of MM,CC and RR layers. Illustrate with

some examples.
[10]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

What is the main purpose of TMSI reallocation?

[8]

Show the complete message coding for: call confirmed, call proceeding,
location updating request, channel release, immediate assignment, and
partial release.
[10]

R R R

[4759]-213

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1457

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 214
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (410445)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section - I & Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11
or Q12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain how Digital Signal processor and Media processor are different
than a general purpose processor.
[6]

b)

Which functional features in the processor architecture make it known

as an Embedded processor?
[6]

c)

Discuss recent trends in embedded systems development in terms of

processors and tools.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Which factors decide the complexity of Embedded Systems? Enlist

different classes of Embedded Systems based on complexity.
[6]

b)

What are different application areas of Embedded Systems? Give

examples.
[6]

c)

Discuss various components in layered architecture of Embedded

Systems.
[6]

Q3) a)

Discuss various operating modes of ARM architecture based processor.

[6]
P.T.O.

b)

Discuss various ways of Power management in an Embedded System.[6]

c)

What is the importance of Watchdog Timer in an Embedded System?[4]

OR

Q4) a)

A Mobile Phone system is to be designed. For this application, select

the appropriate processor based on
[8]
i)

Instruction cycle time

ii)

Bus width

iii)

MIPS

iv)

On chip cache

v)

On chip RAM/ROM.

b)

Discuss few advanced structural units in a processor and their impact on

performance of a processor.
[4]

c)

Differentiate between ARM7 and ARM9 architectures.

[4]

Q5) a)

Which topology is used by devices to communicate through USB

protocol? Discuss the data transfer mechanism using USB protocol in
details.
[8]

b)

Describe various optical devices commonly used in Embedded Systems.

Also mention their applications.
[4]

c)

What are data converters? What is their significance in Embedded

Systems?
[4]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Discuss CAN protocol w.r.t. following points:

i)

Standard data frame format

ii)

Arbitration Mechanism

iii)

Different types of frames

iv)

Bit stuffing

[8]

Discuss the I2C protocol used to transfer data between two devices in
details. How arbitration takes place in the system?
[8]

[4759]-214

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Discuss various debugging tools used in developing an embedded system.

[6]

b)

What is In-Circuit-Emulator? Give details.

[6]

c)

Explain the process of converting an assembly program into a file for

ROM image.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the process of converting a C program into a file for ROM

image.
[6]

b)

Explain the use of data structures namely stack and tree in brief.

c)

How Java is useful in embedded system programming? Also mention its

disadvantages.
[6]

Q9) a)

Compare the following scheduling models of RTOS, based on worst

case latency:
[6]
i)

Cooperative Round Robin

ii)

Cooperative ordered list.

iii)

Cooperative Time slicing (Rate monotonic).

[6]

b)

What care must be taken to eliminate shared data problem?

[6]

c)

Differentiate between RTOS and embedded OS.

[4]

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss different ways in which interrupts are handled in RTOS

environment.
[6]

b)

What are virtual device drivers? Explain.

c)

Compare assembly language programming and high level language

programming.
[4]

[4759]-214

[6]

Q11)a)
b)

Give details of hardware and software components of mobile phone.[4]

Write short notes on any three.
i)

COS - II

ii)

Vx Works

iii)

Embedded Linux

iv)

Special OS features for automotive systems.

[12]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain Automatic cruise control system with respect to hardware and

software components.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between Embedded OS and desktop OS.

c)

Differentiate between soft real time operating system and hard real time
operating system.
[4]

R R R

[4759]-214

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1458

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 215
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (410445)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from Section -I and three qeuestions from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What is verification and validation? Compare with examples.

[8]

Explain the software testing life cycle.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Give the importance of Software testing in Software Production cycle.

State the principles of Software Testing.
[8]
Explain the defect report with an example.

[8]

Explain the graph based and boundary value analysis testing methods
with examples.
[10]
Explain test case design for online login and order operations.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

b)

What is the need of black box testing? Compare with white box testing
with methods.
[10]
Explain with purpose domain testing and documentation testing.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain any two coverage testing methods.

[8]

How do you derive test cases in loop testing? Explain with example.[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the need and application of white box testing with two methods.
[8]
Explain object oriented testing method.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the project and productivity testing metrics.

Explain the GUI testing and scenario testing.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Describe sanity testing and validation testing.

[10]

Explain how measurement tools and metrics improve the testing process.
[8]

Explain the GQM metric and Quality control.

[8]

Explain the quality factors in Quality management.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

b)

Explain in brief.

[12]

i)

Six Sigma

ii)

Software Quality Assurance

iii)

TQM

How cost of quality influences quality management?

[4759]-215

[4]

Q11)a)
b)

Explain the manual testing with example and test cases.

[8]

How automation helps in testing? Explain with a tool.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the features of a testing tool for functional testing.

[8]

Explain GUI testing with a testing tool.

[8]

R R R

[4759]-215

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1459

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 216
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - II) (410448)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

In what respect are distributed computing systems better than parallel

processing systems? Give examples of three applications for which
distributed computing systems will be more suitable than parallel
processing systems.
[7]

b)

Explain the RPC mechanism in detail with the help of a diagram.

[7]

c)

Explain different issues in Inter Process Communication.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

Discuss the relative advantages and disadvantages of the various

commonly used models for configuring distributed computing systems?
Which model do you think is going to become the most popular model
in future? Give reasons for your answer.
[7]

b)

Explain different desirable features of good message passing system.[7]

c)

What is group Communication?

[4]

Q3) a)

Explain in detail middleware models and services provided by middleware.

[8]

b)

Differentiate between internal synchronization and external synchronization

of clocks in a distributed systems. Externally synchronized clocks are
also internally synchronized, but the converse if not true. Explain why.[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain different architectural models of distributed system.

[8]

b)

How do clock synchronization issues differ in centralized computing

systems and distributed computing systems?
[8]

Q5) a)

Compare centralized algorithms and distributed algorithms for Mutual

exclusion.
[8]

b)

Discuss why advance knowledge of the resource usage of processes is

essential to avoid deadlocks. Why the deadlock avoidance strategy is
never used in distributed systems for handling deadlocks?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain Token-Passing Approach for Mutual Exclusion.

[8]

Prove that the following resource allocation policies prevent deadlocks:

[8]
i)

Ordered requests

ii)

Collective requests
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain mechanisms for building distributed file system.

Explain components of load distributing algorithms.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain issues to be considered in design of DSM system.

[10]

b)

Explain differences between load balancing and load sharing approaches?

[8]

Q9) a)

What is an access matrix? Explain how the following issues can be

handling in a security system that uses access matrix for access control
[8]

b)

i)

Deciding the contents of access matrix entries

ii)

Validating access to objects by subjects.

Explain the approaches for backward error recovery.

[4759]-216

OR
2

[8]

Q10)a)
b)

Explain the difference between synchronous checkpointing and

asynchronous checkpointing.
[8]
Explain the majority based dynamic voting protocol in detail.

[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the basic Service Oriented Architecture with suitable diagram.[8]

b)

Enlist concepts of Cluster and Grid Computing, and explain how Grid
Computing is different from Cluster Computing.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the major steps involved in SOA design and development. [8]

b)

Enlist different types of Grids and explain how Grid computing works.[8]

R R R

[4759]-216

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1460

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 217
B.E. (Computer)
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
(2008 Pattern) (410449) (Semester - II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer to the two Sections should be written in separate answer books..
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain in brief general classification of multiprocessor based on following

techniques.
[12]
i)

Degree of coupling

ii)

Memory access

iii)

Flynns classification

iv)

Fengs classification

Explain Implicit and Explicit parallelism.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

What is scalable computer system? Explain various parameters affecting

scalability of computer system.
[10]

b)

State and explain features of Itanium Architecture for software pipelining

support.
[8]

Q3) a)

Design a six bit multiplier using CSA Tree. How it can be viewed as kstage arithmatic pipeline? With same Hardware how an n-bit multiplier
can be designed? Assuming single clock cycle per processing stage,
find the total No. of clock cycles for the same.
[10]

b)

Discuss the various features of SPARC Architecture.

[6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Consider a 4 stage pipeline processor. The number of cycles needed by

the four instructions I1, I2, I3, I4 in stages S1, S2, S3, S4 are as shown
below
[8]
S1

S2

S3

S4

I1

I2

I3

I4

Calculate total number of cycles needed to execute the following loop

for (i = 1 to 2)
{
I1;
I2;
I3;
I4;
}
Also draw the space time diagram showing execution of all instructions
through successive pipeline stages.
b)

Identify All of the RAW, WAR and control Hazards in following

instruction sequence.
[8]
DN

r2, r5, r8

SUB

r9, r2, r7

ASH

r5, r14, r6

MUL r11, r9, r5

Q5) a)

BEQ

r10, #0, r12

OR

r8, r15, r2

With suitable examples, explain the necessity of data Routing in array

processors.
[8]

[4759]-217

b)

Discuss a problem of 33 matrix multiplication on a mesh network.

Obtain its time complexity.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the programming model of cray-1 vector Architecture.

[8]

What is use of data Routing functions? With examples discuss the

necessity of data routing in array processors.
[8]

SECTION- II

Q7) a)

b)

Explain following bus arbitration algorithms in brief.

i)

RDC

ii)

FCFS

iii)

Polling

[9]

Discuss COWs and NOWs architecture with suitable block diagrams.[9]

OR

Q8) a)

Explain with typical cluster computing Architecture the various operating

system issues to be handled in the design of cluster computing system.[9]

b)

What are different Multiprocessors Architectures? What are Network

and software factors limiting performances of these systems?
[9]

Q9) a)

With suitable examples explain shared memory parallel programming.

What is SPMD programming?
[8]

b)

Explain with examples the use of synchronization primitives in parallel

programming.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

With standard constructs and features explain how parallelism is achieved

in data parallel programming?
[8]

[4759]-217

b)

Explain use of following primitives used in parallel programming.

i)

Send ( )

ii)

Receive ( )

iii)

Fork ( )

iv)

Join ( )

[8]

Q11)a)

With suitable example explain how parallel algorithms are written for
multiprocessor systems.
[8]

b)

Explain in detail the steps usually followed for generating a multiprocessing

application from a sequential application.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the classification of parallel algorithms with suitable examples.[8]

b)

How parallel virtual machine acts as a programming interface for parallel

processing?
[8]

R R R

[4759]-217

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1461

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-218
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
PATTERN RECOGNITION
(410450) (2008 PATTERN)(Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
2)
Answer THREE questions from each section.
3)
Answers to the two sections should be written in different answer sheets.
4)
Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Describe the basic modules in designing a pattern recognition system.

[8]

b)

What are the issues in design of pattern recognition system? How feature
extraction is important for pattern recognition?
[10]
OR

Q2) a)

What do you mean by patterns? How segmentation and grouping is

important components of pattern recognition system?
[8]

b)

Define Pattern recognition. What are the different methods for pattern
recognition? Give the application of pattern recognition.
[10]

Q3) a)

Define bayes rule. What is probability density function? Define minimum

error rate classification.
[8]

b)

Explain Feature space, Loss function,Risk, and Bayes risk in brief. [8]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain Bayes criterion, Maximum a Posteriori (MAP) criterion, and

Maximum Likelihood Criterion.
[8]

b)

Explain decision hyperplanes and perceptron with suitable examples.[8]

Q5) a)

Explain various parameter estimation method of pattern classification.[8]

b)

Explain recursive Bayes incremental learning method with example.

OR

[8]

P.T.O.

Q6) a)

Discuss maximum Likelihood approach used for parameter estimation.

[8]

b)

What are sample covariance, and absolutely unbiased estimator? Explain

in detail.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Define within- class scatter matrix & between-class scatter matrix. Discuss
the discriminate analysis for 2-class problem.
[8]
What is Overfitting problem? Explain in detail with suitable example.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What is mean by Context-dependent classification? Explain Discrete

Hidden Markov Model and continues density hidden Markov.
[8]

b)

What is problem of finding the best direction? Explain how scatter matrix
is useful to solve this problem.
[8]

Q9) a)

Explain what is the difference between parametric and non parametric

density estimation. Explain kernel density estimation.
[8]

b)

Explain the steps involved in SVM training, in brief.

[8]

OR
Q10) a) Explain batch perceptron algorithm for finding a solution vector in
brief.
[8]
b) Explain non parametric technique for directly estimating the posteriori
probabilities in brief.
[8]
Q11) a) What is pattern clustering? How it differs from classification? Explain kmean clustering algorithm.
[10]
b) Justify the significance of Nominal data and String in a classification
problem with suitable example.
[8]
OR
Q12) a) What is the difference between classification and clustering. State and
explain various techniques used for clustering.
[10]
b) Justify the significance of Nominal data and String in a classification
problem with suitable example.
[8]
tu
[4759]-218

tu
2

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1462

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-219
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
HIGH PERFORMANCE NETWORKS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer Q.1or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from section I and Q.7 or Q.8,Q.9 or
Q.10,Q.11or Q.12 from section II
2)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Assume suitable data if necessary.
5)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss in short about 1000 BASE- X family with suitable applications.

[8]
Explain high level system architecture of Gigabit.

[10]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain in short the need of flow control in gigabit Ethernet? How it is

supported?
[8]

b)

Differentiate between 10, 100, 1000 Mbps n/w based on their MAC
characteristics.
[10]

Q3) a)

Explain physical configurations for ISDN User-Network Interfaces with

examples.
[8]

b)

Explain in brief elementary functions for ISDN

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Describe the SS7 protocol architecture.

[8]

Explain Frame-Mode Control Signaling with example.

[8]

Explain in short the functional architecture of B-ISDN.

[8]

What is Quality of Service? Explain in detail the various ATM QoS

parameters specifying their category of assessment.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

OR
Explain in details the ATM adaptation layer.

[8]

What are the different ATM Service Categories? Explain in details. [8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Draw and explain a typical ADSL equipment configuration.

[8]

Draw and explain the general block diagram of DMT Transmitter.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)

b)

Explain architecture of VDSL.

[8]

Explain in short why are some variations of xDSL asymmetric?

[8]

Explain step-by-stepMPLS operations that can occur on data packets in

an MPLS domain.
[8]
Explain working of RSVP.

[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Describe the following terms related to MPLS operation

i) LER

b)
Q11)a)
b)

ii) LSR

iii) LDP

iv) LSP

Explain tunneling in MPLS.

[8]
[8]

What is Wi-Fi? Explain with configuration steps.

What is WiMax? Explain in details.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Comment on any 3 WiMax QoS classes along with suitable Application

support.
[8]

b) Explain the following terms related to WiMax

i) Fixed wireless access
ii) Nomadic wireless access

tu
[4759]-219

[10]

tu
2

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4624

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :15

[4759] - 22
B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section I and Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10,
Q11 or Q12 from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Develop a comprehensive traffic and transportation plan considering that you
are the administrative authority responsible for implementation of this plan,
for developing a smart city. [Flow charts to be prepared].
[18]
OR
Q2) Elaborate in detail various surveys which are necessary for the effectiveness
of planning transportation systems in urban areas.
[18]
Q3) With respect to urban Transport Technology explain the following:
a)

Track guided bus

[6]

b)

Bus rapid transit

[6]

c)

Linear Induction Motor Technology

[4]

OR
Q4) Detail out the 7 very important technologies used in the development and
implementation of Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS). Discuss advantages
and applications of ITS.
[10+3+3]
[4759]-22

P.T.O.

Q5) Compare and Contrast between the traditional methods and the modern or
discounted cash flow methods used for evaluating transportation options. [2
methods in each category to be considered].
[16]
OR
Q6) With any case study explain how Benefit Cost analysis is done by the
consultants before deciding a choice of the transport options such as flyovers
or road-widening or metros etc.
[16]

SECTION - II
Q7) Explain with sketches:
a)

Turning Movements.

[6]

b)

Grade separated intersections.

[6]

c)

Parking lots on roads.

[4]
OR

Q8) Discuss the various factors involved in:

a)

Signal design including the synchronization aspects.

[8]

b)

Use of instrumentation systems for traffic monitoring and control. [8]

Q9) Explain the design philosophy of flexible pavements as well as the overlays
on them, based on IRC-37, IRC-81 codes as well as the Benkelmen Beam
Surveys.
[18]
OR
Q10)With neat labelled sketches explain the various types of distresses which
occur in the flexible pavements. Explain how the pavement condition rating is
done and how the pavement condition index is used in the management of
pavement distresses?
[18]

[4759]-22

Q11)Design a rigid pavement as per IRC-58 based on the following data:

[16]

a)

2 way CVPD = 3000

b)

Flexural strength of concrete = 45 kg/cm2

c)

Effective modulus of subgrade reaction = 13.5 kg/cm2/cm length

d)

Elastic Modulus of concrete = 3.5 105 kg/cm2

e)

Poissons ratio = 0.18

f)

Coefficient of Thermal expansion of concrete = 10 106 per centigrade

g)

Tyre pressure = 8.4 kg/cm2

h)

Traffic growth rate = 5%

i)

Design life = 15 years

j)

Spacing of contraction joints = 4.2 m

k)

Slab width = 3.8m

l)

Load safety factor = 1.02

m) Maximum Temperature difference between the top and bottom of the

slab = 24C
n)

Centre to centre distance between tyres = 36 cms

o)

Axle Load spectrum is as follows:

Single Axle Loads

p)

Tandem Axle Loads

Load in Tons

Load in Tons

20

0.8

36

0.3

18

1.1

32

3.0

16

3.8

28

4.0

14

12.0

24

4.0

12

18.0

20

2.0

10

24.0

16

1.0

less

25.0

Less than 16

1.0

Trial thickness = 32 cms

[4759]-22

q)

Use following table if required:

L/l or B/l

L/l or B/l

0.000

1.035

0.042

1.075

0.178

1.085

0.445

10

1.080

0.725

11

1.060

0.925

12

1.000

Check whether the pavement is safe for

i)

Critical condition with dowel bars and

ii)

Critical condition without dowel bars

Design the pavement for withstanding all the other critical pavement conditions.
OR
Q12)Design the rigid pavement using the data mentioned in Q11, except for the
fact that the CVPD (Two way) is increased by 15%.
[16]

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

[4759]-22

10

[4759]-22

11

[4759]-22

12

[4759]-22

13

[4759]-22

14

[4759]-22

15

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1463

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-220
B.E. (Computer )
NEURAL NETWORKS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III) (410450)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Attempt Q.1or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6 from section I and Q.7 or Q.8,Q.9or
Q.10,Q.11or Q.12 from section II
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Discuss the basic architecture of a Biological Neural Net and compare it

with Artificial Neural Net.
[8]

b)

What is Linear Separability? Illustrate with example. Can single perceptron

classify linear separable patterns?
[8]
OR

Q2) a) Explain the McCulloch-Pitts(MP) model and its implementation for the
realization of NOR gate. What is the importance of bias term?
[8]
b) Compare LMS, Perceptron and delta learning laws.

Q3)

[8]

a) Draw and explain the architecture of RBFN (Radial Basis Function)

Network? How it act as classifier?
[10]
b) What is the use of activation functions in ANN training? Discuss any 2
activation funtions.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4)

a) What is linearly Non-separable classification problem? Can single

Perceptron solve such problem?Discuss ADALINE computing model
of a neuron.
[10]
b) Discuss in brief the significance of learning constant, learning law and
momentum term in back propagation training.
[8]

Q5)

a) How associative memory models classified? With diagram explain the

working of Auto-associative Neural Network.
[8]
b) What is meant by simulated annealing? What is annealing schedule? [8]
OR

Q6) a)

With example illustrate the concept of stochastic update and thermal

equilibrium.
[8]

b) Explain the architecture of Boltzmann machine.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

How the self-organizing network is trained? Illustrate the Kohonens

learning with suitable example.
[10]

b)

Compare between competitive learning and vector quantization. Why it

is called as unsupervised learning?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

What is plasticity- stability dilemma problem? Explain the ART Training

algorithm used for pattern clustering.
[10]
Discuss the architecture of Recurrent Neural Network.

[8]

Q9) a)

How an optimization problem is formulated for a solution using a neural

network model? Explain with example.
[8]

b)

Draw and explain the architecture of Bidirectional Associative Memory.

[8]
OR

[4759]-220

Q10)a)

Explain with architecture and algorithms, the use of ANN in handwritten

digit recognition.
[8]

b)

Discuss in brief auto-association and hetero-association process used

for neural processing.
[8]

Q11)a)

How Fuzzy sets are different than traditional set? How Fuzzy logic can
be used with Neural Networks for supervised or unsupervised learning?
[8]

b)

What do you understand by Soft Computing? Explain and compare its

different components/tools with features.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Compare Neuro Fuzzy systems with traditional Neural systems. State

the advantages and disadvantages.
[8]

b) Explain the Neuro- Fuzzy architecture of Fuzzy Back propagation training.

How the architecture is different than traditional Feed Forward Nertwork
[8]

tu

[4759]-220

tu

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1464

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-221
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
ADVANCED DATABASES
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from section-I and 3 questions from section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

What do you mean by parallel database system? Explain its Architecture

with neat diagram.
[8]

b)

Explain speed up and scale up in parallel database system.

[5]

c)

What are the different partitioning techniques in parallel database system.

[5]
OR

Q2) a)

State and explain parallel database design issues.

[8]

b)

Explain range partitioning sort in parallel database system along with its
suitability.
[5]

c)

State and explain the difference between Interquery & Intraquery

parallelism.
[5]

Q3) a)

State and explain different data storage technique in the distributed

database system.
[8]

b)

What is Deadlock? How Deadlock is handled in the distributed database

system?
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain any two methods to handle the concurrency control in the

distributed database system.
[8]

b)

State and explain 2PC protocol. Which additional phase is added in the
3PC protocol explain its significance.
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

What is N tier architecture? Explain its advantages with example.

[8]

Explain the following with reference to the web architecture.

[8]

i)

Web server.

ii)

Application server.

iii)

Mail server.

iv)

CGI.
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Explain the following:

i)

XML DTD.

ii)

XML SCHEMA.

iii)

X Query.

iv)

SOAP.

[12]

What are the different XML parser? Explain.

[4]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

State & explain the detailed architecture of Data warehouse with its basic
components.
[8]

b)

Explain the different schema design for Data warehouse with suitable
example.
[8]
OR

[4759]-221

Q8) a)

What is noisy data? Explain data cleaning process. How missing values
are handled.
[8]

b)

Explain the following operations of OLAP on multidimensional data.[4]

c)

Q9) a)

i)

Roll up & drill down.

ii)

Slice & dice.

Explain the difference between OLAP & OLTP.

[4]

A Database has Six transactions. Let min support = 20% & Confidence
= 75%.
[8]
TXN ID

Items

100

X, Y, Z

200

X, Z, W

300

Y, W

400

U, V, W

500

V, Y, Z

600

U, X, Z

i)

Find the frequent item set by using Apriori Algorithm.

ii)

List all strong association rules.

b)

Differentiate between classification & Clustering.

[5]

c)

What is outlier analysis? Explain its significance.

[3]

OR

[4759]-221

Q10)a)
b)

What is best split? Explain ID3 algorithm to create decision tree.

[8]

Consider the following data set

[8]

Food item

Protein content

Fat content

F1

1.1

60

F2

8.2

20

F3

4.2

35

F4

1.5

21

F5

7.6

15

F6

2.0

55

F7

3.9

39

Find the cluster for the object in the dataset by using K-means algorithm,
if K = 4.

Q11)a)
b)

State the difference between data mining & Information Retrieval.

Write short note on the following:
i)

Inverted Index.

ii)

Ontology.

iii)

TF-IDF.

[6]
[12]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the typical architecture of an Information Retrieval system. [6]

Write short note on the following:
i)

Precision & Recall.

ii)

False positive & False drop.

iii)

Random walk method.

[4759]-221

[12]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1465

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 222
B.E. (Computer)
VLSI & DIGITAL SYSTEMS DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data. if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Compare Speed-Power Performance of available technologies.

[8]

Explain the types of technology scaling.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain the layout design rules for devices and interconnects.

[9]

Explain the classification of IC technology based on design style.

[8]

Explain Shallow Trench Isolation (STI) with process flow.

[8]

Explain fabrication process for CMOS device.

[9]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain fabrication of Cu interconnects with suitable diagram.

[8]

Write a short note on

[9]

i)

Gate formation

ii)

Contact formation

iii)

Source drain region formation

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain basic properties of Silicon Wafer.

[4]

b)

Explain purification steps of raw silicon wafer.

[4]

c)

Explain Chemical vapor oxidation technique.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

b)

Write a short note on

[8]

i)

Optical Lithography

ii)

Thermal Oxidation

Explain wet etching and plasma etching.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain Island style and Row based FPGA architectures in detail.

[8]

Explain different Modeling styles in HDL.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

b)

Explain the following terms with examples.

i)

Identifier

ii)

Variable

iii)

Array

[9]

Write VHDL Code for Lift Controller.

[8]

Explain the types of programmable logic devices in details.

[8]

b)

Explain Application Specific ICs Design Flow.

[4]

c)

Explain CMOS inverter with VTC.

[4]

Q9) a)

OR
[4759]-222

Q10)a)

Explain static and dynamic behavior of CMOS devices and Circuits.[8]

b)

Explain role of software tools in digital design. Explain the types of

software tools in VLSI design.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the metastability in details.

[5]

b)

List out different steps for designing Clocked synchronous state machine.
[8]

c)

Explain merits and demerits of CPLD.

[4]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain timing parameters for Read and Write Operation in Static RAM.
[8]
For Combinational Logic design explains the following.
i)

Timing diagram

ii)

Propagation Delay

iii)

Timing specification

R R R

[4759]-222

[9]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1466

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :6

[4759] - 223
B.E. (Computer)
OPERATION RESEARCH
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II) (410451)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to right indicates full marks.
5) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Describe the components associated with basic structure of linear

programming model.
[5]

b)

What are the major assumptions of linear programming model for reducing
the complex real world problems into a simplified form?
[5]

c)

Use Simplex method to solve following linear programming problem.[8]

Maximize Z = 3 x1 + 5 x2 + 4 x3
Subject to constraints
2 x1 + 3 x2 8
2 x2 + 5 x3 10

3 x1 + 2 x2 + 4 x3 15

and x1 , x2 , x3 0 .
OR
Q2) a)

Describe the steps of simplex algorithm for obtaining an optimal solution

to linear programming problem.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Use graphical method to solve following linear programming problem.[10]

Maximize Z = 2x1 + x2
Subject to constraints
x1 + x2 10

x1 + x2 6
x1 x2 2
x1 2 x2 1 and x1 , x2 0 .

Q3) a)

Discuss the difference between decision making under certainty, under

uncertainty and under risk.
[8]

b)

Consider the game with pay-off matrix. Determine optimal strategies for
players A and B. Determine value of a game. Is the game is fair or strictly
determinable?
[8]
Player B
Player A

B1

B2

B3

A1

A2

OR
Q4) a)

The following matrix gives the payoff (Rs) of different strategies

(alternatives) S1, S2 and S3 against conditions (events) N1, N2, N3 and
N4.
[8]
Calculate the decision taken under following approaches.
i)

Pessimistic

ii)

Optimistic

iii)

Equal probability

iv)

Regret

[4759]-223

Strategy

b)

Q5) a)
b)

State of Nature
N1

N2

N3

N4

S1

4000

100

6000

18,000

S2

20,000

5,000

400

S3

20,000

15,000

2000

1,000

What is Role of probability distribution function? What are different

types of continuous probability distribution function?
[8]

Draw and explain structure of queueing system.

[8]

Let on an average 4 customers arrive after every 2 minutes in a system.

Calculate
[8]
i)

Probability of no more than 2 minutes gap between successive

arrivals.

ii)

Average time between successive arrivals.

iii)

Probability of interarrival time between successive arrivals.

OR

Q6) a)

What do you mean by Queue discipline? Explain static and dynamic

queue discipline to serve customers of the queue.
[8]

b)

A Group of Engineers has two terminals to aid in their calculations. The

average computing job requires 20 minutes of terminal time, and each
engineer requires some computation about once every 0.5 hour. That is,
mean time between calls for service is 0.5 hours. Assume that these are
distributed according to an exponential distribution.
[8]
If there are six engineers in the group, find
i)

Expected number of Engineers waiting to use one of the terminals.

ii)

The total lost time per day.

[4759]-223

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

There are seven jobs, each of which has to go through the machines A
and B in the order AB. Processing times in hours are as follows.
[9]
Job

Machine A

12

15

10

11

Machine B

10

10

12

Determine:

b)

i)

Sequence of Jobs that will minimize total elapsed time T

ii)

Total elapsed time T

iii)

Idle time for machine A and B

Explain following terms in PERT/CPM.

i)

Earliest time

ii)

Latest time

iii)

Total activity time

iv)

Event slack

v)

Critical path

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

What are the elements that characterize a sequencing problem? Explain

principal assumptions made while dealing with sequencing problems.[9]

b)

An architect has been awarded a contract to prepare plans for an urban

renewal project. The job consist of the following activities and their
estimated times.
[9]

[4759]-223

Activity

Description

Immediate

Time

Predecessors

(days)

Prepare preliminary sketches

Outline specifications

Prepare drawings

Write specifications

A,B

Run off prints

C,D

Have specifications

B,D

Assemble bid packages

E,F

Q9) a)

i)

Draw network diagram of activities for the project.

ii)

Indicate the critical path, and calculate total float and free float for
each activity.

Solve the following non-linear programming problem using separable

programming algorithm.
[8]
Max Z = 3 x1 + 2 x2
Subject to constraints
g ( x) = 4 x12 + x22 16, x1 , x2 0

b)

What do you mean by separable programming and separable convex

programming?Separate functions f ( x) = 9 x12 + 5 x22 5 x1 + 2 x2 into two
functions.
[8]
OR

[4759]-223

Q10)a)
b)

State and explain procedure of solving Non-linear programming probelm.

[8]
Write a note on Geometric programming.

[8]

Q11)a)

Draw and explain functional Relationship among components of Dynamic

programming.
[8]

b)

A man is engaged in buying and selling identical items. He operates from

a warehose of capacity of 500 items. Each month he can sell any quantity
that he chooses upto the stock at the begining of the month. Each month,
he can also buy as much as he wishes for delivery at the end of the
month, so long as his stock does not exceed 500 items. For next four
months he has following error-free forecasts of cost & sales prices.
month n

Cost

27

24

26

28

Sales price

28

25

25

27

if he currently has stock of 200 items, what quantities he sell & buy in
the next four months? Find the solution using dynamic programming.[8]
OR
Q12)a)
b)

What is the dynamic recursive Relation? Explain the recursive nature of

computation in dynamic programming.
[8]
Use dynamic programming to find the value of
Max Z = y1* y2 * y3
Subject to constraints
y1 + y2 + y3 =5 and y1, y2, y3 0.

R R R
[4759]-223

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1467

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 224
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
INFORMATION SECURITY
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

SECTION - I
What are different attributes of security? Explain each in detail.
Discuss different standards related to Information security.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain OSI security architecture in detail.

What are different issues of IS? Explain each in detail.

[10]
[8]

What is cryptography? Explain polyalphabetic ciphering with suitable

example.
[8]
Explain round function of DES algorithm in detail.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Enlist block ciphering modes of operation. Explain CBC mode in detail.[8]

Differentiate AES and DES algorithms.

[8]

Q5) a)

What is RSA? If RSA prime No. p = 3, q = 11, e = 3 and m = 00111011

(m-message), then calculate private key d and cipher text.
[8]

b)

Enlist problem of key managements using private key cryptography.

Why Diffie-Hellman algorithm is used in network security.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)

What are practical issues of RSA algorithm? Discuss each issue in detail.
[8]

b)

Explain Elliptical curve cryptography with suitable algorithmic steps.[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is kerberos? Explain all steps of kerberos with suitable diagram.[10]

What is X.509? Explain roles of X.509 in detail.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

What is Message Digest? Explain MDS algorithm in detail.

[10]

Define MAC. Discuss HMAC in detail.

[8]

Define Ip sec. Discuss Ip sec protocols in detail.

[8]

What is intrusion Detection system? Enlist and explain different types of

IDS.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain steps of SSL Handshaking protocols.

[8]

Enlist and explain firewall design principles in short.

[8]

What is PGP? Explain operations of PGP.

[8]

Explain working principles of SET with suitable diagram.

[8]

OR
Q12)Write a short note on followings.

[16]

a)

Security services

b)

Smart cards

c)

S/MIME

d)

Electronic commerce security.

R R R
[4759]-224

Total No. of Questions : 8]

P3707

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 226
B.E. (Petrochemical)
REACTION ENGINEERING - II
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

[Total No. of Pages :3

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in two separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
5) Use of steam tables and electronic calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) Tertiary Butyl Alcohol, an important octane enhancer, is produced by liquid
phase hydration of isobutene over a catalyst.
[16]
a)

Propose possible reaction mechanisms based on Langmuir-Hinshelwood

theory.

b)

Derive a rate law assuming the surface reaction is rate-limiting.

Q2) A laboratory packed bed reactor, housing 1Kg catalyst, yields following kinetic
data under a condition of very large recycle of product flow. Feed concentration
of A may be taken as 10mol/m3.
[18]
CA

20

65

133

540

mol/m3
v0 lit/hr

Reaction is 2A R+S. Find the amount of catalyst needed for 95%

conversion for a flow rate of 10 kmol/hr feed stream having concentration of
A as 3.6 mol/m3 assuming the gas phase and solid phase mixing behaviour in
the reactor to be:
P.T.O.

a)

Plug Flow type

b)

Mixed Flow type

Q3) Diffusion-free kinetics of a gas phase catalytic reaction A 2R is given as

-rA = 0.17 CA2 mol/m3 cat.s. Calculate the catalyst volume needed to achieve
80% conversion of pure A fed at the rate of 1500 Kmol/hr assuming. [16]
a)

Negligible pore diffusion resistance and

b)

Strong pore diffusion resistance. (Take catalyst pellet size as 10mm and
effective pore diffusivity to be 2.810-6 m3/m cat.s).

Q4) Discuss in brief.

[16]

a)

Optimum pellet diameter in fixed bed reactor

b)

Various effects of pore diffusion

c)

Industrial use of fluidized bed reactor

d)

Mechanisms of catalyst poisoning.

SECTION - II

Q5) a)

Sketch and explain typical concentration profiles for various kinetic

regimes obtained in gas-liquid reactions.
[4]

b)

Derive relationship giving enhancement factor when all reaction occurs

instantaneously in the liquid film.
[12]

Q6) An acidic impurity A in a gaseous stream is to be removed so as to reduce its

partial pressure from 750 Pa to 40Pa (total pressure is 200KPa) by reacting it
with a base B dissolved in water in a packed tower operated in a countercurrent manner.Overall gas side mass transfer coefficient is 0.0065mol/hr.m3.Pa.
Gas side resistance to mass transport in absence of the reaction is 30% whereas
[4759]-226

the liquid film contributes the remaining 70% resistance. Henrys constant is
45 Pa.m3/mol.L/G ratio is 5 times the minimum required for plain absorption.
Calculate minimum concentration of B needed at the top of the tower to
ensure minimum height of the tower. Also calculate this minimum height.[18]
Q7) a)

Explain shrinking unreacted core model employed in solid-gas reactions.

[10]

b)

Spherical particle of ZnS with initial diameter of 5cm is subjected to

roasting in presence of air. Roasting reaction yields SO2 as also the layer
of ZnO3. Molar density of solid may be assumed to be 0.07 mol/cm3.
Diffusivity of gas through the product layer is 0.06cm2/s. Calculate the
time required for 85% conversion of the particle.
[6]

Q8) a)

Give examples of fixed bed and fluidized bed reactors from process
industry.
[8]

b)

Compare hydrodynamic behaviour of non-ideal reactors with that of

ideal reactors.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-226

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3708

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-227
B.E. (Petrochemical)
PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Attempt Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7 or 8, Q.9 or 10, Q.11 or 12.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier Charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Discuss the characteristics of the first order system for a step input
function. Give the physical significance of the term time constant. [8]

b)

Explain the second order underdamped system characteristics. Define

each term involved in it.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

The overall transfer function of the control system is given by

G( s ) =

5
2 s + 1.63s + 5
2

A Step change of magnitude 5 is introduced into the system. Determine

the Overshoot, Period of Oscillation, Rise time, Ultimate value of response
and Maximum Value of Response.
[12]
b)
Q3) a)
b)

What do you mean by Interacting and Non Interacting systems.

[4]

Explain the feedback control scheme for the shell and tube heat exchanger
with neat figure.
[8]
Draw a neat diagram for Distillation column control scheme.

[8]

OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain the Cascade control scheme for a Jacketed Stirred tank reactor.
[8]

b)

What is the significance of block diagram reduction in process control?

Explain with a suitable example.
[8]

Q5) a)

A step change of magnitude 4 is introduced into a PI controller. If the

value of Kc is 6 and reset rate is 0.5. Plot the response of the controller.
[12]

b)

Discuss the factors affecting the choice of the controller. Elaborate with
example.
[6]
OR

Q6) Write a short note on the following:

a)

Procedure of Controller tuning by Z-N Rules.

b)

Process Safety Interlocks.

c)

Good control criteria.

[18]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Explain the stability of the system and setting of controller gain for the
Kc (0.5s + 1)

system following G( s) = s( s + 1) ( s + 0.5) using Routh criterion.

b)

Explain the utility of frequency analysis.

[12]
[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the Bode diagram for the first order system.

[12]

b)

What do you mean by stability of a control system?

[6]

Q9) Distinguish between the following with the help of neat diagram.
a)

Positive feedback and Negative feedback.

b)

Feedforward control and Feedback control.

OR

[4759]-227

[16]

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain with neat diagram the Ratio Control strategy.

[10]

Explain the Adaptive control strategy with the help of suitable example.
[6]

Explain the control components of SCADA.

[8]

Explain the Network communication components of SCADA.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the Hardware of a PLC system.

[8]

Explain the application of PLC with suitable example.

[8]

[4759]-227

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3896

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 228
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn, wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
c)
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

b)

Discuss in details about Kyoto Protocol. Discuss the role of UNFCCC.[6]

Elaborate on 'Adsorption of Gaseous Pollutants on Solids'.
[6]
Discuss in detailed about separation, handling and transportation of
Biomedical waste.
[6]
OR
Explain impact of Petroleum & Petrochemical industry on environment
starting from crude oil production to refining.
[9]
How the project is decided for CDM? What are its criteria? What are
examples of projects in CDM?
[9]
Flue gases from thermal power station, flowing at rate of 1000 m3/min
and containing practicles in size range of 1 to 100 microns, are sent to
multi tray settling chamber for preliminary separation of practicles. The
settling unit, 5 m long and 5 m wide, contains 25 trays including bottom
shelf, spaced uniformly 30 cm apart. Determine minimum particle size
that can be separated in the unit. Assume strokes law to be applicable:[12]
Data:
Temperature of gases = 200 0C
Density of gases = 0.001 g/cm3
Viscosity of gases = 0.035 cp
Density of particles = 2.2 g / cm3
With the help of flow diagram, explain working, advantages &
disadvantages of suspended particulate matter (SPM) removal in
Electrostatic precipitator (ESP).
[4]

P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

OR
Give the detailed classification of Primary and Secondary air pollutants
with their adverse effects for any two each.
[10]
What is the basis used for selecting the air pollution control equipment?
What are the factors affecting choice of air pollution control equipment?[6]
Discuss with neat sketches five types of Plume Behaviours with the
conditions required for formation of these plumes and impact created
on surrounding.
[8]
Discuss the Meteorology factors influencing air pollution.
[8]
OR

Q6) Write a short note on following : (Any 4)

a) Carbon credits
b) Source Correction method for air pollution
c) Control of NOx in a complex fertilizer plant.
d) Environmental laws for air pollution.
e) Temperature lapse rates and stability,
f) Adsorption technique for air pollution control.
g) Impact of climate change on human life.

[16]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Discuss the general limits / norms specified for disposal of treated

wastewater on land, in river and in sea water?
[8]
Show the interrelationship of solids found in wastewater with help of
diagram.
[8]
OR
Discuss the various operations for generation of wastewater in any process
plant.
[8]
What is the significance of COD/BOD ratio? Give the limitations of
BOD test.
[8]
Discuss principle, construction, working, advantages and disadvantages
of Activated Sludge Process (ASP) with neat sketch.
[10]
Differentiate between anaerobic and aerobic process (minimum 5 points)[6]

[4759] - 228

Q10)a)

OR
What do you mean by Suspended growth process and Attached growth
process? Explain with example. What are preconditions needed to operate
these processes. Which process you will recommend municipal sewage
treatment and why?
[8]

b)

What do you understand by SMOG? Give its classification. What are

the favorable situations to form SMOG? What are its ill effects on
environment and human body?
[8]

Q11)a)

Discuss the sources and method of treatment for diary industry waste
with neat sketch.
[9]
Discuss principle, construction, working, advantages and limitations of
Up-flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (UASB) process with neat sketch.[9]

b)

OR
Q12)Write a short note on (Any four)
[18]
a) Importance of regulations for hazardous waste.
b) Difference between aerobic and anaerobic process
c) ISO 14000
d) OSHA
e) Hazardous waste classification
f) Facultative pond system.
g) Difference between attached growth process and suspended growth
process.

yyy

[4759] - 228

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3681

[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 23
B.E. (Civil)
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTATIONAL METHODS
IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section I and Q.7 o rQ.8,Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calcualtor
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Three hundred incoming students take mathematics exam consisting of

75 multiple choice questions. The following table gives the distribution
of the scores of the exam. Find mean, median, mode and variance. [10]
Total

5-15

15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65 65-75

scores
No. of

36

110

78

66

students
b)

Construct a bar chart for the frequency distribution given below.

Class Interval

72-75 75-78 78-81 81-84 84-87 87-90

Frequency

[6]

OR

P.T.O.

Q2) a)

b)
Q3) a)

b)

The frequency distribution of heights of 100 students at a university is as

follows. Find coefficient of skewness and coefficient of Kurtosis. [10]
Height (in)

60-62

63-65

66-68

69-71

Frequency

18

42

27

72-74
8

Explain in brief various methods of sampling.

[6]

Vehicles pass through a junction on a busy road at an average rate of 300

per hour.
[6]
i)

Find the probability that none passes in a given minute.

ii)

What is the expected number passing in 2 minutes.

iii)

Find the probability that this expected number actually pass through
in a given 2 minute period.

The number of rainy days in the first week of July for a period of 50
years is recorded as given below.
[10]
No. of rainy days

No. of years

15

13

Assuming that binomial distribution can be used to model this event, test
the goodness of fit for binomial distribution at 5% significance lavel.
Use the following chi square distribution table.
degree of freedom

= 0.95

2.167

1.635

1.145

0.711

= 0.05

14.067

12.592

11.07

9.488

OR
Q4) a)

The annual runoff of a stream is modelled by a normal distribution with

mean and standard deviation of 5000 and 1000 ha-m respectively. [10]
i)

Find the probability that the annual runoff in any year is more than
6500 ha-m.

ii)

Find the probability that it would be between 3800 and 5800 ha-m.

Use the standard normal distribution table given below.

[4759]-23

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Area 0.2257 0.2580 0.2881 0.3159 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332
b)

Fit a Poisson distribution to the following data and test the goodness of
fit at 5% significance level.
[6]
x

freq.

275

72

30

Use Chi square table given in Q. 3b.

Q5) a)

b)

Following table shows the weights in kg, heights in inches and ages in
years of 5 boys. Find the least square regression equation of y on X1 and
X2. Estimate the weight of a boy who is 9 years old and 54 in tall. [9]
y-weight

64

71

53

67

55

X1-Height

57

59

49

62

51

X2-Age

10

11

The following are the measurements of pressure head difference and the
corresponding discharge measured by venturimeter. Find the value of
discharge when pressure head difference p = 10 cm.
[9]
P(cm)

16

25

Q(cc/s)

100

200

300

400

500

OR
Q6) a)

Year

The following table shows the average temperature and precipitation in a

city for the month of July during the years 1989-1998. Find correlation
coefficient.
[12]
1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997 1998

Temp (F) 78.1

71.8

75.6

72.7

75.3

73.6

75.1

75.3

73.8 70.4

Preci (in) 6.2

3.6

3.4

2.8

1.8

2.8

4.1

2.6

1.2

[4759]-23

4.2

b)

Using Gauss interpolation formula, find the population in 1935.

year

1930

Population 12

1932

1934

1936

1938

1940

16

21

27

32

40

[6]

in Crores
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Solve the following system of equations by Gauss Elimination method.[8]

3 x + y + 2 z = 3; 2 x 3 y z = 3; x + 2 y + z = 4

b)

Solve the following system of equations using Gauss-seidal iteration

method. (3 iterations).
[8]
8 x y + z = 18; 2 x + 5 y 2 z = 3; x + y 3 z = 6

OR
Q8) a)

Solve the following system of equations using Gauss-Elimination method.

[8]
10 x + y + z = 12; 2 x + 10 y + z = 13; x + y + 5 z = 7 .

b)

Solve the following system of equations by Gauss seidal method. (3

iterations)
[8]
5 x 2 y + z = 4; x + 6 y 2 z = 1; 3 x + y + 5 z = 13 .

Q9) a)

Using Bisection method, find the root of tanx + x = 0 upto two decimal
places which lies between 2 and 2.1.
[8]

b)

Using Newton Raphson method, find the real root of the equation x2 + 4
sinx = 0. Correct upto 4 decimal places. Take x0 = 1.9.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Find the root of the equation x e x = cos x correct upto 4 decimal places
using false position method in the interval (0,1).
[10]
Explain secant method.

[4759]-23

[6]
4

0.6

Q11)a)

Find the value of

dx taking number of intervals equal to 6, correct

upto 4 decimal places by Simpson rule.

b)

[8]

A river is 80 feet wide. The depth in feet of the river at a distance x from
one bank is given by the following table. Find the area of cross section
of the river.
[10]
x

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

12

15

14

OR
1

Q12)a)

1
dx taking 7 ordinates.
2
1
+
x
0

Evaluate I =

[8]

b)

cos 2 x
dx .
1
+
sin
x
2

Use Gauss Quadrature formula to evalute I =

R R R

[4759]-23

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3709

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 230
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)
NOVEL SEPARATION PROCESSES
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (412404 -B)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn and well commented.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket Calculator
and steam tables, is allowed.
5) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Classify various separation processes by giving suitable example(s).

Discuss equilibrium and rate based separation processes.
[10]
Write a note on: Energy requirement for separation Processes.

[8]

OR
Q2) Discuss various membrane modules with neat sketches for membrane
separation processes by giving merits and demerits of each of them. [18]
Q3) a)
b)

Discuss in brief on: adsorptive bubble separation techniques.

[8]

Reverse osmosis of salt solution at 25C is tested with a 5.510-3 m2

cellulose acetate membrane. On one side of the membrane is 1.5 mol
NaCl/kg H2O solution at 50 atmospheres (abs.) pressure, on the other is
0.020 mol NaCl/kg H2O at atmospheric pressure. The permeation rate is
95 ml/hour.
[8]
Determine the following:
i)

the solvent permeability and

ii)

the rejection rate

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) A 10-micron tubular membrane is used to recover salt A from a dilute solution.
The solutions to either side are at 0.025 and 0.003 kmol/m3, with mass transfer
coefficients of 3.510-5 and 2.510-5 m/s respectively. The distribution
coefficient is 0.85 and the diffusivity of A in the membrane is 2.810-10m2/s.
[16]
a)

Calculate the percentage of total resistance to mass transfer contributed

by the membrane.

b)

Calculate the membrane area needed to allow recovery at 0.025 kmol/hr.

c)

If the velocities of both solutions are doubled, estimate the membrane

resistance in this case. Assume that flow inside the tube is turbulent and
mass transfer follows the Gilliland, Sherwood & Linton correlation.

Q5) a)

A liquid containing dilute solute A at a concentration 310-2 kgmol/m3 is

flowing rapidly by a membrane of thickness, 310-5m. The solute diffuses
through the membrane and its concentration on the other side is 0.5510-2
kgmol/m3. The mass transfer coefficient kc1 is large and can be considered
as infinite and kc2 = 2.2210-5 m/s.
Data: Distribution coefficient = K' = 1.55 and Diffusivity, DAB = 810-11
m2/sec in the membrane.
[8]

b)

Discuss in brief Diffusion type model for Reverse osmosis.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

b)

A heart-lung machine uses a 0.175mm silicone rubber membrane with a

permeability of 6.4010-7cm3 O2(STP)mm/s. cm2cmHg. The machine is
to supply 35cm3/min of oxygen to a patient, where the partial pressure of
oxygen in the blood is the equivalent of 30mmHg. The machine is supplied
with pure oxygen at 700mmHg, so gas film resistance can be neglected.
If the resistance on the blood side were neglected also, how large would
the membrane need to be?
[12]
Write a brief note on: Hydrotopes.

[4759]-230

[4]

SECTION - II
Q7) Answer the following.

[18]

a)

Give classification of Chromatographic separation. State principles of

GC.

b)

Discuss in brief the adsorption isotherm models with equations.

c)

Write down Purnell equation for chromatographic separation. Explain

different terms involved in it.
OR

Q8) Discuss in detail the process principles involved in Pressure Swing Adsorption
(PSA) and Temperature Swing Adsorption (TSA) with industrial applications.
[18]

Q9) A waste stream of alcohol vapour in air from a process was adsorbed by
activated carbon particles in a packed bed having a diameter of 5cm and
length of 15cm containing 79.4 g of carbon. The inlet gas stream having a
concentration of co of 500ppm and a density of 0.00115g/cm3 entered the bed
at a flow rate of 750 cm3/s. Data gives the concentration of the breakthrough
curve. The break-point concentration is set at c/co = 0.025.
Data: Breakthrough concentration
Time, h
c/c o
0.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
[4759]-230

0.0
0.0
0.002
0.030
0.155
0.395
0.600
0.900
0.935
0.975
0.990
3

a)

Determine the break-point time, the fraction of total capacity used up to

the break point, and

b)

Determine the length of the unused bed. Also determine the saturation
loading capacity of the carbon.

c)

If the break-point time required for a new column is 6.5hr, what is the
new total length of the column required?
[16]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain different types of adsorbents with their properties used in industrial

operations.
[8]

b)

Write down Van Deemter equation for Chromatography. Explain the

meaning of each parameters involved in this equation. Derive an expression
for optimum value of the mobile phase velocity and the plate height in
terms of these parameters.
[8]

Q11)a)

Discuss in brief the process principles involved in Elution

Chromatography. Derive the rention equation:
[10]
1
t R = tM 1 +
K ; All symbols have their usual meaning.

b)

Two amino acids, A and B were separated by liquid chromatography.

The following data is available:
[6]
Amino Acid TR, (minutes) W(minutes)
A

4.25

0.55

5.15

0.65

i)

Calculate the resolution of amino acids.

ii)

Calculate the plate number for amino acid, A

OR

Q12)Write Short notes on:

a)

Reactive Separations.

b)

Isoelectric Focusing

c)

Zone Melting

[16]

R R R
[4759]-230

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3710

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 231
B.E.
PETROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Elements of Fluidization Engineering
( 2008 Pattern) (Elective - I) (412404)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss the relative advantages and disadvantages of fluidization

engineering-provide suitable example.
[8]

b)

Provide one example of fluidization in refinery complex and cite another

example of fluidization for bioprocesses. Discuss both processes with
help of neat diagram.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Obtain the mathematical expression to calculate minimum fluidization

velocity.
[8]

b)

Define quality of fluidization. Lists down the major factors affecting itprovide proper explanation.
[8]

Q3) a)

A bed of angular sand of mean sieve size 778 m is fluidized by air. The
particle density is 2540 kg/m3 air = 18.4 10-6 kg/ms; s = 1.2kg/m3. If
24.75 kg of sand be charged to a bed of 0.216m inch diameter and bed
have incipient fluidization height of 0.447m, find
[10]
i)

porosity at minimum fluidization condition,

P.T.O.

b)

ii)

the pressure drop across the bubbling bed and

iii)

the incipient fluidization velocity

Obtain the expression of minimum fluidization velocity based on pressure

balance equation.
[6]
OR

Q4) a)

Compare between Pipe Grids and Spargers-draw neat sketches.

[8]

b)

With help of neat diagram discuss methods of Geldarts classification of

particles Explain the importance of such classification.
[8]

Q5) a)

What are the key challenges in measurements of multiphase system?

How can these be tackled?
[10]

b)

Write a detailed note on hydrodynamics of bubbling fluidized bed. Draw

neat sketches-provide suitable examples.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Discuss the process of Coalescence and bubble break-up with help of

neat sketches. Also indicate the source of solids inside bubble and its
effects.
[9]

b)

What is particle entrainment and carryover in fluidized bed discuss with

help of suitable example.
[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

How are the solid particles getting mixed within a fluidized bed reactor?
Highlight the key challenges in proper mixing.
[8]

b)

Write a stepwise procedure of design of a cyclone separator needed for

fast fluidized bed.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

With help of diagram explain how fluidized bed can be used for drying
solids.
[8]

b)

How can fluidized bed be used as Heat Exchangers. Explain with help of
suitable example.
[8]

[4759]-231

Q9) a)

What is agglomeration and sintering in fluidized bed operation? Explain

the means of tracking them.
[9]

b)

With help of neat diagram explain the similarities between Fluidized bed
and Bubble Column and discuss the model of both types of reactors.[9]
OR

Q10)a)

What are different internals used commonly in fluidized bed.

[4]

b)

Write a short note on freeboard region and its usability.

[4]

c)

With help of all the important assumptions obtain Kunii-Levenspiel Model

of flow through a Fluidized Bed Reactor. In this context explain Davidson
Bubble movement through the bed.
[10]

Q11)a)

Scale-up of Fluidized bed reactors is always tricky and a risky affairElaborate with help of suitable example. Briefly explain how these issues
can be sorted out.
[8]

b)

Explain the chemical looping reactor operation with help of neat diagram.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

With help of neat diagram explain modern day FCC operation.

[8]

Discuss Fluidized bed operation for synthesis of Acrylonitrile. Provide

neat sketch of the reactor.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-231

Total No. of Questions : 8]

SEAT No. :

P3897
[4759] - 232
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)
GREEN CHEMISTRY
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - I)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss applications of super critical carbon dioxide with particular

reference to green chemistry.
[8]

b)

Discuss the concepts of environmental management systems and

ecolevels.
[8]

Q2) Comment on use of biomass as a green feedstock for chemicals manufacture.

Explain how biomass can be converted in to useful chemical products.
[16]
Q3) State and discuss in detail the twelve principles of green chemistry with
appropriate examples wherever possible.
[16]
Q4) a)
b)

Demonstarte how you will apply the concept of atom economy with
help of an example.
[9]
Mention challenges in use of the following as green processes:
i)

Photochemical synthesis

ii)

Phase Transfer Catalysis.

[9]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q5) a)

Compare green synthesis of adipic acid with a more traditional route.[8]

b)

Discuss chemical engineering challenges in electroorganic synthesis. [8]

Q6) a)
b)

Compare the conventional process with green process for manufacturing

lactic acid.
[8]
Write a note on process intensification.
[8]

Q7) a)

Discuss how green chemistry approach takes care of process safety.[8]

b)

Discuss conventional and possible green methods for preparation of

aniline.
[8]

Q8) Write notes

a)

Solar energy in chemical manufacture.

[9]

b)

Causes and prevention of global warming.

[9]

yyy

[4759] - 232

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3331

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 233
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering) (Elective - II) (Semester - I)
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESS INDUSTRIES
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION- I
Q1) With neat sketch, explain in details the Objective Function, Constraints, and
Feasible Region formulations.
[16]
OR
Q2) Discuss in details and draw pictorial sketch of numerical optimization
framework.
[16]
Q3) How Newtons method is useful in solving optimization problems using
unidirectional search?
[18]
OR
Q4) Note the steps involved in simplex method as a numerical optimization method.[18]
Q5) Explain the Convex and Concave Functions for non linear programming.[16]
OR
Q6) Illustrate the Unconstrained NLP with the concept of local minimum and saddle
point.
[16]
SECTION- II
Q7) A chemical manufacturer produces a chemical from two raw materials R1 and
R2. Although R1 can be purchased at A 5000 per ton, R2 is less expensive
and can be obtained at A 1181 per ton. The manufacturer wants to determine
the amount of each raw material required to reduce the cost per ton of product
to a minimum. Formulate the problem as an optimization problem and comment.
[16]

P.T.O.

OR
Q8) Transform the following linear program into standard form:
Minimize: f = x1 + x2
Subject to: 2 x1 + 3x2 b 6

[16]

x1 + 7 x2 p 4
x1 + x2 = 3
x1 p 0, x2 unconstrained in sign
Q9) With tree diagram elaborate on the multiobjective optimization methods. [16]
OR
Q10)For Multi Objective Process optimization systems, note the need and concept
of non dominated set.
[16]
Q11)Given a mixture of four chemicals A, B, C, D for which different technologies
are used to separate the mixture of pure components. The cost of each
technology is given in table below. Formulate the problem as an optimization
problem with tree and network representations.
[18]
Cost of separators in A 1000 / year.
Separator
Cost
A/BCD
50
AB/CD
170
ABC/D
110
A/BC
40
AB/C
69
B/CD
228
BC/D
40
A/B
144
B/C
50
C/D329
329
OR
Q12)Manufacturing process optimization is to be carried out in an existing
petrochemical plant. With details, note the types of objective functions and
models used in.
[18]

yyy
[4759] - 233

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3711

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-235
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)
NATURAL GAS TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (412405)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer Q. No. 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8, 9 or 10, 11 or 12.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Elaborate on geographic distribution by type of gas.

[8]

Describe origin of natural gas.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Elaborate on different types of natural gas composition and regional

disparities.
[8]
Explain in detail thermal gas reservoir.

[8]

Explain in detail analysis of composition of natural gas.

[8]

b)

Discuss sour gas and sweet gas.

[6]

c)

Elaborate on viscosity of gas mixtures.

[4]

Q3) a)

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Discuss the phase diagram of a reservoir fluid.

[8]

Find the viscosity for a gas with composition in mole % of C1 = 90.5,

C2 = 2.3, C3 = 2.3 at 3000 psia and 540 R.
[6]

P.T.O.

Data:

c)
Q5) a)

Component

Mi

Pci

Tci

lgi

C1

16.043

667.8

343.1

0.0110

C2

30.070

707.8

549.8

0.0092

C3

44.097

616.3

665.7

0.0082

Elaborate on heating value of natural gas.

[4]

Explain in detail predicting hydrate formation by equilibria chart method.

[6]

b)

Explain in detail hydrate prevention.

[6]

c)

Write a short note on water content of natural gas.

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

Describe in detail nucleation step in hydrate formation.

[6]

b)

Discuss kinetics of hydrate formation.

[6]

c)

Write a short note on hydrate formation during drilling.

[4]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain in detail dehydration of natural gas by adsorption.

[8]

Describe with flow sheet refrigeration cycle by expansion turbine for

natural gas.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

A separator to be operated at 1000 psia, is required to handle a well

stream with gas flow rate 7 mmscfd at GLR 40 bbl/mmscf. Determine
the separator size required for
[8]
i)

Vertical separator.

ii)

Horizontal single-tube separator.

iii)

Spherical separator.

Assume a liquid (oil + water ) density of 52 lbm/ft3, ideal gas with gravity
0.8, operating temperature equal to 110 F, a retention time 3 min and
1/ full of liquid conditions.
2
b)

Discuss in detail gas permeation.

[4759]-235

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain with flow sheet natural gas liquefaction using TEALARC process
with two pressure level.
[6]

b)

Explain in detail construction and working of centrifugal compressor.

[6]

c)

Discuss LNG carriers with Technigaz integrated tank.

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss safety precautions for natural gas pipeline.

[6]

b)

Describe in detail different gas chains.

[6]

c)

Write a short note on design of pipeline transport installations.

[6]

Q11)a)
b)

Describe in detail production of higher alcohols and ethers from methane.

[8]
Write a short note on:

[8]

i)

Production of gasoline from methanol.

ii)

Oxidative coupling process.

OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain in detail methanol production using ICI process.

[8]

Write a short note on natural gas storage.

[8]

[4759]-235

[4759]-235

Total No. of Questions : 8]

P3898

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759]-237
B.E. (Petrochemical)

REFINERY PROCESS DESIGN

(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in two separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of steam tables and electronic calculator is allowed.
5) Make use of K.Charts, LMTD correction factor curves and Gilliland Curve
given in the end wherever appropriate.
6) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Vapor leaving the topmost tray in a multicomponent distillation column
consists of 70 Mol% n-butane, 20 Mol% n-pentane, and 10 Mol% n-hexane.
Column pressure is 5 bar. Vapor is fed to a total condenser from which
reflux is returned to the column. Calculate temperatures of vapor from the
column top and reflux liquid. If reflux ratio is 3.5 , calculate vapor and liquid
compositions for two theoretical plates below the top plate.
[18]
Q2) Feed to a C2 splitter is 30% vaporized liquid having 52% ethylene and 48%
ethane (Mol%). The column operates at 8 bar pressure. Purities of both top
and bottom products are expected to be 99%. Calculate minimum reflux
ratio needed using Underwood equations. Assuming operating reflux to be
1.2 times the minimum, calculate the theoretical stages needed for the
separation. Assuming plate efficiency to be 75% and tray spacing to be 60
cm, calculate height of the tray column needed for the purpose.
[16]
Q3) a) Discuss Packie Charts from rating and design point of view.

[8]

b) Explain how coil outlet temperature (COT) for the furnace heater for
ATU feed can be determined using feed zone calculations.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q4) a) Describe in brief flooding and weeping problems in distillation column.[8]

b) Draw and discuss typical control scheme used in distillation operation.[8]
SECTION - II
Q5) a) Describe the procedure used in the design of a shell and tube heat
exchanger for a specified duty with specific reference to the following:[14]
i) Placement of fluids.
ii) Heat transfer coefficients.
iii) Configuaration choice.
iv) Pressure drops.
v) Baffle spacing.
vi) Tube pitch.
b) State the heat transfer coefficients you will assume in the following
situations :
[2]
i) Steam condensing.
ii) Hydrocarbon liquid boiling.
Q6) a) Discuss in brief Hottels method for fired heater design.

[10]

b) Discuss constructional features of fired heater used in refinery

operations.
[6]
Q7) With reference to centrifugal pump operation and design, discuss:

[18]

a) Cavitation.
b) Energy saving measures.
c) Operating characteristics.
Q8) Discuss :
a) Anti-surge in Centrifugal Compressor.

[5]

b) Centrifugal pump operating point.

[5]

c) Choice of process pump.

[6]

[4759]-237

[4759]-237

[4759]-237

[4759]-237

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3712

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-238
B.E. (Petrochemical)
PLANT DESIGN AND PROCESS ECONOMICS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Attempt Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7 or 8, Q.9 or 10, Q.11 or 12.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier Charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain the components of Project Planning of a Chemical Process Plant.

[8]

b)

Explain the equipment data sheet for a pressure vessel. Draw a

representative data sheet showing the structure.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the components of the Sales Contract of a Process Plant.

[8]

Explain the Data Sheet of a Centrifugal Pump. Draw a representative

data sheet showing the structure.
[8]
State the guide words involved in HAZOP study.

[3]

Perform the HAZOP study for the figure which shows a chlorine vaporiser,
which supplies chlorine at 2 bar to a chlorination reactor. The vaporiser
is heated by condensing steam.
[15]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

Dosing in process is addition of small quantities of a chemical into a

process fluid at intervals to give sufficient time for the chemicals to
react. The figure given below is for one such dosing operation with a
strainer mainly used to protect pipeline from foreign material.The mixer
is used to mix the dosing chemical and process fluid which then goes to
the reacting vessel VI. Perform the HAZOP study of the process. [15]

Give the symbols used for various types of valves in a P & ID.

[3]

Q5) The Figure is of the transesterification process to produce biodiesel. Soybean

oil, methanol, and the sodium methoxide catalyst are pumped in to the reactor.
The temperature of the reactor is regulated by the circulation water. The resulting
biodiesel is then pumped out of the reactor and goes on to other processes so
that it can be sold. Add the pumps, sensors and valves that are needed to
successfully control the process and Draw the P & ID diagram of the given
process with all standard symbols and rules of P & ID diagram.
[16]

OR
[4759]-238

Q6) a)

What do you mean by MSDS? Explain the contents and structure of

MSDS for a hydrocarbon liquid chemical.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on P & ID diagram giving its significance, rules and
general structure.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Write a short note on 1. Profitability Ratios 2. Turnover Ratios.

Discuss the limitations of Financial Statement.

[12]
[4]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain various categories of Total Capital Cost estimations based on

accuracy and its utility.
[12]
Explain the significance of a companys annual report.

[4]

Write a short note on cost indexes and its utilities.

[6]

The total capital investment for a chemical plant is Rs. 1,50,00,000 and
the plant produces 4 million Kgs of the product annually. The selling
price of the product is Rs. 4/kg. Working capital investment is from
company funds and no interest is charged. Raw material cost for the
products are Rs. 0.45/kg labor Rs. 0.4/kg, utility Rs. 0.2/kg and packing
Rs. 0.4/kg. Distribution costs are 5% of the total product cost. Estimate:
Manufacturing cost/kg of the product, Total Product cost/year and Profit/
kg of product before taxes. The working capital is usually 15% of the
Total Capital investment.
[12]
OR

Q10)a)

Calculate the 2015 cost for a vacuum rotary filter 5m long and 2m in
diameter. If the cost of similar filter was Rs. 80,000/- per 50 m2 of the
peripheral area in the year 2000. The cost index in 2000 was 350 and in
2015 it is 585.
[9]

b)

A Piece of equipment having a negligible salvage value is estimated to

have a service life of 10 years. The original value of the equipment is Rs.
40000. Find the depreciation charges for the sixth year using Straight
Line Method and Sum of Year Digits Method.
[9]

[4759]-238

Q11)a)
b)

Explain graphically what do you mean by Break Even analysis.

[8]

A standard type heat exchanger with a negligible scrap value costs Rs.
40000 and will have a useful life of 6 years. Another proposed heat
exchanger of equivalent design capacity costs Rs. 68000 but will have a
useful life of 10 years and a scrap value of Rs. 8000. Assuming effective
compound interest rate of 8% per year, determine the selection of heat
exchanger by comparing the capitalized costs.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

A Project is expected to have a cash flow for 5 years as follows after all
expenses and taxes. The initial fixed capital investment is 10,00,000 and
working capital is 15% of the fixed capital.
[8]
Time in years

Cash flow Rs.

0-1

2,00,000

1-2

2,70,000

2-3

3,30,000

3-4

4,00,000

4-5

4,75,000

Find the Payout time.

b)

Write a short note on Discounted Cash Flow Method of evaluating the

rate of return.
[8]

[4759]-238

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3713

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 239
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)
PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION
(2008 Course) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Ethylene Glycol is flowing through a constant-diameter cylindrical pipe. The
flow is turbulent having plug-flow conditions. There are no radial gradients in
velocity or any other properties. However, axial gradients can exist. Density
and velocity can change as the fluid flows along the axial or z direction.
Develop the model describing the system applying total continuity equation.[16]
OR
Q2) Modeling of petrochemical process plants need consideration of various
property sets. Enlist them and explain the role of Equations of State and
Transport Equations in details.
[16]
Q3) In a Naphtha stabilization process in a refinery, three tanks are arranged in
series. Tank 1 does not interact with 2 and 3, whereas tanks 2 and 3 interact
with each other. Tank 2 has a flow outlet and outlet of tank 3 is pumped to
tank 1 as a recycle. Develop steady state mathematical model for the process
and note various state variables involved.
[18]
OR
Q4) Weir flow on a tray in a Crude Distillation Unit is proportional to 2.1th power
of the height of liquid over the weir. Draw a neat labeled diagram and explain
the flow dynamics to establish equilibrium on the tray in the distillation column
system.
[18]
P.T.O.

Q5) For Hydrodesulphurization unit, optimum composition is to be obtained.

Following are the equations generated using process variables. Solve using
Gauss Elimination method to arrive at a solution:
[16]
6x1 x2 x3 = 11.33
x1 + 6x2 x3 = 32
x1 x2 + 6x3 = 42
OR
Q6) Bisection method is to be applied to find the root of following equation: [16]
x3 1.8x2 10x + 17 = 0
The root lies between the interval (1, 2). Calculate roots at the end of four
iterations.

SECTION - II
Q7) Note the definitions and briefly describe: Sequential Modular and Equation
Oriented Approach in solving modules using process simulation
techniques.
[18]
OR
Q8) Explain with neat diagram, the architecture and working of process simulators
applied to simulate complex petrochemical processes.
[18]

Q9) The state-space models are to be applied for separation processes which
uses boiling point as the separation principle. Write the methodology used
along with applications.
[16]
OR
Q10)Product B is produced and reactant A is consumed in each of the three
perfectly mixed CSTRs by a first-order reaction occurring in the liquid.
Temperatures and the liquid volumes are assumed to be constant (isothermal
and constant holdup). Develop model for the system and enlist the state space
key variables.
[16]
[4759]-239

Q11)With classifications, briefly note any two applications of empirical models

leading to process optimization in Hydro cracking process.
[16]
OR
Q12)What are various advantages of Bubble column reactor?
Reactant A is fed as a bubbling gas through a distributor into the bottom of
the liquid-filled reactor. A chemical reaction occurs between A and B in the
liquid phase to form a liquid product C. Reactant A must dissolve into the
liquid before it can react. Draw a labeled diagram and note the equations
involved in the same.
[16]

[4759]-239

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4625

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 24
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
FINITE ELEMENT METHOD IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Open Elective) (401008)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Suggest the effective node numbering scheme and hence determine

minimum half band width for the plane truss as shown in Figure 1. [8]

b)

Determine the deformations of each springs connected and supported

as shown in Figure 2.
[8]

OR
Q2) Figure 3 shows a plane truss with three members. All members are of length
1000mm and cross-sectional area 600 mm2. Youngs modulus is 150 kN/
mm2. Determine unknown joint displacements of the truss.
[16]

P.T.O.

Q3) A continuous beam (Figure 4) has fixed support at node 1 and roller supports
at nodes 2 and 3. Analyse the beam using finite element method and draw
SFD and BMD. Take E = 200 GPa and I = 4 106 mm4.
[18]

OR
Q4) Analyse the frame shown in Figure 5 using finite element method and draw
bending moment diagram.
[18]

Q5) a)
b)
Q6) a)
b)

Q7) a)
b)

Derive the differential equations of equilibrium for 3D elasticity problem

and show that shear stresses are complimentary.
[8]
Explain in brief state of stress and strain at a point.
[8]
OR
Derive Saint - Venants strain compatibility conditions for 3D elasticity
problem.
[8]
Derive strain-displacement relationships for 3D elasticity problem. [8]
SECTION - II
State the convergence criteria for the choice of the displacement function
in FEM.
[6]
Coordinates of nodes of CST element are node 1(1, 2), node 2(5, 3) and
node 3(4, 6). At interior point P if x = 3.3 and value of N1 = 0.3. Find
y coordinate of point P and value of N2 and N3.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Derive the natural coordinates ( ) of two noded bar element.

[6]

Derive the stiffness matrix of two noded beam element with length L and
two DOFs at each node.
[10]
[4759]-24
2

Q9) a)
b)

Distinguish between CST and LST elements.

[4]

Derive the element stiffness matrix for plane stress constant strain triangular
(CST) element and show that sum of shape functions is equal to unity.[12]
OR

Q10)a)

Derive shape functions of eight noded hexahedron element using

Lagrangian interpolation function. Use natural coordinate system

( , ) .
b)

[8]

Derive shape functions of eight noded rectangular serendipity element.

Use natural coordinate system ( , ) .

[8]

Q11)Explain strain-displacement and stress-strain relationships for triangular

problem. Hence, derive necessary matrices for formulation of stiffness matrix
of triangular axisymmetric element.
[18]
OR
Q12)Explain strain-displacement and stress-strain relationships for 3D problem.
Hence, derive necessary matrices for formulation of stiffness matrix of 3D
tetrahedron element.
[18]

[4759]-24

Total No. of Questions : 8]

P3899

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-240
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)

FINE CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from Section - I and three questions from Section - II
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Compare fine chemicals market with bulk chemicals at national level.
Give pertinent examples of fine and bulk chemicals.
[10]
b) Discuss environment friendly manufacture of fine chemicals.

[8]

Q2) a) Explain role of catalyst in fine chemical processes with examples.

[8]

b) Discuss growth trends in Indian fine chemicals sector.

[8]

Q3) a) Discuss separation processes crucial to fine chemicals manufacture.[10]

b) Discuss markets for fine chemicals at global level.

[6]

Q4) a) Explain the concept of mixed plants with reference to medium sector.[10]
b) Discuss with examples how waste production is minimized in fine
chemicals sector.
[6]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q5) a) How can a batch operation be converted into continuous one? Is there
any merit in such conversion?
[12]
b) What do you mean by scale down methodologies?

[6]

Q6) a) Discuss in detail manufacturing process for any dye intermediate. [10]
b) Explain importance of scale of operation on economy of a process plant
in fine chemical sector.
[6]

Q7) a) Write a note on ion exchange resins as catalysts.

b) Discuss emerging feedstocks for manufacturing fine chemicals.

Q8) Compare :

[6]

[16]

a) Supercritical Extraction vs Solvent Extraction

b) Heterogeneous vs homogeneous catalysis

[4759]-240

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3900

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-242
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator and steam table is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Give a comparative account of total energy consumption with a special
emphasis on renewable energy basket for the advanced and developing
countries of the world.
[10]
b) With help of suitable examples explain the real advantages of renewable
energy resources.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the major difficulties in getting energy from various Renewable
Energy sources Provide suitable examples.
[9]
b) Non conventional energy resources are a must for sustainable world
Explain and elaborate with help of suitable examples.
[9]

Q3) a) Explain the various techniques and methods of measurement of solar

radiation, draw neat sketches.
[8]
b) Give your critical comment on solar cell based independent village versus
connecting the available energy on the main grid for larger distribution.[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a) Discuss the new advancement of photo voltaic cell technologies and the
challenges to utilize abundant sunlight available in India.
[8]
b) How water desalination can be done effectively with help of solar energy
explain in details.
[8]

Q5) a) Critically evaluate the concept of Biorefinery. Mention the available

feedstocks and expected products.
[6]
b) With help of neat diagram explain the fluidized bed gasifier. Discuss the
design aspect as well.
[10]
OR
Q6) Composition of a vegetable oil is given below:
[16]
C16:0 = 14.5%, C18:0 = 5.l%, C18:1 6 = 21.5%, C18:1 12 = 2.6 %, C 18:29,
12 = 53.6% and C 18:3 5,9, 13 rest
C 18: 1 6 signifies an 18 carbon fatty acid chain with one double bond
located at carbon 6.
Calculate amount of methanol required for trans-esterification of 5.7 lit of
this oil, if 72 % excess methanol based on stoichiometric requirement needs
to be used for complete conversion.
Assume density of soybean oil to be 0.88 and that of methanol 0.8 kg/lit.
If overall 83.4 % conversion be achieveable, calculate mass of Biodiesel and
glycerol produced. Consider 52 % of vegetable oil used undergoes
saponification in presence of homogeneous NaOH catalyst.
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Discuss the major challenges faced by OTEC technology. Highlight how
the commercial feasibility of OTEC can be increased.
[8]
b) Give a detailed account of Wind Energy potential in India. Compare
advantages and disadvantages of wind energy.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) With help of neat diagram discuss the design features of helical turbine.[8]
b) With help of neat diagram explain various parts of wind turbine generator
units.
[8]

[4759]-242

Q9) a) Comment on origin and distribution of geothermal energy in Indian

subcontinent.
[8]
b) Explain the concept of Geotechnical Well and discuss the methods of
extraction of energy out of it.
[8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the process of liquid dominated (wet steam) system of geothermal
energy extraction with neat sketch.
[8]
b) Describe various energy extraction technologies used with hydrothermal
(geothermal) resources.
[8]

Q11) a) List down different types of fuel cells often used and compare between
them based on types of electrolytes employed, operating ranges, fuel
types and the oxidants utilized.
[10]
b) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of fuel cells. Write a detailed
note on applicability of the Fuel Cells in Indian scenario.
[8]
OR
Q12) a) Discuss the importance of storage of electrical energy. Name different
types of cells can be utilized. Discuss operation of any one of the cell.[8]
b) With help of schematic diagram explain the principle of operation of
Fuel Cells. Comment on Cathode, Anode and the type of Electrolytes.[10]

[4759]-242

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P3901

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-243
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)

PETROLEUM EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION

OPERATIONS
(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw suitable diagrams wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Write an equation for Original Oil In Place and Original Gas In Place.
How parameters given in the equation are determined?
[10]
b) Write a note on proven reserves, production and consumption of crude
oil in India.
[5]
OR
Q2) a) What are source and reservoir rocks? Explain with suitable examples
from India
[10]
b) Explain any one type of structural trap.

Q3) a) How presence of hydrocarbons is recognized using logs?

[5]

[10]

b) Write a note on Standard Geological Timescale and the major events in

them.
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain borehole environment with the help of suitable examples. [10]
b) What is pattern recognition in seismic interpretation?

[5]

P.T.O.

Q5) Write notes on any four of the following :

[20]

a) Wettability.
b) Relative Permeability
c) Abnormal Pressure.
d) Types of subsurface water.
e) Composition and impurities in oil.
f) Reservoir Drive Mechanism.
g) Movable and Residual Oil Saturation.
h) Waterflooding.
SECTION - II
Q6) a) Draw a neat figure to show various components of a typical oil well
drilling rig and explain different parts.
[10]
b) What is GTO?

[5]
OR

Q7) a) What is meant by Intelligent Well Completions? Explain with suitable

examples.
[10]
b) Describe the relationship between mud weight and borehole stability.[5]

Q8) a) Write a note on Role of horizontal wells in increasing reservoir recovery.[5]

b) Draw and describe typical configuration of a Gas Lifted Well.

[10]

OR
Q9) a) Write in brief about Principles of Pump Performance Analysis

[5]

b) How Nodal Analysis helps in forecasting of future well production?[10]

[4759]-243

Q10) Answer in brief Any four of the following :

a) Continuous Gas Lift.
b) ESP.
c) Inflow Performance Relationship. IPR.
d) Alkaline Flooding.
e) Unconventional Gas Reservoirs.
f) Comparison of Insitu combustion and steam.
g) Foam as an EOR agent.

[4759]-243

[20]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3902

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-244
B.E. (Petrochemical Engineering)

CATALYST SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Study of Catalysis requires multidisciplinary skill set explain and
elaborate.
[8]
b) List down four important characteristics of industrial catalysts briefly
explain each one of them.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) Define :
i) Activity.
ii) Selectivity.
iii) Active site.
iv) Turnover frequency.
b) Write a short note on Homogeneous catalysis.

[6]

[4]

c) With help of neat diagram explain why catalytic reactions are faster. [6]
Q3) For a newly synthesized promising catalyst, following gas phase reaction is
conducted in fixed bed reactor
[16]
A + B Products
where, all of the reactants are adsorbed appreciably on the active sites of
catalyst. Considering Langmuir - Hinshelwood mechanism derive the overall
rate expression in terms of partial pressure of the respective components.
P.T.O.

It is observed that the products are also adsorbed appreciably.

If the reaction is carried at elevated temperature, adsorption of B becomes
negligible, obtain the rate expression for this specific case and compare
between the speed of reactions.
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between coke formation and poisoning of a catalyst.

[6]

b) Derive Langmuir adsorption isotherm mention the important

assumptions.
[6]
c) With help of neat diagram explain hysteresis of adsorption.

[4]

Q5) a) Low temperature (195.8C) nitrogen adsorption data were obtained for
an Fe-Al2O3 ammonia catalyst. The results of 25.2 g sample were [12]
Pressure
(mm Hg)

50

Vol. ads.
51.3 65
(cm3) at 0C
and 1 atm

102 148 258 330 442 500 550

74 81.5 99

110 135 153 182

The vapor pressure of N2 at 195.8C is 1 atm. Estimate the surface

area of the catalyst in square meter per gram basis.
Data: Density of liquid N2 at -195.8C is 0.808 g/cm3.
b) In an experiment to determine the pore volume and catalyst particle [6]
porosity the following data were obtained on a sample of activated silica
(granular 4 to 12 mesh size).
Mass of catalyst sample placed in chaber = 101.5 g
Volume of helium displaced by sample 45.1 cm3
Volume of mercury displaced by sample = 82.7 cm3
OR
Q6) a) Explain any method of synthesis of catalyst draw neat diagram and
explain its advantages.
[8]
b) Differentiate between Textural and Structural Promoters.

[4]

c) With help of neat sketches explain the measurement of crushing strength

of the industrial catalysts.
[6]

[4759]-244

SECTION - II
Q7) a) What are the need of catalyst characterization? Name any three methods
and briefly explain the information obtained.
[8]
b) With help of suitable diagram explain the sintering phenomena on
supported metal catalyst. Discuss the methodology to be adapted to
reduce sintering in case of commercial catalyst.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Define Zeolites and highlight its shape selectivity with help of suitable
examples.
[8]
b) Draw neat diagram to elaborate and discuss the special structures of
zeolites.
[8]
Q9) a) Catalytic Reforming is a challenging operation Elaborate and explain
with help of process description with a special emphasis on Catalysts
involved and its regereration.
[8]
b) Draw neat diagram of Trickle bed reactor and explain its operation with
special emphasis on temperature control for hydrodesulfurization of
diesel.
[8]
OR
Q10) a) With help of neat diagram explain the Catalytic Cracking Process with a
special note on Catalyst involved and the Reactor Configuration. [8]
b) Explain the usage of supported metallic catalyst on hydrogenation of
vegetable oil Provide reactor configuration and draw neat diagram.[8]
Q11) a) Write detailed note on temperature control of multiphase reactor.

[6]

b) What is Fischer Tropsch Synthesis? Write down representative reactions

and the highlight importance of the process. Give a detailed analysis of
the catalysts suitable for the process.
[8]
c) Discuss the importance of support in catalysis, name three important
support commonly used.
[4]

[4759]-244

OR
Q12) a) Write down the kinetics of ammonia synthesis. What types of catalyst
are best suited for the process? Draw a neat diagram of the reactor and
discuss its configuration as well as operations in details.
[9]
b) With help of neat diagram explain methanol synthesis reactor. Highlight
the technical advancement done in recent times.
[9]

[4759]-244

Total No. of Questions : 8]

P3714

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 247
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
RESERVOIR ENGINEERING - II
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (412381)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Questions No 2(two) and 8(eight) are compulsory.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
6) Use of a non-programmable calculator, log-log, and semi-log paper is allowed.
7) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Derive the diffusivity equation in radial coordinates.

[6]

What are the various types of solutions to the diffusivity equation? Which
one is most commonly used for well test interpretation purposes? [10]

Q2) Given below is the following data:

[18]

Flowrate - 20 stbd;
Net pay = 150ft;
FVF - 1.475 rb/stb;
Re - 3000ft;
Pi - 3000psi;
Porosity - 0.23;
Compressibility - 1.510-5 psi -1;
Viscosity - 0.72 cp
P.T.O.

Well radius - 0.5 ft;

K - 0.1md;
The following bottom-hole pressure after 13 hours of production of 1380 psi.
Compute the skin in this case. Further, the well is stimulated, and the skin is
reduced to 0. The flowrate is 20 stb/d and after 5 hours the flowing bottomhole pressure was recorded to be 2380 psi. Write down whether the treatment
can be deemed successful? Why or why not? Give appropriate reasons.

Q3) a)

Explain the concept of Superposition in space, with appropriate figures.

[4]

b)

Explain with appropriate diagrams, the various flow regimes that you see
in a horizontal well test.
[4]

c)

A new oil well produced 400 stb/day for 2 days; then it was shut-in for
a pressure buildup test, during which the data in Table below were
recorded. The other data were: Bo = 1.25rb/stb, h = 20 ft, phi = 0.20,
rw = 0.29ft, ct = 19.510-6, and viscosity = 1.1 cp. From these data,
estimate the formation permeability, k, pi, and skin factor s. Use the
Semi-Log graph.
[8]
Shut-in time, Del-t (hr)

[4759]-247

(tp + Del-t)/Del - t

pws(psia)

1165

37.0

1801

19.0

1838

10.0

1865

16

5.5

1891

24

4.0

1905

48

2.5

1925

Q4) a)

What do you mean by ETR, MTR and LTR? Explain with the help of a
graph, and show their utility in well test interpretation.
[6]

b)

Explain the various flow periods of a DST, along with appropriate figures.
[10]

SECTION - II

Q5) a)
b)

What is pseudo pressure?

Explain Isochronal and Modified Isochronal Well test.
[16]

Q6) Explain the difference between a semi-log, log-log and a Horner plot.

[16]

Q7) What is the difference between a type curve and a decline curve? What are the
various types of type curves and decline curves? Explain with appropriate
diagrams.
[16]

Q8) Define and explain the pressure derivative plot. Draw and explain the diagnostic
plot giving five examples.
[18]

[4759]-247

[4759]-247

R R R

[4759]-247

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P3715

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-248
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
PETROLEUM FORMATION EVALUATION
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the questions of both the sections should be written in separate answer
books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Assume additional data if required.

SECTION-I
Q1) Answer the following in brief:
a) What is evaluation of a formation?
b) Spectral Gamma ray.
c) Resolution of different logging tools.
d) Utility of Caliper log.
e) Coring and core analysis.

[20]

Q2) a)

[10]

Read following log carefully. Explain different tracks.

P.T.O.

What information may be obtained from the log given in different tracks?
What is the resolution of data given?
b)

Explain in brief principle of SP log.

[5]

OR
Q3) a)
b)

Draw and describe borehole environment emphasizing different zones

and fluids.
[10]
How abnormal pressure is recognized using logs?

[5]

Q4) Explain important resistivity logging methods with the help of neat sketches.
[15]
OR
Q5) What is cased hole logging? Explain them in brief?

[15]

SECTION-II
Q6) Outline the procedure for determination of water saturation using logs. [15]
OR
Q7) Write notes on Any Three of the following:
a)

Image Logs,

b)

Waxman and Smit Model,

c)

Origin of overpressure,

d)

Recognition of fractured reservoir,

e)

MN Plots and utility,

f)

Sonic Log.

Q8) a)

Use log given in figure 1 to answer the following questions:

i)

Lithological variation and approximate thickness,

ii)

Relationship between track 1 and 3 based on log signatures,

[4759]-248

[15]

[10]

b)

iii)

Clean formation, if any and details with proper justification,

iv)

Do you find any zone of interest based on cross relationship of

logs.

Write in brief about Dual Water Model.

[5]

OR
Q9) How are sedimentary environments interpreted from logs? Give suitable
examples.
[15]
Q10)Answer in brief Any Four of the following:
a)

Interpretation of oil and gas show during mud logging.

b)

Recognition of porous and non-porous carbonates.

c)

LWD.

d)

Recognition of movable hydrocarbons.

e)

Perforation.

f)

Recognition of cyclicity in the sequence.

g)

Shale volume calculation and significance.

[4759]-248

[20]

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P3716

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 249
B.E. (Petroleum)
WELL ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (412383)

Time : 3Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION- I

Q1) a)

Discuss casing shoe depth selection procedure in detail.

[6]

b)

Discuss Leak off test in details calculate formation fracture strength. If

Surface leak off pressure is 1000 psi, shoe depth 10,500 ft TVD, Mud
weight used for leak off test is 9.8 ppg.
[10]

c)

Explain Kick tolerance in brief.

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

[2]

Discuss radius of curvature survey method to determine change in

inclination and azimuth.
[8]
Discuss geometry of the L type well trajectory in detail.

[8]

Discuss accumulator system of BOP in detail.

[8]

b)

Drilling fluid density = 11.5ppg, SIDPP = 500 psi, Influx density = 2.5 ppg,
Influx height = 200ft. Calculate SICP.
[4]

c)

Discuss weight and wait method in brief.

[4]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q4) a)

Discuss AFE calculations in detail.

[6]

b)

Discuss liner setting and cementation process with suitable sketch. [10]

Q5) a)

A grade E drill string has a tension load of 190,000lb at 4,500ft, determine

permissible bending stress. If drill pipe OD 4.5, ID 3.826, 16ppf.
Discuss dogleg severity in brief.
[8]

b)

Discuss drill string design based on Tension, collapse, bending and torque
in vertical and directional wells.
[8]

Q6) a)

Discuss field method of optimizing bit hydraulics with flow behaviour

parameters Hedstrom number and Renold number. Discuss different
pressure losses in the system.

b)

Discuss Newtonian and Bingham plastic flow model in detail.

[18]

R R R

[4759]-249

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4626

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 25
B.E. (Civil)
GEOINFORMATICS
(2008 Pattern) (Open Elective) (Semester - II)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain interaction of EMR with Earths Surface.

[9]

What is remote sensing? Explain the different stages of Remote

Sensing?
[9]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain EMS. State the characteristics of different frequencies.

[8]

What are the elements of Visual Image Interpretation? Explain their

significance and factors influencing them.
[10]
What are the elements of Remote Sensing? Explain these in brief.

[8]

Explain in detail, characteristics of LANDSAT.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

What is FCC? What is the significance of FCC in recognizing terrain

features.
[8]
Short Notes on:
i)

Relief Displacement.

ii)

Drainage Pattern.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)
Q6) a)
b)

Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

Write in brief importance of remote sensing in water resources.

[8]
Explain in detail use of remote sensing in terrain analysis.
[8]
OR
Explain RS Application in canal irrigation with flow chart.
[8]
Describe with flow chart application of remote sensing in ground water
assessment.
[8]
SECTION - II
What is GIS? Explain in detail its components.
Write notes on:
i) Map Features.
ii) Map scale and its importance.
OR
Explain in brief history of GIS and its development.
Write notes on:
i) Hardware and Software for GIS.
ii) Map Resolutions.

[9]
[9]

[8]
[10]

What is a Map? Explain different types of Map Projection systems and

its need?
[12]
Discuss errors in GIS.
[4]
OR
Waht is Geospatial Data Model? Explain in brief RDBMS.
[12]
Discuss in short Buffering.
[4]
Write an essay on Data collection and input processing in GIS.
Explain Unsupervised Classification.
OR
What is GPS? Explain its importance in RS and GIS.
Explain in brief:

[8]
[8]

i)

Raster Model.

ii)

Digital Image Processing.

E
[4759]-25

[10]
[6]

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P3717

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 250
B.E.
PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
Petroleum Exploration
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (412384)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the questions of both the sections should be written in separate answer
books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) Answer any four of the following.
a)

Draw and describe gravity effect of a horizontal rod.

b)

Electrode arrays in Schlumberger and Wenner configuration.

c)

Electrical properties of rocks.

d)

Magnetic susceptibility of rocks and minerals.

e)

Isotope surveys in geochemical exploration of petroleum

f)

Radioactive decay processes.

Q2) a)

[20]

Explain with the help of suitable diagrams normal move out and dip
move out.
[10]

P.T.O.

b)

Describe and Interpret the seismic image given below.

[5]

OR
Q3) a)
b)

Draw and explain velocity gradient and velocity filtering?

[10]

What are different energy sources used in offshore seismic data

acquisition?
[5]

Q4) What is 3D seismic? What are different interpretation tools available for correct
understanding of subsurface?
[15]
OR
Q5) Explain following in brief.
a)

Pattern Recognition

b)

Time structure maps

c)

Vertical Seismic Profile

d)

Recognition of unconformity

e)

DHIS

[4759]-250

[15]

SECTION - II

Q6) a)
b)

What are microseepages? Explain the same with suitable examples.[10]

Explain different geochemical correlation methods.

[5]

OR
Q7) What are frontier and explored basins? How one may proceed for exploration
in these basins?
[15]

Q8) a)

How structure contour maps are useful in the understanding of geometry

of formations? Give some examples.
[10]

b)

Calculate the Geological risk involved and state whether the risk involved
in the search of hydrocarbons is low or high?
[5]
EVENT

PROBABILITY

Maturity of source rock

0.85

Migration path to reservoir

0.90

Reservoir rock with porosity and permeability 0.85

Trapping mechanism
Existence and persistence of seal

0.80
0.80

OR
Q9) a)

Explain in brief different terms used in reserves as suggested by SPE/

AAPG.
[5]

b)

Give an equation to calculate Original Oil and Gas in Place (OOIP &
OGIP). What are the uncertainties associated with each parameter
considered in the equation.
[10]

[4759]-250

Q10)Answer the following in brief, any five.

a)

Delineation of additional in place volumes by different means,

b)

Chances of errors in reserves estimation,

c)

Critical elements of petroleum system,

d)

NELP in India,

e)

Natural data structures,

f)

Coal Bed Methane,

g)

Stratigraphic traps,

h)

Recognition of a structural play.

R R R

[4759]-250

[20]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3718

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 251
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
Advanced Instrumentation and Process Control in Petroleum Industry
( 2008 Pattern) (Elective - I) (412384)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer book.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Give the classification of electric motors. Explain with neat diagram

principle, construction and working of AC motor.
[10]
Write short note on speed control of DC motor.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Describe the various types of Logic Gates with its truth table used
frequently in Oil and Gas Industries.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between the Analog and Digital Instruments and discuss

their advantages and disadvantages.
[8]

Q3) a)

Give the classification of temperature measuring instruments. Describe

with neat diagram construction, principle and working of thermocouple.
[8]

b)

Describe with neat diagram construction, principle and working of

bourdon tube pressure gauge.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Define torque. Explain principle, construction and working of proximity

torque sensor with neat diagram.
[8]

b)

With help of neat diagram explain the construction, principle and working
of any device used for measuring the flow of crude through a pipeline.[8]

Q5) a)

What is the need of process control in petroleum industry - Explain with

help of suitable examples.
[6]

b)

What do you mean by dynamics and what is steady state?

[4]

c)

Explain the P,D and I mode of controller actions with help of diagram.
Provide mathematical expression of each. Why PID mode is considered
to be the best of the lot?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

c)

With help of relevant examples discuss various important features of

SCADA systems.
[8]
Name the controllers ideal for the following:
i)

Gas pressure monitoring and control

ii)

Crude flow monitoring and control

Write a short note on Controller Tuning.

[4]

[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Why the accuracy and repeatability is worsen in Real World problems

compared to that of the Laboratory Study.
[6]

b)

Explain the need of Limit Switches and Alarm Systems in Upstream

Industry.
[6]

c)

What are the design goals of automatic remotely controlled fracturing

processes- explain with help of proper sketches.
[6]

[4759]-251

OR
2

Q8) a)

With help of schematic diagram explain Cascade Control. Discuss the

controllers employed and the control mechanism in details.
[9]

b)

Differentiate between PLC, DCS and PC- based Control Systems. [9]

Q9) a)

Discuss kick risk evaluation model (REM) with help of suitable diagram.
[8]

b)

Explain with help of suitable case study any advanced control architecture
for the underbalanced drilling operation.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

With help of neat sketch explain the PLC based control of two phase
separator of crude from aqueous phase.
[8]

b)

What is Dynamic Positioning of Floating Vessels-with help of suitable

diagram explain how it helping in the deep sea operations.
[8]

Q11)a)

Discuss the key features of the emergency shutdown system -Elaborate

the methodology also.
[8]

b)

What are the technical challenges in subsea manifold wells-highlight the

possible solution as well.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

List down important characteristics of ideal multiphase flow meter. [8]

b)

How automated control can be implemented to steam injection processdiscuss with aid of neat sketch of the process.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-251

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2017

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-254
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
PETROLEUM REFINING TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (412385 A) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q. 9 or Q. 10, Q. 11 or
Q. 12.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Give the classification of crude oil.

[8]

Discuss in details the various low boiling components of a refinery. [8]

OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Write a note on the various types of octane numbers.

[8]

What is ASTM distillation? Explain in detail.

[8]

Describe the process of single stage desalting of crude oil.

[8]

Enlist the various crude distillation products.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Discuss regarding the dry, wet and damp operation of a vacuum unit.
[8]
Write a note on the Atmospheric Topping Unit (ATU).

[8]

Discuss the process flow for a typical catalytic cracking process.

[9]

Explain the process of Fluid coking with the help of a neat labeled diagram.
Compare the yield with delayed coking process.
[9]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Discuss the process of hydrocracking in detail.

[9]

What is the need for air blowing of bitumen? Discuss the process of air
blowing of bitumen.
[9]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss the isomerisation process to increase the octane number.

[9]

What is alkylation? Discuss the hydrofluoric acid process for alkylation.

[9]
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

What is catalytic reforming? Give the reactions that take place in catalytic
reforming.
[9]
Describe the semi regenerative process for catalytic reforming.

[9]

Write a note on propane deasphalting.

[8]

Explain the process of ketone dewaxing of lube oil.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

With the help of a neat labeled diagram, explain the process of NMP
extraction for lube oil base stock.
[8]

b)

Explain the finishing processes for the preparation of lube oil base stock.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Write a note on the batch blending and the line blending process.

[8]

Write a short note on the atmospheric pollution due to refineries. How is

it controlled?
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain the method of hydrogen production by steam reforming.

[8]

Write a note on the SCOT process for sulphur recovery.

[8]

[4759]-254

Total No. of Questions : 10]

SEAT No. :

P3719

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-256
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
NON CONVENTIONAL HYDROCARBON RESOURCES
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (412385 (C))

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2)
Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Assume additional data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What is continuous accumulation system? How is it different from

conventional petroleum system?
[10]
Classify the non-conventional sources of hydrocarbons.

[5]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain following terms: Sandy Shale and Shaly Sand, Shale oil and Oil
shale, unconventional gas.
[10]

b)

Describe in brief technological challenges in the production of heavy

and extra heavy oil.
[5]

Q3) a)

Give classification of Shale gas reservoir based on grain size, composition

and brittleness.
[10]

b)

Comment on the recognition of hydraulic units in the unconventional

reservoirs.
[5]
OR

Q4) a)

An undersaturated coal system has the following reservoir parameters:

[10]
Drainage area = 160 acres, thickness =15 ft, porosity = 3%, Initial pressure
= 650 psia, desorption pressure = 450 psia, total compressibility = 16
105 psi 1. Estimate the total volume of water that must be produced for
the reservoir pressure to decline from initial pressure to desorption.
Pressure.

b)

Write in brief about hydrate formation in natural environment.

[5]
P.T.O.

Q5) Answer Any Four from the following:

[20]

a)

Simplified Process Schematic for Fischer-Tropsch Coal-to-Liquids

Systems.

b)

Free gas and absorbed gas in CBM.

c)

Draw a typical desorption isotherm as a function of coal rank.

d)

Hydrate problems during production.

e)

Core analysis in shale reservoir.

f)

TOC % in Tight Gas sand, shale gas and CBM.

SECTION-II

Q6) a)

A volumetric gas reservoir has the following production history.

[10]

Time, t
(years)

Reservoir pressure,
p(psia)

Cumulative production,
Gp(MMMscf)

0.0

1798

0.869

0.00

0.5

1680

0.870

0.96

1.0

1540

0.880

2.12

1.5

1428

0.890

3.21

2.0

1335

0.900

3.92

The following data is also available:

= 13%, Swi = 0.52, A = 1060 acres, h = 54 ft., T = 164F.
Calculate the Gas Initially In Place Volumetrically.
b)

Write a note on radioactivity in Shale.

[5]

OR
Q7) a)
b)

Explain in brief different types of proppant and their functions in hydraulic

fracturing.
[10]
Describe causes of formation damage and perforation damage.

[4759]-256

[5]

Q8) a)
b)

Describe the CBM gas production profile with the help of neat diagram.
[10]
An undersaturated coal system has the following reservoir parameters:
Drainage area = 160 acres, thickness = 15 ft, porosity = 3%
Initial pressure = 650 psia, desorption pressure = 450 psia,
total compressibility = 16 105 psi1.
Estimate the total volume of water that must be produced for the reservoir
pressure to decline from initial pressure to desorption pressure.
[5]
OR

Q9) Explain with the help of neat diagrams role of Geomechanics in the
understanding of behavior of the tight reservoirs.
[15]

Q10)Write notes on Any Four of the following:

a)

Environmental problems related to drilling and production.

b)

Management of produced water.

c)

Methods of extraction of Heavy oil.

d)

Relative permeability curves.

e)

Pressure drop in skin zone in vertical and horizontal well.

f)

Prevention and control methods in gas hydrate formation.

g)

Shale gas resource assessment in India.

[4759]-256

[20]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3903

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 257
B.E. (Petroleum)
CARBON MANAGEMENT IN PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
(Elective - II) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Maximum Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answer Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q. No. 3 or Q. No. 4, Q. No. 5 or Q. No.6, from
Section I and Q. No. 7 or Q. No.8, Q. No. 9 or Q. No. 10, Q. No. 11 or Q. No.
12 from Section II.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, Slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss in detail the effects of global warming on environmental and

social changes. What are the primary drivers of it?
[10]

b)

What is Kyoto protocol? What is its significance? Also write barriers

towards proper implementation of it.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

b)

How carbon credit is important for various industrial sectors and the
economical development of different Nations? Explain with a case study.[12]
Describe, carbon cycle, in brief.

[6]

Write the names of various green house gases. Discuss the impact of
emission of gases from various Industrial sectors on the environment
and life on the earth.
[8]
This is an arrangement under the Kyoto Protocol allowing industrialized
countries with a green house gas reduction commitment to invest in
emission reducing projects in developing countries as an alternative to
what is generally considered more costly emission reductions in their
own countries. Write the name of this arrangement; describe this with
its advantages and disadvantages.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) How different major and minor industrial sectors are responsible for carbon
emission? Give the details of those operations of upstream and downstream
sector that are responsible for carbon emission.
[16]
Q5) a) Discuss in brief CO2 storage, transportation and its limitations in brief.[6]
b) Describe in brief carbon capture and sequestration in deep geological
formations.
[10]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss any one case study of carbon sequestration. Include, objectives,
data available, challenges, methodology and advantages in it
[12]
b) List the different approaches of carbon sequestration.
[4]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Classify different sources of energy?
b) Why renewable energy is important? Explain in detail.

[4]
[6]

c) Explain in brief, the principle of operation of any two methods of

renewable energy generation and their limitations.
[8]
OR
Q8) Industrialization and globalization have changed the context of business,
accelerating economic growth and intensifying social and environmental risks
and impacts. Discuss in detail role of sustainable development in this
background. Also write its long term benefits.
[18]

Q9) a) Differentiate between biogas, biofuel and solid biomass.

[6]

b) What is bio-gas? Explain the systematic process of, bio-gas generation.

Write its advantages and limitations.
[10]
OR
Q10) Discuss in detail energy production from biomass. Include the general
techniques of energy production from biomass and limitations of each in
brief.
[16]
Q11) a) Discuss the scope and methods of carbon credit generation from the
point of Petroleum Industry.
[8]
b) Write in detail general methods of energy saving and energy management. [8]
[4759]-257

OR
Q12) Write short notes on :
[16]
a) Cleaner fuels and refining processes.
b) New engines to operate with cleaner hydrocarbons, hydrogen and
renewable fuels.
c) Cleaner alternative sources of energy
d) Minimization of internal energy consumption and other emission reduction
methods

[4759]-257

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4277

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 6

[4759] - 258
M.E. (Petroleum Engineering) (Semester - II)

IMPROVED OIL RECOVERY AND RESERVOIR SIMULATION

(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q1 or 2, Q3 or 4, Q5 or 6, Q7 or 8, Q9 or 10, Q11 or 12.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of a non-programmable calculator, log-log and semi-log paper is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
c)

Classify different types of EOR techniques and explain how EOR process
is different than secondary recovery or pressure maintenance program.[8]
For a typical water flood initial oil saturation is 0.6 and residual oil
saturation in the swept region is 0.3. What will be the recovery factor if
volumetric sweep efficiency at the economic limit is 0.7?
[4]
Draw neat schematic sketch and show peripheral flooding and central
flooding for an anticline reservoir.
[4]
OR

Q2) Oil is being displaced by water in a horizontal, direct line drive under the
diffuse flow condition. The rock relative permeability functions for water and
oil are given in following table.
[16]
Sw
Krw
Kro
Sw
Krw
Kro
0.20
0
0.800
0.65
0.170
0.050
0.30
0.009
0.470
0.70
0.208
0.027
0.35
0.020
0.370
0.75
0.251
0.010
0.40
0.033
0.285
0.80
0.300
0
0.50
0.075
0.163
0.55
0.100
0.120
Bo = 1.28 rb/std and Bw = 1.0 rb/stb for initial reservoir pressure which is
constantly maintained. Assume that the relative permeability and PVT data are
relevant for both cases. Compare the values of the producing water cut at
P.T.O.

surface conditions and cumulative oil recovery at breakthrough for following fluid
combinations. Draw fractional flow plots and apply Welge's graphical technique.
Viscosity in cp
Case
Oil
Water
1
70
0.5
2
8
1
Q3) a)
b)
c)

What is hot water flooding and CSS? Also write in brief the general
design considerations and general selction or screening criteria to
implement thermal recovery methods.
[8]
Draw neat schematic and describe the SAGD mechanism in brief. [6]
How will you calculate steam injection rate and oil steam ratio for a
steam flooding project? Explain.
[4]
OR

Q4) a)

b)
c)
Q5) a)

b)

Calculate the mobility ratio and amount of oil recoverable at the end of a
certain tertiary recovery program if, overall sweep efficiency is 0.70.
Other data : Area = 14.5 km2. Initial oil saturation at the start = 0.7.
Residual oil saturation at the end = 0.3. Porosity = 0.23. Pay zone thickness
= 18 meter. Bo = 1.25. Bw = 1.0. Kro = 0.62, Krw = 0.22. Oil Viscosity
= 0.9CP. Water Viscosity = 0.9. Also Calculate the time epaped between
the start of injection and arrival of the front at the production well if
constant fluid injection rate is 6000m3/day.
[8]
What is microscopic displacement efficiency or pore scale efficiency?
Describe the factors affecting to it is brief.
[6]
Write a short note on, 'miscible drive'.
[4]
Discuss the general design considerations from, 'preparation of a polymer
solution to be injected into the reservoir' to 'necessary separation facility'
for a Polymer flooding program. Also write suitable reservoir parameters
or screening criteria to implement this kind of project.
[12]
Write the advantages and limitations of, 'carbon dioxide flooding', in
brief.
[4]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Compare between Water flooding and Polymer flooding.

Write a short note on :
i) Surfactant flooding
ii) Microbial EOR

[4759] - 258

-2-

[8]
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

State the Lax Equivalence Theorem. Explain with a diagrammatic

representation, the concepts of stability, consistency and convergence.
Explain the importance of each of these terms in numerical simulation.[8]

b)

Show how the expansion of Taylor's series leads to the forward, backward
and central difference techniques used in numerical simulation.
[4]

c)

What are the objectives of reservoir simulation and what data is required
for creating a reservoir simulation model?
[4]
OR

Q8) a)

List down the major steps involved in reservoir simulation, along with a
detailed description.
[4]

b)

Differentiate between "first order derivative" and "Approximation of first

order derivatives".
[4]

c)

Write a short note on truncation errors and analyze the truncation errors
associated with the schemes derived from Taylor's series.
[8]

Q9) Derive the 1-D flow equation in Cartesian coordinates.

[18]

OR
Q10)1-D, linear, horizontal single phase diffusivity equation is given by:
2 P c P
=

x 2 k t

Write the difference equation for the above, using 3 explicit and 3 implicit
methods.
[18]
Q11)For two phase flow of oil and gas in a linear, horizontal porous medium, the
equations can be written as :
[16]

[4759] - 258

-3-

Write the flow equations in discretized form, in terms of transmissibilities and

pressure differences.
OR
Q12)Well produces from (3,2,2) @ 133.3 STB/D.x = 250 ft; y = 300 ft; z =
33.333 ft; h = 100 ft; kx = 270 md; ky = 220 md; kz = 50 md. Fvf = 1.0 rb/stb;
rho = 55 lbm/ft3; mu = 2 cp. Write the flow equation for block (3,2,2) [16]

[4759] - 258

-4-

Formulas/Equations for the exam

[4759] - 258

-5-

ddd

[4759] - 258

-6-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3904

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 259
B.E. (Petroleum) (Semester - II)
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION ENGINEERING - II
(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3, or Q.No. 4. Q.No. 5 or Q.No.6, from
Section - I and Q.No. 7 or Q.No. 8, Q.No. 9 or Q.No. 10, Q.No. 11 or Q.No. 12
from Section - II.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, Slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Design a horizontal two-phase separator to process crude into gas flowing

at the rate of 8 MMSCFD having specific gravity 0.7 and oil at the rate
2000 bopd with 50 API gravity, The operating pressure and temperature
are 900 pisa and 50 F respectively.
[14]
Data: = 0.01 cp, Z = 0.85, dm = 140 micron, CD = 0.34 (initial value),
density of water = 62.4 lb/ft3, residence time = 3 min.
Calculate :
i)

Density of oil (lb/ft3).

ii)

Density of gas (lb/ft3).

iii)

Terminal velocity of liquid drops (ft/s).

iv)

Reynoldss no. Re (Comment on nature of flow).

v)

Drag coefficient CD

vi)

If calculated value of CD does not match with the initial value, then
using iterative procedure calculate final values of Re, CD and hence
the terminal velocity.

vii) Effective length Leff based on liquid capacity constraint and Seamto-seam length Lss of the vessel (for different values of diameter of
the separator -16, 20, 24, 30,36,42,48 inches).
viii) Calculate the slenderness ratio.
P.T.O.

Select the required size (diameter d and seam-to-seam length LSS ) of the
separator so that the slenderness ratio close to 3.
b)

Explain advantages and limitations of horizontal separators over vertical

separators.
[4]
OR

Q2) a)

Design a horizontal three-phase separator to process crude into gas flowing

at the rate of 6 MMSCFD having specific gravity 0.7, oil at the rate 4000
bopd with 40 API gravity, and water (density 1.07) at the rate 2500 bpd,
The operating pressure and temperature are 900 pisa and 50 F
respectively. Data: = 10 Cp, Z= 0.8, dm = 500 micron, CD= 0.34
(initial value), =0.26
[12]
Calculate:
i)

Density of oil (lb/ft3).

ii)

Maximum oil pad thickness with retention time (for both, oil and
water) of 10 min.

iii)

Maximum diameter of vessel for oil pad thickness constraint.

Calculate value of the product d2Leff based on liquid retention
constraint (i.e. to achieve oil and water retention time of 10min).

iv)

Effective length Leff based on liquid retention constraint and seamto-seam length LSS of the vessel (for different values of diameter of
the separator -60, 72, 84, 96, l08inch).

v)

Calculate the slenderness ratio.

Select the required size (diameter d and seam-to-seam length LSS ) of the
separator so that the slenderness ratio close to 3.
b)

With neat sketches explain control loops for interface level control with
and without oil chamber.
[6]

Q3) a)

Design a vertical treater for oil (50 API, S.G. 0.8, viscosity 7 cp) at the
rate of 3000 bopd at 90 F.
[10]
Calculate :
i)
ii)
iii)

[4759]-259

Minimum diameter of water droplet to be settled from oil to achieve

water- cut of 1%.
Value of the product d2h for the vessel based on oil retention time
constraint of 20 min.
The height h of coalescing section for different values of diameters
(50, 60, 70, 80 inch) of the vessel.

b)

The heat input required (in MMBtu/hr) for the treater to be operated at
120F, such that only 10 % water (S.G. =1) is left in the oil.
Explain the operations to be performed in treating produced water. [6]
OR

Q4) a)

Calculate diameter and height of vertical separator for produced water

treating system at the rate of 5000 bpd (S.G. 40 API, viscosity = l cp).
The diameter of oil droplets to be separated is 200 micron (with S.G.=0.8).
Take F= 1 and retention time 10 min.
[8]

b)

With neat sketches explain construction of atmospheric storage tanks

(fixed and floating roof types) for liquids. State limitations of each type.[8]

Q5) a)

b)

Explain Pilling and Bedworth rule and find out the nature of the film
[8]
when Aluminum oxidizes to A12O3 Given
i) atomic weight of oxygen = 16 g,
ii) Atomic weight of Aluminum = 26.98 g.
iii) Density of Aluminum = 2.70 g/cc,
iv) Density of Aluminum oxide = 3.70 g/cc.
Explain Anodic coatings and Cathodic coatings.
[4]

c)

Differentiate between dry corrosion and wet corrosion.

[4]

OR

b)

For Cathodic protection. a ship hull requires current density of 15 mA/mt2.

Zinc (divalent) used as sacrificial anode. What is the quantity of Zinc
required per mt2 of hull surface for protection to last 10 years? Given I
mole of Zinc has mass of 0.06537 kg. Number of electron in
I A/sec = 6.25 1018.
[8]
Explain causes of corrosion and factors affecting corrosion rate. [4]

c)

Describe Pitting corrosion and Crevice corrosion.

Q6) a)

[4]

SECTION - II
Q7) a) What is formation damage? Draw schematic sketch and explain the
concept of it.
[4]
b) What are the different methods to recognize formation damage problem? Also
write various reasons for occurrence of it in a near wellbore region.
[6]
c) What is critical rate of oil production? What will be the impact of incorrect
sizing of a surface production facility and restrictions in it on, overall
production performance of a reservoir? Explain.
[8]
[4759]-259

OR
Q8) a) Write various reasons for decline in oil and or gas production from a
wellbore and reservoir. Also write solution in brief to improve the
production performance of these assets.
[10]
b) What is Scale? What are the causes of scale formation? Explain different
scale problems in production operation.
[4]
c) Describe scale remediation techniques in detail.

[4]

Q9) a) Explain analysis of paraffins and asphaltenes in crude oil by various

testing methods.
[8]
b) Explain causes and consequences of sand production in wells.

[8]

OR
Q10) a) Explain sand control techniques in wells.

[8]

b) Explain use of slotted liners and wire-wrapped screens which contain

gravel pack for sand control in wells.
[8]
Q11) Write short notes on:
a) intelligent well completions
b) challenges associated with heavy oil production
c) multilateral wells
d) subsea production
OR

[16]

Q12) a) Discuss in brief different methods of heavy oil recovery.

[8]
b) Draw suitable diagram and explain down hole separation and processing
of oil, gas and water.
[8]

[4759]-259

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P2004

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 26
B.E. (Civil)
HYDROPOWER ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Open Elective) (401008)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each seciton.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer booklet.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

b)

Q4) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Explain hydroelectric power in India and estimation of hydropower
potential with flow duration curve.
[8]
Explain the process of Nuclear power generation? What are its
limitations?
[8]
OR
Describe briefly the sources of hydrologic data in India. Explain
hydrological analysis for the water power projects.
[8]
Discuss the relative merits and demerits of hydropower as compared to
other power sources.
[8]
Write short note on:

[8]

i) Micro hydro plant.

ii) Valley dam plant.
What are the principle components of hydroelectric plants? Draw the
typical sketch and discuss the utility of each component.
[8]
OR
Explain the location and main components of tidal plant in detail. [8]
What is run of river plant? What are the parts and arrangements of such
a plants? Explain with neat sketch.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Show that capacity factor is equal to product of load factor and utilization
factor.
[4]

b)

Explain the significance of load duration curve.

[4]

c)

A run-of-stream station with an installed capacity of 14,000 kW operates

at 30% weekly load factor when it serves as a peak load stationand its
entire capacity is firm capacity. What should be the lowest discharge in
the stream so that the station may serve as the base load station? It is
given that the plant efficiency is 70% when working under a head of
22 m. Also calculate the daily load factor of the plant when the discharge
in the stream rises to 15 cumec.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Why it is necessary to predict future load demand? What are the methods
of load forecasting?
[8]

b)

The load on hydel plant varies from a minimum of 12,000 kW to maximum

of 44,000 KW. Two turbo generators of capacities 22,000 kW each have
been installed. Calculate
[10]
i)

Total installed capacity of the plant

ii)

Plant factor

iii)

Maximum demand

iv)

Load factor

v)

Utilization factor
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain any four electrical equipments for the power house.

[8]

Explain underground powerhouse and types of arrangement of

underground powerhouse with sketch.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the criteria for dimensions of superstructures bays for the

powerhouse.
[8]

b)

Explain constructional and design features of generator in hydropower

generation.
[8]

[4759]-26

Q9) a)

b)

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Cavitation of turbines

ii)

Water hammer in turbines

The internal and external diameters of an outward flow reaction turbine

are 2 m & 2.5 m respectively. The turbine is running at 280 rpm and the
rate of flow of water through the turbine is 6.5m3/sec. The width of
runner at inlet and outlet is equal to 300 mm. The head on turbine is
140 m. Neglecting the thickness of vanes and taking the discharge radial
at outlet, determine:
[10]
i)

Velocity of flow at inlet and outlet

ii)

Vane angle at inlet and outlet

OR

Q10)a)

Explain classification of turbines according to various criteria in detail.[8]

b)

Determine the number of turbines and diameter of runner for a power

plant having 40 cumecs inflow, 20 m head. The efficiency of turbine is
75% with the speed of 200 rpm. Assume the specific speed as 250 and
speed ratio as 0.80.
[10]

Q11)a)
b)

Explain the concept of carbon credit? Give its significance.

[8]

Explain in detail different criteria for economic considerations of

hydroelectric power plant.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain the duties of electricity generating companies in detail.

[8]

What are the factors governing the pricing of electricity?

[8]

[4759]-26

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4278

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 261
B.E. (Petroleum Engg.)
DEEP WATER TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern)

[Total No. of Pages : 3

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use to logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss effect of an environmental forces on drill ship and explain linear

wave theory in detail.
[9]

b)

Discuss effect of loading 9-5/8 casing on deck to Center of gravity of

a drilling vessel. Calculate new gross Center of gravity by adding 200
tons of 9-5/8 casing on a deck at a vertical Center of gravity 130ft. If
present displacement of a ship is 13,000 tons and KG at this
displacement is 62 ft.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)

Discuss selection and uses of ROV in detail.

[9]

b)

Discuss effect of removing weight from higher VCG than vessels KG to

metacentre.
[6]

c)

Explain Ballast control in brief.

[3]

Discuss in details loads acting on riser system.

[3]

Discuss use of Mud boost line and riser fill up valve in brief.

[4]

Q3) a)
b)

P.T.O.

c)

Discuss penetration test and Exploration test.

[6]

d)

Calculate riser margin using following data

[3]

Water depth - 700 ft., RKB to sea level - 50ft.

Mud density - 11 ppg, sea water density 8.5 ppg
Well TVD - 10,000 ft.
OR
Q4) a)

Discuss 26 drilling , casing and cementation operation in brief.

[8]

b)

How to calculate choke line friction loss in subsea well control.

[4]

c)

An offshore well drill from semisubmersible encounters shallow gas sand

at 670 ft RKB. The pore pressure 770 ft gas water contact is 320psi.
Water depth at location is 200 ft and rigs air gap is 70 ft. is this zone
likely to kick. If 9ppg mud is in use? Hydrostatic gas gradient 0.01 psi/ft.
[4]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain subsea cementing procedure with suitable sketch.

[8]

Explain Mohr-coulomb criteria of rock failure in detail.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Discuss stresses around well bore and well bore instability - upper and
lower mud weight limits in detail.
[10]
Derive expression for compressibility.

[6]

CEFF = FCF+(1- F) CS
Consider simplified porous material behaviour.

SECTION - II
Q7) Discuss production platform design, development and planning in detail.
(Different environmental forces with Morison equation).
[16]
[4759] - 261

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss different types of platform, explain one of the platform in detail

with depth and design limitations.
[8]
Explain Jack up rig design and construction in detail.

[8]

Discuss vertical tree subsea completion in detail with suitable sketch.[9]

Write short note on :
i)

Manifold

ii)

Jumper

iii)

Umbilical.

[9]

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss offshore production three phase separator design and selection

in detail.
[9]

b)

Discuss EOR techniques used in deep water Hydro carbon production.[9]

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss different types of pipe laying vessels in detail.

Discuss multiphase pattern of flow in detail.

[12]
[4]

OR
Q12)Discuss Weymouth equation for horizontal flow with assumptions and effect
of assumptions in detail. Discuss gas flow in parallel pipelines in brief. [16]

{{{
[4759] - 261

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4279

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759]-262
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
TRANSPORT OF OIL AND GAS
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt three questions from each section. Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or
Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer book.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Neat diagram should be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use a non programmable calculator.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary and clearly state it.

SECTION -I

Q1) a)
b)

Explain different hydrocarbon properties which are useful for designing

of oil and gas pipelines and storage facilities in detail?
[10]
Short note:

[8]

i)

Complex flow systems

ii)

Flow regimes in horizontal pipelines

OR

Q2) Solve for pressure drop in 2", 4" and 6" ID gas lines using general equation,
Panhandle and Weymouth equation = 0.004 (Assume old steel) Z = 0.67
Gas viscosity = 0.013 Consider good operating condition, gas flow
rate = 20 MMscfd, gas gravity = 0.85 P1= 900 psi, T = 120 deg F,
C = 120, length = 3000 m.
[18]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Given following information of a centrifugal compressor answer the

following conditions:
[8]
Operating conditions: Ps = 800 psia, Pd = 1200 psia, Ts = 529.7 deg
R, Td = 582.6 deg R, Qg,sc = 400 MMSCFD
Gas properties: SG = 0.65, k = 1.3 Zave = 0.95
Calculate:
i)

isentropic efficiency?

ii)

Actual volumetric flow rate?

iii) Isentropic head?

iv) Power requirement (assume 80% mechanical efficiency)?
b)

Explain with a neat sketch construction, working principle of a

reciprocating compressor?
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

b)

Explain in brief:

[8]

i)

Gas-liquid interface pulsating dampener

ii)

Net positive suction head

Explain with a neat sketch Construction, working principle of double

acting piston pump?
[8]

Q5) Short note on:

[16]

a)

Selecting Pipe Sizes

b)

Minimum pipe wall thickness

c)

Head loss in valves and pipe fittings

d)

Pipe end connections

[4759]-262

-2-

OR
Q6) Short note on:

[16]

a)

Erosional flow

b)

Codes and standard used for pumps

c)

Use of Weymouth, Panhandle A and Panhandle B equation

d)

Pressure rating classes

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain with help of process flow diagram LNG liquefaction Process.

[8]

b)

Explain in detail about natural gas to ammonia and urea process with
block diagram .
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Differentiate between LNG, CNG and LPG with respect to all properties?
[8]
Explain with help of process diagram gas to methanol.

[8]

Write about gas to liquids-Fischer-Tropsch route with block diagram.[8]

Explain gas to power process in detail?

[8]

OR
Q10)Explain in brief about: (any four)
a)

Materials used for subsea piping

b)

Safety and supervision of subsea pipelines

c)

FPSO

d)

Cathodic protection for pipelines

e)

Asphaltene, paraffin and hydrate inhibition method in pipelines

[4759]-262

-3-

[16]

Q11)a)
b)

Draw and explain Group gathering station in detail?

[9]

Explain different types of pigging operations in detail.

[9]

OR
Q12)Short notes on:

[18]

a)

Types of valves used in facility piping

b)

Instrumentation and controls used in GGS

c)

Pipeline coating and insulation

aaa

[4759]-262

-4-

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P4632

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 263
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering) (Semester - II)

ENVIRONMENT TECHNOLOGY AND SAFETY IN

PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from each section.
2) Que 5 & Que 10 are compulsory.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Use of non programmable electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
7) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What are the types of solids contained in waste water? Give detailed
classification.
[6]

b)

Discuss the impact of natural gas flaring on Environment in details. What

are the majors taken to reduce the impact?
[6]

c)

What are characteristics of produced waters in Petroleum industry? How

are these harmful to environment?
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

What is HAZOP Analysis? What ae merits and demerits of HAZOP?[6]

b)

Discuss classification of Air pollutants in details.

[6]

c)

Discuss hazardous materials used in petroleum industry.

[6]

Q3) a)

Draw a simple flow sheet showing all aspects of produced water

treatment.
[8]

b)

What are Indian and international produced water discharge standard

with reference to petroleum industry.
[8]

P.T.O.

OR
Q4) a)

Write note on Accidental discharges of petroleum fields to environment.[6]

b)

Explain any four important parameters used internationally to assess quality

of produced wastewater.
[6]

c)

What are physical principles used in following equipment Plate

condensers, Gas/Air filtration units, hydro cyclones, skim pipes. [4]

Q5) a)

b)

What are methods to curb noise pollution from

i)

Seismic operations

ii)

Compressions

[8]

What are equipment used for treatment of produced water. What are
demerits of DGF equipment?
[8]
SECTION - II

Q6) a)

Write short notes on:

i)

Work Permit system

ii)

Root cause analysis

iii)

Job safety analysis

[6]

b)

What are objectives of well abandonment and plugging?

[4]

c)

Write merits and demerits of FMEA, JSA, what- if analysis.

[6]

OR
Discuss in details on OHSAS 18001.

[9]

b)

What are Safety audits? What are benefits of safety audits?

[3]

c)

What are the procedures for onshore/ offshore well abandonment? [4]

Q7) a)

[4759] - 263

-2-

Q8) a)

What are environmental aspects of oil field operations with respect to[6]
i)

Seismic

ii)

Drilling

iii)

Production

iv)

Offshore

b)

What are the different types of pimary & Secondary treatment available
for wastewater treatment? Write in details about any two treatments. [6]

c)

What are effects of emulsification on the oil spills?

[6]

OR
Q9) a)

Discuss Biochemical Oxygen demand and Chemical Oxygen demand

in details.
[6]

b)

What do you mean Sludge volume index and give formula to calculate
the same. Also, give values for good as well as poor sludge.
[6]

c)

What are effects of oil spills on aquatic life?

[6]

What are common legislation applicable to oil field operations.

[6]

Q10)a)
b)

What are reactive/ proactive system models of HSE management? [6]

c)

Discuss factors affecting oil spill movements.

[4759] - 263

-3-

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 8]

[Total No. of Pages :6

P3905
[4759] - 264
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
PETROLEUM ECONOMICS
(Elective - IV) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2)
Use of graph paper is allowed.
3)
Figures to the right indicate marks.
4)
Assume additional data if necessary.

Q1) a)

b)

Q2) a)

SECTION - I
[15]
Answer any three of the following :
i) Hydrocarbon Resources and Reserves
ii) Reserves to Production Ratio
iii) Natural Gas Major Trade Movements
iv) Crude Oil Benchmark Blends
v) Reserves accretion and discovery of field size scenario in past 20
years.
The recoverable reserves for a small field are estimated to be 2.0 million
barrels. It is necessary to develop a production forecast to evaluate
profitability over the tenure of the project. Similar cases have yielded an
initial rate of 800 BOPD with uniform decline of 10 % for first five years
of production followed by 15 % thereafter till the end of the tenure.
Develop and present the production forecast in a tabular form and
calculate the time required to recover the estimated reserves.
[10]
OR
Assume following data:
Average crude oil price in 2013 and 2014 was $ 92 and $ 105 respectively.
Keeping in mind this trend which is consistent also for the increase in oil
price since 2009, it was decided to develop a forecast for oil price with
an increase of 6 % every year since 2013 for next 10 years. Accordingly
the forecast was evolved for 10 years for a base price of $72 / barrel.
P.T.O.

It is seen that the oil produced has higher sulphar content and TAN
which is creating an oil price differential of 8.5 %.
Following the trend of decline in oil price in 2015, it was further decided
to consider oil price increase for first four years with oil price differential
and followed by a slide in oil price in the fifth year by almost 15 %. The
oil price will further increase from fifth to eighth year by 6 % and will
again fall by 15 % in the Nineth year with an increment of 6% in the tenth
year.
Prepare three different forecasts in a tabular form for oil price showing
original increase in oil price for 10 years, oil price differential @8.5 %
and increase-slide in price.
[10]
b)

Explain Exponential Decline with a suitable diagram.

c)

Write a note on Oil Trading.

Q3) a)

b)

[10]
[5]

Answer the following in brief :

i) NPV and PVI,
ii) Errors in Reserves Calculation,
iii) Incremental Analysis,
iv) Recognition of Uncertainty in Project Assessment,
v) Replacement Analysis.

[10]

An oil company has installed an offshore production facility for $10

million in the first year of the project. The annual maintenance cost of the
facility is $ 60,000 per year for the 2nd year, increasing by $10,000 per
year upto 10th year. In the 11th year, a major overhaul is conducted at a
cost of $ 500,000. The overhaul has helped in keeping the maintenance
costs fixed at $150,000 per year for the remaining 10 years. At the end of
20 years, the facility is sold for a sum of $2 million.
If the market interest rate is 10 % per year, calculate the present value of
all the costs over the 20-year period. Draw a cash flow diagram for the
problem.
[15]
OR

Q4) a)

Write in brief on any three of the following :

[15]
i) Difference in Volumetric Assessment for Prospective Resources
during Post Discovery, Appraisal and Development stage,
ii) Peak oil theory and Hubert curves,
iii) Elements of a project cash flow,
iv) Payback and Return on Investment (ROI),
iv) Scenario based assessment.

[4759]-264

b)

The company management is deciding whether or not it should accept a

project with an initial cost of 4.5 million dollars. Net cash inflows are
expected to be 9 million dollars each for all four years of operations. In
the fifth year, the land must be returned to its natural state at a cost of 25
million dollars. Develop and plot the NPV profile for the project. Should
the project be accepted at a rate of return of 8%? Should it be accepted
at a rate of return of 15%?
[10]
SECTION - II

Q5) a)

Consider the following investment opportunities that might be available

to a company with a current priority in low risk involved. [10]
Asset

Opportunity

Total lnvestment( M = 106$)

Drilling exploration wells in

an area with no history of occurrence
of hydrocarbons
$25 M
B
Exploration project adjacent
to producing field
$10 M
C
Redevelopment in producing
field
$25 M
If a budget of $ 30 M is available for allocation of projects for next year,
which is the best way to spend money acknowledging the factors
of uncertainty and risk?
i) 100% allocation in asset C and 50 % allocation in asset B.
ii) 80 % allocation in asset C, 50% in asset B and 20% in asset A.
iii) 60 % allocation in asset C, 50 % in asset B and 40 % in asset A.
Justify your decision with suitable arguments for each alternative.
b)

A company is planning to drill a well in a promising area. Geologists and

engineers estimate that there is a 35% chance that it will be a dry hole.
The dry hole cost is $65,000.
If the well is successful, it is estimated that there is a 60% chance that it
will have reserves of 30,000 barrels, a 30% chance of 60,000 barrels,
and a 10% chance of 90,000 barrels and the NPV corresponding each
reserve value is $60,000, $120,000 or $180,000, respectively.
Draw a suitable decision tree and suggest whether it is profitable to drill a
well based on the expected monetary value (EMV) for this proposal.
Show all calculations.
[10]

[4759]-264

c)

Q6) a)

b)

c)
Q7) a)

An oil company has mapped a prospect and concluded that the resources
may be as high as 40 million barrels and the probability of success (POS)
is estimated to be 15%.
The data acquied, the interpretations and the cost of the exploration well
will amount to 30 million USD. If a discovery is made, the NPV will be
90 million USD.
[5]
1) Calculate the expected monetary value.
2) Find the break even POS
OR
An asset was purchased for $ 96,000 with an estimated service life of 10
years and has a salvage value of $ 12,000. Calculate its depreciation
using straight line (SLD), and double declining (DDB) methods. Prepare
a plot of book value against number of years and compare the results
obtained by both methods.
[10]
There are two field development options for waterflood implementation
These are
[10]
i) Develop the field right away without a pilot and
ii) Do a pilot first and if the pilot is successful then go for the full field
implementation.
Without the pilot, there is a 60% chance the project will generate NPV of
110 MM$, 40% chance the waterflood is not feasible, and the project
loses NPV of 3.5 MM$. If the pilot option is opted for, it is estimated
the probability of pilots success is 70%. If the pilot is successful, there
is 90% probability of generating NPV of 80 MM$ and 10% chance of
losing l 7.5 MM$. If the pilotfails, the resulting NPV will be 43 MM$.
Create decision tree and give decision on the basis of maximizing EMV.
Show all calculations.
Write in brief about Depletion.
[5]

A 50,000-barrel field is developed with a total cost of $550,000. The

operating cost over the productive life of the field is estimated at $ 320,000
per year. Assume Royalty of 15 %, income tax is 35 %, oil price of $ 65/
bbl, and recovery of CAPEX and OPEX. Calculate the share of
government and operator in this project. Show the distribution properly.[5]
b) While drilling a wildcat well, a tool is stuck. The engineers have two
options: (1) to fish for the tool or (2) sidetrack the well above the stuck
position. The cost for each option and the associated probabilities are
given in the table that follows. Based on expected value analysis, select
the most economically viable option.
[5]
[4759]-264
4

Outcome
Fishing

Probability

Cost,M$

Routine

35%

126

Troublesome

65%

380

85%

245

15%

436

Sidetrack Immediately Routine

Troublesome
c)

Write in brief about production sharing contract in India.

[15]

OR
Q8) a)

Following is the data given for economic evaluation of the project from
the commencement of the commercial production. Before production,
five years were spent for exploration and development. Hence after signing
the block, the production commences from the sixth year.
[20]
Year

Annual production,
million barrels

Year

Annual production,
million barrels

2.043

0.873

1.695

0.772

1.453

0.683

1.314

0.592

1.044

10

0.519

Use following assumptions for calculations

3 Exploration cost is 30 million dollars equally spread over first three
years after signing the block.
3 Development cost is 75 million dollars equally spread over from
fourth to sixth year
3 Production cost is $ 3.00/ bbl, constant throughout the project.
3 Oil price is $70/ barrel, constant throughout the project.
3
Royalty is 10 % on annual production, to be deducted from gross
revenue.
3 Rate of return is 10%.
[4759]-264

Cost recovery is 80 % and is allowed to deduce with the

commencement of commercial production. The unrecovered cost
is allowed to carry forward to next year.

Profit petroleum is to be shared between government and contractor

@ 60 % and 40 % respectively.

Contractor is entitled to pay 30 % income tax on profit.

Prepare a tabular form giving details of annual production, cumulative

production, gross cash flow, royalty, net cash flow, cost recovery, recovered
cost, profit petroleum, government share and contractor share, income tax,
profit for operator, NPV for operator BFIT and AFIT.
How is one barrel distributed?
b)

Write in brief about importance of Investment Multiple in the Production

sharing contract of India.
[5]

[4759]-264

Total No. of Questions : 10]

SEAT No. :

P4280

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 265
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION ENHANCEMENT AND
OPTIMIZATION
(2008 Pattern) (Semester -II) (Elective - IV) (412390B)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer to the two sections must be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Q2(two) in Section I is compulsory.
5) Either of Q5(five) or Q6 (six) in Section II are compulsory.
6) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
7) Use of a non-programmable calculator, log-log, and semi-log paper is allowed.
8) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What do you mean by a SRT? Explain in detail.

[6]

b)

What is the impact of Youngs Modulus on the width of a pumped

hydraulic fracture? Explain with equations and appropriate diagrams.
Also explain the concept of Poissons ratio.
[10]

Q2) a)

Estimate the surface pressure and horse power requirements considering

the following scenario:
[10]
i)

FG = 0.8 psi/ft

ii)

MD Perforations =Top: 9,780 ft; Bottom: 9,810 ft

iii)

3 1/2 tubing 6.5 lb/ft

iv)

YF 130 with SG =1

v)

Rate =40 bpm

P.T.O.

vi)

Frictional pressure gradient = 400 psi/1000ft

vii) Number of Perforations = 4 perfs/ft; Diameter of Perforations

= 0.4
viii) Perforation friction = 12.7 psi
ix)

PNET = 240 psi

b)

What is closure pressure, and how does Data frac help in computing the
same.
[8]

Q3) a)

With the help of a diagram, explain the various pressure terms used in
DataFrac and calibration test.
[10]

b)

Q4) a)

b)

Write short notes on:

[6]

i)

Friction pressure losses near the wellbore

ii)

Step down test

Calculate the fracture gradient under the following conditions:

i)

Casing 7, #29 to 3,500ft

ii)

M.D. top perf 3,250ft

iii)

M.D. bottom perf 3,348ft

iv)

Fluid being pumped - OIL API gravity 35

v)

ISIP = 1,400 psi

[10]

What is the difference between 2D and 3D fracture models? What are

the individual types? Explain with appropriate diagrams.
[6]
SECTION - II

Q5) What do you mean by optimization? In general why it is necessary to go for

optimization in Petroleum Production related processes or equipments? List,
at least six general situations in which you may need to go for production
optimization.
[18]
OR
[4759]-265

Q6) a)

What are the different methods to unload a liquid loaded gas well? Explain
the flow regimes and plunger lift mechanism used in it.
[9]

b)

Describe in brief, various techniques to boost oil production from a

given reservoir under normal operating conditions.
[9]

Q7) Discuss in detail, short, medium and long term methods to optimize field
production. Also write general bottlenecking problems and discuss in brief
what needs to be done to achieve highest recovery factor with maximum
efficiency.
[16]
OR
Q8) a)

Write the various techniques or tools that are available to improve the
production performance of a field. Explain any one of them along with
application.
[8]

b)

What is production optimization? Explain various methods of production

optimization for self-flowing well.
[8]

Q9) Discuss in brief, how long term planning and optimization techniques of well
completion or well design for a high pressure, high permeability reservoir will
help you to minimize following problems along with better production
management and minimum water and gas coning.
[16]
a)

Well stimulation

b)

Re-perforation with reference to OWC and GOC

c)

Water and gas shut off jobs

OR

Q10)Discuss any one case study, in detail to explain the application and scope of
production optimization that was applied either for a well bore or a field to
improve the productivity.
[16]
a)

Write the objective or problem statement of the case study

b)

Describe the challenges involved, data available, techniques and step by

step approach that was taken to utilize the available resources and improve
the overall efficiency of the production facility under consideration.

c)

Indicate the findings or results of discussion using graph and explain

them with mathematical equations if any.

R R R
[4759]-265

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4281

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :7

[4759] - 266
B.E. (Petroleum Engineering)
WELL CONTROL METHODS
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - IV) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Using following well data, calculate number of 92ft stands that can be
pulled out dry before well starts to flow.
[4]
Well depth = 10,750 ft TVD, Casing shoe depth = 5,930ft TVD, Mud
gradient =0.789 psi/ft, Formation pressure = 8,410 psi, Casing capacity
= 0.1499bbl/ft, Open hole capacity = 0.1458 bbl/ft, Drill pipe metal
displacement = 0.0080 bbl/ft, Drill pipe capacity 0.0176 bbl/ft.

b)

Using following well data, calculate

i)

Casing shoe strength in psi

ii)

MAASP, if mud density is increased to 12.6 ppg.

[4]

Data given
Well MD 13,500ft, well TVD 12,400ft, casing shoe MD 10,400ft, casing
shoe TVD 9,300ft, Leak off mud density 10.6ppg, surface leak off
pressure 2,200 psi.
P.T.O.

c)

What is ECD? When circulating with a 12ppg mud at 10,000ft., ECD is

12.3 ppg. Calculate what is an annular pressure loss.
[4]

d)

What is Swabbing and Surging? What are the causes and effects
of swabbing and surging?
[4]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain types of gas migration in a shut in well. Why is it necessary to let

the gas expand while it migrates?
[6]

b)

While drilling, pump pressure was 2000 psi at 70 spm with 11ppg mud.
What will be the approximate pump pressure, if pump speed is reduced
to 50 spm and mud weight increased to 13 ppg?
[4]

c)

Discuss U tube concept in detail.

[4]

d)

What is meant by Primary and Secondary well control?

[2]

Q3) a)

You are in a well; control situation while drilling. Explain the sequence of
actions that you would take if the company policy is soft shut in.[6]

b)

Discuss positive signs of kick in brief.

[4]

c)

After detecting kick well was shut in and stabilised shut in pressures
were SICP = 700psi, SIDPP = 540 psi, Pit gain = 20bbl, While circulating
for kill mud, both pressures were rising. What will happen to bottom
hole pressure?
[4]

d)

After lowering casing, which operations are to be taken care of prior to

conducting a leak off test.
[4]
OR

Q4) a)

Gas migration without expansion

i)

when gas is at bottom

ii)

Gas top at 4000ft

[12]

Calculate SIDPP, SICP, SIDPP.

Data:
Well T.D. = 9,000ft, Mud density = 12ppg, Well bore 8-1/2. Formation
pressure = 6,000 psi, influx volume = 40bbl, Influx height = 570ft, Influx
gradient = 0.12psi/ft.
[4759]-266

b)

Calculate influx gradient and type of influx with following data

[6]

Mud weight 12.3ppg, SIDPP 350psi, SICP = 700psi, influx height = 963 ft
Q5) a)

Write component number

[8]

Component

Number

Air Pump
Accumulator bottles
Hydraulic fluid reservoir
Accumulator pressure relief valve
Manifold pressure regulator
Pressure transmitter
4 ways/3 positions valve
Annular pressure regulator
[4759]-266

b)

A 3,000 psi control unit has 20, ten gallon capacity bottles with a precharge
pressure of 900psi. How many gallons of usable fluid is available
according to recommendation laid down in API RP 53?
[4]

c)

What is diverter? Discuss uses of diverter system.

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

Determine the Usable Volume Per Bottle using following data for Surface
and Subsea application.
[10]
Volume per bottle = 10 gal
Pre-charge pressure= 1,000 psi
Maximum pressure = 3,000 psi
Minimum pressure remaining after activation = 1,200 psi
Pressure gradient of hydraulic fluid = 0.445 psi/ft
Water depth = 1,000 ft

b)

Draw and explain Choke Manifold in brief.

[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss weight and wait method in detail.

[9]

Explain the application of a Volumetric Method in well control situation.

Explain the method in detail.
[9]
OR

Q8) Well data:

[18]

Casing 8-5/8 depth = 2,000ft, Well depth = 10,000ft, Number of stands

pulled = 10, Drill string stripped 4-1/2, string displacement 2bbl/std., Mud
density = 9.6ppg, Influx 10bbls of gas, Drill string annular capacity 0.0406
bbl/ft, Hole diameter 7-7/8, Hole capacity = 0.0603 bbl/ft, Z = 1.1, BHP =
5,000psi, BHP Temperature = 620R, Gas Sp gr = 0.6, SICP = 75 psi
Describe procedure for stripping 10 stands back to bottom and SICP when
bit at bottom.
[4759]-266

Q9) Well data

[16]

8-1/2 hole depth 13,600 ft MD/5,000 ft TVD

KOP 2,000ft,
End of build-up = 5,400 ft MD/4,285 ft TVD
9-5/8 shoe depth 9,000 ft MD/4,600 ft TVD
5 drill pipe capacity = 0.0178 bbl/ft
5HWDP 180ft capacity 0.0087 bbl/ft
6.25 drill collar 150ft capacity 0.0061 bbl/ft
Mud weight 10.9ppg, volume open hole to drill collar 0.0323 bbl/ft
Volume open hole to drill pipe 0.0459 bbl/ft
Volume casing/drill pipe 0.0515 bbl/ft
Shoe leaked at 1120 psi with 10.4 ppg mud
Mud pump output 0.12 bbl/stks
SCR 625 psi @ 30spm
SIDPP 875 psi, SICP 895 psi, Pit Gain 15 bbl.
Use drillers method
Calculate
a)

Kill Mud weight

b)

ICP

c)

FCP

d)

Dynamic pressure loss at KOP

e)

Remaining SIDPP at KOP

f)

Circulating pressure at KOP

g)

Dynamic pressure loss at EOB

h)

Remaining SIDPP at EOB.

OR

[4759]-266

Q10)Explain the effect on Circulating pressure, Casing pressure and BHP

of following problems while circulating out a kick.
[16]
a)

Plugged bit nozzle

b)

Washed out bit nozzle

c)

Choke plugged

d)

Choke washed out

e)

Total pump failure

f)

Plugged annulus.

Q11)a)

In which environment (WBM or OBM) kick detection is difficult and

why?
[8]

b)

Match the items listed below to the numbers indicated on the Lower
Marine Riser Package (L.M.R.P.).
[8]

Subsea accumulator ______

Annular preventer ______
[4759]-266

LMRP connector _______

Ball/flex joint ______
Control POD ______
Umbilical ______
Kill and Choke line loop _______.
OR
Q12)Discuss BOP function test and pressure test for BOP upper pipe ram with
suitable sketch in detail.
[16]

R R R

[4759]-266

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1468

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-268
B.E. (Chemical Engineering)
PROCESS DYNAMICS & CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (409343)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II..
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Develop the complete mathematical model equations of a non-isothermal CSTR
starting from the laws of conservation of mass and energy, for a first - order
reaction: A - B
List all the variables involved and state the assumptions made.

[16]

OR
Q2) Develop the complete mathematical model of a single liquid level tank system
assuming nonlinear relation between the outlet flowrate F and the liquid level
h. Linearize the nonlinear term around h0 and find the transfer function of
the system relating the liquid level h to the inlet flowrate Fi.
[16]
Q3) a)

For a second order system with following transfer function

G( s) =

[8]

15
(16s + 3s + 1)
2

when a step change of magnitude 5 is introduced into the system find

i)

Rise time,

ii)

Ultimate value of response,

iii)

Decay ratio,

iv)

Overshoot.
P.T.O.

b)

Write the time-equation and the transfer function of a PID controller and
give the advantages and disadvantages of each P, I and D actions. [8]
OR

Q4) A first-order process is controlled by a PD-controller. Determine the following,

assuming Gm = Gf = 1.
[16]
a)

Overall closed-loop transfer function.

b)

Order of the closed-loop system.

c)

Offset equation for a unit step input in Y SP(s).

d)

Overall gain of the closed-loop system.

Q5) Draw the root locus of the system with the following transfer function, [18]
G (s) =

12 K c ( s + 0.5)
( s + 1)( s + 2)( s + 3)

Mention all the steps and comment on the stability of the system.
OR
Q6) a)

Check the stability of the closed loop system with the following transfer
[9]
function, CE = s4 + 4s3 + 6s2 + 2s + 3 = 0

b)

Explain notion of stability in terms of BIBO with some example pole

placements on the complex plane.
[9]
SECTION - II

Q7) Sketch the Bode plots of the following system, mentioning each step in detail,
[16]
G (s) =

(2 s + 1)
(4 s + 1)( s + 1)

OR
[4759]-268

Q8) Draw the Nyquist plot for the system,

G (s) =

[16]

1
(2 s + 1)(4s + 1)

Show all steps in detail and comment on the stability of the system based on
the Nyquist stability criteria.
Q9) a)

Explain feed-forward control of a three tank composition control system

with a neat process diagram.
[8]

b)

Discuss the override control scheme of steam boiler for steam rate control
with the process diagram and basic block diagram.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

What is Smith predictor control system? Explain with the block diagram.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between feed-back and feed-forward control systems. [8]

Q11)a)

Describe the details of working of PLCs and its programming procedure

through a simple ladder diagram.
[9]

b)

Explain the Direct Digital Control (DDC) system through a neat block
diagram.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the conversion of analog signals to digital signals in a digital

control system.
[9]

b)

Describe the SCADA control system and its applications to a chemical

industry.
[9]

EEE

[4759]-268

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1469

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] -269
B.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING - II
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (409344)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain selection of model for non-catalytic reaction particle.

[6]

Spherical particle of Zinc blend of size R = 1mm are roasted in an 8%

oxygen stream at 900oC and 1atm pressure. The stiochometric of the
reaction is:
[12]
2Zns + 3O2 2 ZnO + 2SO2
Assuming that the reaction proceeds by shrinking core model.
i)

Calculate the time needed for complete conversion of a particle and

relative resistance of ash layer diffusion during this operation.

ii)

Repeat for particle of size R = 0.05mm.

Data:- B = 4.13 gm/cm3 = 0.0425 mol/cm3;
Reaction rate constant = Ks = 2 cm/sec;
for gases in ZnO layer, De = 0.08 cm2/sec
Note that film resistance can safely be neglected.
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) A feed consisting of 30% of 50- -radious particles, 40% of 100- -radious
particles and 30% of 200- -radious particles is to be fed continuously in a
thin layer onto a moving grate crosscurrent to a flow of reactant gas. For the
planned operating conditions the time required for complete conversion is
5,10 and 20 min. for the three sizes of particles. Find the conversion of solid
for residence time of 8min. in reactor.
[18]
Q3) a)
b)

Explain film conversion parameter in detail.

[8]

Explain the mass transfer and the reaction kinetics regimes in the fluidfluid reaction.
[8]
OR

Q4) The concentration of undesirable impurities in air (1 bar) is to be reduced

from 0.1% to 0.02% by absorption in pure water. Determine the height of the
tower required for counter current operations.
[16]
Data: KAga = 0.32 mol/hr. m3.pa
KAla = 0.1/hr.
HA = 12.5 pa.m3/mol.
Flow rates, fg/ACS = 1105 mol/hr.m2
fx/ACS = 7105 mol/hr.m2
Total molar density of liquid = 56,000 mol/m3.
Q5) a)
b)

Explain the major steps involved in the preparation of the catalyst. [8]
Explain the characteristics of the catalyst.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

Explain the methods of determination of catalyst pore volume and solid

density in detail.
[6]

b)

Explain the method of determination of catalyst surface area. (BET

method).
[10]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the selectivity for a porous catalyst.

[4759]-269

[6]

b)

Derive the effectiveness factor of cylindrical catalyst pallet and explain

the strong pore resistance and negligible pore resistance to the catalytic
reaction with suitable sketch .
[12]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain diffusion in porous catalyst.

[9]

Write a short note on mass transfer with reaction with the help of
effectiveness factor in catalytic reactions.
[9]

Q9) The following mechanism has been proposed for a catalytic reaction.
A(g) + B(g) C(g)
a)

A(g) + X U A.X

b)

A.X + B(g) U C.X

c)

C.X U C(g) + X

Where, X indicates an active site of the catalyst. Derive an expression for the
rate of reaction if the surface reaction step is a rate controlling.
[16]
OR
Q10)The catalytic reaction, A 4R, is studied in a plug flow reactor using various
amounts of catalyst and 20 lit/hr of pure A feed at 3.2 atm and 117oC. The
concentration of A in the effluent stream is recorded for the various run as
follows:
Run

Catalyst used,kg

0.02

0.04

0.08

0.12

0.16

CA, out(mol/lit)

0.074 0.06

0.044 0.035

Find a rate equation for this reaction.

Q11)Write a short note on the following.
a)

Staged adiabatic reactor.

b)

Slurry reactor

0.029
[16]
[16]

OR
Q12)Write a short note on the following.
a)

Packed Bed reactor.

b)

Trickle Bed reactor.

R R R
[4759]-269

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1520

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-27
B.E. (Civil Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Open Elective) (401008)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

What do you understand by physical unit processes? How these are

beneficial in waste water treatment scheme.
[8]

b)

Explain Electro-dialysis process for removing colloidal and dissolved

solids.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Discuss the different chemical unit process? Explain any one in detail.
[8]
Explain the working of root zone cleaning system.

[8]

How recycling of treated sewage is done?

[8]

Explain activated sludge process with neat sketch.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Discuss the effects of toxic chemicals on environment. Give the remedial

measures to reduce these effects.
[8]
Explain the working principle of filtration in detail.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain in detail the role of ozone in COD and colour removal from
waste water.
[9]

b)

What is mean by activated carbon? Give its process and design

parameters.
[9]
OR

Q6) Write short note on following with neat sketch (Any Three):
a)

Ultra-filtration.

b)

Nitrification and denitrification.

c)

Reverse osmosis.

d)

Moving bed bio reactor.

e)

Membrane reactor.

[18]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

What are the 3R principle? Explain its importance in environment point

of view.
[8]
Explain the term Reuse of sewage in residential building.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

How recovery of plastic, paper and metal is carried out from municipal
solid waste?
[8]
Explain zero discharge concepts for paper and pulp industry.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain 3R principle for sugar cane processing.

[8]

b)

Explain the recovery of metals in electroplating.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain the amount of water require for textile industry.

[8]

What is radioactive waste? How it cause hazard to environment?

[8]

[4759]-27

Q11)a)

Explain the theory of adsorption. Give design specification for adsorption

using BDST model.
[9]

b)

How waste water is useful for irrigation? Explain its effects on crop
selection. Give its preventive measures.
[9]
OR

Q12)Explain following term (Any Three):

a)

Adsorption.

b)

Standards related to solid waste.

c)

Green process.

d)

Zero discharge concept for domestic building.

e)

Necessity of treatment of industrial waste.

[4759]-27

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3332

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-270
B.E.(Chemical)
Chemical Engineering Design - II
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Answer any three questions from each section.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

5)

Use of Calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

A reaction vessel is fitted with a plain jacket and stiffening rings for the
reaction vessel with the help of following data:
[10]
vessel shell internal diameter = 2130 mm, Jacket internal diameter = 2260mm
Jacket length = 2500 mm, Pressure inside the reactor = 0.55 N/ mm2 Jacket
internal pressure = 0.35 N/ mm2, Temperature = 1500C, Material of
construction - open hearth steel with allowable stress = 98N/mm2, Modulus
of elasticity = 190kN/ mm2, Poisson's ratio = 0.30

b)

Comment on selection of a jacket or a coil for a reaction vessel.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

With neat sketches describe vortex and swirling and methods to avoid it.[8]

b)

A jacketed agitated reactor consists of a vertical cylinder 1.2 m in diameter

with a hemispherical base & flanged flat top. jacket is fitted to the
cylindrical section only and extends to a height of 0.9 m. Spacing between
the jacket & vessel wall is 75 mm. The jacket is fitted with a spiral baffle.
The pitch between the spirals is 200 mm. The jacket is used to cool the
reactor contents with chilled water at 10oC @ 32,500 kg/h. Exit temperature
P.T.O.

of water is 200C Estimate the heat transfer coefficient at the outside wall
of the reactor and pressure drop in the jacket. Density of water=998 kg/
m3, viscosity of water = 1.136 mNs/m2,.Npr = 7.9, kf = 0.59 w/m.k,
jf = 3.2 x 10-3.
[10]
Q3) a) Explain the downcomer back up calculations for a sieve plate column with
all the equations.
[10]
b)

Using van Winkle's correlation find the overall column efficiency for the
following system
[6]
Component

Mol fraction

u (m Ns/m2)

Propane

0.05

0.03

i - butane

0.15

0.12

n-butane

0.25

0.12

i-pentane

0.20

0.14

n-pentane

0.35

0.14

aLK = 2.0
OR
Q4) a)

b)
Q5) a)

Find the column diameter of a plate column for the following specifications:[12]
Feed stream: 10% w/w acetone in aqueous stream, 200C, 13000 kg/h.
No. of theoretical stages 16, slope of bottom operating line = 5, slope of
top operating line = 0.57, xD = 0.94 (98% w/w), xW = 50 ppm, R =1.35,
plate efficiency = 60%, plate pressure drop = 100 mm, Vapor density. At
bottom = 0.72 kg/m3, liquid density at bottom = 954 kg/m3, surface
tension at bottom= 57x10-3 N/m, Vapor density at top = 2.05 kg/m3, liquid
density at bottom = 753 kg/m3, surface tension at top = 23x10-3 N/m, surface
tension at bottom = 57x10-3 N/m, K1 top = 0.09 and K1 Bottom = 0.075.
Explain the sieve plate performance diagram

[4]

Explain the characteristics and functioning of

[6]

i)

Liquid distributors

ii) Liquid redistributors

b)

Explain the estimation of packed bed height for an absorption column

with all the relevant equations
[10]

[4759]-270

-2-

OR
Q6) a)

Sulphur dioxide produced by combustion of sulphur in air is absorbed in

water. Pure SO2 is then recovered from the solution by steam stripping.
The feed is 5000 kg/h of gas containing 8% w/w SO2. A 95% recovery of
SO2 is required. The gas is cooled to 200C. Physical properties of gas
can be taken as those for air. No. of overall gas transfer units = 8, Liquid
flow rate = 29.5 kg/s. Find the diameter of column for a pressure drop
of 20 mm H2O/m packing height. Data - Type of packing = Intalox saddle,
Material = Ceramic, Size = 38 mm, Fp = 170m-1 Gas density = 1.21 kg/
m3, Liquid density = 1000 kg/m3, Liquid viscosity = 10-3 N.S/m2. [10]

b) What is the significance of mGm/Lm in the design of packed column? [6]

SECTION II
Q7) a) Design a separator for the separation of a mixture of steam and water.[10]
Steam : Flow rate = 2100 kg/h, Density 2.2 kg/m3
Water : Flow rate = 1000 kg/h, Density = 930 kg/m3
Operating pressure = 4bar.
b) What are material hazards and process hazards?

[8]

OR
Q8) a) With neat sketch give a detailed procedure for the design of decanter.[8]
b) Write about knockout drum, role of demister pads and reflux drum. [10]
Q9) a) What are codes and standards and their importance in piping design? [9]
b) Discuss about the selection of optimum pipe diameter.

[7]

OR
Q10)a) Explain design of pipelines based on fluid dynamic parameter. Give details
of any one case

[8]

b) With neat sketches explain the different types of flanges used in piping
networks.
[8]

[4759]-270

-3-

Q11)a) Water is flowing through a pipeline at a rate of 1 kg/sec. The internal

diameter of the pipeline is 25 mm and the length of pipeline is 2200 m.
Estimate the pressure drop in the pipeline. Density of water = 1000 kg/m3,
Viscosity of water = 0.001 N.s/m2.

[8]

b) Explain the materials used for low, normal, and high temperature service
pipelines
[8]
OR
Q12)a) Give the relevant equations for natural gas pipelines and the properties for
the same.
[8]
b)

30 kg/sec of water is to be transported through a steel pipeline to a

location 2 km away. The frictional pressure drop across the pipeline is
50,000 N/m2. Find the diameter of the pipeline. Roughness of pipeline is
4.1 x 10-5. Density = 995 kg/m3, viscosity of water 0.8 x 10-3 N.s/m2.[8]

iii

[4759]-270

-4-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1470

SEAT No. :

[4759]-271

[Total No. of Pages :4

B.E. (Chemical)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (409341)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any 3 questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

5)

Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is permitted.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss The Hydrologic Cycle.

Describe The Nitrogen Cycle in detail.

[6]
[10]

OR
Q2) a)

Enlist at least three basic mechanisms of removing particulate matter

from gas streams.
[6]

b)

Explain clean development mechanisms (CDM) and Kyoto Protocol.[10]

Q3) a)

The maximum 1 hr. CO levels in Kolkata reach 35 ppm. Calculate the

equivalent concentration in terms of mass fraction (wp), and in milligrams
per cubic meter at 25oC and 1 atm.
[8]

b)

A 1000 mw power plant of 35% thermal efficiency is proposed. The

plant burns 3% sulphur coal with a heating value of 6000 kcal/kg and
emits 64,000 m3/min of flue gas. What is the concentration of SO2 in the
flue gas in ppm? Assume that the density of SO2 is 1920 g/m3.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) A 1000mw power plant burns 10,000 metric tons of 1.5% sulphur coal per
day. The flue gases are emitted into the atmosphere through a stack whose
height is 200m. The diameter of the stack at the plume exit is 5m. The velocity
and the temperature of the plume at the exit are 10 m/s and 120oC respectively.
What is the downwind SO2 concentration in the plume centerline on the ground
at a distance of 5 km on a thin overcast night when the environmental lapse
rate is equal to zero? Assume that the ambient air temperature is 15oC and the
wind speed at the stack altitude is 6 m/s.
[16]

Q5) Write a short notes on each of the following with figure.

[18]

a)

Control of SOx in a complex fertilizer plant.

b)

Removal of hydrogen sulphide from sour gas in a petroleum industry.

OR

Q6) Write a short notes on each of the following with figure.

a)

Centrifugal Scrubber.

b)

Fixed bed adsorber.

[18]

SECTION - II
Q7) A large stream has a rate of reaeration K2 = 0.55 and a rate of deoxygenation
K1 = 0.23 per day. The DO deficit of the mixture of stream water and waste
water at the point of reference, DO is 4.0 mg/lit and the ultimate BOD of the
waste Lu is 75 mg/Lit.
[16]
Calculate:
a)

The DO deficit at a point one day distant from the point of reference.

b)

The critical deficit and the critical time.

OR

Q8) a)

Differentiate clearly between TOC and TSS. How do you determine the
TOC?
[8]

b)

Derive Streeter - Phelps equation and explain the terms used in the
equation.
[8]

[4759]-271

Q9) A municipality plan to use the water from a river for a wastewater treatment
plant. Since the river water is turbid, pretreatment is necessary. A setting analysis
is run on a type-1 suspension. The column is 2m deep and the result of a
column test is as follows.
[18]
Time min

60

80

100

130

200

240

420

Conc. mg/lit

299

188

178

167

154

112

77

26

What will be the theoretical removal efficiency in a settling basin with a loading
rate of 25 m3/m2. d(25 m/d)?
OR
Q10)Ordinary municipal wastewater is to be treated by the conventional activated
sludge process. The design loading is 0.1 m3/s and 250 mg/lit BOD. The
design criteria and operating values of the conventional process are as follows.
[18]
BOD removal percent = 90
Organic loading = 0.5 kg BOD/day per kg MLVSS
The target for MLSS in aeration tank = 2000 mg/lit.
Excess sludge production = 0.5 kg sludge solids per kg BOD destroyed
Air flow rate = 100 m3/day per kg BOD/day
Final settling tank overflow rate = (30 m3/day) per m3 surface.
Solids concentration in recycled sludge = 10,000 mg/lit
Solids concentration in the effluent leaving the system = 25 mg/lit
Calculate the following:
a)

Aeration period.

b)

Amount of solids leaving the system.

c)

Amount of BOD destroyed.

d)

Air flow requirement.

e)

Surface area of the settling tank.

[4759]-271

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss in brief various treatment processes adopted for treating industrial

wastewater.
[6]
Explain the following points related to sugar industry.
i)

Manufacturing process and waste water generation.

ii)

Characteristics of waste water and

iii)

Methods of treatments.

[10]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Discuss the Waste Management Hierarchy.

[6]

Describe Incineration operation for disposal of solid waste in detail.

(Diagram is necessary).
[10]

EEE

[4759]-271

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2018

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] -272
B.E. (Chemical Engg.)
MEMBRANE TECHNOLOGY
( 2008 Course) (Elective - I) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer- books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the importance of separation operation in chemical manufacturing

processes.
[8]

b)

Classify membrane separation processes and state their advantages over

conventional separation processes.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Classify membranes based on homogeneity, transport mechanism, nature

of material, electric charge, morphology.
[8]

b)

State materials used for preparation of membranes and state

characteristics of each.
[8]

Q3) Explain use of following polymeric materials used for membranes.

a)

Linear or branched chain polymers

b)

Copolymers (random, block, graft type.)

c)

Cross-linked type.

[16]

(Give suitable applications)

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain how polymer chain flexibility depends on the characteristics of

main chain elements & side group elements.
[8]

b)

Explain the importance of glass transition temperature in determining

state of polymer.
[8]

Q5) Explain the following methods for preparation of membranea)

Sintering

b)

Stretching

c)

Track etching

d)

Template leaching

[18]

OR
Q6) What are composite membranes? Explain the following methods of preparation
of composite membrane[18]
a)

Interfacial Polymerization

b)

Dip coating

c)

Plasma Polymerization
SECTION - II

Q7) What is characterisation of process membrane? Explain following methods of

characterisation of process MF membrane
[16]
a)

SEM

b)

Bubble-point method

c)

Mercury intrusion porometray

d)

Permeability method.
OR

Q8) Explain the following methods of characterisation of UF membrane

a)

Gas adsorption -desorption

b)

Thermoporometry

c)

Permporometry

d)

Liquid displacement

[4759]-272

[16]

Q9) Explain the construction and working of the following membrane modules
used in membrane separation processes:
[16]
a)

Spiral-wound module

b)

Plate - and-frame module

c)

Tubular module
OR

Q10)a)

Distinguish between surface or screen filters and depth filters used as

UF/MF membranes. Explain mechanical exclusion model for surface
filters and state the expression for solute rejection.
[8]

b)

Explain transport in an ion exchange membrane process such an

electrodialysis.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is concentration polarization in membrane? Explain the following

models used for polarization of membrane
[12]

b)

i)

Boundary layer film model

ii)

Gel layer model

What is membrane fouling? State the sources of fouling and remedies to

reduce the effect of fouling.
[6]
OR

Q12)Explain the following applications of uF process

a)

Recovery of electrocoat paint in automobile plants.

b)

Clarification of fruit juice.

c)

Oil-Water emulsions.

R R R

[4759]-272

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1471

[4759]-273

[Total No. of Pages :4

B.E. (Chemical)
BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (Theory) (409341)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Use two separate answer sheets for writing the answers to the two sections.

2)

Draw schematics wherever necessary.

3)

Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

4)

Write the chemical reactions wherever necessary.

5)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) Explain in brief:
a)

Lipids

b)

Proteins

c)

Eukaryotic cell

d)

Enzyme classification

[16]

OR
Q2) Explain the following:
a)

Prokaryotic cell

b)

Role of DNA in cell life cycle

c)

Protist kingdom

d)

Enzyme inhibition

[16]

P.T.O.

Q3) Explain process for manufacture of

a)

Vinegar and

b)

Vitamin A

[16]

OR
Q4) Explain process for manufacture of
a)

Penicillin and

b)

Ethanol

[16]

Q5) Derive Mathematical expressions with the help of Michaelis-Menten inhibition

enzymatic kinetics for
[18]
a)

Non-Competitive Inhibition and

b)

Competitive Inhibition
OR

Q6) An enzyme has equilibrium constant of 4.7 x 10-5. If the maximum forward
velocity of the preparation is 22 moles/(lit.min), what velocity of the reaction
would be observed in the presence of 2 x 10-4 M substrate and 5 x 10-4 M of
[18]
a)

Competitive inhibitor,

b)

Non-competitive inhibitor.

What is the degree of inhibition in these cases? Inbitor equilibrium constant is

3 x 10-4M.
SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Consider the following reaction sequence

[8]

K1
K2
S+E

ES
P+E
K -1

Develop a suitable rate expression for rate of formation V = Ks (ES]

using equilibrium approach or quasi steady-state approach.
b)

Explain immobilization of enzymes and their types.

OR

[4759]-273

[8]

Q8) a)

Following data were obtained from enzymatic oxidation of phenol oxidase

at different phenol concentrations.
[6]
S(mg/l)

10

V
5
(mg/lhr)

20

30

7.5 10

50

60

80

90

110

130 140 150

12.5 13.7 15

15

12.5 9.5 7.5 5.7

What type of inhibition in this? Determine the constants Vm,Km and Ksi.
Determine the oxidation rate at [S] = 70 mg/lit.
b)

Following data were recorded for the enzyme catalysed reaction. [10]
S
P

[S] (M)
V

6.25 x10-6 7.50 x 10-5 1.00 x 10-4 1.00 x 10-3 1.00 x 10-2
15.0

56.2

60.0

74.9

75.0

(nmoles/lit.min)

i)

Estimate Vmax and Km,

ii)

What would v be at [S] = 2.50 x 10-5 M and [S] =5 x 10-5M?

iii)

What would v be at [S] = 5 x10-5 M if the enzyme concentration

were doubled.

iv)

v in the data has been determined by measuring the concentration

of product that has accumulated over 10 min period. Verify thatv
represents true initial velocity.

Q9) The steady state substrate and biomass concentrations for a continuous stirred
tank fermenter operated at various dilution rates are given below. Given that
the fresh feed concentration is 700 mg/l, calculate the values of the Monod
constants m, and Ks, the yield co-efficient Y and the endogenous respiration
coefficient Kd.
[16]
Dilution rate (hr-1)

0.3

0.25

0.2

0.12

0.08

Substrate concentration (mg/l)

45

41

16

3.8

Biomass concentration (mg/l)

326

328

340

342

344

OR
[4759]-273

Q10)An enzyme has a Km of 4.7 x 10-5 M. If the Vmax of the preparation is 22

moles/(lit.min), what velocity would be observed in the presence of 2 x 10-4
M substrate and 5 x 10-4 M of
[16]
a)

Competitive inhibitor

b)

Non-competitive inhibitor. What is the degree of inhibition in these cases?

Ki is 3 x 10-4M.

Q11)Explain the following:

[18]

a)

Bubble column bioreactor.

b)

Ion-exchange chromatography.

c)

Monod growth kinetics.

OR

Q12)Explain in brief:

[18]

a)

Techniques used for downstream processing.

b)

Effect of pH and temperature on dependence of the enzyme catalysts.

c)

Continuous sterilization of bioreactor.

EEE

[4759]-273

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4274

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 274
B.E. (Chemical)
CORROSION ENGINEERING
(Elective - I) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Write a note on thermodynamic aspects of corrosion.

[8]

Discuss the importance of design and material selection in controlling

corrosion.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain the application of Nernst equation to corrosion reactions and

calculation of corrosion rates.
[10]

b)

What are the differences between EMF series and Galvanic Series. [8]

Q3) a)

Explain Anodic protection technique for controlling the corrosion. [8]

b)

What is a Tafel equation and explain how it is useful for finding corrosion
rates.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

[8]
Explain Pourbaix - diagram for Fe - H2O system.
What are the different types of polarization and explain any one in detail.[8]

Q5) a)

Discuss Galvanic corrosion and pitting corrosion and remedial measures

for controlling the same.
[12]
Distinguish between wet and dry corrosion.
[4]

b)

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Discuss dezincification and its consequences.

[4]
Discuss cavitation corrosion and fretting corrosion and remedial measures
P.T.O.

for controlling the same.

[12]

SECTION - II
Q7) a) Explain the high temperature oxidation.

[7]

b) Explain the effect of velocity, temperature and composition of media on

corrosion.
[9]
OR
Q8) a) Comment on corrosion of iron and steel in aqueous media.
b) Write a note on Pilling Bedworth ratio.
Q9) a) Discuss various corrosion preventation techniques.
b) Explain how the modification of the materials is done by alloying.

[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]

OR
Q10) a) What are corrosion inhibitors? Classify different types of inhibitors with
examples.
[8]
b) Discuss how the nature of the metal influences the rate of corrosion.[8]
Q11) a) Explain chemical and mechanical methods of surface treatment
coatings.
[10]
b) How the metalic surfaces are prepared by various methods before
electroplating?
[8]
OR
Q12) a) Explain cathodic protection and the principles involved in it?
b) Discuss the use of inhibitors in corrosion control?

[4759]-274

[10]
[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2019

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-275
B.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL PROCESS SYNTHESIS
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (409342) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer three questions from Section-I and three questions from Section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables, electronic pocket calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the concept of Onion Model.

Write in brief different steps involved in process design.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Discuss idealized reactor model.

[9]

Explain in short different parameters in choice of reactor.

[9]

Q3) Explain the effect of following parameters on choice of reactor:

a)

Time.

b)

Material of construction.

[16]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain idealized reactor model for ideal batch reactor, mixed and plug
flow reactor.
[10]

b)

Explain the role of temperature and catalyst in reactor performance. [6]

Q5) a)
b)

Discuss various types of dryers.

[8]

Explain differential distillation with suitable example.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Write notes on:

a)

Adsorption.

b)

Centrifugal separation.

[16]

SECTION-II
Q7) Explain with sketches the concept of heat integration of sequences of simple
distillation column.
[16]
OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Discuss integration of refrigeration cycle.

[8]

Explain threshold problems in heat exchanger network.

[8]

What are composite curves? How you will obtain them?

[8]

How a problem table algorithm is formed?

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain the concept of Pinch technology.

[8]

Explain graphically heat recovery pinch.

[8]

Explain the intensification of hazardous materials.

[8]

Write in brief on:

[10]

i)

Toxic releases from processes.

ii)

Chemical hazards.
OR

Q12)Write short notes on:

[18]

a)

Unconfined vapour cloud explosion.

b)

Hazard triangle.

[4759]-275

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2020

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-276
B.E. (Chemical)
ADVANCED MATERIALS
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (409342) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION-I
Q1) Explain the different types of steels in details. Also explain their perticular
usages in chemical process industries.
[16]
OR
Q2) What are advanced materials? Explain with proper example and compare with
the normal materials.
[16]
Q3) Define polymeric materials. List out advanced polymeric material with usages
in chemical industries.
[18]
OR
Q4) How to prepare new polymeric materials? Discuss it with flowchart and explain
what are the Engineering problems encountered during manufacturing. [18]
Q5) What is powder synthesis technique? Explain in detail.

[16]

OR
Q6) Discuss on:
a)

Ceramic materials.

[8]

b)

Microstructural design.

[8]
P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) Write short note on composite materials. Discuss the factors affecting the
properties of composite materials.
[16]
OR
Q8) Explain reinforcing mechanism. Discuss it with proper example.

[16]

Q9) How to prepare ceramic composite? Explain in detail with figure.

[18]

OR
Q10)Write short note on:
a)

Crack propogation.

[9]

b)

Mechanical behaviour of ceramics.

[9]

Q11)What is carbon composite? Discuss their properties and explain fabrication

method of it.
[16]
OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain nanomaterials with example.

[8]

Write down the applications of nanomaterials in chemical engineering.

[8]

[4759]-276

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3333

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 277
B.E. (Chemical Engineering) (Semester - I)
POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, electronic pocket calculators is allowed.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

SECTION- I
Distinguished between Thermoplastics and Thermosets polymers with
examples.
[12]
Explain Branch polymers with two examples.
[6]
OR
Explain effect of Molecular Weight and Molecular weight on the properties
of polymers.
[6]
Explain Cross linked polymer with three examples.
[12]

b)

Differentiate with one example each between Bulk and Solution

Polymerization.
[10]
Write a note on Addition polymerization.
[6]

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain in detail with one example Suspension Polymerization Technique.[10]
Write a note on Emulsion Polymerization.
[6]

Q5) a) Explain in detail any two methods of determination of Molecular weight.[16]

P.T.O.

OR
Q6) Explain the importance of Number average, Weight average Molecular weight
and polydispersity Index. Also, find the polydispersity Index of the mixture
composed of 200 molecules of 100000 monomer lengths and 30 molecules
of 10 monomer lengths.
[16]
SECTION- II
Q7) a) Discuss in detail with the necessary equations kinetics of step growth
polymerization.
[8]
b) Discuss in detail Kinetics of copolymerization.
[10]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the Auto acceleration effect in Free radical Polymerization.
b) Write a note on Chain Transfer Agents. Explain with the importance of
the term Ceiling temperature of free radical polymerization under
equilibrium condition.
Q9) a)
b)

Explain the importance of polymer compounding with two examples.[6]

Explain in detail with neat sketch any one molding method used for
thermosets polymers.
[10]
OR
Q10)Discuss the followings:
Plasticizers, UV Stabilizers, Fire Retardant, Antioxidant, Filler, Colorants. [16]
Q11)Give technology overview for the polymerization of Styrene and Nylon 6.[16]

Q12)a)
b)

OR
Describe in detail the synthesis of Polyvinylchloride via suspension
polymerization technique.
[8]
Describe with neat process sheet the reactor systems used for HDPE.[8]

yyy

[4759] - 277

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3720

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-278
B.E. (Chemical Engineering)
PIPING DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer three questions from each section.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

A horizontal commercial steel pipeline 100mm in diameter and 400m

long carrying gasoline at 50C has a pressure drop of 1.33 105 N/m2.
Compute the flow rate when the specific gravity is 0.68. The kinematic
viscosity of gasoline at 40C is 4.2 107 m2/s. The equivalent sand
grain roughness of pipe material is 4.92 105 m?
[8]

b)

Discuss the different approaches used in the calculation of total pressure

drop for series and parallel piping systems?
[10]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain the concept of Pipe line networks and their analysis for flow in
branches.
[8]

b)

Explain the different types of major and minor losses occurring in piping
system.
[10]

Q3) a)

Explain the desirable properties of piping materials for high temperature

services?
[8]

b)

State and explain the different material standards for metallic piping
components.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain the various types of pipe fittings in detail.

[8]

Discuss the various functions, properties and the selection criteria for
the gasket?
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

What are the steps followed during sizing of control valve?

[8]

Write down the construction and the different types of globe valves
employed in controlling the flow?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the guidelines used for selecting the proper type of Rupture
Disk?
[8]

b)

Discuss the working principle of safety valve with the following points:
[8]
i)

Lifting

ii)

Reseating
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

b)

Discuss the significance of Churchill and Swamee-Jain equation for

calculation of friction factor in Compressed-Air Piping Systems? A pipe
is to be designed to carry 150 CFM free air at 100 psig and 80F. If the
pressure loss must be limited to 5 psi per 100 ft of pipe, what is the
minimum pipe diameter required?
[10]
Explain the steps involved in the pipe sizing for steam piping.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

A pipe is to be designed to carry 150 CFM free air at 100 psig and 80 F.
If the pressure loss must be limited to 5 psi per 100 ft of pipe, what is the
minimum pipe diameter required?
[8]

b)

Calculate the friction factor and transmission factor using the ColebrookWhite equation for a 16-in (0.250-in wall thickness) gas pipeline at a flow
rate of 100 MMSCFD. Flowing temperature = 80 F, gas gravity = 0.6,
viscosity = 0.000008 Ib/(ft.s), base pressure = 14.73 psia and base
temperature = 60 F. Assume a pipe internal roughness of 600
microinches.
[10]

Q9) a)

Which are the factors considered while locating the equipment in the
plot plan?
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of bill of material and Material take off exercise.[8]
OR

[4759]-278

Q10)a)

What are the plant lay out specifications considered by the design engineer?
[8]

b)

Develop the typical layout considerations for heat exchangers and pump.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Which are the considerations involved in the pipe rack design?

[8]

Discuss the different criterias for insulation system design in piping.

[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on:

[16]

a)

Line sizing of pneumatic conveying system.

b)

Flare selection and sizing.

c)

Critical and Optimum thickness of insulation.

d)

Common ASTM and IS specifications for Seamless / ERW pipes.

[4759]-278

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2021

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-279
B.E. (Chemical)
ADVANCED SEPARATION PROCESSES
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (409342)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer three questions from Section-I and three questions from Section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the details the design of chromatography.

Explain in detail Adsorption Cycle with neat sketches.

[6]
[12]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the basic concept of HPLC process.

[6]

b)

Give the application of chromatography in separation of enzymes and

proteins.
[6]

c)

Explain adsorption mechanism in separation of fluid-solid system. [6]

Q3) a)

Give the advantages of membrane separation process over other

separation technique.
[8]

b)

Explain the basic types of modules used in Reverse Osmosis.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Calculate the osmotic pressure of a solution containing 0.10 gmol

NaCl/1000g H2O at 250C. Density of water = 997.0 kg/m3.
[6]

b)

Write down the classification of the membrane process.

[6]

c)

Explain the following terms:

[4]

i)

Rejection.

ii)

Permeate.
P.T.O.

Q5) Discuss the following in detail

a)

Characteristics of the complexing agent used in chemical-complexation.

[8]

b)

Reactive distilation process.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Give the solution characteristics of chemical complexation process. [8]

Write short note on Reactive crystallization process.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Give the flotation techniques classification on the basis of mechanism of

separation and size of material separated.
[9]
Explain Collapse and drainage phenomena.

[9]

OR
Q8) Discuss the following:
a)

Design and development of flotation equipment.

[9]

b)

Application of flotation technique.

[9]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the adsorption properties and applications of molecular sieve.

[8]
Explain Zone refining process in detail.

[8]

OR
Q10)Write short notes on:
a)

Zone Electrophoresis.

b)

Adductive Crystallization.

[16]

Q11)Explain the classification of unit operations based on the property difference.

[16]
OR
Q12)Write short notes on:

[16]

a)

Exchange Reaction.

b)

Ring oven technology application.

[4759]-279

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2005

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 28
B.E. (Civil)
MECHANICS OF WAVES
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Open Elective)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer booklet.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Your answer will be valued as a whole.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
7) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
c)

Q2) a)
b)
c)

Q3) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Discuss classification of waves.
[4]
Discuss wave measurement in detail.
[6]
For a wind of corrected speed 25 m/s remaining constant over a fetch of
40 km obtain Hs and Ts values using Hasselmann technique, if
[8]
i) water is very deep
ii) water depth is 5 m
OR
Discuss the process of wave growth.
[4]
Define wave. What are gravity waves and internal waves? Explain with
examples.
[6]
A slowly moving cyclone has a forward speed of 15 m/s passing over
30 latitude. The pressure at the hurricane centre is 700 mm of Hg.
Maximum wind speed occurs at 60 km from the centre. What is the
wave height and period at 300 km to the right of the centre.
[8]
Derive equation for water particle displacement from mean position. [8]
A wave with a period 10 seconds is propagated shoreward over a
uniformly sloping shelf from a depth of 300 m to 3m. Find individual
wave velocity (C) and wavelength (L) corresponding to 300 m and 3m.[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
c)

Write short note on Stokes wave theory.

[4]
What are the assumptions in linear wave theory.
[4]
Derive expression for group wave velocity. Modify the formula for deep
water and shallow conditions.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is long term wave height statistics? Name various distribution used
to achieve the same while explaining Log-Normal distribution in detail.[6]
The annual maximum wave heights observed at Pondecherry in m are as
follows;
[10]
4, 5.23, 3.77, 5.88, 4.53, 4.59, 3.94, 3.12, 3.42, 6.96, 6.24, 4.43, 2.05,
5.23, 2.34, 1.25, 1.67, 3.45, 3.67, 2.35.

b)

Q6) a)
b)
c)

Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)

Find wave height of 50 year return period. For N = 20, yn = 0.5236,

Sn = 1.0628.
OR
Enlist various theoretical wave spectra. Explain any one of them in detail.[6]
Define stationary process, ergodic process, probability density
function.
[5]
Define probability density function, probability distribution function.[5]
SECTION - II
What is wave breaking? Discuss with respect to interaction with current
and solitary theory. Discuss various ways of wave breaking.
[8]
A beach having a 1 on 20 slope, a wave with deep water height of 3 m
and a period 8 seconds travels shoreward. Assume that a refraction
analysis gives refraction coefficient as Kr = (bo/b)0.5= 1.05 at the point
where breaking is expected to occur. Find breaker height and depth at
which breaking occurs.
[10]
OR
Write short note on wave set up and set down.
[8]
A wave of 2.8 m height and 8 second period strikes over a beach with a
slope of 1 in 35.
[10]
i) obtain the reflected wave height
ii) if the same wave strikes against the concrete wall having a slope of
1 in 8 what is reflected wave height?
Reflection coefficient for surf similarity of 0.7, 0.75 and 0.8 is equal to
0.05, 0.055 and 0.06 respectively.

[4759]-28

Q9) a)

Draw Minikins wave pressure diagram. State formula for total breaking
force on wall and total moment about toe.
[8]

b)

A wave of 1.5 m height attacks a smooth vertical wall of height 5.85 m.

The depth at the structure of the toe is 3m. The net force and moment
acting are 101.7 kN/m and 163.8 kNm/m respectively when wave is the
crest and 17.1 kN/m and 11.8 kNm/m when wave at trough. The height
of clapotis crest about bottom (yc) is 5.5 m and height of clapotis trough
(yt) is 2.5 m. Calculate the reduced force and moment on the reduced
wall of height 4.5 m.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Draw sketches for pressure distribution of non breaking wave forces

when crest appears on the wall and trough appears on the wall.
[8]

b)

A vertical wall 4m high is sited in sea water with depth at tow (ds) equal
to 2.5 m. The wall is built on a bottom sloe of 1:20. The wave period is 8
sec. Find the maximum pressure, horizontal force and overturning moment
about the toe of the wall for the given slope excluding the hydrostatic
forces. The maximum breaker height (Hb) is 3m.
[8]

Q11)a)

A one meter jacket leg is subjected to an attack of waves which are 4 m

high, 55 m long and 7 seconds in period. Determine the maximum drag
force, maximum Inertia force, Total Force at = / 4 at a location 8 m
below SWL. The water depth is 60 m. Take CD = 1, Cm = 2, = 1030
kg/m3. Use linear theory.
[6]

b)

Write in brief about calculation of wave forces using Deans theory.[10]

OR

Q12)a)

Derive equation for Keulegan - Carpenter number.

[8]

b)

Discuss effect of roughness on CD and CM.

[4]

c)

Write short note on wave slam.

[4]

[4759]-28

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1472

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 280
B.E. (Chemical Engineering)
PETROLEUM REFINING
( 2008 Course) (Elective - II) (Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer sheet.
2) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Write note on Formation and composition of petroleum.

[8]

How evaluations of petroleum are done and explain true boiling point
distillation.(TBP)
[10]
OR

Q2) Describe the following test with proecedure and significance.

a)

Flash point & Fire point.

b)

ASTM distillation.

[8]
[10]

Q3) Describe in details with sketch the atmospheric distillation unit (.ADU) [16]
OR
Q4) Explain operation of Pipe still heater with neat sketch and how performance
of pipe still heater is evaluated?
[16]
Q5) What do you understand by cracking? Explain various cracking operation
used in industry? Explain FCC in detail.
[16]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Explain with process flow diagram, reaction and effect of operating parameters
on Reforming.
[16]

SECTION - II
Q7) Describe in detail along with engineering problem in hydrodesulphurization.[18]
OR
Q8) a)

Explain Acid refining in detail.

[8]

b)

Write a note on metals present in petroleum and removal of metals by

hydro treatment.
[10]

Q9) a)

Why blending is needed for gasoline fraction? Explain different methods

of gasoline Blending.
[8]

b)

Name some additives used in petroleum industry and Explain effect of

these additives on product quality.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain different methods used for storage of petroleum products. [8]

Discuss in details transportation of petroleum products in India.

[8]

Q11)Describe Equipments used in pollution control for petroleum refining industry.

[16]
OR
Q12)Write in details about recent trend in distillation and catalyst used in refining
operation.
[16]

R R R

[4759]-280

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2022

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-281
B.E. (Chemical Engineering)
PROCESS MODELING & SIMULATION
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (409351)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Draw the flow chart of a systematic approach to process modeling. Also

show the interrelations between the flow chart stages.
[8]

b)

Provide a classification of the major categories of equations in process

model. What are the subclasses in each major category.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Define process model. What points should be considered to form the

model?
[8]

b)

Give the classification of model. What is the difference between Lumped

and Distributed parameter model? Explain with suitable examples. [8]

Q3) The following diagram shows the scenario of an evaporating pool of a volatile
liquid.
[18]

P.T.O.

This is typical of an accident spill from storage facility. In this case the liquid
is unsymmetric dimethyl hydrazine, a component of rocket fuel. Develop the
problem description if we are interested in the dynamics of pool evaporation
under the influence of different environmental conditions. You should consider
the key issues of:
a)

The modeling definition.

b)

The principle mechanism.

c)

The key assumptions.

d)

The principle balance volume of the system.

e)

The convective flows in the system.

f)

The key data that might be needed.

OR

Q4) Write component continuity equations describing the CSTR with your
notations.
[18]
a)

k1
k2
Simultaneous reactions-first order, isothermal A
B A
C .

b)

Reversible first order isothermal

Q5) Write the total mass balance, component mass balance for three-isothermal
constant hold-up CSTRs in series. Assume suitable kinetics.
[16]
OR
Q6) Develop a mathematical model for single effect evaporator. Write assumptions.
Draw a figure.
[16]
SECTION-II
Q7) Develop a model for absorption column.

[16]

OR
Q8) Develop a model for continuous binary distillation column.

[4759]-281

[16]

Q9) Benzene is nitrated in an isothermal CSTR in three sequential irreversible

reactions.
[18]
k1
Benzene+HNO3
nitrobenzene+H 2 O
k2
Nitrobenze+HNO 3
dinitrobenzene+H 2 O

k3
Dinitrobenzene+HNO3
trinitrobenzene+H 2 O

Assuming each reaction is linearly dependent on the concentrations of each

reactant, derive a dynamic mathematical model of the system. There are two
feed streams, one pure benzene and one concentrated nitric acid (98 wt%).
Assume constant densities and complete miscibility.
OR
Q10)Develop a model for Bioreactor.

[18]

Q11)What is Process Simulation? Explain any simulator with a proper example.

[16]
OR
Q12)A component material balance around a chemical reactor yields the following
Steady state equation
O=

where

F
F
Cin C KC3
V
V

F
= 0.1min 1 , C = 1.0 Kg mol/m3, K = 0.05 m6/Kg mol2. min.
in
V

a)

How many steady state solutions are there?

b)

Write two different direct substitution methods and assess the convergence
of each.
[16]

[4759]-281

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4282

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 282
B.E. (Chemical Engg.)
PROCESS ENGINEERING COSTING & PLANT DESIGN
(2008 Pattern)

Time :3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slibe rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Write a model specification sheet for Sieve tray distillation column. [9]
Explain the following factors considered for plant design with the help
of example:
i) Material of construction
[9]
ii) Selection of Equipment
iii) Safety considerations
OR
Illustrate Material and Energy balance. Develop the rate equation for
batch and flow reactor.
[9]
Explain significance of laboratory data and pilot plant data in process
development.
[9]
Draw and explain tree diagram showing cash flow for an industrial
operation.
[8]
The original investment for an asset was Rs. 10,000 and the asset was
assumed to have a service life of 12 years with Rs. 2,000 salvage value at
the end of the service life. After the asset has been in use for 5 years, the
remaining service life and final salvage value are reestimated at 10 years
and Rs. 1,000 respectively. Under these conditions, what is the
depreciation cost during the sixth year of the total life if straight line
depreciation is used?
[8]
P.T.O.

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain Total Product Cost with equations.

[8]

Write note on i) Breakeven point ii) Cost Indices

[8]

Q5) The annual direct production costs for a plant operating at 70% capacity are
Rs. 2, 80, 000/-.While the sum of the annual fixed charges, overhead costs,
and general expenses is Rs. 2, 00, 000/-. What is the break-even point in units
of production per year if total annual sales are Rs. 5, 60, 000/- and the product
sells at Rs. 40/- per unit? What were the annual gross earnings and net profit
for this plant at 100% capacity if corporate income taxes required a 15% tax
on the first Rs. 50,000/- of annual gross earning, 25% on annual gross earning
of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-, 34% on annual gross earnings above Rs. 75,
000/- and 5% on gross earnings from Rs. 1, 00, 000/- to Rs. 3, 35, 000/-?[16]
OR
Q6) a)

A glass reactor has been designed for the use in a chemical process. A
standard type of heat exchanger with a negligible scrap value costs Rs.
4000 and will have a useful life of 6 years. Another proposed glass reactor
of equivalent design capacity costs Rs. 6800 but will have a useful life of
10 years and a scrap value of Rs. 800 Assuming an effective compound
interest rate of 8% per year, determine which glass reactor is cheaper by
comparing the capitalized costs.
[8]

b)

Explain in short different methods for estimating capital investment. [8]

SECTION II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain optimum conditions in cyclic and semicyclic operation.

[8]

Explain La-Grange multiplier method and minimize the following objective

function that.
[8]
is subject to single equality constraints:
minimize f(x) = 4x12 + 5x22
subject to 2x1 + 3x2 = 6
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Write a explanatory note on Pinch Technology.

[8]

Explain the factors involved in techno-economic feasibility report. [8]

[4759] - 282

Q9) a)

Explain graphical and analytical procedure for optimization with two or

more variables.
[8]

b)

The following equation shows the effect of the variable x and y on the
total cost for a particular operation:
[8]

CT = 2.33 x +

11900
+ 1.86 + 10
xy

Determine the value of x and y will give the least total cost.
OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain Sensitivity and response analysis.

[8]

An organic chemical is being produced by a batch operation in which no

product is obtained until the batch is finished. Each cycle consist of the
operating time necessary to complete the reaction plus an additional time
of 1 .4h required for discharging and charging. The operating time per
cycle is equal is equal to 1.5Pb0.25 h, where Pbis the kilogram of product
produced per batch. The operating cost during the discharge-charge
period areRs 15 per hour. The annual fixed cost CF for the equipment
vary with the size of the batch in the following manner:
CF = 340Pb0.8Rs/yr
Inventory and storage charge may be neglected. If necessary, the plant
can be operated 24 days/yr. The annual production is 106 kg of product.
At this capacity, raw material and miscellaneous costs, other than those
already mentioned, amount to Rs 260,000 per year. Determine the cycle
time for condition of minimum total cost per year.
[8]

Q11)a)

Define CPM and PERT. Give difference between CPM & PERT with
examples.
[9]

b)

Following network diagram shows the three time estimates for various
activities and find the path considering:
[9]
i)

Optimistic time (a)

ii)

Pessimistic time (b)

iii)

Critical path using PERT

[4759] - 282

Q12)a)
b)

OR
Name the factors involved in plant location & explain plant layout with
help of diagram.
[9]
Determine the expected time and variance for each activity in the network
shown below.
[9]

M M M

[4759] - 282

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3334

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 283
B.E. (Chemical Engg.) (Semester - II)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Shown below are some chemical engineering problems that are suitable for
computer-aided solutions. Answer whether we should use artificial intelligence
or a conventional programming to solve each problem.
[16]
a)

Assessing yield and quality trends from a chemical reactor, for the purpose
of recommending shutdown for a catalyst change.

b)

Determining the fluid velocity in a fluid-flow problem.

OR

Q2) With definition, describe Artificial intelligence. Also explain Prolog as AI

language.
Q3) AI is to be applied for designing a Heat Exchange Network. Draw neat sketch
indicating steps in design.
[16]
OR
Q4) CSTR in series for second order reactions lead to multifold calculations.
Develop pedagogy using AI to simplify the system.
P.T.O.

Q5) Note the algorithm implied by the Expert System tools.

[18]

OR
Q6) What is Object-Oriented Programming? How is Structuring an Object-Oriented
Program performed?
SECTION - II
Q7) Semantic Network for a Flash vessel is to be designed. Develop and note the
network steps along with neat diagram.
[18]
OR
Q8) Differentiate among rule based and frame-based system in AI.

Q9) AND-OR Strategies for AI are to be applied for Absorber and Desorber
network systems. With sketch, explain the applications in details.
[16]
OR
Q10)With applications, write in details on Model Predictive Controller.

Q11)Enlist and explain with numerical methods involved, various expert system
tools.
[16]
OR
Q12)With neat diagram, write in details on the use of expert system in Fermentation
process.

{{{

[4759] - 283

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1473

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-284
B.E. (Chemical)
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN CHEMICAL
PROCESS INDUSTRIES
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
2)
Figures to the right indicate gives full marks.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain the scope of Energy Conservation and Energy Efficiency. State

its benefits towards Industry, Nation and Globe.
[10]

b)

State first and Second Law of Thermodynamics.

[2]

c)

Write a short note on Missing Data.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

c)

Explain the role, responsibilities and Duties of Energy Manager to be

assigned under the Energy Conservation Act 2001.
[10]
Define the following terms with the example of each:
i)

Primary and secondary energy.

ii)

Commercial and non-commercial energy.

iii)

Renewable and non-renewable energy.

[6]

Enlist different units for Energy. Convert 1 Hp into Watts.

[2]

Discuss the functions of Insulation in detail.

[6]

b)

What are the ways of reduction of steam usage?

[4]

c)

Cogeneration-A boon to process industry. Explain its importance. [6]

Q3) a)

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Enlist three basic types of steam traps. Explain any one in detail.

[8]

b)

Define energy audit as per the energy conservation Act 2001. Explain
detailed energy audit methodology.
[8]

Q5) a)

Draw a neat sketch of Jacketed Agitated Vessel. Briefly explain energy

conservation Opportunities for the same.
[8]

b)

State the advantages of air preheating in combustion chamber.

[5]

c)

State different ways to reduce available energy (Work) losses.

[3]

OR
Q6) a)

State the practical applications for the use of thermodynamic analysis to

improve energy efficiency.
[8]

b)

Explain how thermodynamic analysis is useful in saving energy in heat

exchangers.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

State briefly the methods of process synthesis. Explain importance of

Heat Exchange Network (HEN) in a process industry.
[8]

b)

Enlist the checklist for the potential energy conservation opportunities in

falling film evaporators and distillation columns.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Enlist the checklist for energy conservation in lighting system.

[8]

b)

What is pinch technology? Explain concept with neat diagram alongwith

its advantages in energy conservation.
[8]

Q9) a)

The contract demand of a plant is 1000 kVA. The minimum billing demand
is 75% of the contract demand. The basic tariff is as follows:
[6]
Demand Charges

Rs. 180 per kVA/month

Unit charges

Rs. 3.75 for the first one lakh units/month

Rs. 4.25 above one lakh units/month

[4759]-284

Fuel surcharge

Rs. 0.20 per unit/month

Service Tax

Rs. 0.25 per unit/month

Meter rent

Rs. 975/month.

The energy consumption is 3,15,000 units and the maximum demand

recorded is 600 kVA. Calculate the cost of monthly electricity
consumption.
b)

Explain Energy Audit and energy Monitoring.

[6]

c)

Write short note on importance of good housekeeping.

[4]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain the model role of equipment manufacturer in the development

and future prospects for a process industries.
[8]

b)

Explain fouling factor. How it affects on performance in Heat exchangers?

Explain with suitable example.
[8]

Q11)a)

b)

Write Short Notes on:

[12]

i)

Process Design for Energy Conservation.

ii)

Energy Savings in good house keeping.

iii)

List any three energy loss components in chemical plant.

What are the important precautions to be addressed while designing a

Distillery.
[6]
OR

Q12)a)

What are the important technical feasibility parameters that a energy

engineer should consider during the analysis of energy conservation
opportunities in a process designated industries.
[8]

b)

Explain the importance of automation in chemical industries and its effect

on energy Conservation.
[10]

[4759]-284

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1474

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-285
B.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL PROCESS SAFETY
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from section-I and 3 questions from section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail Dose versus Response curves.

[8]

Discuss the importance of safety in chemical process industry.

[8]

OR
Q2) Define and explain Hazard, Toxicity, Threshold limit value, safety, Accident
and Flammability with appropriate examples.
[16]

Q3) a)

How will you evaluate workers exposures to volatile toxicants by

monitoring?
[8]

b)

Discuss various legislations on safety control presently applicable in

chemical process plants.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Determine the TLV for a uniform mixture of dusts containing the following
particles:
[8]
Types of dust

Concentration
(wt %)

TLV
(mppcf)

Nonasbestiform talc

70

20

Quartz

30

2.7
P.T.O.

b)

State typical projects involving industrial hygiene. Describe identification

in industrial hygiene project.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is a fire triangle? What are the various methods to prevent fire and
explosion.
[9]

b)

Explain flammability characteristics of liquids and vapors.

[9]

OR
Q6) a)

Define Ignition, Autoignition temperature, Fire point and Flash Point.

[9]

b)

Explain in detail about Unconfined Vapor Cloud Explosion. (UVCE).

[9]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Discuss how flammable and toxic chemicals are stored and handled.
[8]

b)

Explain working of ventilation and sprinkler systems for preventing fires

and explosions.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss in brief about explosion proof equipments and instruments.

[8]

Explain the various safety devices used for relieving pressure.

[8]

Write a short note on Event trees and fault trees.

[8]

Discuss process hazard checklists in detail.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain the concept of HAZOP study and state guide words used for
the HAZOP procedure.
[8]
Discuss types of safety reviews and concept of risk assessment.

[4759]-285

[8]

Q11)Write short notes on:

[18]

a)

Role of computers in safety.

b)

Hazard models and risk data.

c)

Objectives and benefits of safety audit.

OR

Q12)Explain the following:

[18]

a)

Risk management routines.

b)

Safety versus production.

c)

Tackling disasters.

[4759]-285

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4633
[4759] - 286
B.E. (Chemical) (Semester - II)
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)

Explain reasons of low development of food processing in India.

[8]

Explain how taste can be characterized using suitable diagram.

[8]
OR
Discuss the amount of food processing in various areas in India as
compared to world.
[8]
Discuss role of technologies in food processing.
[8]
With neat sketch explain working of size sorting machine.
[9]
Discuss importance of size reduction in food processing.
[8]
OR
Explain novel grain storages with neat sketches and compare them with
old storage methods.
[9]
Which micro-organisms are responsible for degradation of food. What
are the preventive measures taken to reduce the contamination?
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain UHT pasteurization technique and state its advantages over

conventional methods.
[9]

b)

Discuss chemical methods of sterilization. Which chemicals are used?[8]

P.T.O.

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Compare various oil extraction techniques.

[9]

Discuss with neat diagram expression technique of oil extraction from

oil seeds.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss process of manufacture of Jam with emphasis on role of pectin.[8]

Explain various preservatives used in pickle manufacture and their action.[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Discuss manufacture of jellies with process flow diagram.

With neat flow sheet explain ice-cream manufacturing process.

Q9) a)
b)

Explain various size reducing equipments and the principle involved.[9]

Explain importance of grinding in bread making.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

With example explain flavored milk manufacturing and challenges? [9]

Discuss the dryer used in the manufacture of milk powder.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain with example enrobing method. Give advantages of this in food

manufacture.
[9]
Discuss temper evident containers and there importance in food industry.
[8]
OR

b)

Q12)a)
b)

[6]
[10]

What is aseptic packaging? State its importance.

[9]
Explain enrobing technique and give examples of its applications in food
industry.
[8]

yyy
[4759] - 286

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4703

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 287
B.E. (Chemical)
STANDARDIZATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE IN
CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRY
(New) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from Section I and II.
2) Answers to the two Sections should be written in seperate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

State and explain the various objectives for standardization of equipment

and materials.
[9]

b)

Explain material consumption. Elaborate various policies to regulate

material consumption.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain the various standards for financial returns.

[9]

b)

Explain Qualitative and Quantitative standards of Chemical Process

Industries.
[9]

Q3) a)

Write an explanatory note on types of standards used in chemical process

industry.
[8]

b)

Explain the formation and functions of BIS (Bureau of Indian

Standards).
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

b)

Explain the following standards:

i)

ISI mark

ii)

Agmark

State the various functions of Statistical Quality Control (SQC).

[8]

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Elaborate on idealized model for national standard system.

[8]

Write an explanatory note on Zero Defects.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

State the various functions of equipment inspector.

[8]

Enlist and explain the control charts.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the importance of Total Quality Management (TQM).

[9]

What is Quality Circle (QC)? Explain the functions of QC.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

What is Quality Control? Explain Statistical quality control in

manufacturing industry.
[9]

b)

Explain in detail the advantages and disadvantages of Quality Control.[9]

Q9) Explain with example the various standards followed in fabricating a heat
exchanger for process industry.
[16]
OR
Q10)Write notes on following concepts.
a)

Sampling

b)

Zero defects

Q11)a)
b)

[16]

Explain in detail the modern trends in standardisation.

[8]

Explain ISO. Elaborate on importance of ISO certification in global

market.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write notes on:

[16]

a)

ISO 14000 series.

b)

ISO 9000 series.

c)

Six sigma.

d)

HSE management System.

[4759]-287

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1475

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 288
B.E. (Chemical)
CATALYSIS
(2008 Course) (Elective -IV) (Semester - II) (409350)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Give the characteristics of catalysis.

[8]

Explain the mechanism of homogenious catalysis with an example. [8]

OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the mechanism of heterogenious catalysis with an example. [8]

Explain mass transfer in the catalysis.

[8]

Explain the Langmuir adsorption isotherm with assumption.

[8]

Give the classification of the catalysis in detail.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain the mechanism of adsorption and its isotherm in detail.

[8]

Explain the mercury-helium method for the determination of void volume

and solid density of the catalyst.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) A small experimental packed bed reactor (W = 1kg) using very large recycle
of product stream gives the following kinetic data:
[18]
A R

CA, mol/m3 - 1

CAo = 10 mol/m3

vo, lit/hr -

20

65

133 540

Find the amount of the catalyst needed for 75% conversion for a flow rate of
1000 mol. A/hr of a CAo= 8 mol/m3 feed stream.
i)

in a packed bed reactor with no recycle

ii)

in a packed bed reactor with very high recycle

OR

Q6) A solid catalysed reaction A 4R is conducted at 3.2 atm and 117C in a

PFR containing 10 gm of catalyst and using a feed consisting of the partially
converted product at 20 lit/hr of pure unreacted A. The result are as follows:
CA, in

0.1

0.08

0.06

0.04

CA, out

0.084

0.07

0.055

0.038

Find the rate equation for this reaction.

[18]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the steps involved in preparation of the catalyst.

[8]

Explain pore volume distribution in detail.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain the BET method in detail.

[8]

Explain the deactivation of the catalysis.

[8]

Q9) Write short note on the following.

[16]

a)

ZSM - 5

b)

Industrial application of the molecular sieves.

OR

[4759]-288

Q10)Write short notes on the following.

a)

Explain the frame structure of the Zeolites

b)

Industrial application of the zeolites

Q11)a)
b)

[16]

Derive the M-M kinetic equation.

[9]

Explain the special features of M-M equation.

[9]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Give the kinetics of competitive inhibition of enzyme reaction.

[9]

Explain the enzyme and microbial fermentation in detail.

[9]

R R R

[4759]-288

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3721

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 289
B.E.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Nanotechnology
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections must be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss the different synthesis methods for carbon based nanomaterials?

[8]

b)

Explain the different types of carbon nanotubes and graphene

nanomaterials along with their physical properties and applications? [8]
OR

Q2) a)

Discuss the molecular modeling technique for nanomaterials?

[8]

b)

Write a short note on different types of functionalization for carbon

nanotubes?
[8]

Q3) a)

Differentiate between Laser ablation and chemical vapor deposition?[8]

b)

Explain why MBE is one of best method as compared to other methods,

with its advantages?
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

State the merits & demerits of solution-based nano-fabrication techniques?

[8]

b)

Explain the concept of epitaxy and self assembly used for synthesis of
polymer nanocomposites?
[10]

Q5) a)

Explain with neat sketch principle and operation of Atomic force

microscope?
[8]

b)

Compare the specimen preparation needed in TEM and SEM and also
comment on HRTEM?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain principle and operation of Scanning Probe microscopes?

[8]

Discuss in detail Braggs law of diffraction and Scherrer expression in

X-ray diffraction?
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Write short notes on extrinsic semiconductors and intrinsic

semiconductors?
[10]

b)

Explain how quantum cryptography is used for secure data

communication?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Heisenberg uncertainty principle?

[8]

What is effective masses of charge carriers in semiconductor. Derive

expression for it?
[10]

Explain various methods for measuring surface tension?

[8]

Explain experimental procedure for finding out contact angles. Explain

with neat sketch?
[8]
OR

[4759]-289

Q10)a)
b)

Discuss the concept of self assembly and catalysis in nano colloids?[8]

Explain in detail about nanostructured photocatalysis?

[8]

Q11)a)

Discuss different nanocoatings? Explain its applications and benefits?[8]

b)

Explain how nanostructure mediated drug delivery helps for treatment

of various diseases?
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on:

[16]

a)

Nanomachines & nanodevices

b)

Biological applications of nanoparticles

c)

Nanohydrogel

d)

Health hazards of nanomaterials.

R R R

[4759]-289

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3682

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 29
B.E. (Civil)
FERROCEMENT TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Open Elective)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer from Section I answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3or Q.4, Q5. or Q.6 and from Section
II answer Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
5) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain in brief Ferrocement as a material of construction.

[6]

b)

What are different properties and specifications of raw materials used

for Ferrocement Technology?
[6]

c)

Write a note on Forming of Ferrocement structures.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Advantages and Disadvantages of ferrocement over RCC structures.[6]

b)

Explain the concept of Ferrocement with respect to following points:

[34 = 12]

Q3) a)

i)

Definition

ii)

Classification of ferrocement

iii)

Typical characteristics

iv)

their Applications

Explain the effect of shrinkage and creep on ferrocement units.

[6]
P.T.O.

b)

Explain the standardizing method of constructing ferrocement structures

with the help of following points.
[25 = 10]
i)

Planning the work

ii)

tying of wire meshes

iii)

mortaring & curing

iv)

maintenance

v)

Protective surface treatments given to the same.

OR

Q4) a)

Explain the role of form and shape of fabricating skeleton to increase the
strength parameter of ferrocement structures.
[8]

b)

Explain the causes and preventive measures for damage to the ferrocement
structures.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the special design considerations for ferrocement structures. Also

explain the conventional design methods like working stress, load factor,
applied to ferrocement.
[8]

b)

Draw the neat sketches of various structural shapes like stiffened plates,
arch faced walls, stiffened cavity walls and hollow floors and beams &
also give the comparative study.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Draw the neat sketches of various structural forms like T, U, +, L

& Also give the comparative study of behavior forms in respect of strength
and design parameters with ferrocement technology.
[10]

b)

Enlist and explain properties of ferrocement structures under static and

dynamic loading conditions.
[6]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain in detail the ferrocement building component you seen with

reference to following: material of construction, analysis and design
principles, process of construction, quality control and maintenance.[9]

[4759]-29

b)

Explain the design and construction of houses with following ferrocement

building accessories: cavity walls, hollow floors, hollow beams, staircases
and other building accessories.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the special characteristics of ferrocement to resist shock affected

during earthquakes.
[6]

b)

Write a note on Design and Construction of quake proof structures.[6]

c)

Enlist and explain factors governing cost and value of ferrocement in

building constructions. Also compare cost of ferrocement structures
with conventional structures.
[6]

Q9) a)

Compare all parameters of ferrocement counterforth retaining wall with

reference to conventional counterforth retaining wall.
[8]

b)

What is ferrocement? Enlist the different applications of ferrocement in

hydraulic structures and explain any one in detail.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the use of ferrocement in water retaining structures along with

layered form used for water proofing, lining and surface coating. [8]

b)

Explain method of fabrication and casting of containers for storing

granular materials & counterforth retaining wall.
[8]

Q11)a)

Write a note on: Joints in Ferrocement precast elements.

[6]

b)

Explicate role of ferrocement technology in construction of modern space

structures like shells, pyramids, domes etc.
[6]

c)

What is the need of ferrocrete technology in different types of building

components in todays world?
[4]
OR

[4759]-29

Q12)a)

b)

Explain in detail the industrial precast ferrocrete elements you seen with:[8]
i)

Raw materials of construction

ii)

analysis and design principles

iii)

manufacturing process

iv)

Testing methodology and quality control

Which are different precast ferrocement products you seen yet? Explain
design and fabrication of ferrocement precast walling and flooring panels
in detail.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-29

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1476

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 290
B.E. (Chemical)
FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV) (Term -II) (Theory) (409350)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Use two separate answer sheets for writing the answers to the two sections.
2) Draw schematics wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data.wherever necessary.
4) Write the chemical reactions wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the thermodynamic steps involved in fuel cell.

[9]

Show that electrical work obtainable from electrochemical device is

change in Gibbs free energy.
[9]
OR

Q2) Explain the working principle of AFC, PAFC and MCFC. Draw neat sketches.
[18]
Q3) Gibbs free energy for the formaiton of water vapor is 52.63cal/mole at STP
condition. In the typical SOFC, pure hydrogen is fed at the pressure of 1.8
atm. Total pressure of gases on anodic side is observed to be 2.6 atm. Air is
supplied at 1.8 atm. The cell is operated at 1000 C. Assuming the activities of
components proportional to their partial pressures, calculate
[16]
i)

Standard open circuit potential.

ii)

Open circuit potential at the operating conditions.

Faradays constant is 96487 J/V. mol.

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) Derive Nernst equation for calculating open circuit potential of SOFC using
air as an oxidizer for the following conditions:
[16]
a)

Pure Methanol as a fuel

b)

Pure Hydrogen as a fuel

c)

Methanol and H2 in the proportion of 20:80 % each as a fuel.

Q5) a)

A current density of 15A/m2 is obtained when pure hydrogen in fed to

SOFC at the pressure of 1.9 atm. Total pressure of gases on anodic side
is observed to be 2.7 atm. Air is supplied at 1.9 atm. The cell is operated
at 900 C. The diffusion factors for hydrogen, oxygen and water vapour
are 95, 70 and 55 C/s.m2. atm respectively. Calculate concentration over
potential across cathode and anode.
[8]

b)

Calculate fuel utilization factor, air ratio, power output and fuel efficiency
of SOFC using the following data:
[8]
Average current density

: 12 A/m2

Active anode surface area

: 0.5m2

Fuel flow rate

: 25 mol/h

Fuel Composition

: H2 80% and CO 20%

Air flow rate

: 25 mol/h

Output Potential

: 230 V

Lower Heating Value of fuel : 30000 kcal/Kg

OR
Q6) Explain different types of overpotentials and their effect on cell potential.
How are they estimated?
[16]
SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the advantages of internal steam reforming over external steam

reforming.
[9]
Describe working principle of Solid Oxide Fuel Cell.
OR

[4759]-290

[9]

Q8) Develop the comprehensive material balance for the SOFC generating 500kW
power at 75% CHP efficinecy and 30% theoretical excess air as an oxidizer,
assuming V = 0.7 V.
[18]

Q9) a)

Calculate mole fraction of defect at 107 and 1178C. Defect energy is

85KJ/mol. Comment on the significance of results.
[8]

b)

Derive the correlation to calculate defect mole fraction for pure solid at
thermal equilibrium.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Design a tubular SOFC to generate 225 KW power from methane as a

fule. Single tube has a anodic diameter 20mm and active length of 1.8m.[8]

b)

How the limiting reforming factor (steam-to-fuel ratio) affects the

utilization of hydrocarbons in SOFC?
[8]

Q11)a)

What are the recent advancements in the materials of anode and their
advantages and disadvantages.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between planar and tubular structure of SOFC.

[8]

OR
Q12)Explain the working of hybrid cycle combining biomass gasification with
SOFC.
[16]

R R R

[4759]-290

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4283

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 291
B.E. (Chemical)
PETROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(2008 Pattern) (Elective -IV) (Semester - II) (409350)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss the importance of petrochemicals and the status of Petrochemical

Industries in India.
[8]

b)

Describe the basic raw material for petrochemical synthesis and their
sources?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What are the main building blocks of petrochemical industry? Give the
details of petrochemical products that are produced from benzene. [8]

b)

Describe the BTX aromatic separation process using suitable diagram.[8]

Q3) Describe CDU with suitable diagram? Distinguish between CDU and VDU.[16]
OR
Q4) Draw a flowsheet for production of Naphthene and explain the process with
all specifications and process conditions.
[16]
Q5) a)

Discuss the Aromatic solvent extraction unit. Draw a suitable diagram.[8]

b)

Write in details about the various separation and purification techniques

used in petrochemical industry.
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Write shrot notes on;

[18]

a)

Fluid Catalytic cracking

b)

Ziegler-Natta catalysts

c)

Delayed coking
SECTION -II

Q7) Discuss in detail about the production of ethylene glycol and the essential
Reaction steps for the same. Draw the necessary diagram.
[16]
OR
Q8) Draw a schematic diagram and describe the production of terephthalic acid
from p-xylene? Discuss the major engineering problems.
[16]
Q9) a)
b)

Discuss polymer synthesis and monomer purification.

[8]

Explain Emulsion polymerization of styrene.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Draw a neat sketch and explain in details about production of PVC.

What are the major engineering problems associated with this process?[10]

b)

Explain classification of different polymerization process and discuss its

advantages and disadvantages.
[6]

Q11)a)

Explain the control of emission from steam crackers using Best Available
Technique.(BAT).
[9]

b)

Discuss about recent advances in petrochemical plants and refineries in

India.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

Give the brief description on safety considerations in oil refining industry?

[9]

b)

Power on, India on-Write views on power generation through

Petrochemical plants and justify the above statement.
[9]

R R R
[4759]-291

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3335

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 292
B.E. (Chemical) (Semester - II)
COMPUTER AIDED COMPUTER CONTROL
Computer Aided Process Control
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Distinguish between DDC & DCS control systems.

[8]

State the advantages of digital control. Explain in detail the supervisory

digital control.
[10]
OR

Q2) Describe in detail process control architecture for the following digital
systems.
[18]
a)

Centralized control systems

b)

Distributed Control system

Q3) Compute RGA and suggest pairings between o/p variables and manipulated
variable for following blending (MIMO) system.
[16]

P.T.O.

m1 = Q1 = 20 L/min
T1 = 423 K
c1 = 10 g /L
m2 = Q2= 40 L/min
T2 = 293 K
c2 = 4 g /L
m3 = Q3= 70 L/min
T3 = 293 K
C3 = 0 g /L
y 1 = Q = 130 L/min
y 2 = T = 313 K
y3 = c = 2.77 g /L

The equations used to model the system are :

y1

m1  m2  m3

y2

T1m1  T2 m2  T3 m3
y1

T1m1  T2 m2  T3 m3
m1  m2  m3

y3

c1m1  c2 m2  c3 m3
y1

c1m1  c2 m2  c3 m3
m1  m2  m3

OR
Q4) What are decouplers? Draw a block diagram for implantation of de-couplers
for two input-two output control system. Also derive a transfer function for
de-couplers from the block diagram.
[16]

Q5) a)
b)

Describe digital control system with the help of block diagrams.

[8]

A sampled data system has the following transfer function

[8]

G(s) = 1 / (s + 1)
If the sampling time is 1 minute and system is subjected to unit step
change function. Determine the discrete time response of the system.
[4759] - 292

OR
Q6) a)

b)

Find the z-transformations of following functions

i)

f(t) = 1

ii)

f(t) = e(-at)

iii)

f(t) = sin(wt)

iv)

f(t) = cos (wt)

[8]

Describe in detail Jurys test to ascertain stability of digital control

systems.
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) Describe in detail organization of general purpose computer, its interfaces,
communication and data transfer techniques.
[16]
OR
Q8) Explain in detail the elements of a commercial distributed control system
network with the help of block diagram.
[16]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the advantages of digital control systems in the context of

flexibility, speed, robustness and cost.
[10]
Explain the disadvantages of computer control.

[6]

OR
Q10)A Draw block diagram of PLC - architecture and describe functions of each
block.
[16]

[4759] - 292

Q11)Write short notes on the following :

a)

Supervisory Control

b)

Plant wide Control

c)

Neiderlinsky Index for MIMO control stability

[18]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on the following :
a)

De-coupling selection criterion

b)

Control system for adiabatic reactor

c)

Discretization of continuous signal

{{{

[4759] - 292

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3722

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 294
B.E. (Polymer Engineering)
POLYMER COMPOUNDING
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (409361)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections must be written in two separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Write short note on solid-solid mixing.

[6]

b)

Write in short about rheology of filled polymers.

[5]

c)

Compare scale of segregation and intensity of segregation.

[5]

OR
Q2) a)

Write in short about laminar mixing.

[4]

b)

Give different mixing indices and mention the limitations of the same.[6]

c)

Write in detail about mechanism of mixing.

Q3) a)
b)

[6]

What is a compatibilizer? Explain its role during blending with a suitable

example.
[8]
Discuss theory and mechanism of surface modification of fillers.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

State the Hildebrand-Scott equation. Explain the various terms in the

equation with their significance.
[8]

b)

State various methods of preparing clay nano composites. Explain any

two in details.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is a processing aid? State its role during compounding.

[7]

b)

List a few antioxidants and explain their mechanism in details.

[7]

c)

Write in short about application of calcium carbonate as filler in

compounding. Give examples.
[4]
OR

Q6) a)

List the various types of fillers. Explain the complete line for compounding
of fibrous fillers.
[7]

b)

List the various blowing agents used. Explain the action of at least two
blowing agents with reactions.
[7]

c)

Write in short about application of carbon black filler. Give suitable

examples.
[4]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

Draw a neat flow diagram for compounding of PVC rigid or soft

compound. write compounding practices and process conditions for
the major equipment used in the compounding line. Discuss with reference
to at least one application for rigid and soft PVC formulation.
[10]
Write in short about reactive blending.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Write in short about various additives used for elastomer/rubber

compounding.
[8]

b)

Draw a neat sketch for compounding line for cable extrusion. List all
major equipment in the line. Discuss additives.
[8]

[4759]-294

Q9) a)

Write in short about mixing using blister rings and explain the type of
mixing promoted by it.
[6]

b)

With a neat sketch explain any one type slotted flight mixer used on
extruder. Write benefits and type of mixing resulting from such mixer.[6]

c)

Draw typical residence time distribution of a Bus Ko-Kneader and discuss

significance in compounding.
[6]
OR

Q10)a)

Write with sketches about planetary gear mixers.

[6]

b)

How does Bus Ko-Kneader ensure excellent wiping action? Explain with
neat sketches.
[6]

c)

Explain in short mixing action in pin mixers and CRD mixers.

Q11)Write short notes on.

[6]
[16]

a)

Smear heads

b)

Barrels with internal projections

c)

Cross mixing devices used in two roll mill

d)

Shear cone units

OR

Q12)a)

Write in short about starve feeding and metering screw feeders.

[6]

b)

Compare mixing action of co-rotating and counter rotating twin screw

extruders.
[6]

c)

Write short note on mixing action resulting in two roll mill.

R R R

[4759]-294

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3723

SEAT No. :

[4759]-295
B.E. (Polymer)
MOLD AND DIE DESIGN-I
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I)

[Total No. of Pages : 5

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of calculator is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) Design a 2 cavity 2 plate mold for the component shown in figureB. Draw at
least 2 views with one sectional view to bring out the details of the feed,
cooling and ejection system. Illustrate the relevant design calculations. [35]
OR
Q2) Design a 2 cavity 3 plate mold for the component shown in figureA. Draw at
least 2 views with one sectional view to bring out the details of the feed,
cooling and ejection system. Illustrate the relevant design calculations. [35]

Q3) Explain the cooling of core inserts with baffles with a neat figure.

[6]

OR
Q4) Explain in sleeve ejection method in details with a neat figure.

[6]

Q5) With a neat labeled sketch, explain the constructional features of blown film
die.
[9]
OR
Q6) Write the down the step wise procedure to determine pressure drop through a
blown film die. State the relevant formulae.
[9]

P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Discuss any one case hardening process in details. List the components
of injection molds which can be case hardened. Explain with reasons.
[9]

b)

Describe the operations of polishing, honing and lapping in details. [9]

OR

Q8) a)

Discuss the various elements used in alloy steels. Explain the function of
each element.
[9]

b)

What is heat treatment of steel? Discuss in details any two methods of

heat treatment.
[9]

Q9) a)

Explain any one method used to determine flatness of a surface with

reference to a standard flat surface.
[8]

b)

Determine actual dimensions to be provided on a shaft and hole of 82

mm size with H7/g6. Size 82 falls in the steps of diameter 80mm and
100mm. Value of tolerance for IT7 and IT6 are 16i and 10i respectively.
Value of fundamental deviation of g type of shaft is (25D0.34). Take the
tolerance value of unit i = 0.45 3 D + 0.001D . Sketch and identify the fit
type.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Derive an expression for pitch diameter or effective diameter of screw

thread using two wire method.
[8]
Write short note any two:

[8]

i)

Maximum and minimum clearance and interference with neat

sketches.

ii)

Various terminology associated with surface finish with neat sketches.

iii)

Different fringe patterns observed during flatness testing using optical

flat with neat with neat sketches.

[4759]-295

Q11)a)

Explain the constructional features of a diaphragm gate and subsurface

gate with neat figures.
[8]

b)

Explain the various methods of clamping molds onto machine platen.

[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the process for calculation of clamping tonnage, shot capacity

and size of cavity inserts.
[8]

b)

Explain the design calculations for fan gate, film gate, overlap gate and
rectangular edge gate.
[8]

[4759]-295

18.0

[4759]-295


[4759]-295

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2023

SEAT No. :

[4759]-296

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (Polymer)
POLYMER PROCESSING OPERATIONS - II
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (409363)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

7)

Your answers will be valued as a whole.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What is parison programming and how is it done?

[4]

b)

Explain the injection stretch blow molding process for manufacturing of

PET bottles used for storage of mineral water. Also explain how
transparency is achieved.
[8]

c)

Explain the use of die shaping in extrusion blow molding.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

Draw a neat sketch of convergent and divergent die and mandrel

arrangements and discuss the relative merits of each.
[4]

b)

Draw a bar chart for cycle time for a single station accumulator or
continuous extrusion blow molding machine. explain all the operations
in short.
[8]

c)

Compare extrusion blow molding process with injection blow molding

process.
[4]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

c)

Explain the process of drape forming and pressure forming with a neat
sketch.
[8]
Define the following terms w.r.t. thermoforming
i)

Heat reversion

ii)

Equilibration & soaking time.

[6]

Explain the significance of Biots number in case of thermoforming. [4]

OR

Q4) a)

Write a short note on materials used in thermoforming.

[5]

b)

Discuss the different types of heating modes for thin sheet and thick
sheet in case of thermoforming.
[5]

c)

Discuss the following faults in thermoforming giving reasons and

remedies for the same.
[8]
i)

Blisters

ii)

Whitening

iii)

Warped parts

Q5) a)

With the help of neat sketches explain any two types of four roll calendar
arrangements. State the advantages and disadvantages of the same. [8]

b)

Draw a pressure profile through a calendar and derive an expression for

maximum pressure (Pmax).
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

With the help of neat sketches differentiate between the heating systems
used in calendaring.
[8]

b)

State the reason why roll deflection occurs in case of calendaring? Explain
any two ways to overcome this problem.
[8]

[4759]-296

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Discuss the effect of any two of the following on rotational moulding

process control:
[8]
i)

Particle size and particle size distribution.

ii)

Mould material and

iii)

Mould release agents.

Write a note on rotational moulding of liquid polymers.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Discuss the theories of bubble formation and methods of elimination of

bubbles in the rotational molding process.
[8]

b)

State any four defects in rotational moulded articles with reasons. Give
remedial measures for the defects.
[8]

Q9) a)

Discuss in short the full short water injection moulding process.

[6]

b)

What are the advantages of gas injection moulding over conventional

injection moulding.
[6]

c)

With reference to suitable example of fast crystallising polymer, explain

structure development during injection molding.
[6]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain sandwich foam injection molding process.

[6]

b)

Explain the gas penetration behaviour in case of gas injection moulding.[6]

c)

Compare cavity pressure profile in gas injection moulding with

conventional injection moulding.
[6]

[4759]-296

Q11)a)

Discuss laser machining of plastics. How do the machining characteristics

of plastics differ from that of metals?
[8]

b)

Discuss the various methods for collection of plastic waste.

[4]

c)

Discuss the process of hot stamping for decoration of plastics.

[4]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain the process of vacuum metallising adopted for metal deposition

on plastic moldings.
[8]

b)

Name and discuss the different techniques of surface treatment for plastics.
[4]

c)

What is tertiary or chemical recycling of plastics? State the different

methods of tertiary recycling.
[4]

EEE

[4759]-296

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3906

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 297
B.E. (Polymer)
FIBER TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Maximum Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain following terms : fiber, yarn, filament, denier, tenacity, and give
classification of fibers.
[10]

b)

Give advantages and disadvantages of synthetic fibers over natural fibers.[8]

OR

Q2) a)

Give molecular requirements of fiber forming polymers, properties and

applications of synthetic and natural fibers.
[10]

b)

Briefly give introduction to various stages involved in synthetic fiber

manufacturing.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain melt spinning techniques used in fiber manufacture.

Explain solution spinning techniques used in fiber manufacture.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain dry - jet wet spinning techniques used in fiber manufacture. [8]
Explain high speed spinning and its effect on morphology.

[8]

Explain spin finish with its need, function and chemical composition. [8]
Explain stretching or drawing of fibers with significance of texturing.[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain false twist process with diagram.

Explain air Jet texturing and stuffer box texturing.

[8]
[8]

P.T.O.

SECTION - II
Q7) a) Give the Structure Developed During Fiber Spinning.
b) Give Staple fiber production process with the steps involved.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q8) a) Give need frofiberidentification and methods used for identification.[10]
b) Explain structural changes taking place during spinning, drawing and
heat setting.
[8]
Q9) a) Explain Mass coloration methods with its advantages and disadvantages.[8]
b) Explain carrier dyeing with its advantages and disadvantages.

[8]

OR
Q10) a) Explain high temperature dyeing and thermosolprocess.

[8]

b) Give types of dyes used for natural fibers and give difference between
dyes and pigments.
[8]
Q11) a) Explain Modified synthetic fibers and need of modifying synthetic
fibers.
[8]
b) Give recent advances in synthetic fibers and explain nano - fibers. [8]
OR
Q12) a) Explain bi - component fibers.
b) Explain opticalfibers.

[4759]-297

[8]
[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2024

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 6

[4759] -298
B.E. (Polymer)
MECHANICS OF COMPOSITES
(2008 Course) (Semester -I) (Elective -I) (409364-B)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

An unidirectional lamina oriented at 60 has following properties:

[7]

E1 = 140 GPa, E2 = 8GPa, G12 = 5.5 GPa, 12 = 0.3.

If a stress of 8MPa is applied in the y-direction and 5MPa in the
x- direction, Determine the strains in local directions and global directions.
b)

Write the compliance matrix for an isotropic material in terms of

engineering constants.
[4]

c)

For an angle ply lamina with = 35, find

i)

local strains

ii)

global strains

[7]

given reduced transformed stiffness matrix

0.236 0.682 0.339
0.628 1.904 0.8419 1011 Pa

0.339 0.8419 0.5674

The applied stresses are x = 3MPa, y = 4MPa, xy = 2MPa.

OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

For an orthotropic lamina under plane stress condition prove from basic
principles that following equations for off axis engineering constants
(global co-ordinate system) in terms of engineering constants in local
coordinate system hold true.
[8]

2 2 4
1
1 2
1
2
VLQ 4 FRV 4
= 2 + + 12
(
sin FRV 
G xy
G12
G12
E1 E 2 E1

1
1
1 2
2

vxy =E x 12 (cos 4 + sin 4 ) +

sin cos
E1 E 2 G12
E1

b)

Give stress-strain relationship for specially orthotropic materials for plane

stress condition.
[6]

c)

Write expressions for calculating transformed reduced stiffness matrix

Q and transformed reduced compliance matrix S from reduced
stiffness matrix [Q] and reduced compliance matrix [S].
[4]

Q3) a)

A lamina has following engineering properties:

[8]

E1 = 140GPa, E2 = 10GPa, G12 = 5 GPa, v12 = 0.3.

The failure strengths in local co-ordinate system are given below where
subscripts t represents tensile and c represents compressive. S
represents shear strength in local co-ordinate system.
Xt = 1200MPa, Yt = 100 MPa, Xc = 700 MPa, Yc = 300 MPa, and
S = 100MPa.
Find failure by maximum stress and also by maximum strain theory.
b)

Show that failure strength in an off-axis tension test using Tsai-wu theory
for unidirectional lamina can be shown to reduce to the quadratic equation
of the form A
Here

%

&  .

is failure strength in off- axis tension test i.e. xx = at failure.[8]

OR

[4759]-298

Q4) a)

Explain the Hoffmans failure theory in details.

[8]

b)

Explain the limitations of maximum stress and maximum strain theory.[8]

Q5) a)

Derive an expression for prediction of transverse modulus E2 using

mechanics of materials approach.
[8]

b)

Prove the rule of mixtures for the major Poissons ratio 12 .

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

b)

A high strength composite has the following properties: E1 = 150 GPa,

E2 = 10GPa, G12 = 5GPa, 12 = 0.3. Determine the transformed reduced
stiffness matrix for the lamina with ply angle 30.
[8]
Discuss the Halpin-Tsai equations in details.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

For a [0/60/]s laminate with the following lamina properties, Calculate

[A], [B] and [D] matrix for the laminate. Also, calculate the moduli for
the laminate in the global X-Y directions and the strains in the laminate if
stress of x = 8MPa and y = -10 MPa is applied. Assume the thickness
of each lamina to be 1mm.
E1 = 120 GPa, E2 = 7.5GPa, G12 = 5.5GPa, 12 = 0.38.

b)

Discuss quasi-isotropic laminates.

[14]
[4]

OR
Q8) a)

Write down the [A], [B] and [D] matrices for a single layer specially
orthotropic laminate in terms of engineering constants and anisotropic
laminates. How will they differ from that of a single layer isotropic
laminates?
[7]

[4759]-298

b)

Calculate the elements of [A], [B] and [D] matrix for a single layer specially
orthotropic laminate having thickness t in terms of engineering
constants.
[7]

c)

For the following laminates, mention their type and state which elements
of [A], [B] and [D] of the following laminates will be zero:
[4]

Q9) a)

i)

[20/-45/-20/45]

ii)

[ / / / / ]

iii)

[ / / / ]

iv)

[ / / / ]

For a simply supported specially orthotropic beam with length 120mm,

width 28 mm and depth 7.5mm,carrying a uniformly distributed load of
12N/m, obtain the deflection if the lay up is symmetric.
[9]
1250 38 0
The D matrix for the beam D = 38 300 0 .

0
0 60

b)

Discuss the different types of adhesive and bolted joints for composites.
[7]
OR

Q10)a)

Determine the number of 0, 90, +45 orientation in a [0/90/+45]s laminate

that meets the following criteria:
[7]
i)

Minimum strength in the axial 0 direction = 340 MPa

ii)

Minimum modulus in the axial 0 direction = 65 MPa

[4759]-298

Total laminate thickness is 3mm. refer to figure 1.

b)

Derive equilibrium equations in terms of displacements for a transversely

loaded specially orthotropic laminated plate.
[9]

[4759]-298

Q11)a)
b)

List all the compression tests used for composites. Explain any one in
details.
[8]
Explain the ultrasonic test for flaw detection in composites.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain the off-axis test to obtain in-plane shear properties for composites.
[8]

b)

Give average strength and variance formulae for two parameter Weibull
distribution.
[4]

c)

Explain the set up for three point bending test.

R R R

[4759]-298

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3336

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 299
B.E. (Polymer Engineering) (Semester - I)
POLYMER REACTION ENGINEERING

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Numbers to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, electronic pocket calculators is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss in brief polymerization processes by using reactant preparation,

polymerization and separation.
[12]
Discuss in detail any four quantities commonly used for the
Characterization of Polymers.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the different parameters used for designing of polymerization

reactor.
[6]
Find the Number average, weight average Molecular weight and
polydispersity Index of the given mixture which is composed of 1
molecule of 10,000 monomer lengths and 19 molecules of 20,000
monomer lengths and 25 molecules of 2000 monomer lengths. Discuss
the importance of molecular weight and Molecular weight distribution of
polymer. Explain the distinctive features of Polymer Reaction Engineering.
[12]
Discuss in detail all technical conclusions from Free Radical Kinetics
Studies.
[6]
Derive the necessary relationship obtained in giving Molecular weight
distribution in CSTR for free radical type polymerization.
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

MMA is to be polymerized at 80C with Free radical Polymerization in a

batch reactor. The initial concentration of monomer is 8.135 gmole/lit,
and the concentration of initiator is kept constant at 0.06 gmole/lit. Assume
termination takes place only by combination. The rate constant are as
K0 = 3 * 10-6 sec-1, kp = 176 lit/gmole. sec, kc = 3.6 * 107 lit/gmole. sec, f = 0.6
Find the number average molecular weight, weight average molecular weight
and MWD for a reaction time of 200min.
[10]
Derive the necessary equation of the rate of Initiation (ri) in terms of
Initiator concentration(I).
[6]

Q5) Derive the necessary equation of Overall rate of polymerization in emulsion

Polymerization if
Case
i) Number of the Free radicals per polymer particles small
compared with unity
Case
ii) No transfer of polymer radicals out of the particle through
diffusion and high rate of termination
[16]
OR
Q6) a)
b)

Write a note on Auto Acceleration effect in free radical polymerization.[8]

Write a Note on: Aqueous emulsifier solution.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) Write a short note on reactor systems used for PET, PVC, High Density
Polyethylene polymers.
[18]
OR
Q8) Give technology overview for the following polymer.
a) SBR rubber,
b) Nylon 6,
c) Polystyrene
Q9) a)
b)

[18]

Explain with the importance of the term Ceiling temperature of free radical
polymerization under equilibrium condition.
[8]
Write a note on Control of molecular weight in free radical polymerization
at high degree of conversion.
[8]

[4759]-299

-2-

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Describe the Three Stages of Emulsion Polymerization needed to

understand the kinetics.
[10]
Write a note on types of Coordination Catalyst.
[6]
Discuss the control of emulsion polymerization reactor.

[8]

Explain the role of process instrumentation in control of polymerization

reactors.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Write a note on Extruder Reactors.

[8]

Discuss the choice between batch and continuous reactor for

polymerization process.
[8]

ddd

[4759]-299

-3-

Total No. of Questions : 8]

P1506

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 3
B.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN - III
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I)

[Total No. of Pages : 4

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3or Q.4, from Section - I.
2) Answer Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, from Section - II.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer- books.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) IS 1343, IS 456, IS 3370 are allowed.
6) Assume suitable data wherever necessary and mentioned it clearly.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the various losses in Prestressed Concrete.

[8]

A Post tensioned prestressed Concrete beam section has top flange 500
150mm, web 200800 mm and bottom flange 400 300mm is simply
supported over an effective span of 16 meter. The beam is prestressed
with 6 nos of 12/5 Freyssinet parabolic cables (Fy = 1650 MPa) with
their C.G. 100mm from extreme bottom fiber, stressed one at a time
from only one end, Calculate total loss of prestress at the age of 100
days if K = 0.0026/m length of cable, slip of anchorage = 2mm, Cc =
1.8, Es = 2105 MPa, Concrete grade M40, Creep and relaxation = 2%
of initial prestress.
[17]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain Stress Concept and Load balancing concept.

[8]

An unsymmetrical prestressed concrete section has top flange

500200mm, bottom flange 400mm300mm, and web 200mm800mm,
it is supported over a span of 15m carries super imposed load of 13KN/m,
the effective prestressing force is 1000KN located at 100mm from soffit
of the section at mid span, cable profile is parabolic and concentric at
suppport. Calculate extreme fiber stresses in concrete at mid span at
initial and final stage. Take loss ratio as 0.85 and unit weight of concrete
as 25KN/m3.
[17]
P.T.O.

Q3) Design a Post tensioned Prestressed concrete beam using I- section for flexure
to carry a live load of 15KN/m over a simply supported span of 17m with M
45 grade of concrete and Freyssinet cables of 12/5 (fy = 1750 MPa) or 12/7
(fy = 1500 MPa), Design the End block also. Draw sketches showing details
of cable profile, end block reinforcement Check for fiber stresses in concrete
and deflection is must .
[25]
OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain any one method of post tensioning with neat sketches.

[5]

A post tensioned prestressed concrete Two-way slab of 7m 8m with

discontinuous edge to support imposed load of 4KN/m2 using S3 strands
each having cross sectional area 100mm2 and fy = 1900 MPa check the
safety of the slab at collapse and deflection at service load. Use M45
grade of concrete.
[20]
SECTION - II

Q5) Fig (1) shows an intermediate frame of multistoried building the frames are
spaced at 4m centre to centre analyze the rigid jointed frame taking live load as
3.5KN/m2 and dead load as 3KN/m2 for panel AB and BC respectively. The
self weight of beam AB is taken as 4KN/m and for BC as 3.0 KN/m.The
relative stiffness of all members is same. Use Portal method for horizontal
load and Proper Substitute frame for vertical loading. Design the Beam ABC
for combined effect of horizontal and vertical loading using 15% redistribution
of moments for vertical load moments. Use M20 and Fe415.
[25]

Fig. 1
OR
[4759]-3

Q6) a)
b)

Explain in detail Cantilever Method of analysis.

[7]

Analyze the rigid jointed frame as shown in fig (2) by Cantilever Method
for lateral loads. Flexural rigidity of all members is same. Analyze beam
GHI using proper substitute frame method if it is subjected to vertical
ultimate dead load and live load of intensities 15KN/m and 18KN/m on
Span GH and 18KN/m and 22KN/m on HI respectively. The Horizontal
forces are as shown in figure. Calculate maximum span moment for GH
and Support moment at H. Design Beam GHI for combined effect of
horizontal and vertical loading using 10% redistribution of moments for
vertical loading. Use M25 and Fe 415.
[18]

Fig 2

Q7) a)

State the Necessity of Combined footing and mentioned situations where

it is to be provided.
[5]

b)

Design a Rectangular water tank resting on ground of 3.0 lack Liter

capacity, open at top, the joint between wall and base slab is rigid, taking
L/B ratio as 1.75 the safe bearing capacity of supporting strata is 200KN/m2,
Design the wall and bottom slab of the tank. Draw details of reinforcement,
use approximate method.
[20]
OR

[4759]-3

Q8) Design a T-Shape Cantilever retaining wall with following data

a)

Height of soil to be retained above base = 4.5m

b)

Unit weight of Soil = 17 KN/m3

c)

Angle of repose = 32o

d)

SBC of Soil = 200KN/m2

e)

Coeff. of friction between base & soil = 0.45

f)

Material - M25 & Fe -500

g)

Leveled Backfill

[25]

Show all necessary stability checks & details of reinforcement in stem, heel &
toe.

R R R

[4759]-3

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4627

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 30
B.E. (Civil)
PLUMBING ENGINEERING
(Open Elective) (Semester - II) (2008 Course) (401008)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two Sections should be written in seperate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Describe the role of Plumbing Contractor while executing plumbing work

in plumbing system engineering.
[7]

b)

Write a note on Green Plumbing. State the norms of water quality as per
CPCB.
[11]
OR

Q2) a)

Describe the role of Plumbing Consultant while executing plumbing work

in plumbing system engineering.
[7]

b)

State various codes available for plumbing. What are prohibited fittings?
How coordination with other agencies play important role in execution
of plumbing work.
[11]

Q3) a)

State various plumbing tools. Explain any three plumbing tools with neat
sketch.
[7]

b)

Define HDPE, CPVC, PEX MDPE, GI Pipes, stainless steel pipes, copper
pipes, PPR and Rigid PVC pipes.
[9]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

State various pipe jointing methods. Explain any three methods.

[7]
What are standard plumbing fixtures explain any three with neat sketch.[9]

Q5) a)
b)

What is grease trap and how does it work, Explain with neat sketch. [8]
What is grease interceptor and how does it work. Explain with neat
sketch.
[8]
OR
What are the reasons for broken plumbing trap seals.
[8]
What is Venting. Explain wet venting with neat sketch.
[8]

Q6) a)
b)

Q7) a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

SECTION - II
Explain the procedure for laying sewer pipes also state standard slope
for 100mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm for a velocity of 0.75 m/s.
[9]
Explain Hydraulic test, air test and smoke test for sewer line.
[9]
OR
Explain types of residential drainage system. What is DFU?
[9]
Why inspection chambers are necessary and how sewer line is vented.
What is the purpose of sewer trap.
[9]
Explain the design steps of Rain water harvesting system and explain
RWH design problem with suitable example.
[8]
State four types of solar collectors and explain any two.
[8]
OR
What is active and passive solar heating system? Explain advantages and
disadvantages of both.
[12]
Draw a neat sketch of RWH System and explain filtration and storage in
detail.
[4]
Explain Installation of Ultra 250, 315, 355 and 450 Nu-Drain with sketch.[8]
State general design principles for high rise building plumbing.
[8]
OR
Explain the necessity of nahani trap, gully trap, manhole, soak pit, grease
trap and septic tank. Draw a neat labeled sketch of manhole is sewer
line.
[8]
State design issues for tall buildings plumbing.
[8]

[4759]-30

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3907

[Total No. of Pages : 6

[4759] - 300
B.E. (Polymer Engineering)
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (Backlog)
(Elective - II) (Semester - I) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Maximum Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answers to Section - I and Section - II should be written on separate answer
book.
2) Solve 3 questions from Section - I and 3 questions from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Using graphical method, for each machine find the job which should be
done first. Calculate the total time required to complete both jobs. [8]
Job 1
Job 2

b)

Sequence of

Machines

Sequence of

Machines

For the network shown, activity times are given below. Find the variance.[8]

Activity time
12
13
24
34
35
46
57
68
78

Optimistic
10
15
5
5
3
10
5
4
10

Pessimistic
15
20
8
8
5
15
7
6
15

Most likely
11
17
7
6
4
8
6
5
12
P.T.O.

OR
Q2) a)

b)
Q3) a)

Number the nodes using Fulkersons rule and find critical path. Activity
time/durations are indicated on the network.
[8]

Write a short note on Resource leveling in PERT/CPM.

[8]

The probability distribution of monthly sales of a certain item is as follows

Monthly sales, D
Probability

0.02 0.05 0.30 0.27 0.20 0.10 0.06

The cost of inventory is Rs. 10 per unit per month. The current policy is
to maintain a stock of four items at the beginning of each month. Assuming
that the cost of shortage is proportional to both time and quantity short,
obtain the imputed cost of shortage of one time for one time unit. [8]
b)

A manufacturing company requires a component at the annual average

rate of 1000 units. Placing an order costs Rs. 480 and has a 5 day lead
time. Inventory holding cost is estimated at Rs. 15 per unit/year. The
plant operates 250 days/year. It is assumed that daily demand is normally
distributed with an average of 4 units with a standard deviation of 1.2
units. Suggest an inventory policy to control the inventory item based on
95 percent service level.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

b)

The production department for a company requires 3,600 kg of raw

material for manufacturing a particular item per year. It has been estimated
that the cost of placing an order is Rs. 36 and the cost of carrying
inventory is 25 percent of the investment in the inventories. The price is
Rs. 10 per kg. the purchase manager wishes to determine an ordering
policy for raw material.
[8]
Write as short note on ABC analysis.

[4759]-300

[8]

Q5) a)
b)

c)

Write advantages of statistical quality control

[5]
For a polymer casting product number of air bubbles were inspected by
random selection. The number of air bubbles (Defects) is given below.
Draw control chart and draw conclusion.
[7]
Sample order

Defects

Sample order

Defects

10

11

12

13

14

Explain the role of acceptance sampling.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)
b)
c)

Explain the use of C - chart and R - chart.

Explain step by step double sampling.

[6]
[6]

Write in short about operating characteristics (OC) curve.

[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a) Three auditors of the firm are required to execute three projects. The
project requirements in hours i.e. billing amount in Rs./hour is given
below. Solve this unbalanced transportation problem.
[8]
Project
Auditor

[4759]-300

Availability

II

III

1200

1500

1900

160

1400

1300

1200

160

1600

1400

1500

160

Requirement 130

140

160

b) In the modification of a plant layout of a factory four new machines Ml, M2, M3
and M4 are to be installed in a machine shop. There are five vacant places A, B,
C, D and E available. Due to limited space, machine M2 cannot be placed at C
and M3 cannot be placed at A. The cost of locating a machine at a place (in
hundred rupees) is given below. Find the optimal assignment schedule.
[8]

Machine

Location
A

M1

11

15

10

11

M2

12

10

M3

11

14

11

M4

14

12

OR

Source

Q8) a) A manufacturer wants to ship 22 loads of his product as shown below. The
matrix gives the kilometers from sources of supply to the destinations. [8]
Destination
D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

Supply

S1

S2

S3

Demand

25

22

Shipping cost is Rs. 10 per load per km. What shipping schedule should
be used to minimize total transportation cost?
b) Find the optimal assignment for the assignment problem with cost matrix
given below
[8]

[4759]-300

II

III

IV

Q9) a) Two typists have similar job profile of typing letters dictated by manager.
If the letters to be typed arrive randomly (following Poisson distribution)
at a rate of 3 nos. /hr for each typist and each one can type 4 letters/hr
(following Exponential distribution)
[9]
1)

What is the expected waiting time for a letter (time before work is
started on a letter) assuming that each typist does its own work?

2)

Suppose that 2 typists are pooled i.e. letters are sent to two typist
together and are typed by whoever is free, in order of arrival. What
is the expected time for a letter under this arrangement?

b) On an average 96 patients per 24 hour day require the service of an

emergency clinic. Also on average, a patient requires 10 minutes of active
attention. Assume that the facility can handle only one emergency at a
time. Suppose that it costs the clinic Rs. 100 per patient treated to obtain
an average servicing time of 10 minutes and that each minute of decrease
in this average time would cost Rs. 10 per patient treated. How much
would have to be budgeted by clinic to decrease the average size of the
[9]
queue from 1 1 3 patients to patient.
OR
Q10) a) Workers come to tool store room to receive special tools (required by
them) for accomplishing a particular project assigned to them. The average
time between two arrivals is 60 seconds and the arrivals are assumed in
Poisson distribution. The average service time of the tool room attendant
is 40 seconds.
[9]
Determine
i)

average queue length

ii)

average length of non-empty queues

iii)

average number of workers in the system including worker being

attended

iv)

average waiting time of an arrival (worker) who waits

v)

mean waiting time of an arrival

vi)

the type of policy to established. Assume the charges of a skilled

worker Rs. 4 per hour and that of store room attendant Rs. 0.75
per hour.

[4759]-300

b) Mortality rate of an electronic component in a device is as given belowPeriod

Age of failure

Probability of failure

0 200

0.1

201 400

0.26

401 600

0.35

601 800

0.22

801 1000

0.01

Cost of replacement is Rs. 15 per component. Group replacement is

possible at fixed interval in night shift. Replacement of individual
component which fails in service is Rs. 60 per component. How frequently
should the components be replaced?
[9]
Q11) a) Solve the following game by linear programming.
B1
B2
B3
Row min.
A1
3
1
3
3
A2
A3

2
5

4
6

1
2

Column max.

[8]

2
6

b) For any 2 2 two person zero sum game without saddle point, having
payoff matrix for player A as given below, find the optimal mixed strategies
and the value of the game
[8]
Player B

Player A

A1
A2

B1

B2

a11
a21

a12
a22

OR
Q12) a) In a game of matching coins, player A wins Rs. 2 if there are two heads,
wins nothing if there are two tails loses Rs. 1 when there are one head
and one tail. Determine the payoff and matrix, best strategies for each
player and the value of game A.
[8]
b) Write a short note on

[8]

i)

Decision free analysis

ii)

Decision making with utilities.

[4759]-300

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4275

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 301
B.E. (Polymer Engineering) (Semester - I)
SURFACE COATINGS AND ADHESIVES (BACKLOG)
(2008 Pattern) (Elective- II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to Section - I and Section - II should be written on separate answer
book.
2) Solve 3 questions from Section - I and 3 questions from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)
c)
Q2) a)
b)
c)
Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)
c)

Explain the terms - Paint, Varnish, Enamel, Liquor.

[6]

Write as short note on classification of oils used in surface coatings.[5]

Briefly discuss various fillers and extenders used in coating applications.[7]
OR
With suitable examples explain the role of anti-settling agents and corrosion
inhibitors in surface coating.
[6]
With flow diagram explain various stages involved in paint manufacture.[6]
Comment on chemical properties of oils used in surface coatings. [6]
Briefly discuss about Emulsion paints.
[8]
Write short note on Use of Epoxy resins and Silicone resins for coating
applications.
[8]
OR
Write a short note on Water based paints.
[6]
Compare between surface coatings based on natural polymers and
synthetic polymers.
[6]
Briefly discuss about rubber based coatings.
[4]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

What are quality control measures taken in paint industry? Explain w.r.t.
viscosity, gloss, mechanical properties, colour retention.
[8]
Comment on factors affecting physical, chemical and mechanical
properties of paint films.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)
c)

Explain the terms - spreading time, spreading capacity, wet capacity, dry
hiding characteristics.
[8]
Comment on factors affecting viscosity of coating formulation.
[4]
Explain the concept of Newtonian and Non-Newtonian behaviour. [4]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss merits and demerits of adhesive joint.

Explain in detail the Adhesive selection process.

[9]
[9]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain in detail Wettability theory of adhesion.

[9]

Comment on significance of surface energy in adhesion.

[9]

Q9) a)
b)

Write a short note on Structural and Non-structural adhesives.

[8]
Discuss various ingredients of adhesive formulation alongwith their
functions.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Write a short note on Starch and Natural Gum Resins based adhesives.[8]
Discuss in detail Silicones based elastomeric adhesives.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Write a short note on Mechanical testing of adhesive joint.

[8]
Briefly discuss about cohesive and adhesive failure. Comment on their
significance.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain how surface characteristics affect adhesive joint.

Write a short note on Corona treatment used for polymeric films.

yyy
[4759] - 301

[8]
[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3908

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 302
B.E. (Polymer Engineering)
PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY
(Elective - II) (Semester - I) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Answer to Section - I and Section - II should be written on separate answer
book.
2) Solve 3 questions from Section - I and 3 questions from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Enlist characteristics of packaging.

[8]

What are various non - polymeric materials used for packaging? Explain
any one.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)
c)

Briefly comment on essential functions of packaging.

[8]

Comment on polymers as packaging materials. Give suitable examples.[8]

Comment on significance of life cycle assessment.
Briefly explain child resistant packaging.

[5]
[4]

Explain in detail following methods of inspection.

[9]

i)

Basic photo electric sensor.

ii)

Laser sensors and scanning sensor.

OR

Q4) a)

b)

Explain in detail following methods of inspection.

i)

Machine vision system.

ii)

Tracing, packing and tracking.

Write a short note on Reduce - Reuse - Recycle technology.

[9]

[9]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the concept of Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP) and

Controlled Atmosphere Packaging (CAP)
[8]
For a 150g packet of peanuts packed in PVDC film, the allowable oxygen
gain in 20 ppm. The thickness of the film is 30 m while surface area is
200 cm2 with permeability constant (P) is 30 cm3 m/m2d. atm at the
storage temperature. What will be the shelf life of peanuts? Assume that
there is no oxygen initially inside the package.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

A multilayer film used for milk pouch was made up of 50 m HDPE and
75 m LDPE. Calculate overall permeability constant for oxygen if the
oxygen permeability constants are 4.0 104 cm3 mm/m2d.atm and 5.0
104 cm3m/m2d. atm for HPDE and LDPE respectively.
[8]
Briefly explain Gas Permeation and Sorption/Diffusion interactions
observed in packing.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a) Explain the how tear strength of packaging material is tested.

[8]

b) Explain the concept of barrier properties and their relevance in packaging.[10]

OR
Q8) a) Enlist various mechanical properties useful for packaging application.
Comment on their importance.
[10]
b) Write a short note on biological properties of packaging materials. [8]
Q9) a) Explain in detail the methods to find out sulphate and chloride contents
of packaging materials.
[8]
b) How sizing of the packaging is carried out?

[4]

c) Explain the concept of microbes - sensitivity.

[4]

OR
Q10) a) Comment on thermal properties important for packaging applications.[8]
b) Enlist various chemical properties to be considered for packing material.
Explain any one in brief.
[8]

[4759]-302

Q11) a) Enlist types of crown - corking. Explain any one in detail.

[8]
b) What are the various stages of bottle filling lines? Explain these briefly.[8]
OR
Q12) a) Write a short note on bio - based and biodegradable packaging materials.[8]
b) Enlist at least 3 natural as well as synthetic packaging materials. Give
their applications.
[8]

[4759]-302

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3724

[4759]-303

[Total No. of Pages : 5

B.E. (Polymer)
PRODUCT DESIGN AND POLYMER TESTING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

4)

Use of calculator is allowed.

5)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Write a note on concurrent engineering approach in product design. [6]

b)

A simply supported square beam with width and depth of 25 mm is

made of nylon. The beam is loaded at the centre with 150 N force. The
length of the beam is 120 mm. Find the stress in the beam and deflection
after 100 hours if the maximum strain should not exceed 2%. Refer to
figure 1.
[6]

c)

What are creep curves and isometric curves?

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain pseudoelastic design method for plastic product design.

[6]

b)

Determine the suitable thickness and hoop and axial strain in a cylindrical
tank if the mean diameter of the tank is 750 mm. The tank is subjected to
an internal pressure of 0.36 MPa. The maximum strain should not exceed
1.5% in 5000 hours. Refer to figure 1.
[6]

c)

List the various steps used in plastic product design. Explain the end use
analysis step in details.
[4]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Discuss the method of high frequency dielectric welding.

[6]

b)

Write a short note on self tapping screws.

[4]

c)

Discuss failure modes of plastics in pin bearing test.

[6]

Q4) a)

Discuss the method of ultrasonic welding and induction of plastics. [8]

b)

A thermoplastic elastomer sleeve is to be press fitted on a solid bobbin

made of polycarbonate. The outside diameter of the solid circular bobbin
is 100 mm and width is 25 mm. The sleeve thickness 5 mm. The modulus
of polycarbonate is 2.6 GPa and modulus of elastomeric sleeve is 100
MPa. Assume Poissons ratio of both the sleeve and bobbin to be 0.3.
The assembly is to be shrink fitted with initial contact pressure of 2 kg/
cm2. Calculate the radial interference required to be given. If the same
sleeve with the same interference is to be fitted on a solid steel bobbin of
same dimensions, what would be shrink fit stress? Take steel Poissons
ratio as 0.3 and elastic modulus as 210 kN/mm2.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain high strain rate tensile test method to co-relate the impact
properties. Explain also co-relation with toughness.
[6]

b)

Write in short about primary creep, secondary creep and tertiary creep.[6]

c)

Explain any ASTM test method used to evaluate compressive properties

of polymers. Draw a neat sketch of the fixture.
[6]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the test method used for evaluating coefficient of linear thermal
expansion.
[6]

b)

Define vicat softening point, heat distortion temperature and fatigue

resistance.
[6]

c)

Explain various methods used for measuring strain and elongation on a

tensile testing machine. Discuss its limitations with respect to accuracy.[6]

[4759]-303

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Give examples wherein permeability needs to be checked. What are the

factors that affect permeability?
[5]

b)

Define specific gravity and density. Explain the method of determination

of specific gravity for product form as well as for powders.
[8]

c)

Explain when water absorption test is required with few examples with
the test procedure. Also how is it different to moisture analysis test. [5]
OR

Q8) a)

What is the importance of nondestructive testing? Explain pulse echo

method with proper diagram.
[8]

b)

Explain the term burst strength and mention the products for which it is
tested.
[5]

c)

Give few applications of rigid and flexible foam and explain the
significance of resilience value as well as water absorption value for
foams.
[5]

Q9) a)

What are the different ways to make polymers conductive? Give few
applications where polymers are required to be conductive.
[4]

b)

What is meant by photoelastic properties and what information can one

get using this property.
[5]

c)

Explain refractive index and what information does it provide. Give the
working of Abbes refractometer with the diagram.
[7]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain what is the significance of volume and surface resistivity. Give

the procedure used by ASTM to find both.
[5]

b)

Explain the terms EMI Sheilding and dissipation factor.

c)

Explain how haze is found out and give working details of the equipment
used to find percentage haze.
[6]

[4759]-303

[5]

Q11)a)

Explain for which all applications is it necessary to do the chemical

testing and what is the role of molecular structure towards chemical
resistance. Explain the test procedure for stain resistance of polymers.[6]

b)

What is meant by weathering resistance and list down the major

environmental factors that lead to environmental degradation.
[5]

c)

Explain the procedure for oxygen index test procedure and when it need
to be carried out.
[5]
OR

Q12)a)

Give the test procedure for accelerated outdoor weathering and mention
for which applications this test is required.
[6]

b)

Explain morphologically what leads to failure due to ESCR.

c)

Explain the procedure carried out to check resistance of plastics to fungi

and bacterial growth.
[5]

[4759]-303

[5]

EEE
[4759]-303

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3725

SEAT No. :

[4759]-304
B.E. (Polymer)
MOLD AND DIE DESIGN-II
(2008 Course) (Semester-II)

[Total No. of Pages : 7

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Use of calculator is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Sketch any 2 products which can be ejected using the following

mechanisms:
[5]
i)

Withdrawing rotating core.

ii)

Axially fixed rotating core.

b)

With the help of neat sketch, explain how loose threaded cores are used
for ejection of internally threaded components for small production rune.
[8]

c)

With a neat sketch through the mold cross-section, explain the working
of an axially fixed rotating core used in ejection of threaded components.
[5]
OR

Q2) a)

With a neat sketch, explain the rotating cavity design for unscrewing
threaded components.
[6]

b)

With neat sketch, discuss the various systems used for actuating the
rotation of threaded cores used in unscrewing molds.
[6]

c)

Explain the ejection of threaded components using collapsible cores with

neat sketches.
[6]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

A two cavity hot runner mold has a centre distance between the nozzles
as 635 mm. The value of coefficient of thermal expansion of steel is
13 106 mm/mm C. The manifold block is heated from 20 C to
230 C. Calculate increase in dimensions between the secondary nozzles.
Also, draw a cross- section of the mold that will be used showing the
cavity, secondary nozzle, manifold and flow way.
[6]

b)

For a 16 cavity mold, calculate the material saving per cycle if the
secondary and tertiary runners are converted to hot runners. Dimensions
of main runners are 8 mm diameter and 80mm length; secondary runner
6mm diameter and 85mm length and tertiary runners 3 mm diameter and
15 mm length. The material processed is PP. Refer to figure 4.
[6]

c)

Discuss in details the limitations of hot runner molds.

[4]

OR
Q4) a)

With a neat sketch, explain the construction of torpedo type hot runner
nozzle.
[4]

b)

Discuss low voltage resistance heating and induction heating of hot runner
molds.
[4]

c)

Sketch a cylindrical manifold block indicating hot sprue bush, flow way
and nozzle.
[4]

d)

Discuss the expansion problem associated with design of hot runner

manifold.
[4]

Q5) a)

Explain the factors taken into consideration while designing molds for
thermoforming.
[6]

b)

List the different types of compression molds. Describe any two with
neat figures.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Write a note on designing of blow molds.

[6]

b)

Explain the constructional features of transfer molds.

[6]

c)

Write a note on design considerations for parison dies.

[4]

[4759]-304

SECTION-II
Q7) Design a 2 cavity mold for the component shown in figure A. Draw at least
two views with one sectional view to bring out the details of the feed, cooling
and ejection system. Illustrate the relevant design calculations.
[30]
OR
Q8) Design a 2 cavity mold for the component shown in figure B. Draw at least
two views with one sectional view to bring out the details of the feed, cooling
and ejection system. Illustrate the relevant design calculations.
[30]

Q9) With a neat figure, explain the constructional features of a coat hanger sheet
die.
[10]
OR
Q10)Calculate the pressure drop along PQ and PRS through a coat hanger film die
shown in figure 3.
[10]

Film width is 680 mm and thickness 0.035 mm. The material obeys power law
with flow behavior index, n = 0.33 and k = 600 kg(f)s0.33 /m2. Melt density is
0.72 g/cc, extruder size = 75 mm, extruder output = 45 kg/hr. The manifold
angle = 55 and = 3. Assume suitable data.

[4759]-304

Q11)a)

Write a detailed note on packing analysis used in simulation of injection

molding process.
[6]

b)

Discuss the concept of mathematical model used in simulation software.

[4]
OR

Q12)List the various three parameter and four parameter rheological models used.
Explain any two in details.
[10]

[4759]-304

[4759]-304

[4759]-304


[4759]-304

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3726

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 305
B.E. (Polymer)
POLYMER PHYSICS & CHARACTERISATION
(Semester - II) (2008 Pattern) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

b)

SECTION - I
Following samples are given for FTIR. Give the difference seen in
respective spectra that helps in identifying the polymer
[5]
i) PS
ii) PP
iii) PTFE
iv) Poly vinyl alcohol
v) Nylon
Explain the chart used for FTIR in detail to identify polymers.
[8]

c)

Give the significance of ATR method along with its working.

Q1) a)

[5]

OR
Q2) a)

What are the different methods of sample preparation for FTIR.

[8]

b)

What are the different types of vibrational modes seen in FTIR. Explain
with diagram.
[6]

c)

Explain how mixtures and copolymers are identified using FTIR

technique.
[4]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain spin-spin coupling in 1H NMR with an example

[8]

Explain the concept of shielding and deshielding with examples.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain the basic principle of NMR. With a neat sketch, explain the
construction of NMR spectroscope.
[8]

b)

Write a note on 13C NMR.

[4]

c)

Enlist applications of 13C and 1H NMR.

[4]

Q5) a)

Explain the terms chromatography, hydrodynamic volume, radius of

gyration and mean square end to end distance for polymer molecules.[6]

b)

Explain the basic principle of HPLC. List the important components of

the HPLC instrument. Also, list the applications of HPLC.
[6]

c)

Explain the concept of universal calibration in GPC?

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

How are X-rays generated? State Braggs law. Explain the terms WAXS
and SAXS in details.
[8]

b)

Write a detailed note on the various types of detectors used in GPC.[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What are the 3 modes of imaging by AFM. Explain any one in detail.
What kind of information is provided by AFM.
[9]

b)

How does electron microscope work. How is it different that ordinary

microscope.
[9]
OR

Q8) a)

Give the working of SEM and explain why coating is required?

[9]

b)

Explain the terms: Lamella, and spherulite structures in polymers.

[4]

c)

What information does contact angle give and how can it be measured.[5]

Q9) a)

Give the working principle for DSC. What are the details obtained from
DSC.
[8]

b)

What is MDSC and what information does it provide.

[4]

c)

What is the significance of isothermal scansobtained with DSC.

[4]

[4759]-305

OR
Q10)a)

Give the working of TGA and what all information is provided by it.[8]

b)

Explain how DMA works and what information does it provide.

c)

Explain glass transition and its mechanism. Why crystalline polymers do

not show Tg.
[4]

Q11)a)

What is Dielectric analysis. Explain with an example how this technique

is used to understand the various transitions in polymers.
[8]

b)

Explain the terms reflection, refraction and birefringence.

[4]

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain the terms breakdown voltage, volume resistivity and surface

resistivity.
[6]

b)

Explain the terms molecular polarization, dipole polarization, relative

permittivity.
[6]

c)

List atleast three transparent polymers. Also state their refractive index.
How is the refractive index related to relative permittivity?
[4]

[4759]-305

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3337

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 306
B.E. (Polymer Engineering)
PROCESSING OF COMPOSITES
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III (b))

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Numbers to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, electronic pocket calculators is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss various types of reinforcements used in composites with neat

sketches. Explain in detail with any two examples of natural fibers as a
reinforcement material in composites.
[12]

b)

Discuss various chemical factors that influence heat resistance of

thermoplastic polymer composites required for design of high
temperature applications.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain in detail with any two examples of Thermoplastic based composite

materials.
[12]
Determine the maximum fiber volume fraction that can be packed in
following arrangement: Assume that the fibers in a composite lamina are
arranged in a square array with fiber at the corner.

b)

Calculate in-plane shear modulus of a composite made of polycarbonate

reinforced with 20% of glass fiber. Taker Youngs modulus for fiber as
82.7 GPa and that of matrix as 2.18 GPa. Consider Poissons ratio for
fiber as 0.22 and that of matrix as 0.35.
[6]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Write a note on Gel time Study for Thermoset.

[8]

Write basic steps of hydro-thermoforming process. Mention the

applications of spray layup and wet layup process.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Write a short note on Bulk Molding Compounds.

[8]

Explain in detail - Metal matrix composites.

[8]

Q5) a)

List the process parameters affecting Autoclave Processing. Explain the

relation between Pressures, Temperature & Resin Viscosity with
autoclaving time. Also discuss the flow sub-model as applied to autoclave
processing.
[12]

b)

What is de-bulking operation? Explain the advantages of de-bulking

operation.
[4]
OR

Q6) Explain with applicable diagrams in detail structural reaction injection moulding
and Discuss resin transfer moulding in short.
[16]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

With a neat sketch, explain the pre-preg lay up during autoclave processing.
Discuss the significance of each component in the layup set-up.
[8]

b)

Discuss resin requirement for Pultrusion process and Explain with neat
diagram in detail Pultrusion Process and its advantages and disadvantages.[8]
OR

Q8) a)

What is the effect of pulling die resistance on Pultruded products. [8]

b)

Discuss the applications of Thermoset and Thermoplastic Pultrusion

process.
[8]

[4759] - 306

Q9) Discuss in detail the process of Filament Winding and any one process model
for the same. Discuss the effect of various process parameters on filament
wound products.
[16]
OR
Q10)a)
b)

Discuss advantage of adhesive joints and mechanicals joints. List and

discuss surface preparation guidelines for adhesive bonding.
[8]
Discuss any two method used for Machining of composites.

[8]

Q11)Explain classification of nano-particles and with two case studies explain in

detail Polymer nanocomposites. Give different possible morphologies of carbon
nano fibers.
[18]
OR
Q12)a)

Write in short about functionalization of carbon nano tubes and nano

clay. Discuss any one method for production of carbon nano tubes.[12]

b)

Differentiate between Polymer Nano-composites with other normal

composites.
[6]

{{{

[4759] - 306

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P4623

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 307
B.E. (Polymer Engineering) (Semester - II)
SPECIALTY POLYMERS AND APPLICATIONS (Elective - III)

(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to Section - I and Section - II should be written on separate answer book.
2) Solve 3 questions from Section - I and 3 questions from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Explain how liquid crystalline state is different from solid and liquid state?
What are rigid rod-like (RRL) molecules? Discuss about the role of RRL
structure in forming liquid crystalline phase.
[5]
b) Discuss about Role of Rheology on LCP processing.

[6]

c) Briefly comment on the mobility of rigid rod-like molecules in terms of

diffusivities, and their role in polymerization of RRL molecules.
[5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with examples why aromatic polyamides can form liquid crystalline
state while aliphatic polyamides cannot.
[5]
b) Mention major industrial applications of LCPs.

[5]

c) Carry out properties comparison for thermoplastics and thermotropic

LCPs.
[6]
Q3) a) With suitable example explain in detail electrochemical route to synthesize
conducting polymers.
[7]
b) Briefly comment on Use of conducting polymers in photovoltaic cells.[5]
c) What do understand by intrinsically and extrinsically conducting polymers?
Give appropriate examples.
[4]

P.T.O

OR
Q4) a) Explain how band gap concept plays a role in defining the material as
electrical insulator, semi-conductor or conductor.
[6]
b) Comment on relevance of doping process in conducting polymers. [4]
c) Explain the terms - Thermochromism, Solvatochromism,
Electrochromism.
[6]
Q5) a) With suitable examples and schematic thermogram explain how
thermogravimetric analysis technique can be used to determine thermal
stability of polymers.
[6]
b) Enlist factors affecting polymerization of polyimides. Explain poly(amidacid) route to synthesize it.
[8]
c) Define the terms Ablative Plastics and Ablative Coating. Mention the
polymers used in High density and Low density ablators.
[4]
OR
Q6) a) Comment on the reversible and irreversible changes observed in polymers
w.r.t. requirements for heat resistance.
[5]
b) Briefly comment on the material properties and characteristics affecting
performance of ablative materials.
[7]
c) Discuss about various routes to increase thermal/heat stability as well as
comment on the most preferred route with justification.
[6]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Discuss in detail Polymeric membranes used in Reverse Osmosis process.
[6]
b) Discuss about the usage of p-and n-types of photoresist polymers in
pattern making by lithography technique. Draw schematic diagrams. [6]
c) Briefly explain casting process to manufacture membranes.

[4]

OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of photolithography and photoresist polymers. [5]
b) Write a short note on Mass transfer modes in Membranes.

[6]

c) Briefly discuss about Polymers as Coating additives.

[5]

[4759] - 307

Q9) a) Briefly comment on need of biopolymers. Give suitable examples.

[6]

b) Write a short note on Testing of Biodegradable polymers.

[7]

c) Justify why polypropylene can be used in medical applications.

[3]

OR
Q10) a) Briefly explain the classification of biodegradable polymer.

[5]

b) What are biocatalysts? Briefly discuss about usage of polymers in

biocatalyst field.
[5]
c) Explain the working principle of controlled drug delivery.

[6]

Q11) a) Enlist various properties as well as merits and demerits of polymer

concrete.
[7]
b) Write a short note on polymers used in aerospace applications.

[6]

c) Explain the working principle of optical fibers. Enlist polymers used for
these applications.
[5]
OR
Q12) a) Enlist various ingredients present in polymer concrete. Comment on their
function.
[7]
b) Discuss about usage of polymers in agriculture w.r.t. control release
applications.
[6]
c) Alongwith specific applications enlist polymers used in cosmetics. [5]

qqqq

[4759] - 307

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3338

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759]-309
B.E. (Polymer Engineering) (Semester - II)
Rubber Technology
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
3) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the rght indicate full marks.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss the kinetic theory of rubber elasticity.

[6]

Discuss the following terms w.r.t rubbers

[6]

i)

rebound resilience

ii)

Storage hardening

iii) Strain crystallization

c)

Comment on the structural requirements for any material to behave as

a rubber.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Write short notes on any one of the following rubbers.

i)

Nitrile rubber

ii)

SBR

[6]

iii) Silicone rubber.

b)

With the help of a neat flow diagram explain the different steps in the
raw rubber technology or latex technology.
[6]

c)

Comment on the thermodynamic Theory of rubber elasticity.

[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Discuss the various steps involued in Making Rubber-to-metal

assemblies. What are the reasons for bonding rubber-to-metals. State
applications where rubber-to-metal assmblies are used?
[8]

b)

Discuss any two of the following additives w.r.t need for their addition,
mechanism of functioning and twoexamples of the same:
[8]
i)

Fillers

ii)

Antioxidants

iii) Tackifiers
OR
Q4) a)

Discuss the three basic methods of mixing rubbers in an internal mixer.

[8]

b)

Withaneat sketch discuss any two mixing machineries used in & rubber
industry.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is vulcanisation? With a neat sketch describe the rheometer curve

for vulcanisation.
[8]

b)

Write chemical reactions showing vulcanisation of:

i)

Neoprene rubber

ii)

Silicone rubber

[8]

iii) Polyisoprene
OR
Q6) a)

Discuss "sulphur" and "sulphur donors" as vulcanisation systems used

with rubbers.
[6]

b)

Discuss the various factors that affect vulcanisation.

c)

How are the following properties affected by vulcanis ation.

i)

Rebound resilience

ii)

hardness

iii) Swelling
iv) Ageing
v)

Low temperature properties and

vi) Compression set

[4759]-309

-2-

[4]

SECTION -II
Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)

Write a short note on injection molding of rubbers.

[9]
Dicuss all the downstream equipments used in a calendaring line for
manufacture of a rubber sheet.
[9]
OR
Discuss the process of compression molding as used with rubbers.
name some products of rubber made by compression molding. [9]
Dicuss the various calendar disigns stating advantages and disadvantages
of each type.
[9]

Q9) a)

Discuss the different components of a type stating the function of each

component.
[8]

b)

State the three main classes of cellular rubber and differentiate between
them.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Draw a neat sketch showing the various constructional elements of a

cable. State the function of each element. Also discuss with a flow
chart the steps in the manufacture of a cable.
[8]
Discuss the various steps involved in the manufacture of a rubber glove.
State the rubbers used in the manufacture of gloves.
[8]

b)

Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)

b)

Discuss the various tests carried out on unvulcanised rubbers.

[8]

Comment on the various ways used to prepare rubber test specimens.[8]

OR
Discuss the test procedure for compression set in compresion and
intension with help of a figure draw test state specimens giving
dimensions for the same state one application where this test would be
carried out.
[8]
Give one application where the test of abrasion needs to be carried out.
Also discuss the test procudure in detail.
[8]

aaa
[4759]-309

-3-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3683

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 30A
B.E. (Civil)
GREEN BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Open Elective)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from section I and Section II.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain and discuss sustainable site selection criteria.

Discuss the uses of following
i)

Building layout plan

ii)

Solar Energy

iii)

Fresnel Lens

[7]
[3+3+3]

OR
Q2) a)

Differentiate between direct and indirect lighting.

[6]

b)

What is solar concentrator? Discuss.

[4]

c)

Why the ventilation is necessary? Explain how natural ventilation utilized.

[6]

Q3) a)

Compare the active and passive architecture.

[6]

b)

Explain the concept of Embodied Energy.

[5]

c)

Give the selection criteria for material of surface treatment.

[6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain hybrid system of active and passive refrigeration and air

conditioning.
[9]
Explain the Energy audit of Building in detail.

[8]

Discuss the Green rating of Building.

[8]

What you understand by environmental clearance of buildings? Discuss.

[9]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Discuss the improvement for thermal comfort.

Give note on followings
i)

LEED Criteria

ii)

USGBS

iii)

Carbon credit.

[6]
[4+3+4]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain water efficient landscaping.

[6]

b)

Explain any one method with suitable sketch for bore well recharging.[6]

c)

Discuss the minimization of water use.

[5]

OR
Q8) a)

b)

Give the note on following.

i)

Smart water taps

ii)

Anaerobic filters

iii)

Ion exchanger

[3+4+4]

Discuss about advanced biogas plant.

[4759]-30A

[6]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain what is indoor environmental quality.

[8]

Discuss how the quality of indoor environment is maintained?

[9]

OR
Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Differential the following.

i)

Adhesives and Sealants

ii)

Paints and Coatings

[4+3]

Discuss the uses of following

i)

Composite Wood

ii)

Bamboo

iii)

Jute

[4+3+3]

How the recycling of building materials is beneficial? Discuss.

[8]

Discuss the Life cycle analysis in brief.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Explain the following.

[3+3+3]

i)

Operation Phase

ii)

Construction Phase

iii)

Use of Foudry sand

Explain in details about Construction waste management.

R R R

[4759]-30A

[7]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3339

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759]-310
B.E. (Polymer Engineering) (Semester - II)
Ploymer Thermodynamics and Blends
(C) - (Elective - IV)
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic table, electronic pocket calculators is allowed.

SECTION -I
Q1) a)

Explain the terms intensive properties, extensive properties, internal

energy and reversible process examples.
[8]

b)

Describe first law of thermodynamics and State Limitations of the first

law of thermodynamics.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain in detail Entropy term and state the second law of

thermodynamics.
[8]

b)

Water flows over a wall 30 meter in height. Take 1 kg of water as the

system and assume that it does not exchange any energy with its
surroundings. What is the optential energy of water at the top of the
wall? What is the kinetic enegy just before it strikes the bottom? [4]

c)

One mole of gas in a closed system undergoes a four-step

thermodynamic cycle. Use the data given in the following table to
determine numerical values for the missing quantities,
[4]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Step

Delta U/J

Q/J

W/J

1-2

-200

-6000

2-3

-3800

3-4

-800

300

4-1

4700

12341

-1400

Explain the terms heat capacity, heat capacity at constant volume and
heat capacity at constant pressure.
[9]
Calculate the standard heat of reaction at 298 C for the following
reaction:
4HCL (g) + O2 (g) 2H2O (g) + 2Cl2 (g)
The standard heat of formation for HCl (g) = -92.307 kJ and H2O (g)
is -241.818 kJ.

b)

Explain the importance of Molecular weight parameter with necessary

diagram on the miscibility of polymer blend systems.
[9]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain Gibbs phase rule in details.

[6]

How many degrees of freedom does each of the following system

have?
i)

Liquid water in equilibrium with its vapour

ii)

Liquid water in equilibrium with its vapour and introgen.

iii) A liquid solution of alcohol and water in equilibrium with its

vapour.
b)

Explain the termodynamic conditions for LCST, UCST with neat

diagrams.
[12]

[4759]-310

-2-

Q5) a)

Write a note on "Thermodynamic Quality of solvent to a Polymer".[8]

b)

Explain method for deteramination of the Interaction Parameters. [8]

OR

Q6)

Explain in detail and derive 'Flory Huggins equation for polymer

blends'.
[16]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Discuss the merits and Demerits of the following Polymeric modifier:[8]

i)

Polycarbonate (PC)

ii)

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS)

iii)
b)

Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)

Discuss the following terms with suitable examples:

[10]
Ease of Processing, Economy, Enhanced Property, Ecology via
Polymer Blend technoloty.
OR

Q8) a)

Explain different Polymeric Modifiers used to improve the following

properties such as Impact Strength, Chemical Resistance, heat
DeflectionTemperature, Flame Resistance.
[10]

b)

Explain any two methods of preparation of Polymer Blends with

suitable example.
[8]

Q9) a)

Discuss the importance of Maleated Polymers in Polymer Blend

Techonology.
[8]

b)

Discuss Equilibrium Morphology and phase inversion concept in

polymer Blends.
[8]

[4759]-310

-3-

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss any two methods of Compatibilization with suitable examples.

[8]

b)

Explain any two methods of characterization (Thermal and Microscopic)

of polymer Blends.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain Miscible and Immiscible Polymer Blends by using appropriate

Rheological Models.
[8]

b)

Write a note on any one Commercial polymer blend involving PP

polymer.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Discuss any two examples of interpenetrating Polymer Network based

on Polyurethane (PU) and also discuss effect of dispersed and
Bicontinuous Morphological development in IPN.
[16]

aaa

[4759]-310

-4-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1477

SEAT No. :

[4759]-312
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION
(2008 Course) (Semester - I)

[Total No. of Pages : 4

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain in brief Dead time or transport delay processes. Also discuss

the effect of P action on Dead time dominant processes.
[8]

b)

Define Capacitance. Discuss with suitable example effects of large

capacitance.
[8]
OR

Q2) Clarify the following terms:

a)

Proportional Element.

b)

Degrees of freedom.

c)

Interacting and Non-interacting processes.

d)

Process Lag.

Q3) a)

Explain in brief:
i)

Loop Gain

ii)

Transmitter gain

iii)

Valve gain

iv)

Process gain

[16]

[8]

P.T.O.

b)

What is the need of analyzing process control loops? With the help of
necessary diagrams and equations explain the procedure to test a typical
pressure control loop.
[10]
OR

Q4) a)

Apply Scaling & find out normalized (Scaled) equation for distillation
column, following data is available:
[10]
i)

Internal reflux rate(Li) = 0 to 15000 GPM.

ii)

External reflux rate(L) = 0 to 10000 GPM.

iii)

Temperature of overhead vapors(To): 150-250 oF.

iv)

External reflux temperature(Tr): 125-225 oF.

v)

T max: 50 oF.

vi)

CP: 0.65 BTU/Ib oF.

vii) H: 250 BTU/hr

L

i
P
Equation for distillation column is L = 1 + H (To -Tr ) .

b)
Q5) a)
b)

Compare SLPC and MLPC.

[8]

Draw a schematic of feedback control system and describe the necessary

components of feedback control system.
[8]
Discuss in brief three goals to evaluate the control performance.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What do you mean by Fine Tuning? Explain with suitable example. [8]
Explain in brief purpose of Correlations for Tuning constants.

[4759]-312

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain Selective Control with suitable application.

[8]

List different types of Non Linear Elements. Explain detail any one. [8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain with neat block diagram cascade control system? Comment on

tuning of cascade controller.
[8]

b)

Explain the working of a feed forward control with suitable application.[8]

Q9) a)

Discuss in brief influence of interaction on multivariable system behavior.

[8]

b)

Explain in brief procedure for calculating Relative Gain Array for 2 x 2

systems. List important properties of RGA.
[10]
OR

Q10)a)

In In-line blending of two streams outlet flow F and composition x are to

be controlled. The available manipulated variables are the inlet flows F1
& F2. The process is linear and instantaneous. Data for above process
is as below.
[10]
i)

Composition of F1 is x1 = 0.8

ii)

Composition of F2 is x2 = 0.2

iii)

Composition of F is x = 0.6

iv)

Product F = 200 mol/hr.

Apply steady state mass balance and calculate the RGA, How would
you pair the input-output variables for this process? Why.
b)

Explain necessity of decoupling control with the help of suitable example

[8]

[4759]-312

Q11)a)

Explain with suitable block diagram Internal Model Control. Also

enlist design steps for FOPDT process.
[8]

b)

Explain with suitable block schematic Model Predictive Controller. [8]

OR

Q12)Write short notes on any two:

[16]

a)

DMC

b)

Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy rules.

c)

Artificial Neural Network.

d)

Self Tuning Controller.

EEE

[4759]-312

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1478

SEAT No. :

[4759] -313
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
DIGITAL CONTROL
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I)

[Total No. of Pages : 4

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Obtain the Pulse Transfer function for the system shown below

Derive the transfer function of ZOH.

[8]

[10]

OR
Q2) a)

Obtain the Pulse Transfer Function for the system shown below

[8]

b)

Describe the block diagram of discrete time control system and indicate
the nature of output signal after every block.
[10]

Q3) a)

Explain the block diagram of velocity form of digital PID controller and
derive the expression of velocity from of a digital PID controller. [8]
P.T.O.

b)

Compare velocity form and positional form of digital PID controller.[8]

OR

Q4) Design a Deadbeat Controller for the system shown below, assume T = 1 sec,
for step I/P.
[16]

Q5) a)

Find out the range of K for which the system below is stable by Jurys
stability test. Assume T= 1 sec.
[12]

b)

Explain with the help of diagram the stability of the system in the
Z-plane.
[4]
OR

Q6) Find the stability of the system by Jurys stability test and comment on the
stability of the system by bilinear transformation. Assume T = 1 sec. [16]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Derive the expression of pulse transfer function from state space model.
Where state space model is given by the following equations.
[8]
X(K+1) = G X(K) + H U(K)
Y(K) = C X(K) + D U(K)

[4759]-313

b)

Diagonalise the following matrix by similarity transformation.

[8]

4 1 0
A = 0 3 1

0 0 2

OR
Q8) State space model is given by the following equations
X(K+1) = G X(K) + H U(K)
Y(K) = C X (K)
9 1 0
2

Where G = 26 0 1 H = 5 C = [1 2 1]

24 0 0
0
and C by similarity transformation.
Find G , H

Q9) a)

[16]

Obtain the pulse transfer function of the following discrete time state
equations.
[12]

X1 (K+1) 1 0.4323 X1 (K ) 0.2823

=
+

U(K)
0
0.1353
0.4323
X
K+1
X
K
)
2 ( )

2 (
X (K )
Y(K) = [1 0] 1

X
K
(
)
2

b)

Define State Observer and explain the types of state observers in short.[4]
OR

Q10)a)

Find the state model of the transfer function shown below by direct
form and find whether the given system is controllable and observable.[10]
TF =

b)

Z1 (1+0.8Z1 )

1+1.3Z1 +0.4Z2

Define:
i)

Controllability

ii)

Observability

[4759]-313

[6]

Q11)Consider the discrete time control system defined by the following equation[18]
X(K+1) = G X(K) + H U(K)
1 1
1
1
G=
H
X(0)
=
=

1
0
1 1

Determine the optimal control sequence U(K) that will minimize the following
performance index. Find Jmin.
J= 0.5X* (8) S X(8)+0.5 k=0 [X*(K) Q X(K) + U* (K) R U(K)]
7

Where
1 0
1 0
Q=
;R = 1; S=

0 1
0 1

OR
Q12)a)

Consider a discrete time control system

[12]

X(K+1) = 0.4590 X(K) + 0.8821 U(K)

X(0) = 1 ----- initial condition
Determine optimal control law to minimize the following performance
index. Find Jmin.
J= 0.5 X (9 ) +0.5 K=0 X 2 (K )+U 2 (K ) .
2

b)

Write a short note on Optimal Control.

R R R

[4759]-313

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1479

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 314
B.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
PROJECT ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (406263)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2,Q.3 or Q.4,Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What is organizational structure? Draw an organizational structure for

any manufacturing firm.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on the various agencies involved in instrumentation

type of projects and their interaction involved in Project statement. [8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain Interdepartmental, Interorganisational and Multi agency interaction

involved in Project and their co ordination Project statement.
[8]
What is project management? Explain role of project manager.

[8]

Q3) a)

What are PERT and CPM methods. In R &D types of project which
method is preferred?
[8]

b)

What is project planning and scheduling? Write the factors affecting it.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Write a short note on project management software MS Project.

[8]

What are the various project life cycle phases. Explain one phase in
detail.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

b)

Prepare Technical specification sheet in s-20 format (any two).

i)

PLC

ii)

Turbine flowmeter

iii)

Pressure Guage

[10]

Explain what is P& I diagram. Draw the P & I diagram for boiler with[8]
i)

Three element level control

ii)

Fuel air ratio control

iii)

Steam temperature control.

OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is material balance sheet. Explain with example.

[9]

What are the various standards used in instrumentation project. Explain

in detail.
[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

What is Plant layouts and General arrangement drawing. Write its

importance.
[8]
Draw installation sketch of thermowell.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

List different types of cables and write their specifications.

[8]

What is loop wiring diagram? Draw a loop wiring diagram of level control
loop.
[8]
What is purchase order. Explain with example.

[6]

b)

What is commissioning? Explain in detail. What are the various documents

required during commissioning?
[8]

c)

What is tendering?

[2]
OR

[4759]-314

Q10)a)

What is final bid package? Explain in detail.

[8]

b)

What are the procurement activities involved in project? Explain step by

step.
[8]

Q11)a)

Prepare inquiry, quotation, Purchase order and inspection report for a

control panel (for a process three element drum level control).
[12]

b)

Write a short note on breakfront control panel.

[6]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What is FAT, SAT and CAT? Prepare a FAT for a control panel (for a
process three element drum level control).
[10]
Write a short note on consoles.

R R R

[4759]-314

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1480

SEAT No. :

[4759]-315

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)

BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (406264)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain electrode offset potential? How effect of electrode offset potential

is overcome. Explain the various properties that bio-electrode should
possesses.
[8]

b)

Define bio electrode. Name various types of basic bio electrodes used
for bioelectric potential measurements. Explain the necessity of
microelectrode, micropipette electrode.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Why silver-silver chloride electrode is suitable in biomedical applications.

[6]

b)

What is a half cell potential? Draw and explain electrical equivalent circuit
of electrode jelly and Tissue.
[8]

c)

What are the important of use of electrolytic jelly at the skin - electrode
interface?
[2]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail the pumping action of the heart and the genesis of ECG
waveform.
[8]
Discuss the various ECG leads configuration in detail.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

List out various bioelectric preamplifiers. Explain chopper amplifier in

detail.
[10]
Draw and explain Heart Rate meter.

[6]

Q5) a)

Enlist two important techniques used in sphygmomanometer BP

measurement. Explain the same method of BP measurement along with
its advantages and disadvantages.
[10]

b)

List out various methods used for cardiac output measurement. Explain
indicator dilution method with dilution curve.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain electromagnetic blood flow measurement with neat diagram. [8]

b)

Discuss Doppler shift Ultrasonic blood flow measurement along with

neat diagram.
[8]

c)

List out the microphones used in phonocardiograph.

[2]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

What is EEG? Enlist various illness and diseases for which EEG is
effectively used. Explain the EEG montage system.
[10]
Explain the various types of EEG electrodes.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Draw and explain various parts of Brain stem.

[8]

b)

Draw and explain the structure of neuron.

[6]

c)

Define efferent and afferent nerves?

[2]

[4759]-315

Q9) a)

Enlist various ophthalmic instruments & briefly explain instrument used

for measurement of IOP.
[10]

b)

Explain the various vision errors in human vision system and also explain
the way of elimination of the same.
[4]

c)

Suggest suitable devices that are used to recover the percentage losses
in EAR or EYE, if some residual capacity has been remain with these
organs.
[2]
OR

Q10)a)

Define a Hearing threshold. Explain the speech audiometer and pure

tone audiometer.
[10]

b)

What are three main sections of Human auditory system? Explain the
impedance matching in human hearing phenomenon.
[6]

Q11)a)

Explain Wedge Spiro meter for respiratory measurement. Explain the

following terms with respect to respiratory measurement.
[10]

b)

i)

RV

ii)

ERV

iii)

TLC

iv)

TV

Why inspired and expired gas analysis is of great importance. Draw and
explain Thermal conductivity analyzer.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Define the followings:

[10]

i)

Gross shock,

ii)

Let go current,

iii)

Lung Compliance,

iv)

Micro current shock,

v)

Hold on current.

Explain the various methods of accident prevention in medical equipments.

[8]

EEE
[4759]-315

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2025

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 316
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
LASER APPLICATIONS IN INSTRUMENTATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester -I) (Elective -I) (406264)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Calculate the ratio of rates of spontaneous and stimulated emissions for

a tungsten filament lamp operating at temperature of 2030K with average
frequency to be 5.5 1014 Hz.
[5]

b)

Estimate the relative populations of two energy levels such that a transition
from the higher to the lower will give visible radiations of 570nm at room
temperature (T = 300K).
[5]

c)

What are the properties of Laser?

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Write a short note on the process of absorption, spontaneous and

stimulated emissions of radiation.
[8]

b)

Discuss the significance of Einstein relations in emissions of radiation.[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain the construction and working of any gas laser.

[8]

Classify the laser products for safety standards?

[4]
P.T.O.

c)

Calculate the threshold pumping power of a laser for critical population

inversion of 9 1021/m3 and spontaneous life time of 300 s. The upper
level is at energy of 1.5eV.
[6]
OR

Q4) a)

What are different laser system components? Explain each in short.[12]

b)

Estimate the efficiency of a GaAs laser operating well above threshold.

The refractive index of material is 3.5 and laser cavity length is 0.1mm.
The loss coefficient is 600 per meter length and the internal quantum
efficiency is 0.8.
[6]

Q5) a)
b)

Classify the basic optical interferometers?

[8]

Describe subjective and objective speckles in detail.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Describe the electronic speckle pattern interferometer (ESPI) for

displacement measurement.
[8]
Describe the speckle in single point interferometers.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the performance parameters of Laser Velocimeter.

[8]

Differentiate between time domain and frequency domain processing of

the Doppler signal?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain the time domain processing of Doppler signal in detail.

[8]

Discuss the performance parameters of operation of laser velocimeter?[8]

Write short note on Sagnac effect.

[8]

Describe the all fiber FOG configuration.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Write short note on Ring Laser Gyroscope.

[8]

b)

Explain in detail the Fiber Optic Gyroscope.

[8]

[4759]-316

Q11)a)

A thin strip of the hologram undergoing stress parallel to the x-axis is

illuminated by a He-Ne laser. The fringes are localized in a plane having
slope of 1.5 per unit length in x-direction and the fringe spacing is found
to be 1mm. Hence find the strain.
[8]

b)

Explain the any one applications of holographic interferometer that you

know.
[10]
OR

Q12)Write a short notes on.

a)

Holographic Interferometer.

[9]

b)

Applications of holographic interferometer.

[9]

R R R

[4759]-316

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3727

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 317
B.E. (Instrumentation and Control Engineering)
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (406264)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in brief different types of nonlinearities.

[6]

Obtain the range of K for which the system shown in figure is stable.[12]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

What are the characteristics of phase plane method.

[6]

Define Singular points. Find out the nature of second order system for
singular point.
[12]

x + 0.5 x + 3 x + x 2 = 0 .
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

0 1
A second order system represented by x =Ax where A =
by
1 1
using Lyapunovs direct method, determine the stability of the system.[10]

Explain in brief Popovs method and its extensions.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)

b)

1 2
A second order system represented by x =Ax where A =
by
1
4

using Lyapunovs direct method, determine the stability of the system.

Write the Liapunov function v(x).
[10]

Explain in brief frequency stability criteria.

[6]

Q5) a)

Explain in detail classification of Model Reference adaptive Control

System.
[8]

b)

Explain with neat diagram of Direct model reference adaptive controller.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain in detail Discrete time MRAC systems.

[8]

Explain in detail stability and converges studies of MRAC systems. [8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain with neat diagram of Implicit self tuning regulators.

[6]

In the self-tuning regulator following input output data has been obtained
form the real plant.
[12]

[4759]-317

Time (t)

Input data u(t)

Output data y(t)

2.0

0.0

2.5

5.0

3.0

-1.5

2.0

3.0

1.5

2.0

Use any regression to fit a model with the structure

y(t) + ay(t-1) = bu (t-1) + e(t) where e(t) is error signal.
OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain the design of STR using Minimum variance method.

[9]

Explain in detail LQG self tuning regulator.

[9]

Explain in detail adaptive control technique for control of dryer control.

[8]
Explain in detail the general purpose adaptive regulator.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain in detail adaptive control technique for temperature control in

CSTR system.
[8]
Explain in detail adaptive control technique for Rolling mill.

Q11)Obtain the control law that minimize the performance index

J = ( x12 + u 2 ) dt
0

x1 0 1 x1 0
for the system given below: x =
+ u
2 1 1 x2 1

Explain in brief State Regulator Problems.

OR
[4759]-317

[8]

[16]

Q12)Obtain the control law that minimize the performance index

J = ( x12 + u 2 ) dt
0

x1 0 1 x1 0
For the system given below: x =
+ u
2 0 1 x2 1

Explain in brief Matrix Riccati Equations.

R R R

[4759]-317

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1481

SEAT No. :

[4759]-318

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)

BUILDING AUTOMATION - I
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.

2)

Answer to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

4)

Figure to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with neat sketch.

[8]

What is Two wire & four wire Smoke Detector, Explain four wire smoke
detector with neat sketch.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain SLC Communication Protocol.

[8]

Classify & explain fire based on the substance that is fuel for the fire.[10]
Explain Fire Alarm System Loops with neat sketch.

[8]

Explain Fire Sprinkler system with neat sketch.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

List & explain fire Resistant Cable & Their Requirement.

[8]

Explain Cause & effect matrix with sketch.

[8]

Explain detector spacing guideline as per NFPA - 72 standard.

[8]

With a neat sketch explain categorization of fire alarm system as per BS

5839 standard.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain Heat detector spacing guideline as per NFPA - 72 standard. [8]

Describe Power supply for FAS System.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain basic Biometric Process with sketch.

[8]

Explain Various Attacks on Biometric System.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain Intelligent Access control system with neat sketch.

[8]

b)

Explain Standalone & Network System (Biometric) with neat sketch.[8]

Q9) a)

List Various Types of CCTV, explain CCTV Control room and Control
Room activities.
[10]

b)

Explain DVM with sketch.

[8]
OR

[4759]-318

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain Field of View (FOV) with suitable example.

Compare Television standard with respect to following point.
i)

No. of scanning lines

ii)

No. Frames

iii)

Field frequency

iv)

Vertical-to-Horizontal ratio

[10]
[8]

Write a notes on Digital Signature.

[8]

Explain PIDS with neat sketch.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

List various application of PIDS, explain any one application of PIDS.[8]

Explain with neat sketch NIDS.

[8]

EEE

[4759]-318

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1482

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 319
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control Engg.)
ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUMENTATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective-II) (406265)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the need of Instrumentation & control for environment.

[8]

Explain how sensors are used in environmental Analysis & monitoring

purpose.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in short.

[8]

i)

Flame ionization detector

ii)

Ultraviolet analyzers

Compare portable & stationary analytical instrument with their types and
advantages.(min 8 points).
[8]
Discuss water quality standards for raw & treated water.

[8]

Explain conductivity analyzers and their applications in water quality

parameterization.
[10]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain Opacity monitors.

[6]
P.T.O.

b)

Q5) a)
b)

What are various sources of water? Enlist & discuss in brief about water
quality parameter.(any 3)
[12]

What is flotation? Explain flotation in water treatment.

[8]

Explain what is difference between coagulation and sedimentation? Briefly

discuss about automatic waste water sampling?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain instrumentation in assessment of Soil and Ground water pollution.

[8]
Discuss on design criteria of settling tank.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

With a neat sketch of automatic wastewater sampling system, explain

sample intake, transport and delivery subsystem.
[10]

b)

Give the general guidelines for choosing optimum sampling locations.[8]

OR

Q8) a)

What is the concept of waste water monitoring? Discuss in brief about

automatic waste water sampling.
[8]

b)

Draw and explain primary, secondary and tertiary treatment of waste

water.
[10]

Q9) a)
b)

Write a note on air pollution from thermal power plant in detail.

[8]

Define air sampling. What are the different air sampling methods? Explain
any one in detail.
[8]
OR

[4759]-319

Q10)a)

Enlist various analytical methods used in air pollution study. Explain any
one in detail.
[8]

b)

With the sketch explain the working principle for electrostatic precipitator.
[8]

Q11)a)

Compare between open channel and non open channel flow measurement.
[8]

b)

Explain in detail about measurement of ambient air quality.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write a note on rain water harvesting and its necessity. State and explain
its various methods.
[10]
Explain open channel waste water flow measurement.

R R R

[4759]-319

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1521

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 31A
B.E. (Mechanical)
CAD/CAM & AUTOMATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (402041)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What is Open GL? Explain its use in Software Customization.

[6]

A triangle ABC with vertices A (2, 2), B (6, 2) and C(4, 6) is rotated
about point C in counter clock wise direction by 35. Then it is scaled
by factor 2.5 in X & Y directions and translated by 3 units in X and 5
units in Y directions. Find the final position of triangle.
[12]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail Orthographic Transformations and Isometric

Transformations from the prospective of Computer Aided Design. [12]
Explain the concept of Rotational Mapping.

[6]

Explain the parametric modeling of Ellipse with neat sketch.

[8]

Describe the parametric modeling for Ruled Surface.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Enlist and explain various properties of Solid Models.

[8]

What is Boundary Representation? Explain the Basic Building Blocks

for Boundary Representation.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain the concept of shape functions for one Dimensional Elements.[4]

b)

A three bar steel [E = 200 103 N/mm2] is subjected to horizontal and

vertical force of 50 KN as shown below. The cross sectional area for
each element is 200 mm2. Using finite element method, find the nodal
displacements and stresses and reaction forces at supports.
[12]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain different properties of Stiffness Matrix.

[4]

A stepped metallic bar with circular cross section consists of two

segments. The first segment is of 250mm length and cross sectional area
is 200 mm2. The second has length of 300mm and cross sectional area is
140 mm2. If one end of Bigger section is fixed and tensile force of
500KN is applied on opposite end of smaller one, find Nodal
Displacements, Elemental Stresses and support reactions. E = 200 Gpa.
[12]

[4759]-31A

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain Motion Control Modes used in NC machines.

[8]

Write NC part Program to generate the profile as shown in figure below

using milling machine. Assume suitable machining data for feed and speed
etc. The thickness of the plate is 12mm. All dimensions are in mm. [10]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

Explain the functions of adaptive control system.

[8]

Write NC part Program to generate the profile as shown in figure below.

Assume suitable machining data for feed and speed etc. All dimensions
are in mm.
[10]

Compare Programmable and Flexible Automation Systems.

[6]

b)

How does computer aided process planning differs from traditional

process planning. Elaborate.
[4]

c)

Explain the factors to be considered during Robot Gripper Design. [6]

OR

[4759]-31A

Q10)a)

Explain briefly various work part transfer mechanisms.

[6]

b)

Explain the functions of shop floor control system.

[6]

c)

Explain concept of Automated Storage / Retrieval Systems.

[4]

Explain industrial applications of the robots in material handling.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Classify robots according to robot work volume and explain cylindrical

& Spherical coordinate robots in detail.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

What are End Effectors? Explain any two types of grippers in detail.[8]

b)

Discuss lead through programming method with its advantages and

disadvantages.
[8]

[4759]-31A

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1522

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 6

[4759] -32
B.E. (Mechanical/Mech. SW)
DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY
(2008 Course) (Semester -I) (402042)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule and electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain clearly the terms static and dynamic balancing.

[4]

A shaft carries four masses A,B,C and D which are placed in parallel
planes perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. The unbalanced masses at
planes B and C are 3.6kg and 2.5kg respectively and both are assumed
to be concentrated at a radius of 25mm while the masses in planes A and
D are both at radius of 40mm. The angle between the planes B and C is
100o and that between B and A is 190o, both angles being measured in
counter clockwise direction from the plane B. the planes containing A
and B are 250mm apart and those containing B and C are 500mm. If the
shaft is to be completely balanced, determine:
[12]
i)

Masses at the planes A and D

ii)

The distance between the planes C and D

iii)

The angular position of mass D

OR

Q2) a)

What do you mean by balancing machine? Explain any one type of static
balancing machine.
[6]
P.T.O.

b)

A three cylinder radial engine has axes at 120o to one another and their
connecting rods are coupled to a single common crank. The stroke length
is 100mm and length of each connecting rod is 150mm. If the mass of
reciprocating parts per cylinder is 1 kg, determine the primary and
secondary force of the engine running at 2400 rpm.
[10]

Q3) a)

With neat sketches explain underdamped, over damped and critically

damped systems.
[3]

b)

A vibrating system is defined by the following parameters:

[5]

m = 3 kg, k = 100 N/m, c = 3 N-s/m

Determine:

c)

i)

The damping factor

ii)

The natural frequency of damped vibration

iii)

Logarithmic decrement

iv)

The ratio of two consecutive amplitudes

v)

The number of cycles after which the original amplitude is reduced

to 20%.

For the system shown in Fig. No. 01, find the equation of motion and
also determine its natural frequency.
[8]

Fig no: 01
OR
Q4) a)

What is logarithmic decrement? Derive an expression for the same. [6]

[4759]-32

b)

A homogeneous solid cylinder of mass m is linked by a spring of

constant k N/m. If it rolls without slipping, show that frequency of
oscillation is

2k
rad/s
3m

[5]

Fig no: 02
c)

An under damped shock absorber is to be designed for an automobile.

It is required that initial amplitude to be reduced to 1/16th in one cycle.
The mass of the automobile is 200kg and damped period of vibration is
1 sec. Find necessary stiffness and damping constants of shock
absorbers.
[5]

Q5) a)

The damped frequency of a system as obtained from a free vibration

test is 10.5Hz. During the forced vibration test with constant excitation
force on the same system, the peak frequency of vibration is found to be
at 9.5Hz. Find the damping factor of the system and its natural frequency.
[4]

b)

Neatly plot the frequency response curves and draw any four conclusions
from the same.
[6]

c)

A system having rotating unbalance has total mass of 25kg. The

unbalanced mass of 1kg rotates with a radius 0.04m. It has been observed
that at a speed of 1000rpm, the system and eccentric mass have a phase
difference of 90o and the corresponding amplitude is 0.015m. Find out:[8]
i)

Natural frequency of the system

ii)

Damping factor

iii)

Amplitude at 1500 rpm

iv)

Phase angle at 1500 rpm

OR

[4759]-32

Q6) a)

A vehicle has a mass 490kg and the total spring constant of its suspension
system is 58,800 N/m. The profile of the road may be approximated to a
sine wave of amplitude 40mm and wavelength 4m, as shown in fig no 03.
Determine:
[9]
i)

Critical speed of the vehicle

ii)

The amplitude of the steady state motion of the mass when the
vehicle is driven at critical speed and = 0.5.

iii)

The amplitude of steady state motion of mass when the vehicle is

driven at 57 km/hr and damping factor = 0.5.

Fig no: 03
b)

Explain the following terms.

i)

Vibration isolation

ii)

Force transmissibility

iii)

Motion transmissibility

[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain the concept of torsionally equivalent shaft.

[6]

Derive the differential equations of motion for the system shown in figure
no.04. It is given that m1 = 20Kg, m2 = 35Kg and k = 3000N/m. Determine
[12]
i)

The natural frequencies

ii)

Amplitude ratio for the two mode

iii)

Principal mode shape.

[4759]-32

Figure No: 04

OR
Q8) a)

What do you mean by whirling of shaft? Derive the expression for

deflection vertical shaft with a single rotor without damping.
[6]

b)

Two equal masses of weight 400N each and radius of gyration 40cm are
keyed to the opposite ends of shaft 60cm long. The shaft is 7.5cm
diameter for the first 25cm of its length, 12.5cm diameter for the next
10cm and 8.5cm diameter for the remaining of its length as shown in
figure no. 05. Find the natural frequency of the torsionally vibration of
the system and position of node. Assume 0.84 1011 N/m2.
[12]

Q9) a)

Explain human hearing mechanism with sketch.

[4]

b)

Explain the term sound reflection, Absorption, and Transmission.

[6]

c)

What do you understand by sound enclosure? Describe two types of

sound enclosure.
[6]
OR

[4759]-32

Q10)a)

Explain the working of microphone.

[4]

b)

Define sound field. Explain the various types of sound field in the vicinity
of some sources.
[6]

c)

A mechanism working in machine shop is operating having there sound

pressure levels as 95dB, 90dB, 92dB, 88dB and 83dB respectively.
Determine total sound level when
[6]

Q11)a)
b)

i)

All mechanism are ON

ii)

Machine 2 and 3 are turned OFF.

Explain general vibration measurement process with neat sketch.

[8]

What do you understand by the time domain and frequency domain?

How are they useful in predicting vibration failures?
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short notes on the following.

a)

Piezo electric accelerometer.

[5]

b)

Vibration exciter.

[6]

c)

FFT analyzer.

[5]

R R R

[4759]-32

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2026

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-320
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
b-NANO INSTRUMENTATION
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (406265) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain the energy sub-bands and density of states in

i)

Quantum well and

ii)

Quantum wire

[6]

b)

Explain the ballistic transport of electrons in a medium? State the

characteristic parameters on which the electron transport depends at the
Nanosale.
[6]

c)

Describe CVD and PVD techniques for the synthesis of Nano material.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

What is Nano lithography? Explain photolithography Process with

diagram.
[6]

b)

Explain various properties and applications of Nano materials.

[6]

c)

What is Top-down and Bottom-up approach for synthesis of Nano

materials? Describe self-assembly techniques with diagrams.
[6]

Q3) a)

Give the principle and working of an AFM with diagram and its different
modes of operation.
[8]

b)

Explain the principle, working of a STM in detail with suitable diagram

and its modes of operation.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

In an AFM, describe different types of interatomic forces involved and

its modes of operations with diagram.
[8]

b)

Give the principles, working of an SNOM with suitable diagram and its
advantages.
[8]

Q5) a)

What are different types of CNTs? Explain the structure, properties and
the terms viz. chiral vector, chiral angle that leads to the nature of CNTs.
[8]

b)

Describe CNT based Field emission device compare the field emission
based using CNT vs. metallic electron emitting tips.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain the principle, working of a CNT based transistor device with a

suitable diagram.
[8]

b)

What are the important features that makes CNT as good microwave
absorbing material? Based on CNT array explains RF Filter.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Describe in detail the terms such as spin polarization, magnetic moment,

spin injection, spin relaxation and spin detection involved in the spintronic
devices.
[8]

b)

Describe the GMR effect with a suitable diagram and spin valve device.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the structure, working of a spin Transistor with a suitable diagram.

Give its advantages over conventional transistor.
[8]

b)

Describe spin-based computing in a Quantum Computer in detail. Give

its advantage over conventional computer.
[8]

Q9) a)

What is FET? Explain the MOSFET transistors structure, working with

a suitable diagram. Give the effect of scaling down.
[8]

b)

Describe the Resonant Tunneling Diode and Transistor with its structure
and operation.
[8]
OR

[4759]-320

Q10)a)

Describe single electron resonant tunneling by using a circuit having a

quantum dot coupled to source and drain leads. Explain the phenomenon
of coulomb blockade.
[8]

b)

Describe in detail about any mesoscopic device working at room

temperature along with a suitable diagram.
[8]

Q11)Write short notes on the following:

a)

Nano mechanical Sensors.

[6]

b)

Electron field emitting devices.

[6]

c)

Chemically driven Nano actuators.

[6]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on the following:
a)

CNT based optical Antenna.

[6]

b)

CNT based optical waveguide.

[6]

c)

UV Nano wire photo detector.

[6]

[4759]-320

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1483

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 321
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control Engg.)
ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (406265)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Determine the z-transform of the following operations:

i)

Decimation by a factor D.

ii)

Interpolation by a factor I.

Explain the sampling rate conversion by a rational factor I/D.

[8]

[8]

OR
Q2) Write short notes on:
a)

Subband coding of speech signals.

[8]

b)

Polyphase filter structures

[8]

Q3) a)

An AR(3) process is characterized by the prediction coefficients,

a3(1) = 1.5, a3(2) = 1.5, a3(3) = 1/2
Determine the reflection coefficients.

[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Show that the forward prediction coefficients and backward prediction

coefficients are in reverse order.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Determine the reflection coefficients of the lattice filter corresponding to

the FIR filter described by the system function.
[8]
1
H( z ) = A 2 ( z ) = 1 + 2 z 1 + z 2 .
3

b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the Levinson-Durbin algorithm in detail.

[8]

Explain the averaging periodograms method for estimation of power

spectra.
[9]
Determine and sketch the periodogram of the following sequence:

[9]

x(n) = {2,3,5,1}
Use DFT.
OR
Q6) Write short notes on:
a)

Bartlett method of power spectrum estimation.

[6]

b)

Welch method of power spectrum estimation.

[6]

c)

Parametric methods of power spectrum estimation.

[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the concept of adaptive filter with the help of neat diagram. List
out the applications of adaptive filters.
[9]

b)

Explain the least-mean-square (LMS) algorithm for optimization of the

FIR filter coefficients as an estimation problem based on the minimization
of mean-square error.
[9]

[4759]-321

OR
2

Q8) a)

Explain the process of recursive computation for filter coefficients in

recursive least square (RLS) algorithm.
[9]

b)

List out the applications of adaptive filters. Explain any one in detail.[9]

Q9) a)
b)

State the salient features of TMS320C6713.

[8]

Compare the general purpose processor and Digital Signal Processor in

detail.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the Harward architecture of Digital Signal Processor in detail

with diagram.
[8]

b)

Write an assembly program to compute the output of the FIR filter to an

input sequence using on-board units of Digital Signal Processor.
[8]

Q11)a)

State the advantages of Short-Time Fourier Transform over Fourier

Transform. Explain the steps in computation of Short-Time Fourier
Transform.
[8]

b)

State the properties of FT, STFT and CWT.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the steps in computation of windowed Fourier transform. Explain

the concept of time and frequency localization.
[8]
Write short note on Wavelet Transform.

R R R

[4759]-321

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1484

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 322
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
AUTOMOBILE INSTRUMENTATION
( 2008 Course) (Sem. - I) (Elective -II) (406265)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What are the current trends in Automobile.

[6]

Explain the various open loop & closed loop components of Engine
management system.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in detail the Vehicle motion control.

Explain the role of electronics in Automobile.

[10]
[6]

What are the types of solid state Ignition system? Explain the Electronic
spark timing control system with neat diagram.
[10]
Explain the principle of Carburetor control system.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)

What is multiport or point fuel Injection system in regards with automobile

engine operation? Explain it with neat block diagram.
[10]

b)

State the advantages & Disadvantages of Electronic Ignition system.[6]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Write a short note on Idle speed control with a neat diagram.

[6]

Define the following terms with respect to engines performance: [12]

i)

Power,

ii)

BSFC

iii)

Volumetric Efficiency

iv)

Thermal Efficiency
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Write short note on Exhaust Emission Control system.

Explain the following modes of Engine Control:
i)

Engine Cranking

ii)

Engine warm-up

iii)

Open Loop

iv)

Closed Loop

[6]
[12]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

What is ESP? Explain its operation.

[8]

Write short note on Cruise Control System.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain the Principle of Electronic Braking.

[8]

Explain in detail the Electronic Power Steering.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain the brief principle control circuit components & characteristics

of any two of them in brief.
[8]

b)

Write short note on control system for Automotive control locking

system.
[8]
OR

[4759]-322

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Instrumentation involved in Electronically controlled doors & windows.

[8]
Write short note on Control system for Antitheft Technology.

[8]

Explain in brief the Air Conditioning system in Automobiles.

[9]

Explain in brief Ergonomics & Safety aspects in automobile w.r. to

Lightning system components.
[9]
OR

Q12)Write short note on:

[18]

a)

Automatic gear control system.

b)

Steering Control Techniques

c)

Emission standards.

R R R

[4759]-322

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1485

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 323
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
PROCESS DYNAMICS & CONTROL
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Derive mathematical model of following liquid level system.

[10]

Where,

b)

Q = steady state flow rate m3/sec

qi = small deviation of inflow rate from steady-state value, m3/sec
qo = small deviation of outflow rate from steady-state value, m3/sec
H = Steady-state head,m
h = small deviation of head from its steady-state value, m.
Explain dynamic behaviour of first -order system.
[6]
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

Explain different process control objectives with suitable examples. [8]

b)

Explain dynamic behaviour of pure second-order system for over damped

case.
[8]

Q3) a)

Draw & explain steam-heated exchanger. List dynamics associated with

it.
[10]

b)

Explain resonance effect of heat exchanger.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain heat exchanger responses for load change at constant steam

temperature.
[12]
Explain measurement lag in heat exchanger.

[4]

Q5) a)

Explain Boiler dynamics & also explain various safety interlocks. [12]

b)

Explain with neat sketch feed forward control of boiler steam pressure.
[6]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain 1-element, 2-element & 3-element boiler drum level control with
suitable sketches.
[12]

b)

Explain shrink & swell effect in case of boiler drum. Also explain Inverseresponse phenomena.
[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain Reactor time constant with neat sketch & also explain 4 interacting
time lags.
[9]
Explain once-through cooling of chemical reactors.
OR

[4759]-323

[9]

Q8) a)

Explain Batch production management.

[9]

b)

Explain cascade control scheme in order to control reactor temperature.

[9]

Q9) a)

Explain distillation column equipments in detail with neat sketches. [12]

b)

Write steady-state material & energy balance equations for distillation

column system.
[4]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain control of Bottom composition of distillation column unit. [8]

b)

Explain concentration lag, liquid flow rate lag & vapor flow rate lag in
case of distillation column system.
[8]

Q11)a)

List different types of pumps. Explain metering pumps characteristics.

Explain net positive suction head (NPSH).
[8]

b)

Write a short note on waste water treatment plant with design aspects.[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the phenomena of surge. Explain centrifugal compressor with

its characteristics.
[8]

b)

Draw characteristics of centrifugal pump. Draw & explain flow control

scheme in centrifugal pump.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-323

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1486

SEAT No. :

[4759]-324
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(2008 Course) (Semester-II)

[Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

With the help of block diagram explain the different stages involved in
the development of automation projects.
[8]

b)

With example explain the term control system audit and its advantages.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

List and explain the benefits of automation in a plant.

[8]

Compare the PLC and DCS on the basis of performance criteria.

[8]

Explain OSI/ISO reference model in communication system and layers

used in Industrial Ethernet.
[10]
Explain four basic function blocks in Foundation Fieldbus.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain Foundation Fieldbus system as against traditional 4-20 mA

system.
[10]

b)

Write short note on communication standards RS232 and RS 485. [8]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the PLC Programming methods as per IEC-61131-3.

[8]

Explain basic principle and working of CNC machine.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)

b)

Write a program to control level loop using PID in PLC system with
ladder programming language. Write the details of each instruction that
you have used in your program.
[8]
With the help of any example explain G-Code in CNC Machine.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain different I/O function blocks available in any DCS System.[10]

Write the general specifications of a DCS system.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Write a program using FBD programming method for any cascade control
loop. Write the different steps involved in the configuration of function
blocks.
[10]

b)

With the help of block diagram explain the architecture of DCS from any
make.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the role of DCS in data management system.

[8]

Write short note on third party interfaces in automation.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain in brief alarm management system in DCS.

[8]

Explain security and user access management in DCS.

[8]

Explain Safety life cycle system.

[8]

Explain the importance of Process Hazard Analysis (PHA).

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write short note on Safety Instrumented System (SIS).

[8]

Write on applications of safety system.

[8]

[4759]-324

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1487

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-325
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
ADVANCED BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(406269) (2008 Course)(Semester-II) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2)
figures to the right indicate full marks.
3)
Use of logarithmic tables, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4)
Assume suitable data,if necessary.

Q1) a)

What is a Demand Pacemaker. Explain its working with the help of a

diagram.Discuss its advantages and disadvantages.
[9]

b)

Explain the principle of Cardioverter and its working with the help of
block diagram.
[7]
OR

Q2) a)

State True or False and Explain:

[9]

i)

Precise and accurate drug dosage control is not possible using

Drug Delivery systems.

ii)

Passive plate in ESU should have small surface area.

iii)

Instruments in ICU should have visual as well as audio indication.

b)

What are the different types of oxygenators used in Heart Lung

Machine.Explain any one of them in detail with the help of a diagram.[7]

Q3) a)

Draw and explain working of Coulter type blood cell counter. Mention
different problems associated with the system.
[8]

b)

Describe the Health Level 7 (HL7) protocol used in Telemedicine.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

With a neat diagram explain time division multiplexing type telemetry.

[8]
Write a short note on Electrophoresis

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the principle of generation of X-rays.

Describe four generations of gantries used in CT scanner.

[6]
[12]

OR
Q6) a)

Discuss the need of image intensifier in Fluoroscopy. Explain its working

with a neat diagram.
[8]

b)

Define Housenfield number? Specify its value for different body organs.
How it is used in Image reconstruction.
[10]

Q7) a)

Explain A and B modes of ultrasound. Describe any one application of A

mode.
[8]

b)

Elaborate on construction and working of Rectilinear Scanner.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

State and explain advantages and limitations of MRI.

[8]

Write a short note on positron Emission Tomography.

[8]

Describe applications of lasers in Dermatology.

[8]

Write a shortnote on Ultrasound Diathermy

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Describe different types of lasers used in Biomedical applications. [8]

Write a shortnote on Microwave Diathermy.

[8]

What are different front panel indicators provided in haemodialsis machine.

Also mention different interlock conditions.
[10]
Describe various types of wheelchairs.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Define orthrotic & prosthetic devices. Give suitable examples for each.
[8]
Draw and explain the setup used for Lithotripsy.
tu

[4759]-325

tu
2

tu

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1488

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 326
B.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
FIBER OPTIC INSTRUMENTATION
(Semester - II) (406269) (2008 Course) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain following terms with respect to optical fibers with neat ray
diagram:
[9]
i)

Total internal reflection

ii)

Numerical aperture

iii)

Acceptance angle

Explain the different types of optical fibers.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain how the optical fibers are classified.

[9]

Explain the following concepts in optical fiber transmission:

[9]

i)

Evanescent field

ii)

Goos-Haenchen shift

iii)

Mode coupling

Q3) What are the various losses during optical fiber transmission? Explain in
detail.
[16]
OR
Q4) Explain the principle and operation in OTDR with neat diagram.

[16]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Compare P-I-N diode with avalanche photodiode.

[8]

Describe the construction of LED.

[8]

OR
Q6) Describe what is meant by the fusion splicing of optical fibers. Discuss the
advantages and drawbacks of this jointing technique. Describe in detail a
common technique for achieving a butt jointed fiber connector.
[16]
SECTION - II
Q7) Explain Intensity Modulated Optical Sensors with neat diagram. Describe
various techniques of sensing which is based on intensity modulation. Encoding
based position sensors.
[16]
OR
Q8) a) What are the advantages and drawbacks of Optical Fiber Sensors? [8]
b) Explain encoding based position sensors.
[8]
Q9) Write short notes on:
a) Distributed optical fiber sensing.
b) Fiber grating technology.

[16]

OR
Q10)Explain Fiber grating technology and Fiber Bragg grating interrogations.[16]

Q11)Explain how silicon laser amplifier and integrated optics are used in fiber
optic sensing in detail.
[18]
OR
Q12)Write short notes on:
a)

Directional coupler.

b)

Beam splitter.

c)

Integrated optics.

[18]

E
[4759]-326

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3728

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 327
B.E. (Instrumentation)
PROCESS MODELING AND OPTIMIZATION
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of Logarithmic tables, electronic Pocket calculator and steam table is allowed.
6) Your answer will be valued as a whole.
7) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)

b)

SECTION - I
Find the coefficients of the relation for a temperature sensor and
temperature given by equation R = mT + C using following data: [12]
Temperature 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
(Deg.
Centigrade)
Resistance
108 111 116 120 123 127 131 135
(Ohm)
State the various laws of conservation used in process modeling.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Derive model for liquid flowing through pipe assuming plug-flow

conditions.
[10]

b)

Explain Lagrange Interpolation method for fitting of experimental data in

to equation.
[8]

Q3) a)

Derive the steady state mathematical model for series of tanks with variable
holdups.
[8]

P.T.O.

b)

Derive the model for a tank for mass balance and energy balance.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Develop mathematical model for Ideal binary distillation column having

8 trays.
[8]
Derive mathematical model for Non Isothermal CSTR.

[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the direct sine wave identification method to obtain the model of
process.
[8]

b)

Explain pulse testing method and its advantages over other method.[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain ATV identification method to obtain system model.

[8]

Explain the method of identification used for nonlinear system.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Calculate RGA, Niderlinski Index and Morari Resilency Index and give
your comment on result for
[8]
54

(10s + 2)(2s +1) 2

(12 s +1)(2 s +1) 2

b)

12

2
(14s +1)(2s +1)

20

2
(40s +1)(2s +1)

Explain the following terms:

i)

Niderlinski Index

ii)

Resilency Index

[4759]-327

[8]

OR
2

Q8) a)

Explain how Nyquist plot can be used for analysis of multivariable

system.
[8]

b)

Discuss any one method to the determination robustness of multivariable

system.
[8]

Q9) a)

b)

Determine whether following functions are convex or concave.

i)

f (x) = 2x12 6x1 x2 + 4x22

ii)

f (x) = x12 + x22 + x32

iii)

f (x) = x1 + 4x2 + 8

[9]

Explain quadratic approximations interpretation for objective function.[9]

OR

Q10)a)

Discuss the necessary and sufficient condition for minimum and maximum
of the function.
[9]

b)

Determine whether the following matrix is positive definite, positive

semidefinite, negative definite, negative semidefinite. Show all
calculations.
[9]

i)

1 1 1
A = 1 2 1

4 1 0

ii)

1 1 2
A = 4 2 1

1 1 5

iii)

3 4 3
A = 2 1 1

5 1 10

[4759]-327

Q11)a)
b)

Explain scanning and bracketing procedures for optimization.

[8]

Explain Steepest decent method.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Minimize f (x1, x2) = 1/ (x1 x12) subject to h(x1, x2) = x12 + x22 a = 0.[8]
Write Short note on quasi Newton Method.

[4759]-327

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1489

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 328
B.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
BUILDING AUTOMATION - II
(Elective - III) (406269) (2008 Course) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain various specifications on Psychometric chart.

Differentiate heat intensity and heat quantity.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain different factors affecting to Human comfort. Explain latent heat

loss.
[10]
Explain with neat sketch Air Conditioning Process.

[8]

Explain Mixed Air Handler Unit.

[8]

Describe different types of boilers for HVAC.

[8]

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain two-pipe steam distribution system for steam heating.
Describe various steam traps of steam system.

[8]
[8]

Q5) a)

Describe the functions of DDC with respect to HVAC.

[8]

Explain operating and application software of DDC for HVAC.

[8]

Q3) a)
b)

b)

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Discuss advantages and disadvantages of DDC for HVAC.

[8]

Explain multiloop controller DDC.

[8]

Q8) a)
b)

SECTION - II
Describe the elements of BACnet.
Describe motor control center with block diagram.
OR
What are the objectives and services of BACnet?
Explain MODBUS protocol.

Q9) a)
b)

Explain importance of Energy management in building automation. [8]

Explain green building concept with examples.
[8]

Q10)a)
b)

OR
Draw various ASHARE symbols.
Explain the lighting control.

Q11)a)

Explain features and benefits of IBMS.

[10]

Write a short notes on BMS Verticals.

[8]

Q7) a)
b)

b)

[8]
[8]
[8]
[8]

[8]
[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Explain the verticals of BMS for:

i)

Healthcare

ii)

Industrial

iii)

Commercial complex

iv)

Education

v)

Hotels

[10]

What are the necessities of IBMS?

[4759]-328

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1490

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-329
B.E. (Instrumentation Engineering)
INSTRUMENTATION IN AGRICULTURE
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the necessity of Instrumentation in Agriculture engineering. [8]

Explain the concept of fine wire thermocouple.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain the various Hygrometers.

[8]

Explain the concept of Mohrs circle of stress.

[8]

Explain the instrumentation for Dairy plant.

[9]

Explain the instrumentation for Batch process.

[9]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain the flow diagram of juice extraction process.

[9]

Explain the flow diagram of Batch process.

[9]

Write a note on Micro irrigation system. Give the advantages with

compare to other methods.
[10]
Explain the neccessity of Irrigation system in agriculture.

[6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Explain concept of Irrigation scheduling and Irrigation efficiencies. [8]

Explain soil moisture measurement methods:
i)

Resistance based method.

ii)

Voltage based method.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain irrigation control management of up stream & down stream control

system.
[8]
Explain the role of PLC and SCADA in packing industry.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain instrumentation for green house control.

[8]

Explain humidity, wind speed, ventilation system for green house.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain implementation of hydraulic control circuit use in harvesters cotton

pickers.
[8]

b)

Explain implementation of pneumatic control circuit use in tractor. [8]

OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain selection criteria for pump in detail. Explain installation of pump.

[8]
Explain characteristics of Pump.

[8]

Q11)Write short notes on:

a)

Agrometrological instrumentation weather stations.

[9]

b)

Electromagnetic radiations & UV bio sensor methods in agriculture. [9]

OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain Soil water content measurement using TDR.

[9]

Explain the concept of surface flux measurement and ground water

recharge.
[9]

[4759]-329

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1523

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 33
B.E. (Mech.)
INDUSTRIAL FLUID POWER
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (402043)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from section I and 3 question from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat figures must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the applications of Hydraulic system.

[8]

Explain different types of filters used in Hydraulic system.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain different types of contaminations & their control in Hydraulic

system.
[8]
Write a short note on Types of seals.

[8]

Describe with neat sketch the construction and working of Bent Axis
Pump.
[8]
Explain with neat sketch working of a Radial piston pump.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch working of a Bladder type Accumulator.[8]

Write a short note on Pressure Intensifiers.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Compare advantages and disadvantages of Meter-In, Meter-Out & Bleed

off ckt.
[10]
Explain with neat sketch working of Unloading valve.

[8]

OR
Q6) Write short note on (Any Three).

[18]

a)

Pressure compensated flow control valve

b)

Pressure sequence valve

c)

Counter balance valve

d)

Pilot operated check valve

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Write a short note on Cylinder Mountings.

[8]

Explain with neat sketch working of vane motor.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)

b)

Explain with neat sketch working of Fail Safe Circuit.

[8]

Explain with neat sketch working of Motor Braking Circuit.

[8]

Draw circuits to show applications of

i)

Shuttle valve

ii)

Twin pressure valve

iii)

Quick Exhaust valve

iv)

Time Delay valve

Write a short note on FRL unit for a pneumatic system.

[12]

[4]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Write a short note on Airdryers used in pneumatic system with

sketches.
[10]
Explain in detail selection criteria for compressors.

[4759]-33

[6]

Q11)a)

What are the steps involved in designing of a Hydraulic & pneumatic

system. Explain in details.
[10]

b)

Write a short note on Trouble shooting & maintenance of a Hydraulic

and pneumatic systems.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Draw and Explain a Typical sequencing circuit in Details.

[9]

Draw & Explain a Typical synchronization circuit in Details.

[9]

R R R

[4759]-33

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2027

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 330
B.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (406270) (Semester - II)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a)
b)

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)

b)
Q5) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Compare any 8 points MEMS technology over Macro Technology. [8]
Explain importance of MEMS sensors and MEMS actuator with suitable
examples.
[8]
OR
What are the applications of MEMS in Automotive field & Bio MEMS.[8]
Explain with neat diagram Micro-mirror.
[8]
Explain working principle of portable blood analyzer with neat diagram.[8]
Write key definition for proof mass, suspension, parallel late capacitance,
quality factor related to silicon capacitive sensor.
[8]
OR
Define:
[8]
i) Conductivity
ii) Adsorption
iii) Desorption
iv) Combustion for Conductromatric Gas Sensor.
Explain working principle of comb drive with neat diagram.
[8]
Write key process involved in Lithography.
[9]
What are the process-steps used in the fabrication of micro system?[9]
OR

P.T.O.

Q6) Explain following micromachining Technique with neat diagram.

a) Thermal oxidation for silicon
b) Sputtering for deposition

Q7) a)

b)
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)

b)

[18]

SECTION - II
In an axial tensile test on 15 mm diameter bar of gauge length 200 mm,
the load of proportionality limit is found to be 25 KN & corresponding
change in length and diameter are 0.25 mm & 0.00625 mm respectively.
Determine modulus of elasticity Poissons ratio and % volume change.[8]
Define Hooks Law, tensile stress, compressive stress, Normal stress.[8]
OR
Explain Castiglianos First Theorem & Second Theorem.
[8]
Explain with neat sketch transversely deformable element A Beam. [8]
List various fields of engineering where finite element method can be
implemented.
[8]
Give significance of numerical methods for solution of equations. [8]
OR
Compare Finite element Method to Analytical Method.
[8]
Explain with algorithm finite element procedure.
[8]
Explain working of PNP & NPN transistors with neat diagrams.
Explain with neat sketch out put characteristic of BJT.
OR
Explain with circuit diagrams & write formula for output voltage of
i) Integrator
ii) Differentiator
iii) Phase detector
Explain spring mass damper system with neat diagram.

[4759]-330

[9]
[9]
[9]

[9]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3729

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 331
B.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail the fundamental steps involved in digital image

processing.
[8]
Explain the role of digitizer in DIP.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Distinguish between camera and scanner.

[8]

Explain the hardware used in digital image processing. Explain each block
separately.
[8]

Write a short note on visual perception.

[8]

Explain in detail the different components of image acquisition.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

What is image sensing? Explain with the help of neat diagram.

[8]

Write a short note on sampling and quantization.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

State and explain the properties of 2-D DFT.

[9]

Explain the term seperability used DFT and DCT.

[9]

OR
Q6) Write a short note:

[18]

a)

Short Time Fourier Transform.

b)

Discrete Cosine Transform.

c)

Radon Transform
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain with one example the necessity of image enhancement.

[8]

Explain in detail the histogram equalization.

[8]

OR
Q8) Write short note on:
a)

Homomorphic filtering.

b)

Image averaging

[16]

Q9) Write short note on:

a)

Degradation model.

b)

Least mean square filter

[16]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain the concept of image restoration.

[8]

Explain briefly the inverse filtering for image restoration.

[8]

[4759]-331

Q11)a)
b)

Enlist the methods how discontinuities are detected. Explain any one in
detail.
[10]
Explain the concept of region based segmentation.

[8]

OR

Q12)Write short notes on:

a)

Thresholding.

b)

Canny operator

c)

Regional descriptors

[18]

R R R

[4759]-331

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P2028

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-333
B.E. (Biotechnology)
BIOSEPARATION-II
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (415463)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer three questions from section-I and three questions from section-II.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) What is the role and importance of downstream processing in biotechnological
processes?
[16]
OR
Q2) Describe in detail Protein purification strategy.

[16]

Q3) Write Beer-Lamberts Law. Describe instrumentation of Uv-Visible

Spectrophotometer.
[16]
OR
Q4) Explain Spectrofluorometry with the following pointsa) Principle
b) Instrumentation
c) Applications
d) Case studies

[16]

Q5) Explain Principles, retention, procedures, materials and applications of Gel

Filtration Chromatography in detail.
[18]
OR
Q6) Explain Principles, retention, procedures, materials and applications of Affinity
Chromatography in detail.
[18]
P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) Explain Gas Chromatography instrumentation with following points :Pumps,
degasser, mixer, guard column, column and detectors, Chromatograms. [16]
OR
Q8) Explain High Performance Liquid Chromatography Instrumentation with
following points :Pumps, degasser, mixer, guard column, column and detectors,
Chromatograms.
[16]

Q9) Write short notes (Any 2) (8 marks each):

a)

Supercritical Fluid Extraction.

b)

Precipitation.

c)

Aqueous Two Phase Extraction.

d)

Hyphenated Techniques.

[16]

Q10)Write and explain strategies for downstream processing of following products

(Any 2) (9 marks each):
[18]
a)

Beer.

b)

Citric Acid.

c)

Butanol.

d)

Microbial Polysaccharides.

[4759]-333

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2029

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-334
B.E. (Biotechnology)
INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (415464)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q. 9 or Q. 10, Q. 11 or
Q. 12.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)

Describe in brief principle, construction and working of electromagnetic

flow meter.
[8]

b)

With the help of neat sketch, explain the principle and working of
Radiation Pyrometer.
[8]
OR

Q2) Explain in brief working principle of following instruments

a)

McLeod pressure gauge.

b)

Optical Pyrometer.

c)

Bimetallic Thermometer.

d)

Thermocouple.

Q3) a)

[16]

A liquid level system has a cross sectional area of 5 m2. The valve
characteristics are q = 10 h . Calculate the time constant for this system
when the average operating level is 2 meter and 5 meter.
[5]

b)

A thermometer having a time constant of 15 seconds is at a steady state

temperature of 97C. At time t = 0, the thermometer is placed in a
temperature bath maintained at 120C. Determine the time needed for the
thermometer to read 100C.
[5]

c)

With the help of neat sketch explain the characteristic response of first
order system to a sine input.
[6]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Derive the response of typical first order system to a step input of

magnitude M. Also explain the characteristics of the response obtained.
[5]

b)

A thermometer follows first order dynamics with time constant of 12

seconds. It is placed in temperature bath at 100C and is allowed to
reach steady state. It is suddenly transferred to another bath at 150C at
time t = 0 and is left there for 12 seconds. It is then returned to the
original bath at 100C. Calculate reading of the thermometer at t = 6
seconds and t = 24 seconds.
[7]

c)

Write a short note on See beck effect.

[4]

Derive the transfer function for a two tank interacting system.

[8]

Q5) a)
b)

A step change of magnitude 4 is introduced in to a system having the

transfer function
[10]
Y (S )
10
= 2
X ( S ) ( S + 1.6 S + 4)

Determine
i)

Percent Overshoot.

ii)

Maximum value of Y(t).

iii)

Rise Time.

iv)

Ultimate value of Y(t).

v)

Ultimate value of Y(t).

OR

Q6) a)

With the help of neat sketch explain the following terms with the help of
second order system.
[8]
i)

Overshoot.

ii)

Decay Ratio.

iii)

Period of oscillation.

iv)

Response Time.

v)

Rise Time

b)

What is transportation lag? Derive the transfer function for transportation

lag.
[5]

c)

How does the response of interacting and non interacting system vary
from that single tank system? Why?
[5]

[4759]-334

Q7) a)
b)

c)

With the help of a block diagram of a control system, derive the transfer
function for a Regulator problem.
[8]
Differentiate between:

[4]

i)

Positive and Negative feedback.

ii)

Servo and Regulator Problem.

For the control system shown below, determine the transfer function
Y(S) / X(S).
[6]

OR
Q8) a)

For the control system shown below, determine the transfer function
C(S) / R(S).
[6]

b)

With the help of neat sketch explain control actions of different types of
controllers.
[6]

c)

Explain in brief how a feedback system works?

[6]

Draw the Bode Plot for the following system

[8]

Q9) a)

G(s) =

b)

6
(0.1S + 1) (10 S + 1)

Write a note on Open loop tuning method.

OR

[4759]-334

[8]

Q10)a)

Draw the Root locus for the following system

G( s) =

b)

[8]

K
S ( S + 2 S + 2)
2

Using 1 = 1, 2 = (1/2) and 3 = (1/3), determine the values of Kc for

which the control system shown below is stable. For which value of Kc
the system is on the verge of instability. Also determine the roots of
characteristics equation.
[8]
U
R

Kc

1 / (1s + 1)(2s + 1)

1 / (3s + 1)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain in detail what cascade control is? Support your answer with
example.
[8]
Write short note on:

[8]

i)

Foam control in fermenter.

ii)

Fuzzy Logic.
OR

Q12)Write short note on:

[16]

a)

Split Range Control.

b)

Ratio Control System.

c)

Override Control System.

d)

Auctioneering control system.

[4759]-334

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3340

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-335
FINAL YEAR B.E (BIOTECHNOLOGY)
BIOPROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN
(2008 PATTERN)
(Semester - I)

Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Answer Q 1 or 2, Q 3 or 4, Q 5 or 6 from section I and Q 7 or 8, Q 9 or 10, Q 11 or

12,from section II.
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
Use of Calculator is allowed.
Assume Suitable data if necessary.

3)
4)
5)
6)

SECTION I
Q1) Explain any two types of theories of elastic failure?

[16]

OR

Q2) a)

Define the following ;

i)

Polar moment of Inertia

ii)

Stress

[10]

iii) Modulus of Elasticity

iv) Ductility

b)

Explain the general procedure for process equipment design.

[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Discuss the design of plain head, shallow head and hemispherical head
with neat sketches.
[12]

b)

A vessel having 1.50 m outside diameter is to operate at a pressure of 6

Kg/cm2. The permissible stress of the material used for fabrication is
1020 Kg/cm2. Welded joint efficiency is 80%. Calculate the thickness
required for a cylindrical vessel and Spherical vessel? Which vessel should
[6]
be selected for operation? Operating pressure is 5Kg/cm2.
OR

Q4) a)

The inside diameter of cylinder is 20 cm and subjected to an internal

pressure of 650 kg/cm2. Allowable tensile stress of the material is 1500
Kg/cm2. What should be the minimum thickness of the vessel?
[10]

b)

A high pressure vessel is to be operated at 110 MN/m2 The inside diameter

of vessel is 30 cm. Steel having yield stress 455 MN/m2 is selected for
fabrication. Estimate the wall thickness required by maximum shear stress
theory with a factor of safety 1.
[8]

Q5) a) Calculate the power required for mixing 5000L with specific gravity 0.8
and viscosity 90 cp in an agitated tank. Pitched blade turbine impeller at
90 rpm is used. Diameter of tank is 20 m and the ratio of tank diameter to
agitator diameter is 0.45. The power number and Reynolds number
relationship data is:
[10]

b)

NRe

1000

2000

3000

4000

Np

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

Write short note on power curves in agitation.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch the different types of agitators?

[8]

Discuss various flow patterns in agitated vessels.

[8]

[4759]-335

-2-

SECTION II
Q7) a)

Describe the procedure for design of shell and tube heat exchanger. [9]

b)

Discuss about Codes and Standards and various types of heat exchanger.
[9]
OR

Q8)

12000 kg/hr of water available at 930C is to be cooled to 500C in a shell

and tube heat exchanger. This heat is to be utilized for preheating of
water from 150C to 450C, Cold water is to be circulated through the
tubes, while hot water on shell side. Tubes of inside diameter 20 mm are
to be used and the maximum velocity through the tubes should not be
more than 0.5 m/sec. Due to space limitations the tube length is to be
restricted to 3.2m. Overall heat transfer coefficient for the heat exchanger
is 1450 w/m20K. Fouling resistance and metal wall resistance may be
neglected. Suggest a suitable design for the shell and tube heat exchanger.
[18]

Q9) a) Explain design variables in distillation.

b) Explain the optimum sieve plate performance diagram.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q10)a) Discuss about AIChE method used in distillation column design.

[8]

b) Define Murphree plate, Overall plate (column) efficiency.

[8]

Q11)a) Explain high performance thin layer chromatography and state their
advantages.
[10]
b) Write short note on: Filter integrating testing.
OR

[4759]-335

-3-

[6]

Q12)a) Discuss on:

i)

[16]

TFF system

ii)

Commissioning and validation of filter

iii)

Partition chromatography

iiii

[4759]-335

-4-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1491

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-336
B.E. (Biotechnology)
a : ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (415461) (Elective-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) Briefly explain the different processes involved in waste water treatment. Add
a note on biological treatment of waste water.
[18]
OR
Q2) Discuss the following in details (9 marks each):
a) Chemical oxygen demand.
b) Biological oxygen demand.

[18]

Q3) With the help of neat labeled diagram explain the trickling filters in detail and
add a note on its advantages and disadvantages.
[16]
OR
Q4) Answer the following (8 marks each):
a) Fluidized reactor and its disadvantages.
b) Activated sludge system and its advantages.

[16]

Q5) Describe the biological treatment of industrial waste water. Add a note on
various pollutants present in waste water.
[16]
OR
Q6) Explain manufacturing process, sources of waste and its treatment methods
for the following industries:
[16]
a)

Textile industry.

b) Biopharma industry.
[4759]-336

P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) Explain the following types of particulate collectors used in industry:
a)

Different sources of air pollution.

b)

Classification of air pollutants.

c)

Effect of air pollution on human health.

[18]

OR
Q8) Write short notes on the following (9 marks each):
a)

Measurement of air pollution.

b)

Different types of air sampling.

Q9) Answer the following:

[18]

[16]

a)

Hazardous waste management.

b)

Waste minimization techniques.

OR

Q10)Discuss the following in details.

[16]

a)

Biomedical and hospital waste management.

b)

Municipal solid waste management.

Q11)Describe the following (8 marks each):

a)

Role of biotechnology in pollution abatement.

b)

Degradation of Xenobiotic compounds.

[16]

OR
Q12)Write short notes on (4 marks each):
a)

Phytoremediation.

b)

Bioremediation.

c)

Oxidation ditches.

d)

Eutrophication.

[4759]-336

[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1492

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-338
B.E. (Biotechnology)
c : BIO-THERAPEUTICS TECHNOLOGY
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (415461) (Elective-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Both sections compulsory.
2)
Draw diagrams wherever necessary.
3)
Maximum marks for each question is given in brackets.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION-I
Q1) Give overview of the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry. Giving
examples describe the terms Traditional pharmaceutical product, Biologic
and Biopharmaceutical.
[18]
OR
Q2) Give overview of drug development process for biopharmaceuticals.

[18]

Q3) Describe in detail choice of vectors for mammalian, insect and bacterial
expression system.
[16]
OR
Q4) With the help of example explain the process of developing recombinant
protein.
[16]

Q5) Give schematic outline of hybridoma technique for production of MAb and
give 5 examples of approved Monoclonal antibodies available in market.
[16]
OR
Q6) With the help of diagram discuss hybridoma technique and give three
examples of monoclonal antibodies with their therapeutic applications. [16]

[4759]-338

P.T.O.

SECTION-II
Q7) Explain with the help of flow chart Clean rooms design and flow of operations.
[16]
OR
Q8) Attempt Any Two (8 marks each):
a)

Master and working cell Bank.

[8]

b)

Water for injection.

[8]

c)

Analysis of final biopharmaceutical product.

[8]

Q9) Write short notes on Any Two (8 marks each):

a)

Advanced drug delivery systems.

b)

Physical and chemical stability.

c)

Types of formulations.

d)

Pegylation.

Q10)Write notes on Any Two of following (9 marks each):

a)

Randomized Clinical Trial.

b)

Patents in Biopharma.

c)

Regulatory requirements for Biotech product development.

d)

Transgenic plants.

[4759]-338

[16]

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3730

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-339
B.E. (Biotechnology)
BIOENERGY AND RENEWABLE RESOURCES
(Elective-II) (2008 Course) (Semester-I) (415462)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4,Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data if necessary.
5)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

SECTION-I
Q1) Define and describe:
a)

Energy intensity

b)

Energy-GDP elasticity

c)

Fuel cell

[18]

OR
Q2) Enlist the various non conventional energy sources. Mention the advantages
of same. Describe in detail any two of them.
[18]
Q3) Enlist the various methods of tidal power generation. Explain any two in detail.
[16]
OR
Q4) Wind at 1 standard atmospheric pressure and 15C has velocity of 15m/s
calculate:
[16]
a)

The total power density in the wind stream.

b)

The total power.

c)

The torque and axial thrust.

Given: turbine diameter = 120m, turbine operating speed = 40 rpm at maximum

efficiency. Propeller type wind turbine is considered. For air the value of gas
constant R = 0.287 kJ/kg K.
P.T.O.

Q5) Write short note on:

[16]

a)

Principle of solar photovoltaic power generation.

b)

Applications of solar energy.

c)

Advantages of photovoltaic solar energy.

d)

Disadvantages of photovoltaic solar energy.

OR

Q6) Write in detail about:

[16]

a)

Passive solar space heating system.

b)

Solar distillation.

c)

Various methods of producing hydrogen from solar energy.

d)

Domestic and industrial applications of solar energy.

SECTION-II

Q7) Write a short note on:

a)

Feed stock for biodiesel.

b)

Photobioreactor.

c)

Transesterification process.

[18]

OR
Q8) Answer the following:

[18]

a)

Depict the flow chart for biodiesel production from vegetable oil and
describe it in detail.

b)

Describe in detail about advantages of microalgae as feed stock for

biofuel.

Q9) Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Describe the concept of bio refinery and its economics.

b)

Describe the ethanol production from lignocellulosic material.

OR

[4759]-339

Q10)Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Describe the challenges encounter during ethanol production from

lignocellulose.

b)

Describe the different methods for removal of butanol from the broth.

Q11)Explain in detail about:

[16]

a)

Advantages and disadvantages of plug flow bio digester.

b)

Continuous and batch type biogas plant.

OR

Q12)Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Describe the factors affecting the performance of biogas system.

b)

Define biodigester. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of fixed

film biodigester with neat sketch.

[4759]-339

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1524

[4759]-34

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)

ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Answer any three questions from each section.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

5)

Use of calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss aspects of energy policy and strategy in energy conservation

system.
[8]
Explain indian Energy Scenario and draw Pi-chart.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Commercial energy and non-commercial energy.

ii)

Renewable and non-renewable energy.

b)

Explain energy consumption pattern of Indian and global industry. [8]

Q3) a)

What are energy conservation opportunities in refrigeration and HVAC

systems?
[8]

b)

Explain following instruments used for energy audit with their application
[8]
i)

Water flow meter

ii)

Electrical measuring instruments

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)

b)

Define energy management and state the objectives of energy management.

Also explain need of energy audit.
[8]
How to conduct a detailed energy audit?
Define and explain following:
i)

Net present value (NPV)

ii)

Internal rate of return (IRR)

[8]
[10]

A company borrows Rs. 30,00,000 to finance a new boiler installation.

If the interest rate is 12% per annum and the repayment period is 6 years.
Calculate the value of total repayment and monthly repayment value for[8]
i)

Simple interest

ii)

compound interest
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Explain following financial analysis methods.

i)

Simple payback period

ii)

Profitability index

[10]

What is sensitivity and risk analysis? Explain factors affecting sensitivity

and risk analysis.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain advantages and disadvantages of direct and indirect methods

used for calculating boiler efficiency.
[8]
Explain energy saving measures for DG sets.
OR

[4759]-34

[8]

Q8) a)
b)

Explain energy saving opportunities in cooling tower

[8]

in the leakage test in a process industry, following results were observed

[8]
Compressor capacity (m3/minute) = 40
Cut in pressure, kg/cm2 (g) = 5.8
Cut out pressure, kg/cm2(g) = 8.5
Load kW drawn = 190 kW
Unload kW drawn = 60 kW
Average Load time, T = 2.5 minutes
Average Unload time, t = 12.5 minutes.
Calculate:
i)

Leakage quantity/min and leakage quantity/day

ii)

Specific power for compressed air generation

iii)

Energy loss due to leakages/day

Q9) a)

What are different types of motors? Explain in detail the energy efficiency
improvement in electric motors.
[8]

b)

What are different types of lamps used in lighting systems? Write their
features and applications.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Describe the factors included in tariff structure of electricity billing. [8]

b)

Explain the following basic terms in lighting system: incandescent lamps,

luminaire, reflector lamps and gas discharge lamps.
[8]

[4759]-34

Q11)a)

b)

Explain the following waste heat recovery devices

i)

Recuperators

ii)

Regenerators

What is cogeneration? Explain technical options for cogeneration.

[10]

[8]

OR
Q12)Write short note on:

[18]

a)

Indirect benefits of waste heat recovery.

b)

Carbon credits.

c)

Heat wheels.

EEE

[4759]-34

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2030

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-340
B.E.
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Biomaterials
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (415462) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) What are hydro gels? Explain the different types of hydro gels and their
importance for the application in biomaterials.
[18]
OR
Q2) What are Biodegradable polymers. Explain how the step wise degradation
occurs. Add a note on different degradation mechanisms.
[18]
Q3) Write a short notes on the following:
a)

Medical textiles.

b)

Cardiovascular implants.

[16]

OR
Q4) Explain the preparation, properties and biomedical applications of any two
natural polysaccharides.
[16]
Q5) Explain the properties and functions (8 marks each):
a)

Polylactic acid.

b)

Ceramics.

[16]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Answer the following in details:

[16]

a)

Mechanical properties of Biomaterials.

b)

Factors influencing the rate of Bioerosion.

SECTION-II

Q7) Write short notes on:

[16]

a)

Production and purification of L-Homophenylalanine.

b)

Different types of Membrane bioreactor.

OR

Q8) What are Biocatalysts? Enlist the applications of Biocatalysts. Add a short
note on Polyhydroxyalkanoate.
[16]
Q9) Discuss the following (8 marks each):
a)

Any two bioerodable polymers.

b)

Biocompatibility and host response.

[16]

OR
Q10)Write short notes on (4 marks each):
a)

Smart polymers.

b)

Biodegrdable plastic.

c)

Nanomaterials.

d)

Biocompatibility.

[16]

Q11)Explain in details the applications of biomaterials in the following fields: [18]

a)

Medicine

b)

Dentistry

c)

Biology
OR

Q12)Enlist the different type of biomaterials which can be used in the orthopedic
implants. Explain any two in details.
[18]

[4759]-340

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1493

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-341
B.E. (Biotechnology)
STEM CELLS AND REGENERATIVE MEDICINES
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (415462) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Solve Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q. 9 or Q. 10, Q. 11 or
Q. 12.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.

Q1) Answer the following (9 marks each):

[18]

a)

Briefly explain the advantages and disadvantages of adult stem cells and
embryonic stem cells.

b)

Define the following with examples:

Pluripotent cells, Multipotent cells, Totipotent cells.
OR

Q2) Answer the following (9 marks each):

[18]

What are Haematopoietic stem cells? Explain the differentiation of HSCs in

details. Describe briefly the general properties of Stem cells.
Q3) Enlist the different techniques used in stem cell biology. Describe any two in
detail.
[16]
OR
Q4) Explain with the help of example gene knock-out and knock-in studies. Add a
short note on Stem cell growth and differentiation factors.
[16]
Q5) With the help of neat labeled diagram explain the isolation and culture of
embryonic stem cells.
[16]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Discuss the following:

[16]

a)

induced pluripotent stem cells.

b)

neural stem cells.

Q7) Briefly explain the application of different stem cell types for different
degenerative diseases including gene therapy.
[16]
OR
Q8) Discuss the following:

[16]

a)

Guidelines for stem cells research and therapy in India.

b)

Banking or distribution of hESCs.

Q9) Describe the causes, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment for any one of the
degenerative disease. Add a note on difficulties to develop stem cell based
novel therapies for many serious disease and injuries.
[18]
OR
Q10)Describe the following:

[18]

a)

Retinal replacement therapy.

b)

DNA sequencing methods.

Q11)Explain with the help of flow chart the process of sub culturing the cells. Add
a short note on adherent cell culture.
[16]
OR
Q12)Write short notes on the following:

[16]

a)

Lineage - tracing technique.

b)

Confocal Microscopy.

c)

Limitations of stem cells therapy.

d)

Tissue engineering scaffold.

[4759]-341

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2031

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 02

[4759]-342
B.E (Biotechnology)
BIOPROCESS MODELLING AND SIMULATION
(415469) (2008 course) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10,Q11 or Q.12
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary .
3)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
.
4)
Assume Suitable data if necessary

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Define mathematical modelling. What are its principles of formulation?

[8]
Write short notes on deterministic and stochastic models with suitable
examples.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Write short notes on Equation of state and chemical equilibrium.

[8]
Give detailed notes on Segregated models with a suitable example. [8]

Q3) Define equation of motion. What are the various components involved in it?
An incompressible liquid pumped at a volumetric flow rate of Fo. The
height of the liquid in the vertical cylindrical tank is h. The output flow rate
is F. Let the length of exit line be L and its cross sectional area AP. The
tank has a cross sectional area AT, the velocity of the liquid from the tank is
v. Write total continuity and momentum balance.
[16]
OR
Q4) a)
b)

Give a detailed classification of mathematical modelling.

[8]

Explain in detail the step wise procedure adopted for the development of
a complete mathematical model.
[8]

Q5) Write short notes on dependent and independent variables in a mathematical

model.How are these variables interpreted? Explain with suitable example.
[18]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Give a comparison for the following processes:

[18]

i) Rigid and stochastic models

ii) Static and Dynamic models
SECTION-II
Q7) Give detailed notes on the following:

[16]

i) Chemostats
ii) Stirred tank reactors
OR
Q8) Derive suitable modelling equations and discuss in short the following:[16]
i)

Substrate utilization Kinetics

ii)

Substrate limited growth in chemostats

Q9) What are suspended growth reactors? What are its applications? Model a
suspended growth reactor for a waste water treatment system with proper
assumptions accompanied by a neat sketch.
[16]
OR
Q10)Explain in brief various types of aerobic tower bioreactors used in Biotech
industries with neat sketches. List out the applications and advantages of the
same.
[16]
Q11) Write short notes on distillation systems. Model a Multicomponent Distillation
Column with proper assumptions and neat sketch. Prove that the system is
critically specified.

[18]
OR

Q12)Give a short explanation of Batch reactors used in biotech industries. Model

a batch reactor and prove that the degrees of freedom are zero.
[18]

tu
[4759]-342

tu
2

tu

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3341

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 343
B. E. (Biotechnology) (Semester - II)
PLANT ENGINEERING AND PROJECT COSTING
(2008 Pattern)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q. 1 or 2, Q. 3 or 4, Q. 5 or 6 from Section - I and Q. 7 or 8, Q. 9 or 10,
Q. 11 or 12 from Section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Discuss the importance of process flow diagram in plant design.
b) Describe the different types of process designs.

[9]
[9]

OR
Q2) a) Explain in details various factors consider in techno economic feasibility
study.
[9]
b) Discuss the process design aspects.
Q3) a) Explain in detail the factors affecting process selection.

[9]
[8]

b) A project Engineer would like to choose a plant location for Absolute

alcohol manufacturing unit. Please help him during selection of proper
site, giving justification.
[8]
OR
Q4) What are the factors affecting plant location and layout? Explain in detail.[16]
Q5) a) Write short note on colour code of pipeline carrying utilities.
b) Write different steps of process piping design.

[8]
[8]
P.T.O.

OR
Q6) a) Write short note on commercially available material for thermal insulation
of piping.
[8]
b) Explain the concept of water hammering in process design.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a) Distinguish between CPM and PERT technique.

[9]

b) What are taxes? Explain the purpose of taxes.

[9]

OR
Q8) a) A company manufacturing plant and equipment for biotechnology
processing industry is quoting a tender. The delivery date is fixed. The
project manager has listed down the activities in project as under : [10]
Sr. No.

Activity

Immediate Precedence Activity Activity time in week

E,F,G

Develop the network. Calculate time estimates. Identify the critical path.
b) Comments on project engineering and planning.

[8]

Q9) List the various mathematical methods for profitability evaluation and explain
any one of them in brief.
[16]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the concept of pay out period.

[6]

b) Explain the concept of cash flow for an overall industrial operation with
diagram.
[10]
[4759] - 343

Q11) What are the various methods for the determination of depreciation? Explain
any two.
[16]
OR
Q12) a) What is depreciation? Discuss about Purpose of Depreciation as a Cost.
[8]
b) Write short note on salvage value.

qqqq

[4759] - 343

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2032

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 344
B.E. (Biotechnology)
FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY
(Elective - III) (2008 Course) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) What is food spoilage? What are the intrinsic and extrinsic factors affecting
spoilage in foods? Explain in detail.
[16]
OR
Q2) Write a short note on biotechnology in relation to food industry.

[16]

Q3) What are food additives? Explain their applications in food processing and
preservation.
[18]
OR
Q4) Explain the following processes in detail:
a)

UHT treatment

b)

Microwave processing

Q5) Explain the design and working of:

a)

Freezer

b)

Refrigerator

[18]

[16]

OR

P.T.O.

Q6) a)

b)

What is thermal death kinetics of micro-organisms? Explain in brief the

following:
[8]
i)

Thermal Death Time

ii)

D value

iii)

Z value

Pooled raw milk at the processing plant has bacterial population of 4

105/mL. It is to be processed at 79C for 21 seconds. The average D
value at 65C for the mixed population is 7 min. The Z value is 7C. How
many organisms will be left after pasteurization? What time would be
required at 65C to accomplish the same degree of lethality?
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) Write a note on microbial production of oils and fats.

[16]

OR
Q8) Explain in brief use of solid state bioprocessing for functional food ingredients.
[16]
Q9) How various enzymes are used in different food industries? Explain the
applications of enzymes in cereal and beverage industry.
[18]
OR
Q10)Explain the use of enzymes in beer mashing and chill proofing.

[18]

Q11)What is food industrial waste? Explain in brief the solid waste treatment
methods used in food industries.
[16]
OR
Q12)Explain in brief the following treatments:

[16]

a)

Activated sludge process.

b)

Anaerobic processes for treatment of food waste.

[4759]-344

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3731

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 346
B.E. (Biotechnology)
INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
(415467) (2008 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section I and Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10,
Q11 or Q12 from Section II.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

SECTION - I
Q1) Describe in detail about:

[18]

a)

Molecular hierarchy with example.

b)

Various components of system biology.

c)

Bottom up and top down approach in systems biology.

OR

Q2) What is Human Genome Project? What were the goals of HGP? What are the
pros and cons of HGP? Enlist the different phases involved in it. In what
ways did the Human Genome Project impact biology.
[18]
Q3) Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Applications of structural genomics in biotechnology.

b)

Define next generation sequencing and describe it in detail.

OR

Q4) Describe in detail about:

a)

Capillary electrophoresis.

b)

Shot gun sequencing method.

[16]

P.T.O.

Q5) Write short note on:

a)

miRNA

b)

Microarray

c)

Transcriptomics

[16]

OR
Q6) Describe in detail about:

[16]

a)

Affimatrix microarray.

b)

Various applications of microarrays

SECTION - II
Q7) What is epigenetics? Explain different epigenetic mechanisms for regulation of
gene expression and organization.
[18]
OR
Q8) Describe in detail about:

[18]

a)

Role of epigenetics in autoimmune diseases and diabetes.

b)

Enlist disorders with epigenetic etiology and describe in detail about

cancer epigenetics.

Q9) Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Cytochrome P450 enzyme

b)

Enlist the major components of Pharmacokinetics. Describe any two

components in detail.
OR

Q10)Differentiate between:

[16]

a)

Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics.

b)

Phase I and Phase II reaction

[4759]-346

Q11)Answer the following:

[16]

a)

Describe the chromatographic separation techniques used in

metabolomics.

b)

Describe the detection techniques used in NMR and MS.

OR

Q12)Explain in detail about principle, Instrumentation, working and applications

of mass spectrometry.
[16]

[4759]-346

Total No. of Questions : 11]

P2033

SEAT No. :

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 348
B.E. (Biotechnology)
IPR, BIOETHICS AND REGULATIONS
(Semester - II) (2008 Course) (Elective - IV) (415468)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from Section I and three questions from Section - II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define Ethics. Write informed consent process for biomedical research

involving human participants.
[8]

b)

What is IEC (Institutional Ethics Committee)? What are the basic

responsibilities of IEC explain.
[8]
OR

Q2) What is ICMR? How it functions? Which different ethical aspects are
regularized under this organization? Explain Briefly.
[16]
Q3) Define Bioethics. Explain with case studies ethics in rDNA Technology and
Food Biotechnology.
[16]
OR
Q4) Discuss Moral righteous and moral wrongness of action. Through some light
on ethics in Agricultural Biotechnology.
[16]
Q5) Define Patents. What are US Patent acts mention with years? Explain
International Patenting Procedure in detail.
[18]
OR

P.T.O.

Q6) What are Indian Patent acts mention with years? Explain Indian Patenting
Procedure in detail.
[18]
SECTION - II
Q7) Write short notes on: (Any 2) (8M each):
a)

Trademarks

b)

Copyright

c)

Trade Secret

d)

Industrial Design

Q8) a)
b)

[16]

What are Regularity requirements for Biotechnology? Explain Briefly.[8]

What are current GMPs? Describe in detail.

[8]

OR
Q9) What do you mean by DCGI? Explain its role in Biotechnology.

[16]

Q10)What is Clinical Research? What are the steps involved in clinical research.
Also write short note on clinical data management.
[18]
OR
Q11)Write short notes on:

[18]

a)

Import and Export of Products.

b)

Quality control requirements of Biotechnology Products.

[4759]-348

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3342

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759]-349
B.E. (Biotechnology) (Semester - II)
INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer Q. 1 or 2, Q. 3 or 4, Q. 5 or 6 from section I and Q. 7 or 8, Q. 9 or 10,
Q.11 or 12 from section II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION -I
Q1) a)
b)

Distinguish between partnership and joint stock company.

[6]
State and explain the formation and functions of joint stock company.
[6]

c)

Write the advantages and disadvantages of joint stock company. [6]

OR
Q2) Write a note on :
[18]
a)
b)

Authority and responsibility

Scientific management

c)

Management by objective

Q3) a)
b)
Q4) a)
b)

What are incentives? Explain different types of incentives.

[8]

Define recruitment. Discuss various sources of recruitment.

OR

[8]

Write a note on performance appraisal.

[8]

Distinguish between job evaluation and merit rating.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

b)

Explain the following:

[8]

i)

Inventory carrying cost

ii)

Ordering cost

What is safety stock? Why are safety stocks necessary?

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Differentiate between Inspection and Quality control.

[8]

Define store keeping. State requirements of successful store keeping.[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain aims, function and benefits of advertisement.

[9]

Define market research. What are the different methods of market

research?
[9]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)

b)

Explain the importance of marketing management for growth of

industrial organization.
[9]
Give importance of sales forecasting with example.

[9]

Write a note on :

[8]

i)

VAT

ii)

MOD VAT

Write an explanatory note on patents.

[4759]-349

-2-

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss about Total Quality Management.

[8]

b)

Explain necessity and advantages of ISO.

[8]

Explain in detail the concept of Contract Act.

[8]

What is the safety provisions mentioned in factories Act.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

OR
Q12)Discuss on:

[16]

a)

The Provisions in MRTP Act

b)

the term wages

aaa

[4759]-349

-3-

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1525

SEAT No. :

[4759]-35

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Mechanical)
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (402044B)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer for each section be written in separate answer sheets.

2)

Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, and Q5 or Q6 from section -I.

3)

Attempt Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, and Q11 or Q12 from section -II.

4)

Figure to the right indicate marks.

5)

Draw figures wherever necessary.

6)

Assume suitable data, if required.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain design by evolution and design by Innovation with examples.[8]

State rapid prototyping methods. Explain any one method of RP.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain Concurrent Design. Give example.

[8]

Explain product verification and product validation.

[8]

Explain S-Curve.

[8]

Explain customer need gathering methods.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

What is the use of Mission statement and Technical Questioning. Explain

Mission statement with example.
[8]
State and explain various types of customer needs.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Morphological Analysis.

[9]

Explain FMEA.

[9]
OR

Q6) a)

What is concept Generation? Explain Concept Generation process. [9]

b)

What is subtract and operate procedure? Explain the steps involved in

subtract and operate procedure?
[9]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

What is product tear down process? Explain the steps involved in product
tear down process.
[8]
What is benchmarking? Explain steps involved in bench marking.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain Force flow Diagram? Draw force flow diagram for any one
application.
[8]

b)

What is product Architecture? Explain Function based Modularity. [8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain any two guide lines for design for Assembly.

[8]

Explain the components of life cycle assessment.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

[4759]-35

Explain Design for manufacturing.

[8]

Explain the design for environment.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Explain the components of PLM.

[9]

Explain product data and product work flow.

[9]

OR
Q12)Write short note on:
a)

Emergence of PLM.

[6]

b)

Link between product data and product work flow.

[6]

c)

Product data Management.

[6]

EEE

[4759]-35

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1494

[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759]-350
B.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (416488)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket claculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) All questions are compulsory.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define C.O.P. and derive an expression for C.O.P. of Bell coleman

cycle.
[8]

b)

A Carnot refrigerator requires 1.3 kW per ton of refrigeration to maintain

a temperature of - 40oC - Determine,
[8]
i)

COP of the refrigerator.

ii)

The temperature at which the heat is rejected.

iii)

The amount of heat rejected in kJ/min.

iv)

COP, if the cycle is used as a heat pump.

OR

Q2) a)

Explain vapour compression refrigerator. Also draw p-h, T-S diagram.[8]

b)

A refrigeration plant of 100 tons capacity uses R-22 as Refrigeration.

The condensing and evaporating pressures are 11.82 bar and 1.64 bar.
The refrigerant enters the condenser dry saturated state and it leaves the
condenser, sub cooled by10oC. Actual COP is 70% of the theoretical.
Find
[8]
i)

Theoretical and actual COP

ii)

Moss flow rate in kg/s

iii)

Compressor power

Take following properties of R-22.

P.T.O.

P(bar)

Ts(oC)

hf

hg

Sf

Sg

(kJ/kg)

(kJ/kg-K)

(kJ/kg-K)

(kJ/kg-K)

1.64

30

116.1

393.1

0.8698

1.803

11.82

+30

236.7

414.5

1.125

1.712

Cp (vapor = 0.55 kJ/kg-K

Cp (liquid) = 1.19 kJ/kg-K
Q3) a)

Explain four important thermodynamic, and two important physical and

chemical requirement of refrigerants.
[8]

b)

Explain secondary refrigerants.

[4]

c)

Explain ideal properties to be possessed by refrigerant oils.

[4]

OR
Q4) a)

What are different types of evaporators used in refrigeration & air

conditioning system? With neat sketch, explain the working of flooded
evaporator.
[8]

b)

Describe accumulators, receiver drivers used in refrigeration system.[8]

Q5) a)

Write a note on:

i)

Classification of ducts.

ii)

Duct. materials.

iii)

Cold storage.

[6]

b)

Explain vehicle operation modes and cool-down performance.

c)

What factors are responsible for the spoilage of the food and vegetable
products.
[6]
OR

[4759]-350

[6]

Q6) a)

b)

Write a short note on:

[12]

i)

Air filters.

ii)

Blower fans.

iii)

Temperature control systems.

Write a short note on comfort conditions

[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Define and explain following terms.

i)

Specific humidity.

ii)

Relative humidity.

iii)

Daltons law of partial pressure.

iv)

Degree of saturation.

[8]

The DBT of atmospheric air is 21oC and DPT is 15oC. The atmospheric
pressure of air is 749.5 mm of Hg. Find following
[8]
i)
ii)

Specific humidity

iii)

Relative humidity

iv)

Enthalpy

v)

Specific volume of air

OR

Q8) a)

Explain

[8]

i)

ADP

ii)

Sensible heat factor

iii)

Bypass factor

iv)

Adiabatic humidification of air.

[4759]-350

b)

50 m3 of air at 30oC and 60% R.H. is cooled to 22oC DBT maintaining

its specific humidity constant.
[8]
Find the followings.
i)

Heat removed from the air.

ii)

R.H. of the cooled air.

iii)

Wet-bulb temperture of the cooled air.

Assume air pressure is 1.033 bar.

Q9) a)
b)

What is the effect of air conditioning lood on Automobile Engine.

[6]

An air conditioned space is maintained at 26oC DBT 50% RH when the

outdoor conditions are 35oC DBT and 28oC WBT. The space has a
sensible heat gain of 17.6kW and the air to the space is supplied at a
condition of 8oC saturated. Determine
[12]
i)

The mass and volume flow rate of the air supplied.

ii)

Latent heat load in the room.

iii)

The cooling load of the refrigerator plant if 15% of total mass of air
supplied to the space is fresh air and the remaining air is recirculated.
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Explain following terms.

i)

GSHF

ii)

ESHF

iii)

RSHF

[6]

An air - conditioning room is maintained at 27oC DBT and 50% R.H.

when ambient conditions are 40oC DBT and 27oC WBT. The room
sensible heat gain is 14kW. The air enters the conditioned hall at 7oC
DBT and saturated. Determine
i)

Volume of moist air supplied to the space in M3/min.

ii)

Latent heat gain in the room in kW.

iii)

Cooling load of the air - washer in kW if 30% of the air supplied to

the room is fresh air and remaining 70% is recirculated.
[12]

[4759]-350

Q11)Write short note on:

[16]

a)

Temperature measurement.

b)

Leak detection test explain any one.

c)

Initial vehicle inspection.

d)

Refrigerant recovery.
OR

Q12)Explain following:

[16]

a)

Refrigerant charging.

b)

Odour Removal.

c)

Retrofitting.

d)

Removing and relating of compressor components.

EEE

[4759]-350

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1495

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] -351
B.E. (Automobile Engg.)
MACHINE AND VEHICLE DYNAMICS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (416489)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables calculator and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) A four cylinder in-line engine running at 2000 rpm is having crank and connecting
rod length of 60mm and 240mm respectively. The mass of reciprocating parts
of each cylinder is 2kg. The cylinders are spaced 160mm apart and the cranks
appear at 90o interval in an end view. If the firing order of the engine is 1-4-23, determine:
[16]
a)

The unbalanced primary and secondary forces.

b)

The unbalanced primary and secondary couples.

OR

Q2) a)
b)

Write a short note on Dynamic Balancing Machine.

[6]

The axes of the three cylinder air compressor are at 120o to one another
and their connecting rods are coupled to a single crank. The length of
each connecting rod is 240mm and the stroke is 160mm. The reciprocating
parts have a mass of 2.4 kg per cylinder. Determine the primary and
secondary forces, if the engine runs at 2000rpm.
[10]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)
Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Q6) a)

Find the natural frequency of the system shown in fig.

[8]

What are the types of Damping? Explain any two in brief.

[8]
OR
Explain the term Critical Damping coefficient.
[4]
A spring-mass-dashpot system consist of spring of stiffness 400N/m
and the mass of 4kg. The mass is displaced 20mm beyond the equilibrium
position and released. Find the equation of motion of the mass, if the
damping coefficient of the dashpot is,
[12]
i) 160 N-s/m
ii) 80 N-s/m
Discuss in brief Magnification factor.
[4]
A machine part of a mass 2kg vibrates in a viscous medium. Determine
the damping coefficient. when a harmonic exciting force of 25N results
in a resonant amplitude of 12.5mm with a period of 0.20 sec. If the
system is excited by a harmonic force of frequency 4 cycles/sec determine
the percentage increase in the amplitude of forced vibration, when the
damper is removed.
[14]
OR
An electric motor is supported on a spring and dashpot. The spring has
a stiffness 5000 N/m and dashpot offers a resistance of 300N at 2.5m/s.
The unbalanced mass of 1.5kg rotates at 50mm radius and total mass of
electric motor is 50kg if the motor runs at 340 r.p.m, determine: [14]
i) The damping factor
ii) The phase angle
iii) The amplitude of steady-state vibrations
iv) The resonance speed

[4759]-351

b)

v)

The amplitude at resonance

vi)

The resultant force exerted by spring and dashpot on the motor.

Explain in brief force transmissibility.

[4]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Write a brief note on Ground effect produced due to aerodynamics.[8]

What are the co-ordinate systems used in vehicle dynamics.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

How to modify car profile for minimum drag?

[8]

With the free body diagram of accelerating vehicle explain the terms,[8]
i)

Acceleration

ii)

Maximum transferable tractive effort.

What will be the ride performance criteria for luxury car?

[8]

Explain in brief with Diagram

[8]

i)

active-semiactive suspension

ii)

Pitching of vechicle
OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)

Write a short note on modal analysis of vehicle.

[8]

What is the role of vibration absorber & isolation in ride mode?

[8]

Effect of vehicle braking on vehicle handling is important parameter

while discussing handling performance. Why?
[6]

b)

How tyre will made impact on handling?

[6]

c)

Write a short note on steady state handling.

[6]

OR
Q12)Explain following terms in breif.
a)

Low speed cornering

b)

Tyre wear pattern

c)

Constant radius testing.

[18]

R R R
[4759]-351

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1496

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] - 352
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
AUTOMOBILE SYSTEM DESIGN
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (416490)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the aesthetic and ergonomics considerations in design.

[6]

b)

Explain about adequate and optimum design.

[6]

c)

Write short note on mechanical reliability.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the Johnsons method of optimum design.

[8]

b)

Explain the role of natural tolerances in design.

[4]

c)

Explain the procedure of design optimization of mechanical element.[6]

Q3) a)

What causes the clutch to slip?

[4]

b)

What are the design requirements of a clutch?

[4]

c)

A friction clutch is required to transmit 33.12 KW at 2000rpm. It is to be

of single plate disc type with both sides of the plate effective, the pressure
being applied axially by means of springs and limited to 68700Pa. If the
outer diameter of the plate is to be 0.305m, find the inner diameter of the
clutch ring and the total force exerted by the springs. Assume the wear
to be uniform and coefficient of friction 0.3.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Why multi-plate clutch is preferred in two wheelers?

[4]

b)

Why is centrifugal clutch more suitable for heavy duty application? [4]

c)

A centrifugal clutch is to transmit 14.72KW at 900rpm. The shoes are

four in numbers. The speed at which the engagement begins is 3/4th of
the running speed. The inside radius of the pulley rim is 140mm and the
centre of gravity of the shoe lies at 120mm from the center of the spider.
The shoes are lined with Ferrodo for which the coefficient of friction
may be taken as 0.25. Determine weight of the shoe and size of the shoes
if angle sustained by the shoes, at the center of the spider is 60o and the
pressure exerted on the shoes is 98100Pa.
[8]

Q5) a)
b)

What is the purpose of gearing system in a vehicle?

[4]

A four speed gear box is to be constructed for providing the ratios of

1,1.46,2.28 and 3.93 to 1 as nearly as possible. The diametral pitch of
each gear is 3.25mm and the smallest pinion is to have at least 15 teeth.
Determine the suitable number of teeth of the different gears. What is
then the distance between the main and lay shaft.
[12]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the selection of bearing in gearboxes.

[6]

The maximum gear ratio of an engine 75mm bore and 100mm stroke is
4. The pitch diameter of the constantly meshing gear is 75% of the piston
stroke. If the module is 4.25mm, calculate the size and number of teeth
of gears for a three speed gear box. Calculate the face width of the
constantly meshing gear using the modified Lewis formula. The engine
torque is 910Kgf-cm, value of constant in the Lewis formula is 0.7 and
the allowable stress is 900Kgf/cm2.
[10]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Why is tubular section propeller shaft normally used?

[4]

What is the function of the propeller shaft and drive shaft?

[6]

[4759]-352

c)

An engine develops 29.5KW at 2000 rpm when the torque developed is

maximum. The bottom gear ratio is 3:1 and back axle reduction is 4.5:1.
The load on each driving axle is 7357.5N When the car is fully loaded.
Diameter of road wheel over the tyres is 0.71m and the coefficient of
adhesion between tyre and rod is 0.6. If the permissible shear stress in
the material of the shaft is not allowed to exceed 220725000Pa, find the
diameter of the axle shaft.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the general design procedure of front axle.

[10]

b)

A car has one of its rear wheels jacked up of the ground. With top gear
engaged, the engine is turned by hand and it is found to make 11 turns
while the jacked up wheel turns 4 times. With first gear engaged, 19 turns
of the engine correspond to 2 turns of the road wheel. Assuming direct
drive through the gear box in top drive, calculate the rear axle ratio and
the first gear ratio of the gear box.
[6]

Q9) a)

How does the expanding mechanism of shoes affect the total braking
torque?
[4]

b)

What are the components of hydraulic braking system? Explain their

functions.
[6]

c)

The disc brake pads operate at a mean radius of 0.14m. The force applied
to each pad is 4450N and the coefficient of friction between each pad
and disc is 0.35. When the disc rotates at 500 rpm, calculate
[6]
i)

The frictional torque acting on the disc

ii)

The work done per minute by this torque

iii)

The heat energy generated per second.

OR

Q10)a)
b)

What happens if coefficient of friction in the brake lining material becomes

extremely high?
[4]
Write short note on
i)

Braking efficiency

ii)

Stopping distance

iii)

Brake fade

[4759]-352

[12]

Q11)a)

On what factors does the stiffness of a leaf spring depend?

[4]

b)

How does the failure of leaf spring occur?

[4]

c)

A vehicle spring of semi-elliptical type has leaves of 75mm width and

10mm thickness and effective length 900mm. If the stress is not to exceed
220725000Pa when the spring is loaded to 4905N, estimate the required
number of leaves and the deflection under this condition. If the spring is
just flat under load, what is the initial radius? Take E= 196.2 109 Pa.[10]
OR

Q12)a)

Discuss the following.

i)

Over-steer

ii)

Stiff steering

[6]

b)

Explain the design considerations of steering system.

[6]

c)

How are steering gear ratio and number of turns determined?

[6]

R R R

[4759]-352

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P1497

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-353
B.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS AND STYLING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (416491) (Elective-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Derive continuty equation of fluid flow.

Explain following terms in brief:
i)

Laminar & turbulent flow.

ii)

Compressible & incompressible flow.

iii)

Lift & drag.

[6]
[12]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Write a brief note on performance under various back pressure.

Explain following terms in brief:
i)

Stream line & streak line.

ii)

Convective & local acceleration.

iii)

Classification of drag.

Write a short note on tip effect.

Describe flow arround circular & Aerofoil body.

[6]
[12]

[6]
[10]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

How lift on aerofoil will be developed?

[6]

Write all characteristics of swept wings & camber and aspect ratio of
wing.
[10]

[4759]-353

P.T.O.

Q5) Write in brief about:

[16]

a)

Resistance to vehicle motion.

b)

Down force.

c)

Optimization of car body for low drag.

d)

Pressure areas around car body.

SECTION-II

Q6) a)

How CFD will improve shape of vehicle?

[6]

b)

What is the effect of fastners used for vehicle.

[6]

c)

How dirt accumulation on vehicle will reduced?

[6]

OR
Q7) Explain following terms in brief:

[18]

a)

Front & rear windshield angles.

b)

Origin of forces & moments on vehicle.

c)

Fast back, hatch back & square back dust flow pattern at rear.

Q8) a)
b)

Write any two flow visualization techniques in brief.

[8]

How velocity will be measured in wind tunnel?

[8]

OR
Q9) a)
b)

How climatic wind tunnels are different from normal wind tunnels? [8]
Write a brief note on measuring devices used in wind tunnel.

Q10)Write a short note on any four from following:

a)

Front grill shapes.

b)

Vehicle color codes.

c)

Headlight shapes.

d)

Specific brand emage.

e)

Asthetics of vehicle design.

[4759]-353

[8]
[16]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1498

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-354
B.E. (Automobile)
CAD-CAM & AUTOMATION
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (416491) (Elective-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What is open GL? Explain its use.

[4]

A triangle is defined by the vertices A(1, 2, 4) B(4, 3, 5) and C(5, 8, 3).

The three orthographic views are to be projected. Write transformation
matrices and hence determine coordinates of front, top & right hand
side view.
[12]
OR

Q2) a)

A triangle with vertices A(8, 0) B(12, 0) and C(12, 3) has undergone

reflection about line y = x find the concatenated matrix and then find new
coordinates of ABC using the transformation matrix.
[10]

b)

Derive concatenated transformation matrix for reflection with respect to

a line.
[6]

Q3) a)

Write parametric equation of circle with center at a point (5, 5, 0) and

with radius 05 units. Calculate coordinates of the four quadrant points of
the circle.
[8]

b)

A line is represented by end points P(5, 7, 2) & Q(4, 6, 3). If u at P

and Q is 0 and 1 respectively, determine its length. Also find out the
coordinates of points represented by u = 0.4, u = 0.25 and u = 1.5.
[10]
OR

[4759]-354

P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)

b)

Differentiate between analytical and synthetic curves. Give two examples

of each.
[9]
Differentiate between Hermite Bicubic surface and coons surface. [9]
Find the deflection of each spring shown in fig.

[8]

A three bar truss is shown in fig. The cross sectional area of each element
is 50 mm2. E = 2 105 N/mm2. Determine:
[8]
i)

The element stiffness matrix.

ii)

Global stiffness matrix.

iii)

Nodal displacement.

iv)

Stresses in each element.

v)

Reaction forces.

OR
[4759]-354

Q6) A three bar equilateral triangular truss has the three members of length 1m
each. The bottom supports are 1 and 2 while the top joint is 3. Support at end
1 is fixed while that at 2 is roller. Vertical force of 250 N is acting at point 3
along with horizontal force of 350 N (towards roller support 2) E = 2 105
N/mm2. The cross sectional area of each element is 600 mm2. Determine:
[16]
a)

The element stiffness matrix.

b)

Global stiffness matrix.

c)

Nodal displacement.

d)

Stresses in each element.

e)

Reaction forces.
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Explain with neat sketch coordinate system for Lathe and drilling CNC
machines.
[6]

b)

Write CNC part program for roughing and finishing of the turning
component as shown in fig below by using canned cycle. Raw material
size is 50mm 50mm. Assume suitable for feed speed and depth of
cut for mild steel material.
[12]

OR
[4759]-354

Q8) a)

Explain four important features of CNC machines over NC machines.

[6]

b)

Explain Direct Numerical Control Machine with block diagram.

[6]

c)

Compare absolute and incremental method of programming.

[6]

Write short note on automated guided vehicles.

[8]

Explain ASRS system with sketch.

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

OR
Q10)a)

Write short note on machining center with its features.

[8]

Write short notes on group technology and FMS.

[8]

Explain the application of robot in ARC welding operation.

[6]

b)

Classify drives used for robot joint motions.

[4]

c)

Explain vacuum gripper.

[6]

b)
Q11)a)

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain different joints of robots with fig.

[8]

Name the different grippers used in material handling by robots with one
application of each. Explain the working of magnetic gripper with sketch.
[8]

[4759]-354

Total No. of Questions : 11]

P2034

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 355
B.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE NVH
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I) (416491 D)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Q.5 should be compulsory.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain role of noise, vibration and harshness in automobile.

[6]

Derive an expression for frequency equation incase of two degree of

freedom, undamped free vibration.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

b)

Discuss the sources of vibration and noise in automobile.

[8]

Explain the physiological effect of noise and vibration.

[8]

Write a note on.

[6]

i)

Mathematical model

ii)

Torsional vibration and linear vibration.

Derive an expression for single degree of freedom simple harmonic

excitation with graphical method.
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

Derive an expression for single degree of freedom under damped systems.

Write an expression for (over damped, critically damped and under
damped).
[10]
i)

Write a note on co-ordinate coupling.

ii)

Explain generalized co-ordinates.

[6]

Q5) a)

b)

Derive the equation of transmissibility ratio for isolation using spring as

shown in fig.1.
[10]

Write a note on (any two).

i)

Vibration isolation

ii)

Dry friction damping

iii)

Vibration absorber

[8]

SECTION - II

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the weighting networks.

Derive the relation for sound pressure intensity and power level.
OR

[4759]-355

[6]
[10]

Q7) a)

Write a note on (any two).

[10]

i)

Octave band analysis.

ii)

Summation of pure tones.

iii)

Spherical wave propagation

b)

What is difference between structure borne sound and air borne sound?[6]

Q8) a)

Describe ISO standard for noise level measurement of vehicle in stationary

position.
[8]

b)

Explain noise measurement instruments. Enlist types of microphones.[8]

OR

Q9) a)
b)

Describe ISO standard for noise level measurement of vehicle in running

position.
[8]
List different method of noise control and explain them in detail.

Q10) a) Explain methods of control of noise of

b)

i)

Transmission noise

ii)

Intake and exhaust noise

iii)

Brake noise

iv)

Aerodynamic noise

How we can apply noise control methods.

i)

At the source

ii)

Along the path

iii)

At the receiver
OR

[4759]-355

[8]

[12]

[6]

Q11)a)

b)

Write a note on
i)

Isolation

ii)

Damping

iii)

Balancing

[12]

Define and explain

i)

Acoustic intensity

ii)

Sound power

[6]

R R R

[4759]-355

Total No. of Questions : 11]

P2035

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-357
B.E. (Automobile)
VEHICLE SAFETY
(2008 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (416492 B)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
2)
Question No. 11 is compulsory.
3)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Discuss role of safety systems in automotive. Enlist the various safety

systems used in Automobile.
[8]

b)

What are ergonomics considerations required at the time of safety system

design.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Explain in details characteristics of vehicle structure.

[8]

What are the recent trend in automotive safety nowdays? Discuss in

details.
[8]
Enlist the impact test and explain any two types of impact test.

[8]

Write a short note:

[8]

i)

Crash testing.

ii)

Crash worthiness.
OR

Q4) a)
b)

What is mean by movable barrier test? Give its significance.

[8]

Write a short note:

i) Crumple zone.
ii) Rollover impact test.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain in brief ergonomics with respect to driver controls.

[8]

b)

Enlist different types of dummeys and explain each in brief.

[10]

OR
Q6) a)

What is the necessity of ergonomics in automobile? Justify your answer.

[8]

b)

What are the types of sensors used for impact test? Explain in details.
[10]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Draw the layout of airbag system and explain its working.

[8]

Write a short note on:

[8]

i)

Head restrain system and seat anchorage.

ii)

Seat belts and its types.

OR

Q8) a)

Compare active safety and passive safety.

[8]

b)

Explain different type of energy absorbing system used in vehicle. [8]

Q9) a)

What are the requirments of reverse lamp and fog lamp? Justify it. [8]

b)

Discuss recent trends in automotive lighting system.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain with the help of neat sketch sealed beam type head lamp with its
advantages.
[8]

b)

Enlist different type of head lamp & explain any two of them in brief.
[8]

Q11)Write a short note (Any Three):

[18]

a)

Safety consideration according to CMVR.

b)

Safety Glasses.

c)

Types of Mirrors.

d)

Recent trends in trafic system.

[4759]-357

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1499

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-358
B.E. (Automobile)
OFF ROAD VEHICLES
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Write down the classification of off road vehicles in brief.

[9]

Explain in detail the requirements of different off road vehicles according

to the application.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)

Draw the neat sketch of construction layout of any one off road vehicle
& explain it in brief.
[9]

b)

Write down the specification of any one off road vehicle & explain how
to decide the capacity according application.
[9]

Q3) a)

Explain the working principles involved in mobile cranes with strut and
cantilever jibs, with neat sketch.
[8]

b)

Explain the difference in load capacities technology for low, heavy and
medium tractors.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain the factors affecting the working efficiency of the heavy load
tractors.
[8]

b)

Give explanation about running gear & operation equipment in an air

brake system.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What is the use of the shovel bucket? Specify the CNC operation involved
in that?
[8]

b)

Explain the working principle & operation of medium & heavy graders.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

What is the use of show removal, drag showel, hoe and explain the
excavators are classified? Mention its major types.
[8]

b)

What is the use of vibrating components? What is the relationship between

dampers & vibration.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Explain the oil tankers surveillance vehicle and why the ambulance written
in reverse order on front side of the ambulance.
[8]

b)

Explain the factors affecting the working efficiency of the heavy load
tractors.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Mention the basic principle of scissors like trucks: mention two

applications of that.
[8]

b)

Explain the design of body & forces in role over.

[8]

Q9) a)

What is meant by angle dozers, where it is used?

[9]

Explain safety features for damper.

[9]

b)

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain in brief safe warning system for damper.

[9]

Explain in detail the design aspects of dumper body.

[9]

Explain in detain soil-vehicle mechanics.

[8]

What are the different characteristics of soils & explain it in detail. [8]
OR

[4759]-358

Q12)a)

b)

Explain the following terms with example

i)

Nominal Ground pressure.

ii)

Mean maximum pressure.

[8]

Explain Traction performance & factors affecting on traction performance.

[8]

[4759]-358

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1500

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-359
B.E. (Automobile)
AUXILIARY ENGINE SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (416492) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What is mean by supercharging? Explain dynamic supercharging in detail.

[8]
Explain with neat sketch, Exhaust gas turbocharging.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain the effects of supercharging on the air consumption and power

output from the engine and explain in detail. The types and characteristics
of compressors used in supercharger.
[8]
Explain gas exchange process in case of supercharging.

[8]

What is pulse turbo charging? Explain it with neat diagram.

[8]

What are the different applications of exhaust gas turbocharger?

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain positive displacement mechanical supercharger.

[8]

b)

What is the difference between supercharger and turbocharger? Explain

any one type of turbocharger in detail.
[8]

Q5) a)

What is the purpose of cooling the charge air? Explain its effects on
engine performance.
[10]

b)

Explain in detail the effects of turbocharger on the engine performance.

[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)

Differentiate mechanical supercharger and exhaust supercharger with

atleast eight points.
[8]

b)

What are the different aspects of turbocharging in case of passenger

cars with gasoline engines.
[10]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)
b)

Enlist the advantages of constant pressure turbocharging over the pulse

turbocharging.
[10]
Explain altitude derating in details.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What are effects of supercharging on exhaust emissions of diesel and

petrol engines?
[10]

b)

Explain torque characteristics of engine with exhaust turbocharger. [8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain comprex supercharger.

[8]

Explain bearing system in case of exhaust gas turbocharger.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

What are the different types of materials used for manufacturing the
turbine of the supercharger.
[8]

b)

With the help of compression graph explain the various aspects related
with compressor and its impeller.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain Exhaust gas recirculation and its significance in reduction of

vehicle emissions.
[8]

b)

What are the desired properties of engine coolants.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Which are the different aspects related with the designing of cooling air
fan.
[8]
Write different aspects of design of Radiator.

[4759]-359

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P2006

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759] -36
B.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF PUMPS, BLOWERS AND COMPRESSORS
( 2008 Course) (Sem. -I) (Elective - I) (402044(C))

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, and electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables are allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following terms.

[8]

i)

Flow Machines

ii)

Turbines

iii)

Pumps

iv)

Compressible Flow Machines.

A turbo blower develops 750mm W.G. at a speed of 1480 rpm and a

flow rate of 38m3/s. It is desired to build a small model which develops
the same head at a higher speed (2490rpm) and low discharge. Determine
the specific speed and the flow rate through the model.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain the performance characteristics of pumps, compressors, fans

and blowers.
[10]
Write equations of energy transfer between fluid and rotor.

[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

The impeller of a centrifugal pump has 1.4m outside diameter. It is used

to lift 1800 liters of water per second against a head of 10m. Its Vanes
make an angle of 45 with the direction of motion at outlet and runs at
400 rpm. If the radial velocity of flow at outlet is 3.5m/s, find the
manometric efficiency. Also find the power required if the overall efficiency
is 82%.
[8]
Explain various efficiencies of centrifugal pump.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain various types of characteristic curves usually prepared for

centrifugal pumps.
[8]

b)

What is NPSH? Derive the expression of the same. Find the height from
the water surface at which a centrifugal pump may be installed in the
following case to avoid cavitation: Atmospheric pressure = 1.01 bar;
vapour pressure = 0.022 bar; losses in suction pipe = 1.42m; effective
head of pump = 49m; and cavitation factor = 0.115.
[8]

Q5) a)

b)

Explain the following terms.

i)

Static Suction Head

ii)

Static Discharge Head

iii)

Total Static Head

[8]

Explain the design procedure of centrifugal pump.

[10]

OR
Q6) a)

Explain various forms of corrosion occurred in hydraulic machines. [8]

b)

A centrifugal pump running at 1450 rpm has the characteristic as given

below:
[10]
Discharge

11.3

16.9

22.6

28.3

34

39.6

45.2

25.8

25

24.1

23.2

21.4

18.9

15.8

65

70

73

74

72

69

62

(Lit/sec)
Head (m)
Efficiency
%
[4759]-36

Draw the operating characteristic of the pump and determine its specific
speed. The pump lifts water against a static head of 12m through a long
pipeline in which the loss of head in meters, due to friction is given by
the expression, hf = 0.012 Q2, where Q is the discharge in liters/sec. The
minor losses in the pipe may be neglected. Determine the power required
to drive the pump.

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain different criterias for selection of compressors, fans and Blowers.

[8]
Write a short note on Applications of Blowersand fans.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain in details functions of Airfoil & discuss the characteristic curves

of airfoils.
[8]

b)

How does dust erosion of centrifugal impeller occurs? What is its effect
on the performance?
[8]

Q9) a)

State design considerations and empirical relations used to determine

various for design parameters.
[8]

b)

What is surging? What are its effect? What is stalling? How it is

developed?
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Write a short note on Design procedure for selection and optimization

of Blowers.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on Design of Impeller and casing dimensions in

Aerodynamic Design.
[8]

[4759]-36

Q11)a)

What is the work done factor for an Axial compressor stage? How does
it vary with the number of stages?
[8]

b)

Explain briefly what is the puspose of Inlet guide vanes and inducer
blades.Why is the radiatipped impeller most widely used in centrifugal
compressor stages?
[10]
OR

Q12)a)

Prove the following relation for isentropic flow in a radial-tipped impeller:

[10]

= 1);

u22 y
P
1
; with usual notations.
=
+
( rw )

Cp
T
1
y

01

b)

What is ship factor? What are its effects on the flow and the pressure
ratio in the stage?
[8]

R R R

[4759]-36

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1501

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 360
B.E. (Automobile)
ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND EMISSION CONTROLS
( 2008 Patern) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
6) All questions are compulsory.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Compare Diesel and Gasoline fuel with their properties.

What is enthalpy of formation & Enthalpy of combustion?

[6]
[10]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

Why additives are used? What are the additives for SI and CI engines.[6]
Enlist any five alternative fuels and write their properties.

[10]

What are the different synthetic fuels used in vehicle? Explain its effect
on engine performance.
[6]

b)

Differentiate between CNG and LPG fuels.

[6]

c)

Write a note on ethanol as a fuel for IC Engine.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)

What are the bio-diesets? Give its general properties.

[6]
P.T.O.

b)

Write a note on Alcohol as fuel for CI Engine.

c)

Explain properties of hydrogen fuel & give its advantages over

conventional fuels.
[6]

Q5) a)
b)

[6]

Explain use of synthatic fuel in an Automobile Engines.

[8]

Explain Dimethyl Ether as alternative fuel.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Discuss syngas in details.

[8]

Write production, properties, storage and handling,dispensing,

advantages and disadvantages of GTL.
[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Write a note on catalyst used in catalytic converter.

[4]

b)

How will you reduce the NOx. emission in SI engine?

[4]

c)

Explain Emission formation in SI Engine.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What is positive crank case ventilation system for UBHC emission

reduction.
[6]

b)

Write effect of design and operating variable in SI engine emission.[10]

Q9) Explain effect of design and operating parameters on CI engine Emission.[16]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Discuss exhaust gas recirculation system of CI Engine.

[8]

Write measurement & test procedure for NDIR analyzers.

[8]

[4759]-360

Q11)Write a note on:-

[18]

a)

Emission Effect on health.

b)

Emission inventory.

c)

Ambient air quality monitoring.

OR

Q12)a)
b)

What are emission norms explain in details.

[9]

List the negative effect of CO Emission on human health, what is treatment

to CO intoxication person?
[9]

R R R

[4759]-360

Total No. of Questions : 11]

P1502

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 361
B.E. (Automobile Engineering)
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE & TESTING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer -books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)
b)

Explain steering as a vehicular system with one suitable example.

[8]

How EGR system improves vehicle performance? Explain with neat

sketch?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain any 4 vehicle performance parameters briefly.

[8]

Explain the 2 types of catalytic converters with neat sketch.

[8]

Q3) a)

Discuss in brief about use of torque converter in Automated vehicle.

[8]

b)

What is the impact of differential & final drive unit on vehicle performance.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain the procedure for testing of clutch.

[6]

Explain the characteristics of clutch and compare 4 types of Automotive

clutches.
[10]
P.T.O.

Q5) Write a short note on following.

a)

Free acceleration test

b)

Coast down test

c)

Passer by Noise test

[18]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain wheel alignment & balancing test with neat sketch.

[10]

Describe the different types of test tracks used for testing of cross country
vehicles.
[8]

SECTION- II

Q7) a)

b)

Write a short note on

[10]

i)

Roll over protection system

ii)

Electronic stability program

Describe particulate traps with its function.

[6]

OR
Q8) Explain the following occupant safety systems in brief.
a)

Collapsible steering

b)

Air bags

c)

GPS

d)

Seat Belt

Q9) a)
b)

Explain crash testing dummies with hybrid III family.

Explain Braking distance test.

[10]
[6]

OR
[4759]-361

[16]

Q10)Explain the following briefly

a)

Pole crash testing

b)

Side impact testing

c)

Vehicle to vehile impact

d)

Sensor mounting.

[16]

Q11)Explain (Any 3) briefly.

[18]

a)

Endurance test

b)

Engine Noise & vibration

c)

Sensor types & selection parameters

d)

Battery testing using Hydrometer

e)

Model test & full scale

R R R

[4759]-361

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3732

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 362
B.E. (Automobile)
HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
(416497) (2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from Section I and Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10,
Q11 or Q12 from Section II.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Draw a neat sketch of hydraulic system and explain different components

used in hydraulic system. Write the advantages and applications of
hydraulic system.
[8]

b)

Explain with example Pascals Law.

[4]

c)

What are requirements of good hydraulic fluid?

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

What is hose lines connector, draw correct installation of hoses.

[4]

b)

Explain difference between flared fitting and compression fittings.

[4]

c)

Explain hydraulic filter, and filter locations with sketches.

[8]

Q3) a)

Explain with a neat sketch the working of vane pump and balanced vane
pump, state its applications.
[8]

b)

Gear pump has gear dimensions as follows, outside gear diameter =

95mm, inside gear diameter = 65mm, gear width = 30mm, The pump
was tested to determine its mechanical and volumetric efficiency,
followings are the test result. Actual flow rates = 217 liters per minute,
rated pressure = 70 bar, speed = 2200 r.p.m., input motor torque =
165N.m.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain with neat sketch spring loaded and Bladder type of accumulator
and state their applications.
[8]

b)

Explain fluid reservoir with neat sketch.

[4]

c)

Explain Swash plate axial piston pump.

[4]

Q5) a)
b)

Explain pressure control valve with neat sketch and write its
applications.
[8]
Explain:

[10]

i)

4/3 direction control valve

ii)

temperature compensated flow control valve.

OR

Q6) a)

b)

Explain:
i)

Sequence valve

ii)

Servo valves

[10]

Draw symbols of

[8]

i)

quick acting coupling

ii)

cylinder with cushioning

iii)

variable throttle valve

iv)

hydraulic motor with two directional flow

v)

weight loaded accumulator

vi)

pilot operated pressure relief valve

vii) flow meter

viii) heater with liquid heating medium
SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Explain:

[10]

i)

Gear type hydraulic motor

iii)

Piston type hydraulic motor

Write classification of linear actuators and explain telescopic cylinder

and tandem cylinder.
[8]
OR

[4759]-362

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain with a neat sketch the working of synchronization circuits. [10]

Explain with neat sketch meter-in circuit.

[8]

Explain the construction and working of air filter used in pneumatic

circuits.
[8]
Explain:

[8]

i)

Shuttle valve

ii)

Quick exhaust valve

OR

Q10)a)
b)

Draw neat sketch of radial air motor and explain its working.

[8]

Draw neat sketch and explain working of any two vacuum pumps. [8]

Q11)Develop and explain the operation of a hydraulic circuit for sequential operation
of two hydraulic cylinders are required as follows.
[16]
a)

cylinder A extends

b)

cylinder B extends

c)

cylinder B retracts

d)

cylinder A retracts

Using 4/3 direction control valve.

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Draw a hydraulic circuit for grinding machine.

[6]

An actuator forward speed is controlled by meter in circuit. The pressure

settings of relief valve is 50 bar and pump discharge = 30 liters per
minute. The cylinder has to carry a load of 3600N during forward motion.
The area of piston is 15cm2 and rod area = 8cm2, the flow control valve
is set to allow only 10 liters per minute. Calculate the power input to
motor, forward speed and return speed and efficiency of the circuit.
Consider mechanical efficiency = 85%.

E
[4759]-362

E
3

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1503

[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759]-364
B.E. (Part-II) (Automobile)
TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT AND MOTOR INDUSTRY
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV) (416498)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Define the following terms.

[8]

Motor vehicle, Axle weight, certificate of registration, Driving license,

Permit, Goods Carriage, Life insurance, Road tax.
b)

State the different offences and penalties.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

State the procedures for obtaining a learner license and a permanent

license.
[8]

b)

What is the necessary to register a motor vehicle?

[4]

c)

Who are exempted from the permit?

[4]

State and explain the objectives and features of tax.

[8]

Explain the different kinds of tax.

[8]

Q3) a)
b)

OR
Q4) a)

Explain onetime tax.

[6]

b)

Explain the procedure for refund of tax.

[6]

c)

Write down the effect of nonpayment of tax.

[4]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the different types of insurances.

[10]

In case of accident what are the duties to be performed by the driver?

[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Write short note on Motor Accident Claim Tribunal.

[8]

b)

Explain the loss assessment of accident vehicle.

[6]

c)

Who are exempted from insurance?

[4]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

State the advantages of Road transportation.

[8]

State the different types of organization. Explain any one of them.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain the factors to be considered while scheduling bus transport

operation.
[8]
Draw the general layout of vehicles bus depot and explain.

[8]

State the factors which affects the performance of goods transportation

system.
[8]
Mention the different speed limits under the motor vehicle act.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain the Management information system in goods transport operation.

[8]

b)

Explain the procedure of storage and transportation of petroleum

products.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Explain Traffic navigation system.

[10]

Explain Global positioning system.

[8]

OR
Q12)Write short note on:
a)

Basic concept of GPS.

[9]

b)

Time keeping in Navigation.

[9]

[4759]-364

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1526

SEAT No. :

[4759]-37

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (Mechanical)
TRIBOLOGY
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (402044D)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Section I: Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 Section II: Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11 or

Q12.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What is tribology? What is the importance of Tribology in Machine

Design?
[6]

b)

Explain Redwood viscometer used to measure viscosity of lubricating

oil.
[6]

c)

A lubricating oil has a specific gravity of 0.86 and it gives 170 SUS for a
viscosity measurement. Calculate the viscosity in CP.
[4]
OR

Q2) a)

What are the functions of additives for lubricating oil? Elaborate your
answer by mentioning any three examples.
[6]

b)

State and explain Newtons law of viscous flow. What is absolute

viscosity?
[6]

c)

Explain any four important desirable properties of bearing materials. [4]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain any eight factors affecting wear rate.

[8]

Explain briefly any two friction measurement methods.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain Archards wear theory. What are the assumptions made for this?
[8]

b)

Using modified adhesion theory of friction, show that the coefficient of

friction due to adhesion is fa =

k
(1 k 2 )

[8]

Q5) a)

Derive Reynolds one dimensional equation for flow of viscous fluid.[12]

b)

What are tilting pad thrust bearings. Explain the hydrodynamic action in
fixed pad thrust bearing.
[6]
OR

Q6) The following data is given for 360o hydrodynamic bearing.(Refer Table 1)[18]
Radical Load = 9 KN
Journal speed = 2185 rpm
I/d ratio = 1
Permissible average bearing Pressure = 2.5 N/mm2
Viscosity of lubricant = 155 SUS
Specific gravity of lubricant = 0.86
Specific heat of lubricant = 2.09 KJ/KgoK
Calculate:
a)

Length of bearing

b)

Diameter of journal

c)

Coefficient of friction

d)

Power lost in friction

e)

Total flow rate in 1/min

f)

Side leakage in 1/min

g)

Minimum oil film thickness

h)

The temperature rise

[4759]-37

Table:1
l/d

h0|C

1.0000

0.0000

(r/c)f

Q/ rcnsl Qs/Q

P max/P

1.0000 0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

1.000

0.000

0.0300

0.9700 0.00474

0.5140

4.8200

0.973

6.579

0.1000

0.9000 0.0188

1.0500

4.7400

0.919

4.048

0.2000

0.8000 0.0466

1.7000

4.6200

0.842

3.195

0.4000

0.6000 0.1210

3.2200

4.3300

0.680

2.409

0.6000

0.4000 0.2640

5.7900

3.9900

0.497

2.066

0.8000

0.2000 0.6310

12.8000 3.5900

0.280

1.890

0.9000

0.1000 1.3300

26.4000 3.3700

0.150

1.852

1.0000

0.0000

3.1420

0.000

0.000

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

What are the advantages of hydrostatic step bearings? Draw a sketch

indicating various elements of this bearing.
[6]

b)

Derive the equation for quantity of oil flow through a rectangular slot.[10]
OR

Q8) a)

Derive following equation for oil flow rate Q for a hydrostatic conical
thrust bearing for a shaft having outside diameter Do (radius Ro) and
recess diameter Di (radius Ri):
[10]
Q=

b)

h3 pi sin
R
6 log e o
Ri

Explain squeeze film lubrication with examples..

[4759]-37

[6]

Q9) a)

List down any three bearing materials, their composition, and special
property possessed by each one of them and their typical applications.[8]

b)

What are self lubricated bearings? Explain the process involved.

[5]

c)

Write short notes on gas lubricated bearings.

[5]

OR
Q10)a)

What is electro-hydrodynamic lubrication? Explain the phenomenon.

What is the assumption made for solving the Reynolds equation for
EHL application.
[8]

b)

What are Lined bearings? Explain the process involved and the
advantages.
[6]

c)

What are the requirements of lubrication used for

i)

Deep drawing operation.

ii)

Machine bed guide-ways.

[4]

Q11)a)

Explain the importance of Surface Engineering in tribological design.[6]

b)

Explain with sketches, any two methods used for corrosion resistance.[10]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain the general characteristics of superficial layers obtained by

Machining, strengthening and weakening of superficial layers.
[8]
With suitable sketches, write short notes on:
i)

Electroplating.

ii)

Crystallizing coating.

EEE
[4759]-37

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1527

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-38
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (402045 A) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain classification of automobile with the help of examples and give

specification of any one petrol car of your choice.
[8]
Explain with neat sketch layout of a four wheel drive.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain front engine front wheel drive vehicle with neat sketch. Write its
advantages and disadvantages over the other layouts.
[8]

b)

State different types of vehicle bodies and explain any one in detail. [8]

Q3) a)

Explain with neat sketch construction and working of multi-plate clutch.

[8]

b)

Explain fluid coupling with neat sketch.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain working of sliding mesh gear box with neat sketch. Also state its
advantages and disadvantages.
[8]

b)

Draw a neat sketch of typical differential unit in the back axle of vehicle
and explain its working.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Enumerate different types of steering gears. Explain with neat sketch

construction and working of power steering unit.
[10]
How are the tyres classified and rated.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

Define front end geometry for steering including castor, camber, steering
axis inclination, toe and scrub radius.
[10]

b)

Describe various types of stub axles with the help of suitable diagram
and state merits and demerits of each of them.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Explain in detail the function and construction of a leaf spring with neat
sketch.
[8]

b)

Explain ABS (Antilock Braking System) in detail. Also state its advantages
over hydraulic brake system.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Explain the independent front suspension arrangement with the help of

neat sketch. State advantages of it.
[10]
Explain with neat sketch the working of hydraulic brakes.

[8]

Sketch and describe the components and operation of a battery used in

automobile.
[8]
Explain with lay out lighting system of any typical car.

[8]

OR
Q10)Write short notes on Any Four:

[16]

a)

Vehicle charging system.

b)

Dash board instruments.

c)

Electronic stability control.

d)

Sensors and actuators.

e)

Preventive maintenance of vehicle.

[4759]-38

Q11)Write short notes on Any Four:

[16]

a)

Seat belts.

b)

Ergonomic consideration for vehicle.

c)

Vehicle performance curve.

d)

Vehicle interior.

e)

Air bags.
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain in details Active safety and Passive safety.

[6]

A passenger car 13348.56 N. The rolling resistance may be assumed as

44.78 N of vehicle weight. The air resistance is given by 0.00018 AV2
where A is frontal area and V is car speed. The frontal area of the vehicle
is 2.324 m2 and car speed is 48.54 km/hr.
[10]
i)

Determine the power required to propel the vehicle on level road.

ii)

If the tractive effort available at the wheel is 1860.27, find the

maximum gradient which the vehicle can climb.

[4759]-38

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3884

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 39
B.E. (Mechanical) (Semester - I)
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Answer to the questions should be written on separate books.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if required.

Q1) a)

Explain why cis used for calculating speed? Show value of geometric
progression. Lies between 1 and 2.
[8]

b)

Discuss the designs features of feed gear box with Norton drive.

[8]

c)

Write a Short note on selection of best Ray diagram.

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

b)
Q3) a)
b)

Design a six-speed gear box for a machine tool having a minimum speed
60rpm, G.P ratio = 1.55, speed of motor =1500 rpm.Draw the best possible
Structural diagram, ray diagram, speed chart and gear layout.
[14]
Discuss the selection of motor for the drive,

[6]

What are the functions of machine tool structures? Show the different
types of cross sections used for machine tool beds and columns. [8]
Discuss bed materials along with required properties.

[7]

OR
Q4) a)

What the design criteria for beds? How these are applied to for welded
and cast beds.
[8]

b)

Why stiffness is important consideration in machine tool structure? How

Stiffness is improved explain with figures.
[7]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

b)

Discuss briefly the merits and demerits of Recirculating power screw in

comparison to conventional lead screw .state its specific field of uses
and application.
[7]
Discuss the design consideration in guideways.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

Estimate the total error in pitch of a lead screw working on sliding friction
and show that it could be expressed as
[10]

P2
11 1+
2 Where
2 D
A - Cross section area, D - Effective diameter, - Efficiency
b)

Write a note on aerostatic slide ways.

[5]

Q7) a)

Describe the various elements of a spindle unit used in a drilling machine

Draw the neat sketch of the arrangement.
[7]

b)

Explain optimum spacing of support in spindle for good rigidity.

[8]
1 = QP / AE Q- Axial load, P-Pitch,
State and explain the functions of machine tool spindle. What are the
desirable Features of spindle units.
[5]

c)

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the design consideration of machine tool spindle.

[8]

b)

Explain different methods for preloading of ball bearing.

[6]

c)

Describe the different types of bearing employed in machine tools. Give

the Importance of each.
[6]

Q9) a)

Explain how electrical breaking system is used for control in machine

tool.
[8]

b)

Compare hydraulic control system with mechanical control system with

Reference to performance, cost, and reliability considerations.
[7]

[4759] - 39

OR
Q10)a)
b)

What do you understand by regenerative chatter in machine tool? State

its causes and effects.
[8]
How vibrations of boring bar are damped.

[7]

Q11)a)

Explain how and where a retrofitting is done in an old lathe machine tool.
[8]

b)

Differentiate stepped and stepless drive and explain Epicyclic stepless

drive.
[7]
OR

Q12)Write a short note on following :

[15]

a)

Layout of machine tool by matrices

b)

Feedback devices used in CNC

c)

For flat disc drive, derive the equation for frictional torque

[4759] - 39

Total No. of Questions : 10]

P1507

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-4
B.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF BRIDGES
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4 from section-I.
2)
Answer Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q. 9 or Q. 10 from section-II.
3)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4)
I.S. 456, I.S. 800, I.S. 1343, IRC-21, IRC 83 and steel tables are allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
6)
Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain the loads considered in the design of highway bridges.

[9]

b)

Classify bridges on the basis of material of construction and forms of

superstructure.
[8]

c)

Explain Pigeauds method for the analysis of slabs.

[8]

OR
Q2) Explain Courbons theory for determining the load carried by
a)

Longitudinal girders.

[9]

b)

Classify I.R.C loadings, explain IRC class AA tracked and wheel loading
with neat sketches.
[8]

c)

Explain various types of bearings used in R.C.C bridges.

[8]

Q3) Design an Interior pannel of R.C.C. T-beam deck slab bridge for two lane
highway with following data.
[25]
a)

Clear width of Roadway = 7.5m

b)

Span of the bridge = 30m

c)

Footpath on either side = 1.2m

d)

Spacing of longitudinal girders = 3.3m c/c

e)

Average thickness of wearing coat = 80 mm

[4759]-4

P.T.O.

f)

Spacing of cross girders = 3.0m c/c

g)

Live load as per IRC class AA tracked vehicle

h)

Material - M 30 and Fe 500

i)

Adopt M1 = 0.055 and M2 = 0.021

OR

Q4) For the R.C. T-beam deck slab bridge given in Que. (3), design the intermediate
post tensioned prestressed girder. Use M 45 grade of concrete and high tension
strands of 7 ply 15.2 mm diameter having an ultimate tensile strength of 1600
N/mm2 use Fe 415 steel for supplementry reinforcement. Consider loss ratio
0.85, sketch the cable profile for the girder.
[25]
SECTION-II
Q5) a)

Classify railway steel bridges according to load carrying capacity and

floor location with their sketches.
[8]

b)

Explain in brief equivalent uniformly distributed load.

[5]

c)

Describe Hudsons formula.

[3]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain in brief, the various types of forces acting on the railway steel
bridges.
[8]

b)

Explain in brief, dynamic effect and impact for the design of railway
truss steel bridges.
[5]

c)

Explain different components of plate girder steel bridge with neat sketch.
[3]

Q7) Design an elastomeric pad bearing for a T-beam deck slab bridge on a national
highway with following data.
[18]
a)

Reaction on bearing - live load of 700 kN and dead load of 300 kN.

b)

Longitudinal frictional force on bearing - 45 kN.

c)

Effective span of girder = 21m.

d)

Estimated rotation at bearing = 0.0025 radians.

e)

Estimated shear strain = 5 104.

f)

Grade of concrete for T-beam and bed block = M 30.

OR

[4759]-4

Q8) The pratt truss through type railway bridge shown in fig (1) has the following
details.
[18]
a)

Weight of stock rail = 0.60 kN/m

b)

Weight of check rail = 0.40 kN/m

c)

Timber steeper of six - 0.25m 0.25m 2.5m @ 0.45 m c/c

d)

Unit weight of timber = 7.5 kN/m3

e)

Spacing of truss = 6.0m c/c

f)

The bridge support a EUDL = 2950 kN

Design the member U3U4 and U3L4

Q9) For the Pratl truss through type railway bridge given in Que (8) design the top
and bottom lateral bracing with the given data. The rails are 800mm above the
C.G. of bottom chord. The chord members are 500 mm deep and 500 mm
wide. The end post are 500 mm deep and 500 mm wide. The web members
are 500 mm deep and 240 mm wide.
[16]
OR
Q10)Design a Rocker bearing for 32m span truss girder railway bridge with following
data.
The reaction due to D.L, L.L, and I.L is 1700 kN. The verticle reaction due to
over turning effect of wind at each end of the girder is 140 kN. The lateral load
due to wind effect at each bearing is 70 kN. The tractive force and breaking
force are 981 kN and 686 kN respectively.
[16]

[4759]-4

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1528

[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759]-40
B.E. (Mechanical)
QUANTITATIVE & DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUE
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (402045 C) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
All the questions are compulsory.
2)
Two separate answer books are used for section-I and section-II.
3)
Figures to right indicate full marks.
4)
Use of non programmable calculator is permitted.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Define and explain scope of Operation Research.

Find the Game Value of following problem.

[6]
[10]

Player B

Player A

B1

B2

B3

B4

A1

16

13

15

A2

20

60

70

A3

12

10

A4

20

50

80

OR
Q2) a)

Explain:

[6]

i)

Minimax and Maximin Principle.

ii)

Dominance Rule.

b)

Explain steps in Decision making.

[4]

c)

Solve following Game problem with Dominance Rule.

[6]

Player B
Player A

B1

B2 B3

A1

12

A2

A3 10 6

2
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Explain Hungarian method of solving assignment problem.

[6]

Five different machines can do any of five required components with

different machining time resulting from each assignment as shown in
table below. Find out minimum machining time possible through optimum
assignment.
[10]
Machine

Component

160

130

175

190

200

135

120

130

160

175

140

110

155

170

185

50

50

80

80

110

55

35

70

80

105

OR
Q4) a)

Explain Least cost method of allocation for transportation problem. [6]

b)

A company has factories at F1, F2 and F3 that supply products to

warehouses at W1, W2 and W3. The weekly production of factories is
200, 160 and 90 units respectively and the weekly demand of warehouses
is 180, 120 and 150 units respectively. The unit shipping costs in rupees
is below.
[10]
W1

W2

W3

F1

16

20

12

F2

14

18

F3

26

24

16

Solve and optimize the solution by suitable method.

Q5) a)

Define following terms of Linear Programming.

i)

Basic Solution.

ii)

Feasible Solution.

iii)

Artificial Variables.

[4759]-40

[6]

b)

Solve LPP by suitable method

[12]

Z = 40x1 + 35x2
subjected to 2x1 + 3x2 60
4x1 + 3x2 96
x1, x2 0
OR
Q6)

Solve following problem by big M method.

[18]

Z = 600x1 + 500x2
subjected to 2x1 + x2 80
x1 + 2x2 60
x1, x2 0
SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain with suitable example Monte-Carlo Simulation.

[6]

A hardware store produces and sells hardware items. Information on the

items is given below.
[10]
Expected Annual Sales = 8000 units
Ordering Cost = Rs. 180 per order
Holding Cost = 10% of the average inventory value
The item can be purchased according following discounted rates with
respect to lot size
Lot Size

Unit price

1-999

Rs. 22.00

1000-1499

Rs. 20.00

1500-1999

Rs. 19.00

2000 & above

Rs. 18.50
OR

[4759]-40

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss any one Inventory control Models.

[4]

A tailor specializes in ladies dresses. The number of customer approaches

the tailor appear to be Poisson distributed with a mean of 6 customers
per hour. The tailor attends the customers on a first come first served
basis and the customers wait if the need be. The tailor can attend the
customers at an average rate of 10 customers per hour with the service
time exponentially distributed. Find[12]
i)

The probability of the number of arrivals from 0 to 5 in 15 minute

interval and 30 minute interval.

ii)

The utilization parameter.

iii)

The probability that the queuing system is idle.

iv)

The average time that the tailor is free on a 10 hour working day.

v)

The probability associated with the number of customers from 0 to

5 are in the queue.

Explain Payback period method of Investment analysis.

[8]

With the following data.

[8]

Fixed Cost = Rs. 40,000/Variable Cost = Rs. 2/unit

Selling Price = Rs. 10/unit
Calculate
i)

Breakeven point in unit and Rs.

ii)

Profit when sales is Rs. = 1,00,000/-

iii)

Sales when it is desirable to earn profit of Rs. 30,000/OR

Q10)a)
b)

Discuss various replacement analysis models.

[8]

A manufacturer have machine A having price 2500/- Its maintenance

cost is Rs. 400/- for first five years and then increase by Rs. 100 further
per year. Scrap value of machine is negligible. Money value is 10% per
year. When the machine should be replaced.
[8]

[4759]-40

Q11)a)

Describe Fulkersons rule used in network analysis and discuss cost

aspects and crashing of network.
[6]

b)

Information on the activities required for a project is as follows. Find

critical pach, TF, FF, IF.
[12]
Activity
NT

1-2 1-3 1-4 2-5 3-5 3-6 3-7 4-6 5-7 6-8 7-8
2

10

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write difference between PERT and CPM.

[6]

A small project is composed of scrap activities whose time estimates are

listed below.
[12]
Activities
I

To

Tm

Tp

15

14

12

30

11

17

15

27

19

28

i)

Draw network diagram

ii)

Calculate the length and variance of the critical path

iii)

What is the approximate probability that the job on critical path will
be completed in 41 days?

[4759]-40

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1529

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 41
B.E. (Mechanical)
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
( 2008 Course) (Semester - II)

[Total No. of Pages :5

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the factors considered for site the selection of a power station.[6]

b)

Discuss the status of power generation by the nonconventional sources

in India. What is the role of government in this sector?
[6]

c)

A power generating unit of 15MW capacity takes the following load [6]
i)

Domestic consumers with maximum demand of 8MW at a load

factor of 25%.

ii)

Cottage industry demand of maximum load of 4MW with a load

factor of 45%.

iii)

Corporation with street light load with maximum demand of 1MW

with 30% load factor.

What is the overall cost of energy per kWh for each type of customers?
The capital cost of the plant is Rs 9000/kW and running cost is Rs
40,000,000 per year. Take annual interest rate and depreciation on capital
cost as 12%.
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

What is carbon credit? Explain with suitable examples.

[6]

b)

Explain the principle of economic scheduling of power plants.

[6]

c)

Find the monthly bill and unit cost for a consumer using the Hopkinon
demand rate with the following data.
[6]
i)

Maximum demand: 14kW

ii)

Energy consumption per month: 2400kWh

iii)

Demand rate: 0-6kW = Rs 200/kW

7-12kW = Rs 160/kW
6-18kW = Rs 140kW

iv)

Energy rates: First 100kWh = Rs 2.0/kWh

101-500 kWh = Rs 1.6/kWh
501-2000kWh = Rs 1.2/kWh
Over 2000 kWh = Rs 1.0/kWh.

What is the lower possible bill for a month and the unit energy cost for
the given energy consumption?

Q3) a)

Explain the merits and demerits of pulverized coal firing.

[4]

b)

How cogeneration is achieved using back pressure turbines and pass

out turbines?
[6]

c)

In a thermal power plant steam is condensed in a surface condenser at

14000 kg/hr and the leakage is 6 kg/hr. The vacuum near the suction
pump is 69cm of Hg and the temperature is 35C. The air and the
condensate are removed by a wet air pump. Find the capacity and the
dimensions of the pump if N = 120 rpm, L/D is 1.2 and the pump is
single acting. Take barometric pressure as 760mm of Hg.
[6]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain processes of the coal beneficiation and coal desulphurization.[6]

b)

What is a dry cooling tower? When it is recommended? What are the

different types of dry cooling tower?
[4]

[4759]-41

c)

In a cogeneration plant steam is generated at 50 bars and 500C and

expanded thro an isentropic turbine to a condenser pressure of 0.05
bars. The heating load is supplied by extracting steam from turbine at 3
bar which is condensed in a process heater to saturated liquid at 3 bar
and then pumped back to boiler. The power load on the sytem is 6MW
and the heating load is 1.2MW. Show the process on TS diagram and
find
[6]
i)

steam generation capacity of boiler in TPH

ii)

heat transfer to water in the boiler in kW

iii)

rate of cooling water flow across the condenser if the temperature

rise of the water is 5C. Neglect the pump work.

Q5) a)

With a suitable diagram explain the schematic layout of a hydro power

plant.
[5]

b)

Discuss the performance characteristics of a gas turbine power plant.[5]

c)

Compare the steam, hydro and gas power plant on the basis of site,
initial cost, fuel cost, maintenance cost, cooling water requirement. [6]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Explain the following terms

i)

Hydrograph

ii)

Spillways

iii)

Surge tank

iv)

Draft tubes

v)

Pumped storage plant

vi)

Specific speed.

[6]

What is free piston engine? Discuss the relative merits and demerits. [4]

[4759]-41

c)

In an open cycle gas turbine power plant compressor is driven by the

high pressure turbine. Power is produced by low pressure turbine. The
exhaust gases are passed through the regenerator. Using the following
data determine the air flow rate for 2MW power produced and thermal
efficiency of the plant.
[6]
Data:
i)

isentropic efficiency of compressor and turbines: 88%

ii)

Compressor inlet conditions: 27C and 1 bar

iii)

Pressure ratio:7

iv)

Regenerator effectiveness: 0.8

v)

Maximum temperature in the cycle: 900C

Assume air flow rate to be equal to the gas flow rate, specific heat for air
and gases as 1.005 and 1.128kJ/kgK, for air and gases as 1.4 and 1.34
respectively.

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Draw a neat diagram of CANDU type of reactor and give its advantages
and disadvantages over other types of reactors.
[8]
Draw a typical layout of Diesel Power Station and Explain.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

What different Moderators are used in practice? What different properties

make them as suitable Moderators?
[8]

b)

Why the starting of Diesel Plant is more difficult? What different methods
are used for starting Diesel Engine? Which method is common and why?
[8]

Q9) a)

What is the function of bus bar? Draw different types of Bus bar
arrangements and discuss the relative merits and Demerits.
[8]

[4759]-41

b)

Explain single basin and double basin tidal power plant with neat diagrams.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

What are different types of switch gear installations? Discuss their relative
merits and demerits.
[8]

b)

Explain the working of a fuel cell and list out its advantages over other
nonconventional systems of power generation.
[8]

Q11)a)

What are the different methods presently adopted in the world to reduce
the harmful Greenhouse Effect?
[9]

b)

Explain the different methods adopted to control Nuclear Pollution. [9]

OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write short notes on the following points:

i)

Acid rain

ii)

Thermal Pollution

iii)

SMOG

[9]

What are different methods used to control SO2 in the flue gases? Explain
any two.
[9]

R R R

[4759]-41

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1530

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 42
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - II)

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Using neat sketches where required, describe and derive the expressions
for the principal stresses in a thin cylindrical pressure vessel with no
joints subjected to internal pressure and explain which among them will
be the design criterion for determining wall thickness.
[8]

b)

Determine the inside diameter of shell and the crown radius of the
torispherical heads if the thickness of the shell and the torispherical heads
of a cylindrical pressure vessel are 12mm and 16mm respectively. The
vessel operating at 2.0 MPa pressure is entirely made of 270N/mm2 yield
strength material with weld joint efficiency 0.7 and corrosion allowance
of 2mm.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)

Using neat sketches where required, describe and derive the expressions
for the principal stresses in a thick cylindrical pressure vessel with no
joints subjected to internal pressure.
[8]

b)

The maximum tensile stress induced in a pressure cylinder consisting of

an inner cylinder of 300mm ID and 400mm OD is 100N/mm2. The vessel
is jacketed by outer cylinder of 500mm OD. Calculate the shrinkage
pressure and the difference between the inner cylinder OD and the jacket
ID before assembly assuming E = 210kN/mm2.
[10]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Explain with neat sketches procedure for design of center crankshaft at

top dead center position.
[6]

b)

Design an exhaust valve for a horizontal diesel engine using following

data:
[10]
Cylinder bore = 350mm
Length of stroke = 400 mm
Engine speed = 600 rpm
Maximum gas pressure = 4.0 N/mm2
Seat Angle = 45
Mean velocity of gas through port (vp) = 50 m/s
For steel valve, k = 0.42,

= 50 N/mm2

Determine:
i)

Diameter of valve port

ii)

Diameter of valve head

iii)

Thickness of valve head

iv)

Diameter of valve stem

v)

Maximum lift of valve

OR

Q4) Following data is given for a single cylinder four stroke diesel engine:
Cylinder bore = 100mm
Length of stroke = 125 mm
Speed = 2000 rpm
Brake mean effective pressure = 0.65MPa
Maximum gas pressure = 5 MPa
[4759]-42

[16]

Fuel consumption = 0.25 kg per BP per h

Higher calorific value of fuel = 42,000 kJ/kg
Assume that piston transmits 5% of total heat developed in cylinder. Permissible
stress of piston material is 37.5 N/mm2 (k = 46.6 W/m/C). Temperature
difference between center and the edge of piston head is 220C.
i)

Calculate thickness of piston head by strength consideration

ii)

Calculate thickness of piston head by thermal consideration

iii)

Decide on the criteria that decides piston head thickness

iv)

Decide if ribs are required

v)

If yes, calculate number and thickness of piston ribs

vi)

Decide whether a cup is required at the top of piston head

vii) If yes, calculate radius of cup.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Johnsons method of optimum design in detail.

[6]

An exhaust valve mechanism helical coiled spring is initially compressed

with a preload of 500N and the valve lift is 40mm. Design the spring with
modulus of rigidity 90GPa and Wahls shear stress factor as 1.14 such
that the torsional shear stress in spring will not exceed 700 MPa. The
spring would weigh minimum with the condition Pmax = 2Pmin and have
the outside diameter fixed at 60mm when optimized.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Explain methodologies of optimum and adequate Design in detail with

suitable examples.
[6]

b)

Design a tensile bar of 200 mm length to carry 5 kN tensile load that

would cost the least among the following candidate materials:
[10]
Material

Density

Cost

S yt

(kg/m3)

(Rs/N weight)

(MPa)

Steel

7500

16

130

Al alloy

3000

32

50

Ti alloy

4800

480

90

Mg alloy

2100

32

20

[4759]-42

SECTION- II
Q7) a)
b)

Describe design considerations in controls using neat sketches.

[8]

Two components A and B are assembled with the overall dimension

40 0.9mm as shown in Fig-1. Specify dimensions for component B if
the overall dimension as well as individual component dimensions are
normally distributed and natural tolerances are equal to design tolerances.
[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Describe the design principles in welding using neat sketches.

The diameters in a sample of 100 bolts are normally distributed with

10.5mm mean and 0.02 mm standard deviation. Determine the specified
tolerances if the process is centered and only 95 bolts are accepted.
Draw a neat figure and use Area under the normal curve from 0 to Z as,
[8]
0

1.9

[8]

0.4713 0.4719 0.4726 0.4732 0.4738 0.4744 0.4750 0.4756 0.4761 0.4767

Q9) a)

Organize in a tabulated form comparison between different gear box

design progressions.
[5]

b)

Describe the basic considerations in design of drives.

c)

Draw the structure diagram and gear box arrangement for following
equations of a six speed gear box:
[6]
i)

z = 2(1) 3(2),

ii)

z = 2(3) 3(1),

iii)

z = 3(1) 2(3),

iv)

z = 3(2) 2(1).
OR

[4759]-42

[5]

Q10)A two stage, nine speed gear box is connected to a motor running at 720 rpm
through a belt drive. The gear box is to have a minimum speed of 31.5 rpm
and a maximum speed of 500 rpm. Using standard spindle speeds,
[16]
a)

Draw the structure and speed diagram

b)

Draw the gear box layout

c)

Determine the number of teeth on each gear

d)

Draw percentage deviation diagram and check if design is within

permissible limits.

e)

Select diameter of pulleys for belt drive based on R20 series with diameter
beginning from 80mm.

Q11)a)

Describe in detail belt conveyers and their types using neat sketches.[6]

b)

Describe in detail using neat sketches loading and unloading methods in

conveyer systems.
[6]

c)

A horizontal belt conveyor transports material of mass density 1200 kg/m3.

The surcharge factor for the flat belt drive is 0.16 and the belt width is
650mm. Determine the capacity of the conveyor if the belt speed is
1.75m/s and the effective width b(in meters) of the material carried by
the belt safely is given by the equation: b = 0.9B 0.05; where B is the
belt width in meters.
[6]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain the basic principles in selection of material handling equipment.[5]

b)

Describe different types of idlers and their characteristics using neat

sketches.
[5]

c)

Design a belt conveyor to carry material at the rate of 30103 kg/hr with
the following details. Bulk density of material is 800kg/m3, angle of bulk
material surcharge is 15, belt speed is 10 km/hr, belt has 4 plies, material
factor k1 for plies is 2.0, belt tension and arc of contact factor k2 is 63.
Determine:
[8]
i)

Suitable belt width

ii)

Drive pulley diameter and length

R R R
[4759]-42

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1531

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 43
B.E. (Mechanical/Sandwich)
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(Semester - II) (2008 Pattern) (402049)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, Mollier charts, electronic calculator is allowed.
6) Your answer will be valued as a whole.
7) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Derive mass conservation equation using any flow model.

[12]

Explain how numbers of equations (of the flow field variables) to the no.
of unknowns to solve Navier-Stokes equations are not sufficient. Justify
your approach to resolve this.
[4]
OR

Q2) a)

Give examples of industrial manufacturing and gas turbine industry

analyses using CFD concepts for application development.
[8]

b)

Mention the significance of two types of forces to derive the momentum

equation.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

u
u
and
over a grid having running
x
y
index i, j in X and Y direction respectively.
[10]
Derive finite difference quotient for

Given the function f (x) = 0.25 X2; find the first derivative of f at x = 2;
using forward and backward differencing of order (x ). Use a step size
of x = 0.1

[8]
OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Derive the first derivative and second derivative of the temperature by

finite difference representation of a heat transfer considering general
internal node.
[10]

b)

Differentiate two properties of partial differential equations: elliptic,

hyperbolic, parabolic.
[8]

Q5) a)

b)

Differentiate grid:

[6]

i)

Structured vs Unstructured

ii)

C and H type grid

A large plate of thickness L = 4cm and thermal conductivity k = 28 W/m

C in which heat is generated uniformly at a constant rate of 5000 kW/
cu.m. One side of the plate is maintained at zero degree centigrade by
iced water while other side is subjected to convection to an environment
at T = 30 C with a heat transfer co-efficient of h = 45 W/sq.m. C. as
shown in the figure 1. Consider 3 equally spaced nodes, two at boundaries
and one in the middle. Calculate the nodal steady state temperature of
the plate by finite difference method.
[10]

Figure : 1 Q.5(b)
OR
Q6) a)

Classify & Derive differential equation of the 1D heat transfer by

conduction.
[6]

b)

Calculate the temperature at points 1, 2, 3 and 4 using numerical method.

Figure Q.6(b)
Consider the square plate having thermal constants h = 10 W/sq.m. C
and k = 10 W/m. The left face is maintained at 100C and the top face at
700C, while the right face at 400C and the bottom face at 500C. [10]
[4759]-43
2

SECTION - II
Q7) For a long thin aluminium rod, 10 cm long having values k' = 0.49 cal/sec. cm.
C. Take equal node distance of 2 cm and time step of 0.1 sec. At time instant
zero, the temperature of the rod is zero, and boundary conditions are fixed
for all times at T(0) = 100C and T(10) = 50C. Note that the material properties
are C = 0.2174 cal/g. C and density = 2.7g/cc., Note k = k' / ( (t )C );
and = k [(t )] / (x ) find nodal temperatures for two time steps 0.1 sec
and 0.2 sec using explicit finite difference method.
[18]
OR
Q8) a) Distinguish the explicit and implicit finite difference approach.
[10]
b) How does time step affect stability, explain with suitable example. [8]
2

Q9) Describe the following types of grids:

a) Structured and unstructured.
b) Staggered and unstaggered grid.
c) Boundary fitted grid.
d) C type and H type.
OR
Q10)a)
b)

[16]

List all the steps of SIMPLE algorithm.

[8]
State the boundary conditions applied in the pressure correction
method.
[8]

Q11)a)

List various computer graphic techniques used in CFD and describe

two in detail.
[8]
b) Justify the need of Pressure correction method.
[8]
OR
Q12)Write short notes on any two:
[16]
a) Lax wendroff method.
b) MacCormack method.
c) Crank Nicholson technique.
d) Grid independence truncation error.

E
[4759]-43

E
3

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1532

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 44
B.E. (Mechanical)
FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (402049) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain in details difference between Finite Element Method and Finite

Difference Method.
[8]

b)

Explain the principal of Minimum potential energy used in deriving element

stiffness matrix and equations.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain the following terms: (any two)

i)

Elimination approach

ii)

Penalty Approach

iii)

Rayleigh-Ritz Method

iv)

Von-Mises stress

[8]

b)

Describe in details the concept of Choleskys decomposition, the banded

skyline solutions to solve simultaneous equations.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain assembly of global stiffness matrix for the banded and skyline
solutions.
[6]

b)

A two member truss is as shown in fig. the cross sectional area of each
member is 200 mm2 and modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa. Determine the
deflection, reactions and stresses in each of the members. Explain. [12]
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

OR
Explain solution of 2-Dimensional problems using Constant Strain
Triangle (CST).
[6]
Find the stresses and reaction at the support by modeling following
system in two finite elements. Assume Modulus of Elasticity (E) = 210 GPA.
[12]

[4759]-44

Q5) Evaluate using 2 point Gaussians quadrature method.

[16]

I = x2 +
dx
1 + x
1

a)

I = x + cos dx
2
1

b)

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Q7) a)
b)

Differentiate between higher order elements and refined mesh.

[8]

Explain following terms:

[8]

i)

Isoparametric elements

ii)

Subparametric elements

iii)

Superparametric elements

iv)

Patch test

SECTION - II
Explain various steps involved in solution of 1D heat transfer problem
using Finite Element Method.
[8]
A composite wall consists of three materials as shown in fig. The outer
temperature is To = 20 C. Convection heat transfer takes place from
inner surface of the wall with T = 800 C and h = 25 W/m2 C. Determine
the temperature distribution in the wall.
[10]

OR
[4759]-44

Q8) A circular fin of 40mm diameter (d) is fixed to a base maintained at 50 C(T0)
as shown in fig. the film is insulated on the surface except end face which is
exposed to air at 25 C. The length of the pin is 1000mm (L), the fin is made
of metal with thermal conductivity of 37W/mK. If the convection heat
coefficient with air is 15 W/m2K. Find the temperature distribution at 250,
500, 750 and 1000mm from base.
[18]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain lumped mass matrix and consistent mass matrix with suitable
example.
[6]
Find un-damped natural frequencies of longitudinal vibration of the stepped
bar as shown fig. using consistent mass matrix.
[10]

Assume Modulus of Elasticity E = 210 GPa and Density ( ) = 7800 kg/m3

OR
Q10)Determine the eigen values and natural frequencies of a system whose stiffness
and mass matrices are given as below:
[16]
[K]=

2AE 3 1
L 1 1

[M]=

AE 6 1
12 1 2

Assume L = 250 mm, A = 200 mm2, E = 210 GPa and = 7800 kg/m3.
[4759]-44

Q11)a)

Explain process of mesh generation. Comment on free meshing and

mapped meshing.
[8]
b) Write various steps involved to solve 1D heat transfer problem using
Finite Element Method.
[8]
OR
Q12)Write short notes on (any four):
[16]
a) FEA packages.
b) Quality checks in meshing.
c) Modal analysis.
d) Equation solvers in FEA.
e) Boundary conditions.
f) Equation assembly.

[4759]-44

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1533

SEAT No. :

[4759] - 45
B.E. (Mechanical)
ROBOTICS

[Total No. of Pages :4

(2008 Course) (402049C) (Part - II) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
c)

Q2) a)
b)

c)
Q3) a)

SECTION - I
What are various types of reference frames attached to a robotic structure?
Explain with example.
[4]
Define a robot and with a neat sketch explain anatomy of robot.
[6]
Define repeatability, resolution and accuracy.
[6]
OR
Enumerate the factors that contribute to the limitation of spatial
resolution.
[4]
A Cartesian robot has a slide with a total range of 1.2m and it is desired
that it will have a control resolution of 0.46 cm on this axis. Determine
the bit storage capacity which the control memory must possess to
accommodate this level of precision.
[6]
Explain cost effectiveness of using robots in industries with an
illustration.
[6]
The mechanical gripper uses friction to grasp a part weighing 25N. The
co-efficient of friction between the part and the gripper pad is 0.3. The
gripper is accelerating down with a acceleration of 9.81m/s2. The diameter
of piston of pneumatic cylinder is 65 mm. Assume factor of safety as
1.5 and lengths L1, L2, L3 and L4 as 60mm, 40mm, 15mm and 45mm
respectively. Calculate:
[8]
i) The gripping force to retain the part,
ii) Actuation force required to achieve this gripping force.
P.T.O.

b)
c)

Q4) a)
b)
c)

Discuss desirable engineering features of sensors and transducers. [4]

What are various important parameters considered for selecting a
sensor?
[6]
OR
Discuss in detail comparison between absolute and incremental
coding.
[6]
Derive with usual notations, the expression for force exerted by the
mechanical grippers in robotics.
[6]
Explain characteristics and uses of vacuum grippers.
[6]

Q5) a)

Compare three basic types of drives enlisting their merits and

demerits.
[6]

b)

Explain with schematic diagram operating principle of a stepper motor

used in robotics.
[6]

c)

What are the assumptions made in designing control of a single joint in

robots?
[4]
OR

Q6) a)

Write and explain general block diagram of robot control system.

[4]

b)

Write short note on: Control law of partitioning.

[6]

c)

What are general considerations in trajectory planning?

[6]

[4759]-45

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Write a short note on:

[10]

i)

Direct and inverse kinematics.

ii)

D-H Convention.

A single axis robot with a fixed base and a mobile link is as shown in fig.
Suppose the mobile frame has a point Pm given by (2, 2, 8)T. Find the
coordinates of the point Pf with respect to base frame when 1 = 180
and 2 = 0.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

The coordinate of a point Pabc = (5, 4, 3)T in the body coordinate

frame OABC is rotated 300 about OZ-axis. Determine the coordinates
of the vector Pxyz with respect to base reference coordinate frame. [6]

b)

Discuss Lagrange-Euler formulations for a robotic manipulator.

c)

Explain the use of inverse transformation matrix in robotic application.[6]

Q9) a)

Write a note on: (Any two)

[8]

i)

Object recognition technique

ii)

Image acquisition

iii)

Image processing techniques

[4759]-45

[6]

b)

Discuss the programming methods used in robots mentioning their

specific field of application.
[4]

c)

What are the image devices used in robot lighting techniques?

[4]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

What are key stages in image processing? Explain any one in brief. [4]
Write a short notes on:
i)

Motion interpolation

ii)

Branching capabilities

[8]

c)

With the help of block diagram, explain the functions of a robotic vision
system and devices used in the same.
[4]

Q11)a)

What is Artificial intelligence? What are the characteristics of

AI systems?
[6]

b)

What are the advantages of simulation? Explain in brief.

[4]

c)

Briefly discuss the practical application domains where robotic

technology is most likely to be used in future?
[6]
OR

Q12)a)

What are various components of Artificial intelligence?

[6]

b)

Discuss in detail the main challenges for the future of intelligent

robotics.
[6]

c)

What are the disadvantages of simulation? Explain in brief.

[4759]-45

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1534

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 46
B.E. (Mechanical)
ADVANCED AIR-CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION
(Elective - III) (2008 Pattern) (402049) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from each section.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3) Draw Diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)

b)

SECTION - I
Explain vortex tube transcritical refrigeration cycle.
[8]
What is dry ice? Explain with schematic diagram ammonia - CO2 cascade
refrigeration cycle.
[10]
OR
Write a short note on Secondary Refrigerant.
[6]
Write a short note on:
[12]
i) Vapor defrosting
ii) HP/LP receivers
iii) reverse cycle defrosting
Explain the principle of operation of cooling tower with psychometric
chart.
[6]
Explain the procedure of estimating length and pressure drop of capillary
tube.
[10]
OR
Design a condenser for a 150kW refrigeration system using R-717. The
condenser temperature is 313K and the condensate is subcooled by
10K. Enthalpies at the beginning & end of compression are 1320 kJ/kg
and 1530 kJ/kg. The refrigerant flow rate is 0.1 kg/s. The economic
water velocity is 1.5 m/s and is related with the overall HTC (on outer dia).
1/U = 0.13 + 0.5/V0.8. (kW/m2K).
Pipe diameters are di = 15 mm and do = 20mm and pipe lengths not to
exceed 3000mm. The water temperature rise is 5 K with inlet temperature
303 K. Obtain the number of tubes & passes.
[10]
Discuss the types of compressors with applications.
[6]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Describe the methods of controlling IAQ. List the pollutants &

contaminants present in the air with source.
[8]
Discuss various types of following:
i)

Float switches

ii)

safety valves

iii)

level controller.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Discuss the main characteristics of filter.

[8]

Explain the construction working of externally compensated regulating

valve.
[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

A 25 cm brick wall with plaster on both sides exposed to the periodic

temperature and incident radiant variation on an hourly basis between
7am and 6pm is given in the table. Determine the aveage and peak load
on the air conditioner maintaining the room at 23C per unit area of the
wall. Also determine the heat gain at 5 pm and time of peak load. Use
time lag & decrement method.
[12]
Absorptivity of surface, a = 0.8
Thermal conductivity of plaster, k = 0.14 W/mK
Thickness of plaster material = 3 mm
Thermal conductivity, k = 1.5 W/mK
Outside wall coefficient, ho = 23 W/m2K
Inside wall coefficient, hi = 7 W/m2K
Average sol-air temperature (Tem) = 44.14C
Time lag = 5hrs; Decrement factor = 0.455

[4759]-46

Time

10

11

12

am am am am am noon pm pm pm pm pm pm
To(C)
I

29

31.5 33.5 35.5 37

38.5 39.5 40.5 41.5 39.5 39

38

186 390 640 814 954 1000960 825 645 385 190 47

(W/m2)
b)

Q8) a)

b)
c)

Q9) a)
b)
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)
Q12)a)
b)

[4759]-46

Discuss inside design conditions of followings;

[6]
i) Cold storage.
ii) Industrial air conditioning.
iii) Comfort air conditioning.
OR
Write a short note on:
[6]
i) Sol-air temperature
ii) Air Spaces
Explain the purpose and scope of ECBC.
[6]
State the conditions for calculating ETD and also state the corrections
applied for calculating ETD.
[6]
Discuss the HVAC design criteria for IT centres.
[8]
Draw and explain liquid-to-liquid heat pump circuit.
[8]
OR
What is clean room? How do clean rooms HVAC different from a normal
comfort air conditioned space.
[8]
Draw and explain air-to-air heat pump circuits: -Fixed refrigerant circuit.[8]
List out the limitations of VCS for the production of low temperatures.[6]
Discuss various applications of cryogenics.
[10]
OR
Discuss specific types of insulations used for low temperature
applications?
[6]
1 kg of air at 30C and 1 bar compressed isothermally to 20 MPa in a
compressor in a Linde cycle. The make-up nitrogen is supplied to the
system at 30C and 1 bar. Determine the yield of liquid and temperature
of air before throttling. Draw the schematic diagram with T-s and p-h
diagram. Use p-h chart of nitrogen.
[10]

E
[4759]-46

E
4

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1535

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-47
B.E. (Mechanical)
INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENTS
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV) (402050 A)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers 3 questions from section-I and 3 questions from section-II.
2)
Answers to two sections should be written in separate answer-books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Your answers will be valued as whole.
6)
Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
7)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

What is the difference between longitudinally finned inner tube heat

exchanger and multi tube hairpin heat exchanger. Illustrate the difference
by Diagrams.
[9]

b)

Explain with the diagrams the arrangements of double pipe heat

exchangers when they are arranged in series and in parallel.
[9]
OR

Q2) In a shell - and - tube feed water heater, cold water at 15C flowing at the rate
of 180 kg/h is preheated to 90C by flue gases from 150C flowing at the rate
of 900 kg/h. The water flows inside the copper tubes (di = 25mm, Do =
32mm) having thermal conductivity kW = 381 W/m K. The heat transfer
coefficients on gas and water sides are 120 and 1200 W/m2K. respectively.
The fouling factor on the water side is 0.002m2 K/W. Determine the flue gas
outlet temperature, the overall heat transfer coefficient based on the outside
tube diameter, and the true mean temperature difference for heat transfer.
Consider specific heats Cp for flue gases and water as 1.05 and 4.19 J/G.K.
respectively and the total tube outside surface area as 5 m2. There are no fins
inside or outside the tubes and there is no fouling on the gas side.
[18]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Explain the major parts of a shell and tube heat exchanger with a neat
diagram.
[8]

b)

Explain the detail steps in Kerns method for finding the shell side heat
transfer coefficient and pressure drop.
[8]
OR

Q4) Explain in details the shell side pressure drop calculations computed with
Bell-Delaware method. Provide diagrams to show the difference between
entrance, internal and window drops.
[16]
Q5) a)
b)

What are the characteristics of compact heat exchangers.

[8]

What are the salient features of plate fin heat exchanger (PFHE)?

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What are different forms of individually finned tubes?

[8]

Brazed aluminum PFHE are an obvious choice for cryogenic

applications - comment.
[8]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Define and describe direct contact type condenser.

[5]

b)

Explain Horizontal in tube condenser with figure.

[5]

c)

What is Evaporative condenser? Explain with figure.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain vertical shell side condenser.

[5]

b)

What is impingement plate? Why it is used? Explain one example with

figure.
[5]

c)

Draw sketch and explain in brief Spiral condenser.

[6]

Q9) a)

Explain Direct-contact or Open Evaporative cooling tower in brief. [8]

b)

How cooling tower is to be maintained in good working condition. [8]

OR

[4759]-47

Q10)a)

The cooling used in a power plant consists of 10 big fans. The quantity
of cooling water circulated through tower is 100Kg per minute and it is
cooled from 35C to 30C. The atmosphere conditions are 35C DBT
and 25C WBT. The air leaves tower at 30C and 90% RH. Find capacity
of each fan in cubic meter per minute.
[8]

b)

Enlist factors to be considered during selection of pump for cooling

tower.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain with the help of neat sketch the construction and working of
Heat pipe.
[10]

b)

Write a short note on:

[8]

i)

Working fluids used in heat pipes.

ii)

Wick structure used in heat pipes.

OR

Q12)a)

State advantages of forced electronic cooling.

[6]

b)

Explain liquid cooled PCB. State its advantages and disadvantages. [6]

c)

State use of different materials for better cooling in cabinets.

[4759]-47

[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1536

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-48
B.E. (Mechanical)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Elective-IV) (402050 (B))

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data if necessary.
6)
Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Define MIS. Explain various characteristics of MIS in details.

[8]

Information is blood and MIS is heart of any business activity. Explain

MIS with the same.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain Decision Support system and its essential characteristics in details.

[8]

b)

What is an organization? Explain the basic model of an organization

structure.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

What is Decision? Explain in details behavioral decision making.

[8]

Explain factors, configuration and components in GDSS.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain Herbert Simon model of decision making.

[8]

Explain spiral SDLC model.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Draw a E-R diagram for an Educational Institute. Consider the following

entities and their attributes.
[6]
i)

Student.

ii)

Class.

iii)

Files.

iv)

Professor.

b)

Write a note on data mining.

[6]

c)

Explain ESS with architecture.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)

What are the components of DBMS? Explain Distributed DBMS.

[6]

b)

Explain classical, Administrative model in Decision making models. [6]

c)

Explain DFD for on line examination system of engineering students.

[6]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Write a short note on Quality management in software organization. [4]

b)

Write a short note on modern software design techniques.

c)

What are software standards?

[10]
[2]

OR
Q8) a)

What is software matrix? Explain software models in short.

[4]

b)

Write a note on object oriented design of UML.

c)

What is software verification?

[2]

Describe different tools of security management.

[8]

Write a short note on:

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

i)

Software review.

ii)

Software piracy.
OR

[4759]-48

[10]

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain briefly Black box testing and white box testing.

Write a short note on:

[10]
[6]

i)

Software standards.

ii)

Inspection in software.

Explain MIS with material and marketing management.

Write applications of MIS in financial management.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q12)Write short note on:

[18]

a)

360 degree feedback.

b)

E-Enterprise management.

c)

MIS in supply chain management.

[4759]-48

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3684

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 49
B.E. (Mechanical)
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Elective - IV(C)) (Semester -II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections must be written on separate answer sheets.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary and mention it.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

State and explain the quality and reliability assurance rules. (Any 4). [8]

b)

Define MTTF and MTBF. In the life-testing of 100 specimens of a

particular device, the number of failures during each time interval of 25
hours is shown in following table. Estimate the MTTF for these specimens.
[8]
Time Interval Hours

Number of failures during interval

T 1000

1000 < T 1025

15

1025 < T 1050

50

1050 < T 1075

20

1075 < T 1100

15
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)

b)

Gear pumps of 500 numbers were tested and the failure data obtained is
tabulated as given below. Find the failure density and hazard rate. [10]
Time Interval

0-10

10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

No. of components
failed

123

67

85

25

20

Explain safety, Failure rate and product liability with example.

[6]

Q3) a)

Calculate the reliability of the system shown in Fig.1 using conditional

probability method.
[8]

b)

What is redundancy? Explain how the element redundancy is superior to

unit redundancy with an example.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Name the different distributions and explain their selection criteria. [8]

b)

Find the system reliability for the configuration of the system given below.
[8]
N

[4759]-49

Q5) a)

A system consisting of 6 sub-systems has a reliability goal of 0.98 for

period of 20 hours operation.Compute the minimum acceptable failure
rate, allocated reliability goal for each sub-system using AGREE method
of allocation and system reliability.
[10]
Sub-system

b)

Number of modules Operating Time

Importance Factor

35

20

1.0

70

18

0.98

45

20

1.0

55

16

0.95

40

14

0.93

80

20

1.0

Explain Minimum Effort method with the help of an example.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)

A system reliability requirement is 0.96 and has mission time of 40 hrs. It

has four subsystems with failure rates of 0.004, 0.002, 0.003 and 0.006
respectively. Find the reliability of each subsystem to achieve the required
system reliability. Use ARINC apportionment technique.
[10]

b)

Explain the need of reliability allocation. Discuss the equal apportionment

technique with its advantages and limitations.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

A machine is to be designed for an operating time of 500 hours and

reliability of 0.95. The inherent availability value for the operating period
has to be 0.98. Estimate mean time between failure & mean time to
repair. If the reliability requirement increases to 0.98 and MTTR remains
same, what will be the changes in estimated values of MTBF and Inherent
availability?
[8]
Define and explain reliability, availability and maintainability.
OR

[4759]-49

[8]

Q8) a)
b)

Discuss about preventive & breakdown maintenance. State advantages

and limitations of each type.
[6]
For the particular system the following data is collected at a plant:

[6]

Mean time between failure: 86 hrs

Mean time to repair: 32 hrs
Administrative logistics time: 118% of MTTR
Calculate operational & inherent availability of the plant.
c)

Define and explain MTBF and MTTR.

[4]

Q9) a)

For the given block diagram construct Fault Tree Diagram & using that
find out the reliability of the system. If reliabilities of B and D are changed
to 0.9, what will be the new reliability of the system? Write the minimal
cut sets.
[9]

b)

Explain the steps involved in carrying out FMECA with an example.

Explain the significance of RPN.
[9]
OR

Q10)a)

A special purpose machine is represented by the block diagram as shown

below. Construct a fault tree diagram for the system and calculate the
reliability of the system.
[10]

b)

Explain minimal tie set & minimal cut set method for finding reliability
with an example and compare results.
[8]

[4759]-49

Q11)a)

State and explain in brief the different methods for reliability testing. [6]

b)

A welded component has the mean strength & standard deviation of

460N/mm2 & 35 N/mm2 respectively. The stress induced in the component
because of applied load has a mean value of 400N/mm2 with standard
deviation 12N/mm2. Assuming that shear strength & the induced stresses
are independent & normally distributed, find out the probability of survival
of the component. If the applied load increases to 415N/mm2 with increase
in standard deviation to 13N/mm2, discuss its effect on probability of
survival of the component. Refer the statistical data given below. [10]

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

(z )

0.8849

0.9032

0.9192

0.9331

0.9452

0.9550

0.9640

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write a note on HASS.

[6]

The following data refers to a certain test of equipment

[10]

Failure No.

Mean time

34

21

16

43

29

38

25

65

to failure
(hrs.)
Find out the reliability of the equipment by
i)

Mean Method &

ii)

Median Method & compare the two by plotting.

R R R

[4759]-49

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1508

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 6

[4759]-5
B.E. (Civil)
SYSTEM APPROACH IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Elective-I) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Use Graphical method to solve following LP Problem

[6]

Minimize Z = 3x1 + 2x2

Subject to constraints 5x1 + x2 10
x1 + x2 6
x1 + 4x2 12
x1, x2 0
b)

Use Two Phase method to solve following LP Problem

[12]

Minimize Z = x1 + x2
Subject to constraints 2x1 + x2 4
x1 + 7x2 7
x1, x2 0
OR
[4759]-5

P.T.O.

Q2) a)

Use Big-M method to solve the following LP Problem

[12]

Minimize Z = 5x1 + 3x2

Subject to constraints 2x1 + 4x2 12
2x1 + 2x2 = 6
5x1 + 2x2 10
x1, x2 0
b)

Q3) a)

Explain in brief various models used in System Approach?

[6]

A company has factories at F1, F2, F3 which supply to warehouses at

W1, W2, W3. Weekly factory capacities are 200, 160 & 90 units resp.
Weekly warehouse requirement are 180, 120 & 150 units resp. Unit
shipping cost are as follows:
[12]
Warehouse

Factory

W1

W2

W3

Supply

F1

16

20

12

200

F2

14

18

160

F3

26

24

16

90

Demand

180

120

150

450

Determine the optimal distribution for this company to minimize total

shipping cost? (Use Modis Method)
b)

Explain procedure in detail Hungarian method to solve assignment

problem.
[4]
OR

[4759]-5

Q4) a)

Six wagons A, B, C, D, E & F are available at six stations S1, S2, S3, S4,
S5, S6. Mileages between various stations are given below:
[12]
Station
Wagon

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

30

33

28

20

26

30

60

30

27

26

25

21

70

40

50

65

18

17

16

17

20

30

110

19

28

29

38

27

70

80

19

20

30

40

50

65

How should the wagons be transported so as to minimize the total mileage

covered?
b)

What do you mean by assignment model? Write down its applications.

[4]

Q5) a)

It is proposed to develop Hydropower by building dams across 3 possible

river Sites. Total financial available is 8 Money units. The return functions
for each of Possible investment are given below. The available resource
is to be allocated Optimally to these developments. Using DP determine
maximum return and give Allocation to various sites.
[12]

b)

[4759]-5

Resource
allocated

Return from site

2

12

14

30

75

55

50

91

70

70

98

80

75

What is dynamic programming? State Bellmans Principal of optimality?

[4]
OR
3

Q6) a)

Give procedure adopted in analysis of Dynamic Programming Problems.

[4]

b)

A Project Management Consultant has offers From 3 different clients for

his services, each client is willing to employ a consultant for as many
days as he is prepared to give for the fees shown in following table. How
many days should the consultant devote to each client to maximize his
income per week if the consultant works for 5 days a week.
[12]
Clients
No. of days

Client-1

Client-2

Client-3

1.25

1.5

2.5

2.5

3.75

5.25

5.5

6.25

6.5

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Using Lagranges Multiplier Method solve

Minimize f ( x) =

[9]

18
x1 x2

Subject to x12 + x22 = 9

b)

Using Newtons Modified method

minimize f ( x) = 2 x12 + 2 x1 x2 + 2 x22 4 x1 6 x2
0

0
Taking x = 0

OR

[4759]-5

[9]

Q8) a)

Using steepest gradient method solve

[9]

Minimize Z = (x1 x2)2 + 2(x2 1)2

2

0
Starting x = 1

b)

Using Fibonnaci method solve

Minimize Z = x3 108x in the range (0, 10) with an accuracy 0.1%. [9]

Q9) a)
b)

Write a short note on - Queuing Model.

[4]

Solve the following sequencing problem involving 3 machine n-jobs &

no passing, to obtain the sequence of jobs to be processed so as to
minimize the total time lapsed. Determine the total elapsed time and idle
hours of machines, if any. Tabulate results indicating schedule of
processing of all job.
[12]
Time in Hours
Jobs

Machine A Machine B Machine C

11

12

10

16

10

12

11

OR
Q10)a)

A sample of 200 arrivals of customers in Supermarket is according to

the following distribution
[12]
Time
between
arrivals in
Min
Frequency

[4759]-5

0.5

1.5

2.5

12

22

48

38 28 22 12

3 3.5

4 4.5 5

5.5

The Time taken for service follow the distribution

Time in Min

0.5

1.5

2.5

3.5

Frequency

12

18

38

60

32

16

14

10

Estimate the average % waiting time and idle time of customer by

simulation for next 10 arrivals.
Use following random numbers

b)

Q11)a)

Arrivals

09

73

25

33

76

53

01

35

86

34

Service

54

20

48

05

64

89

47

42

96

24

Write applications of following

i)

Simulation.

ii)

Queuing Theory.

[4]

Solve the following game by method of Dominance.

[10]

Player B

PlayerA
b)

3
5

5
6
7
4

4
3
9
8

9
7
8
5

6
8
7

Write short note on Replacement Model.

[6]

OR
Q12)a)

Purchase price of a machine is Rs. 60000. The installation charges amount

to Rs. 12400 & its scrap value is only Rs. 3400. The maintenance cost
in various years is given below.
[10]
Year

Maintenance
cost

1000 2500 3500 4500 7500 9500 14500 16500

After how many years should the machine is replaced? Assume that the
machine replacement can be done only at the year ends?
b)

Explain Two-Person zero sum Game. Distinguish between pure strategy

& Mixed strategy?
[6]

[4759]-5

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1537

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-50
B.E. (Mechanical)
CRYOGENICS ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-II) (Open Elective) (402050)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any three questions from each section.
2)
Answer for the two sections should be written in separate answer book.
3)
Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Use of pocket calculator & different gas charts as applicable is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Define cryogenics. State important applications of Cryogenics.

[6]

b)

What are the important landmarks in the field of Cryogenics?

[6]

c)

What are permanent gases? State boiling points for the gases viz. Helium,
Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Oxygen.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain with neat sketch Super-fluidity phenomena observed in case of

liquid Helium.
[6]

b)

Explain effect of cryogenic temperature on thermal properties of material.

[6]

c)

Explain the effect of Cryogenic temperature on mechanical strength of

materials.
[6]

Q3) a)

Explain ideal liquefaction system and different parameters used to define

the system performance.
[6]

b)

Draw Simple Linde Hampson system and label all the components. [4]

c)

Explain inversion curve with neat diagram. What is maximum inversion

temperature.
[6]
OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Why Pre cooling is necessary in case of Precooled Linde Hampson

system.
[6]

b)

Compare Isenthalpic and Isentropic expansion methods employed for

cooling.
[6]

c)

Discuss how Cryogenic liquefaction system is different from Cryogenic

refrigeration system.
[4]

Q5) a)

State importance of regenerator effectiveness in Stirling cycle refrigerator.

[8]

b)

Explain with neat sketch Philips Refrigerator.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What are the different techniques employed for separating of gases. [8]
Explain Gifford McMahon Refrigerator with neat sketch.

[8]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)
b)

State various insulations used in Cryogenics in increasing order of

performance. Explain any one of them.
[6]
Explain with neat sketch principle of rectification column.

[10]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain the theoretical plate calculations using McCabe-Thiele technique.

[8]

b)

Compare Cryogenic separation with other gas separating methods. [8]

Q9) a)
b)

Discuss various methods used to drain liquid from Dewar vessel.

[9]

Explain construction of Dewar vessel with neat sketch stating function

of each component.
[9]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Discuss the role of Vacuum in Cryogenic.

[6]

What are the different safety devices installed on a Dewar vessel. [12]

[4759]-50

Q11)a)

Explain the Meissner effect and state its applications.

[6]

b)

What are the different present day applications of Cryogenics in the

medical field.
[6]

c)

What are the different applications of Cryogenics in the field of Space

Technology.
[4]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain any two of following present day applications of Cryogenics in

the field of
[8]
i)

Food preservation.

ii)

High Energy Physics.

iii)

Gas industry.

Explain the cryogenics principle used in recycling of automobiles tyres.

[8]

[4759]-50

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3733

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 501
B.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION
(2003 Course) (Semester - I) (402044)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)
b)

Explain with sketches the operation of converging-diverging nozzle under

varying pressure ratios.
[10]
Define the following terms:
i)

Mach Number

ii)

Mach Line

iii)

Mach Angle

iv)

Mach Cone

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Air is flowing through a converging nozzle. At a particular point within

the nozzle, the pressure P1 is 3.5 bar, temperature T1 is 556K, the velcoity
V1 is 180 m/s. Consider air to be ideal gas. Find the stagnation pressure,
temperature, density.
[8]

b)

Derive Rankine-Hugoniot equation V1V2 = a* with usual notations for

normal shock.
[8]
2

P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Compare centrifugal and action flow compressors, in detail.

[8]

A centrifugal compressor delivers 12m3 of free air while running at 10000

rpm. The air is compressed from 1 bar, 20C to 4 bar with an isentropic
efficiency of 80%. Blades are radial at outlet of the impeller and the flow
velocity is 60 m/s which is constant throughout. The ratio of outer and
inner radii of the impellar is 2 and slip factor is 0.9. The blade area
coefficient at the inlet is 0.9.
[10]
Determine:
i)

Temperature of the air discharged and

ii)

Theoretical power required.

OR

Q4) Write Short Notes on:

[18]

a)

Work input factor & Work done factor for axial flow compressors.

b)

Surging & Choking.

c)

Materials used in compressors.

Q5) a)
b)

Find the condition for maximum efficiency of the Brayton Cycle. What
do you understand by the maximum and optimum pressure ratio? [10]
Compare gas turbines with steam turbine and I.C.Engines.

[6]

OR
Q6) Write notes on:

[16]

a)

Brayton Cycle Component Efficiencies

b)

Improvements in Brayton Cycle

c)

Working of Semiclosed Cycle

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain the terms loading coefficient and flow coefficient in gas

turbines.
[6]

b)

Derive an expression for maximum utilization factor of a 50% reaction

stage of a reaction turbine.
[12]
OR

[4759]-501

Q8) a)

Explain Close cycle & open cycle gas turbines.

[6]

b)

Write a note on Energy Flow Diagram for stage of an impulse turbine.[6]

c)

What is compounding of impulse gas turbines? Explain any one method.

[6]

Q9) Write notes on:

[16]

a)

Use of ceramics in gas turbines

b)

Blade coling of gas turbines

c)

Combustion chambers in gas turbines

OR

Q10)Write notes on:

[16]

a)

Fuels used in gas turbines

b)

Flame tube cooling

c)

Pollution from gas turbines

d)

Primary & secondary air for gas turbines

Q11)a)

A jet plane having 2 jets flies at a speed of 800 km/hr at an altitude where
the density of air is 0.15kg/m3. The propulsive efficiency is 55%, the
drag on the plane is 6.5KN. Calculate
[12]
i)

Diameter of jets

ii)

Fuel consumption in kg/thrust kw-hour

iii)

air-fuel ratio of the engines.

The overall efficiency of the plant is 16% & C.V. of fuel is 4.8MJ per kg.
b)

Classify jet propulsion systems.

[4]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the working of Ram jet and Pulse jet with a neat sketch.
Write a note on Rocket Propellants.

R R R
[4759]-501

[12]
[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4722

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-502
B.E. (Mechanical)

ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES

(2003 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a) Define with a neat sketch i) Zenith angle ii) Solar azimuth angle iii) Surface
azimuth angle .
[9]
b) What is Solar Constant? Discuss the reasons for variation in receiving
solar energy on earth.
[9]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the need for using alternative energy sources. Comment on its
advantages and limitations in the national context.
[9]
b) Determine the local solar time and declination at a location 2315'N,
longitude 7730'E at 12.30'IST on June 19. Equation of time correction
given from standard chart is (-1'01'').
[9]
Q3) a) Explain the working principle of FPC. Discuss the selection of materials
for different components.
[8]
b) Explain the standard testing procedure of liquid FPC and explain its
performance curves.
[8]

P.T.O.

OR
Q4) a) Discuss the spectral distribution of extra-terrestrial solar radiation
graphically. What are the limitations of solar energy utilization.
[8]
b) Explain the construction and working of Solar pyrtheliometer with the
help of a neat diagram.
[8]
Q5) a) Describe passive solar heating/cooling of residential buildings.
b) Explain with a neat sketch any one type of solar still.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q6) a) Sketch and explain the construction and working of forced circulation
dryer.
[8]
b) Define aperture, concentration ratio and acceptance angle for
concentrating collectors, stating the significance.
[8]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Explain the layout and working of a solar thermal power plant.
b) Discuss the sizing and selection of micro hydel plants.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q8) a) Explain the mechanism of direct conversion of solar energy into electricity.
Explain its merits and demerits with reference to various applications.[8]
b) Explain the principle of harnessing Tidal Power. State its limitations. [8]

Q9) a) Explain closed cycle OTEC plant.

[8]

b) Describe any one type of Fuel Cell, stating its difference from storage
battery.
[8]
OR

[4759]-502

Q10) a) Discuss the potential of wind power in India. Describe the important
considerations before installation of a wind turbine.
[8]
b) Write explanatory note on liquid dominated geothermal power plant.[8]
Q11) a) Discuss the factors affecting performance of bio-gas plant.

[8]

b) What is a Gasifier? Explain updraft and down draft type with neat
sketches.
[10]
OR
Q12) a) Explain the required modifications in I.C. engines for using bio fuels.[8]
b) Discuss the significance of bio gas in rural India.

[4759]-502

[10]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4634

SEAT No. :

[4759]-503

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

VOICE NETWORKS
(2003 Course) (Semester - I) (404215)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from section - I and three questions from section - II.

2)

Attempt not more than six questions of which at least three questions must be from
each section.

3)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

5)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

6)

Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

7)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Discuss the significance of redundancy in Stored Program Control

Electronics switching systems. How to attain the same in various
configurations in switching systems?
[ 6]

b)

Distinguish between single stage and multistage networks over at least

four points.
[4]

c)

Explain in detail various Subscriber loop signaling systems used in

Telephone switching.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Compare the common control and direct control.

[4]

b)

With a neat diagram explain the principles of circuit switched and packet
switched network.
[8]

c)

Calculate the availability of dual processor system for a period of 10

years if its MTBF is 2400 hours and MTTR is 5 hours.
[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

What is blocking probability? With the definition explain the Erlang C

formula for the blocking probability.
[8]

b)

A call processor in an exchange requires 100 ms to service a complete

call. What is BHCA rating for the processor? If the exchange is capable
of carrying 800 E of traffic, what is the call completion rate? Assume an
average call holding time of three minutes.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain Grade of service and Unavailability terms in details.

[8]

State and explain various measurement units used s traffic engineering.[8]

Explain in detail B & D channel in ISDN.

[8]

Discuss in detail the devices used in order to provide ISDN services.[8]

OR

Q6) a)

b)

What are the services supported by ISDN. Explain them with the help of
diagram.
[8]
Explain in detail architecture of ISDN and its objectives.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain in detail the data services used in GSM systems.

[8]

Describe in detail different techniques in GSM to enhance spectral

efficiency.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Differentiate between different technologies used in cellular networks.[8]

b)

Draw the architecture of GSM network and explain its functional blocks.
[8]

[4759]-503

Q9) a)
b)

Write short note on Walsh codes.

[8]

Explain in detail why CDMA has better security than GSM?

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Compare IS-95 and CDMA-2000 system in detail.

[8]

Describe various logical channels in CDMA with their significance. [8]

Explain the generation and detection of DTMF in detail.
Discuss the Real time protocols used in VoIP.

[10]
[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the MEGACO/H.248 Protocol.

What is VoIP? Explain any two applications of VoIP in detail.

EEE

[4759]-503

[8]
[10]

SEAT No. :

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4592

[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 504
B.E. (E&TC)
OPTICAL AND MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION
( 2003 Course) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
2) Answer to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to tje right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data , if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

b)

The sensitivity of a photo diode is 0.65A/W and its saturation power is

2 m W. Calculate the photocurrent if the received power is i)1m W ii)2 m W
iii) 3mW.Also calculate How many photons per second emanate from a
laser diode radiating at 1300 nm if its power is 1mW.
[9]
i) Explain the construction& working of APD with the help of neat
diagram.
[6]
ii)

Q2) a)

i)

ii)

b)

i)
ii)

What are the advantages and the drawbacks of fiber optic

communications and satellite communications?
[3]
OR
Draw the structure of PIN photodiode & explain its operation in
brief. Plot the responsivity curve as a function of wavelength for
PIN constructed of silicon.
[6]
The sensitivity of a photo diode is 0.65 A/W and its saturation
power is 2 m W. Calculate the photocurrent if the received power is
1) 1m W 2) 2m W 3) 3m W
[3]
What are the advantages of semiconductor injection laser over other
semiconductor sources that may used for optical communications?[6]
A single mode fiber has following parameters: numerical aperture is
0.125and relative refractive index is 0.36%. Calculate the refractive
index of the core.
[3]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

List three major causes of attenuation in an optical fiber and explain their
mechanisms.
[8]

b)

Compare MMSIF,SMSIF,MMGIF with reference to the pulse broadening

due to internal dispersion. Also comments on the bandwidth length for
these three fibers.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain bending losses in optical fiber.

[8]

Compute the pulse spread caused by chromatic dispersion if a fiber has

a zero-dispersion wavelength at 1312 nm, a zero-dispersion slope of
0.090 ps/nm2.km, a length of 100km, and operates at 1310 nm.The laser
diodes spectral width is 1 nm.
[8]

Explain Operating principle of WDM.

[8]

A fiber link includes five splices at 0.02 dB/splice , four connectors at

0.2 dB/connector,transmitter power of -10 dBm, and receiver sensitivity
of -30 dBm. Perform power budget analysis and compute the length of
the link that would be allowed if a single mode fiber cable with attenuation
of 0.3 dB/km is sued and the required power margin is 3 dB?
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

State and explain the system requirements in detail for point-to-point

optical fiber links.
[8]

b)

State the principle of operation of semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA).

Compare SOA performance with doped fiber amplifiers.
[8]

[4759]-504

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Explain the working of ferrite isolator with a neat diagram.

[6]

b)

Differentiate between TM & TE mode in rectangular waveguide.

[6]

c)

Draw a neat diagram of a co-axial to waveguide transition and explain its

principle of working.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain directional coupler. Define:

i)

Coupling coefficient

ii)

Directivity

iii)

Isolation loss

[6]

b)

Write the S-matrix of an N-port network and state how to determine a

specific element Sij of the [S] matrix.
[6]

c)

Define scattering matrix & state its properties for a reciprocal & lossless
network.
[6]

Q9) a)

Explain the working principle of reflex klystron.State its applications.[8]

b)

The parameters of two cavity klystron amplifier are Vo is 1500V, Io is

50mA, F is 10GHz,Gap spacing in each cavity (d) is 2mm, spacing
between Two cavities(L) is 4cm and effective shunt resistance if each
cavity is 40k .
i)

Find input microwave voltage in order to generate maximum output

voltage.

ii)

Determine the voltage gain.

iii)

Calculate the efficiency of the amplifier.

[8]

OR
Q10) a) Explain the principle of working of operation,VI characteristics and
equivalent circuit of microwave tunnel diode.
[8]
b)

How is bunching achieved in cavity magnetron? Explain the phase

focusing effect.
[8]

[4759]-504

Q11) a) Compare klystron and TWT. A helical TWT has diameter of 2 mm with
50 turns per cm.
Calculate:

b)

i)

Axial phase velocity

ii)

The anode voltage at which the TWT can be operated for useful
gain.
[8]

What is varactor diode? Give its construction,working principle and

explain its application.
[8]
OR

Q12) a) Explain with the help of block diagram the working of wireless microwave
link for long distance communication.
[8]
b)

List various operating modes of Gunn diode. Find the natural frequency
and critical voltage for a GaAs Gunn diode which has an active region
length of 10 m.If the electron drift velocity and the critical electric field
is 105 m/s and 3 kV/cm.
[8]

[4759]-504

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3734

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 505
B.E. (E & TC)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEM
(2003 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from Section -I and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from Section -II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer book.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Enlist and explain the phases of Compiler in brief.

[10]

Explain different development tools of language processing activities.[8]

OR

Q2) a)

Explain the following terms:

i)

System Programming

ii)

Operating System

iii)

Linker and Loader

iv)

Assemblers

[8]

b)

What is Compiler? What are the features of Compiler and explain how
compiler works?
[10]

Q3) a)

Define MACRO? Explain all the features provided by MACRO Facility.

[8]

b)

Explain the data structures used in pass-I and Pass-II of an Assembler.[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What is forward referencing? Explain how forward referencing is handled

in single pass assembler?
[8]

b)

Explain how the MACRO call can be handled inside the MACRO
definition?
[8]

Q5) a)

What is the function of loader and linker in operating system? Explain

Direct Linking Loader.
[8]

b)

What is Program relocation? Explain reloadable code with suitable

example and data structure.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What are the basic functions of the loader? Explain data structures used
for design of loaders.
[8]
Explain the working of the Dynamic Linking Loader.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What are the different functions of OS? Explain different types of OS.[8]

b)

What is process? Explain how semaphore is used for process

synchronization.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain Bankers algorithm. How does deadlock detection take place?[8]

b)

Compare FCFS, Round robin, Shortest job first (Preemptive), Shortest

job first (Non preemptive) on the basis of following characteristics: [8]
i)

Selection Function

ii)

Decision Mode

iii)

Response time

iv)

Effect on processes

[4759]-505

Q9) a)

Describe how address translation takes place with the help of neat
diagrams in:
[8]
i)

Paging

ii)

Segmentation

b)

Differentiate the contiguous and non-contiguous memory allocation. [4]

c)

Explain in short the following terms:

i)

Compaction

ii)

Thrashing

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

What are different file operations and how the file is protected?

[8]

b)

Explain three file allocation methods.

[6]

c)

Explain virtual memory using paging.

[4]

Q11)a)

Based on what criterion I/O devices are classified? How I/O time of
record is calculated? Explain Magnetic Tape and Magnetic Disk in short.
[8]

b)

Explain mechanism and policies in file system and IOCS layers. Explain
steps involved in I/O Operations.
[8]
OR

Q12)Write short note on:

[16]

a)

IOCS Layers

b)

I/O Devices

c)

Driver for parallel port

d)

Advanced I/O Programming

R R R

[4759]-505

SEAT No. :

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P4635

[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 506
B.E. (Civil)
FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
( 2003 Course) (Semester-II)(Theory)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section-I and 3 questions from Section-II.
2) Answers to the two Sections must be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data ,if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

Explain why density index is a significant parameter in foundation

Engineering.
[4]

b)

How is the number and depth of exploratory holes determined?

[5]

c)

What are penetration methods of investigations? Are they reliable in all

soils?
[5]

d)

What are the factors that influence SPT data?

[4]

OR
Q2) a)

What are the objectives of soil investigation?

[6]

b)

State various types of soil samplers.What is area ratio? State its significance.
[6]

c)

What is meant by geophysical methods of soil exploration? Explain

anyone of them with neat sketch.
[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Distinguish between elastic settlement and consolidation settlement and

explain how they are estimated?
[6]

b)

What is active zone in soil? Explain it with reference to the pressure

bulb concept?
[6]

c)

Define preconsolidation pressure & explain how it is determined.

[4]

OR
Q4) a)

With a neat sketch explain laboratory consolidation test and list the various
consolidation parameters of soil obtained from test data.
[8]

b)

Explain,with neat sketch,square root of time fitting method to find

coefficient of consolidation.
[4]

c)

Define the terms normal consolidation,over consolidation & under

consolidation pressure in detail.
[4]

Q5) a)

What are the basic characteristics of failure mechanisms in general shear

and local shear failure.Explain with neat sketch.
[6]

b)

Explain how water table and depth influence bearing capacity.

[5]

c)

Explain the concept of floating foundation with a neat sketch.

[5]

OR
Q6) a)

Describe a plate load test as carried out in the field with a neat sketch of
experimental Set up.
[6]

b)

Explain how SPT test data is used to find bearing capacity of cohesion
less soil.
[5]

c)

Explain the concept of floating foundation with a neat sketch.

[5]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Explain in detail with sketches fivefold classification of piles foundation.[6]

b)

Explain with a sketch the concept of negative skin friction & state how
you would determine the same in non-cohesive soil.
[6]

c)

A group of 16 piles of 50 cm diameter is arranged with a center to center

spacing of 1.0m. the piles are 9m long & are embedded in soft clay with
cohesion 30 kN/m 2.Bearing resistance may be neglected for the
piles,Adhesion factor is 0.6.Determine the ultimate load capacity of the
pile group.
[6]
OR

[4759]-506

Q8) a)

What is caisson disease ? Mention what precautions should be taken to

avoid caisson disease.
[6]

b)

Explain with sketches the following difficulties met during sinking of

well.
[6]
i)

Sand blow

ii)

Rectification of tilt.

c)

Enlist five important component parts of open caisson & explain with
sketches design considerations involved in them.
[6]

Q9) a)

Compare in tabular form cantilever & anchored sheet piles on five different
points.
[5]

b)

Draw in cross-section of braced excavation indicating component

parts.State forces & design principles involved.
[5]

c)

Derive an expression for depth of embedment of cantilever pile by making

simplified assumptions.
[6]
OR

Q10) a) With reference to Black cotton soil explain:

i)

Free swell index.

ii)

Differential free swell index.

iii)

Swelling potential.

[6]

b)

Explain the construction procedure for under-reamed piles.

c)

Enlist typical characteristics of Black cotton soils & give their approximate
values.
[4]

Q11) Write detailed notes on any four of following with sketches.

a)

Liquefaction.

b)

Factors affecting ground motion.

c)

Types of Earthquake.

d)

Geotextile in drains.

e)

Requirements reinforced soil mechanism.

OR

[4759]-506

[6]

[44]

Q12) Write detailed notes on any four of following with sketches if required. [44]
a)

Hazards of mitigation.

b)

Seismic waves.

c)

Types of Geosynthetics.

d)

Geotextiles in foundations.

e)

Geotextiles in embankment.

[4759]-506

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3735

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 507
B.E. (Production)
MATERIALS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(2003 Course) (Semester - II) (411087)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever encessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the importance of materials management function from Return

on Investment point of view. State its objectives.
[8]
Explain the following methods of selective inventory control.
i)

A-B-C Analysis

ii)

V-E-D Analysis

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Derive equation for an economic order quantity (EOQ) when

replenishment is Instantaneous.
[8]

b)

Explain Two-Bin system. Explain the importance of Safety Stock in case

of uncertainty in demand and lead time Illustrate.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain SCM. Explain different drivers in Supply chain Management.[8]

b)

Explain Echeloned and direct structured logistic system.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the importance of Transportation in logistic management. What

are the different modes of transportation? Explain any two in brief. [8]
Explain following terms of warehouse management.
i)

Consolidations

ii)

Cross Docking

iii)

Break Bulk

iv)

Stock Pilling

[8]

Explain in brief the importance of Value Analysis in Purchasing.

[9]

Explain Import Cycle with flow chart.

[9]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain Purchasing procedure in detail. Enlist various documents required

for Importing.
[9]
Explain mechanical and thermal system to disposal off the waste.

[9]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Define working capital. Why it is required? Explain various sources of

finance.
[8]

b)

What is importance of Ratio Analysis? Explain the importance of

following ratios.
[8]
i)

Quick Ratio

ii)

Inventory Turnover Ratio

iii)

Debt-Equity Ratio
OR

[4759]-507

Q8) a)

Distinguish between Profit maximization and Wealth maximization

objectives of the firm.
[8]

b)

Explain functions of finance management. Explain the difference between

finance and accounting relating to the treatment of funds and decision
making.
[8]

Q9) a)

What is labour turnover? Explain various methods to measure labour

turnover. What are the causes and costs associated with labour turnover?
[8]

b)

Define depreciation. Explain any two methods of depreciation.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

What are the requirements of good wage payment system? State to what
extent Halsey and Rowan plans fulfils the above requirements.
[8]

b)

Explain the methods of material costing? Explain any two methods with
applications of it.
[8]

Q11)a)

Define Marginal Costing. State the applications and limitations of Marginal

Costing.
[6]

b)

Define overheads and explain Primary apportionment and Secondary

apportionment.
[12]
OR

Q12)a)

Define and explain the concept of standard cost and standard costing.[6]

b)

Explain different factors to be considered in capital budgeting. Briefly

explain the following.
[12]
i)

Payback Period

ii)

IRR

iii)

Net Present Value

R R R
[4759]-507

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3736

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 508
B.E. (I.T.)
SYSTEM OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
(2003 Course) (Semester - II) (Theory)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams mustbe drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

List the strategic benefits of advanced support system.

[8]

Explain service delivery cycle with a neat diagram and briefly discuss
industrial issues involved in service delivery cycle with application. [10]
OR

Q2) a)

List the key function of following support process.

i)

Customer care and billing process

ii)

Order processing and provisioning process.

[10]

b)

With a suitable diagram explain principal business process and their key
functions.
[8]

Q3) a)

Discuss the typical services, applications and benefits of voice over IP.
[8]

b)

Discuss differentiation of market segments.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain multiprotocol label switching with a operational example.

[8]

Explain the concept of Local number portability.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain the different functions of sales process with suitable block

diagram.
[8]

b)

What is IP billing? What are the different problems and solutions in

internet billing.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the customer care concept.

[8]

What is micro payment? Explain with generic architecture.

[8]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is ISDN? Explain.

[10]

Compare and contrast X.25 usage.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Define service provisioning process. Explain the different types of

implementing the same.
[10]

b)

What is the significance of periodic security audit for telecommunication

service provider.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain complete framework for support system.

[8]

List the goals of telecommunications service providers with middleware.

[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Explain issues related to network operational management.

[8]

Write note on customer service order processing in telecoms.

[8]

[4759]-508

Q11)a)
b)

Write a job profile of typical network operation manager.

[8]

List the importance of documentation and management tools in customer

care and billing process.
Comment on the same using B2B or B2C application.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

What is SLA? List some service dependent and service independent

metrics for the same.
[8]

b)

Explain the issues related to building team, job profile and job
responsibility.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-508

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3737

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 509
B.E. (Computer Engineering)
SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
(2003 Course) (Semester -II) (Elective - II) (410450)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer - book.
2) From section I answer (Q1 or Q2) and (Q3 or Q4) and (Q5 or Q6).
3) From section II answer (Q7 or Q8) and (Q9 or Q10) and (Q11 or Q12).
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain representation theory of Measurement.

[10]

Explain Objectives of software Measurement.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

b)

Explain CMM levels in details.

[8]

Explain how to apply the frame work in software quality measurement.[10]

Write a note on following
i)

Functionality

ii)

Complexity

[8]

Explain Modularity and Information flow attributes.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain what is good data, how to store and Extract data.

[8]

Explain Object oriented Metrics.

[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain Incremental testing strategy.

Enlist difference between Black box and White box testing.

[10]
[6]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What is defect, Defect classes and Defect Repository.

What Goal-Question -Metric Model.

[6]
[10]

SECTION - II
Q7) Write shrot note on
a)

Usability Testing

b)

Ad-hoc Testing

c)

Regression Testing

[18]

OR
Q8) Write short note on

[18]

a)

Execution and Reporting

b)

Specification Based Testing

c)

Performance testing

Q9) a)
b)

Write in details about Ishikawas Basic tools.

[8]

Define Quality, Quality control and assurance and cost of quality.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain effects of ISO quality model on software quality.

[8]

Explain software Audit and its significance.

[8]

Explain role of support Analysis.

[8]

Explain Challenges and best practices in Problem reporting.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain Logistic and Tooling in Problem reporting.

[7]

Explain problem Resolution.

[9]

R R R
[4759]-509

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3685

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 51
B.E. (Mechanical)
PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE MANAGEMENT
(2008 Course) (Open Elective)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Explain the concept of Product Life Cycle Management in detail. Discuss the
emergence of PLM.
[18]
OR
Q2) Discuss Corporate challenges in implementing PLM. Elaborate importance of
PLM from Product Development Prospective.
[18]
Q3) a)
b)

Discuss Plan, Build, Support & dispose in PLM life cycle model in
detail.
[8]
Discuss the concept of Engineering Data Management.

[8]

OR
Q4) What do you mean by Singularity, Cohesion and Traceability? Explain any
two threads of PLM.
[16]
Q5) Why internal drivers are demanding PLM? Discuss all the internal drivers in
detail.
[16]
OR
P.T.O.

Q6) Discuss in detail external drivers demanding implementation of PLM. Elaborate

their significance.
[16]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Discuss various characteristics of PLM Systems in detail.

[9]

Discuss in brief System Architecture required for PLM System.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain with suitable example Product information data model.

[9]

State and elaborate various reasons to deploy PLM systems.

[9]

Q9) a)

What is Product data and Product Workflow? Explain the Key

management issues involved in.
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of Change management and Configuration

management in PLM.
[8]
OR

Q10)What is PLM strategy? Discuss in detail various facets of PLM strategy such
as Strategy Identification and implementation.
[16]

Q11)Explain in detail the role of Human resources in PLM.

[16]

OR
Q12)Elaborate phases of product life cycle and corresponding technologies to be
implemented.
[16]

R R R

[4759]-51

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1361

SEAT No. :

[4759]-52

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Mechanical)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (Open Elective)
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV) (402050D)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of lagarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator is
allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain evolution and benefit of automation?

Discuss the various types of automation?

[10]
[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

What is automation? Write its application in industries?

[10]

Explain introduction to automation tools?

[8]

What is PLC Write in detail review of PLC block diagram?

[8]

Explain in detail PLC component?

[8]

OR

P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain in detail various function blocks?

[8]

Why there is need of DCS?

[8]

Write in detail development of manufacturing system?

[8]

Explain in detail AGV?

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What is FMS? Explain it in details?

[8]

Explain in detail CIM?

[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is SCADA? Write its features and configuration?

Explain in detail HMI?

[10]
[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Write in detail Database management?

[10]

Explain the need of historical Database management?

[8]

What is design for manufacturing? Write its steps in detail?

[8]

Explain in detail DFE method and its application.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

[4759]-52

What is concept of drives? Explain its types in detail?

[8]

Explain in detail BLDC and their control?

[8]

Q11)a)

b)

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Material Transfer.

ii)

Concept Machine loading and unloading.

Write in detail RCC.

[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Distinguish between NC and CNC.

[8]

What is importance of Assembly automation?

[8]

EEE

[4759]-52

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1362

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 5

[4759]-54
B.E. (Mech. Sandwich)
MACHINE AND COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (402061)

Time : 4 Hours]
[Max. Marks :100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Derive an expression for beam strength of straight bevel gear tooth. [6]

b)

The dimension of a pair of bevel gears are given in Fig. 1. The gear G
delivers 5kW power at 500 rpm to the output shaft. The bearing A and B
are mounted on the output shaft in such a way that the bearing B can
take radial as well as thrust load, while the bearing A can only take radial
load. Determine the reactions at the two bearings.
[12]

Fig.1
OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)
b)

Explain force analysis for a worm gear drive.

[6]

A double start worm made of case hardened alloy steel 16Ni80Cr60

(Sut=700N/mm2) is to mesh with worm gear to be made of phosphor
bronze (Sut=240N/mm2). The gear pair is required to transmit 5kW power
from an electric motor running at 1500rpm to a machining running at 75
rpm. The service factor is 1.25, while the factor of safety required is 2.0.
The face width of worm gear is 0.73 times the pitch circle diameter of
worm. The worm gear factor is 0.685 N/mm2, while the diametrical
quotient is 10. The normal pressure angle is 14.50. If the coefficient of
friction between worm and worm gear teeth is 0.03, design the gear pair
and find the power lost. Would you recommend a fan for the gear box?
Assume the permissible temperature rise is 500C.
[12]
Use following data:

Lewis form factor -- Y = 0.39 2.15

Velocity factor, Cv =

Area of housing, A = 1.14 x 104 x (a) 1.7 m2, where a = centre

distance in mm.

ZG

6
6 +VG

Q3) a)

Define pressure vessel and explain general design considerations for the
design of unfired pressure vessel.
[8]

b)

A high pressure vessel is to be operated at 150 N/mm2. The inside diameter

of the vessel is 30 cm. Vessel is fabricated from high tensile steel having
permissible tensile stress 500 N/mm2. Determine the wall thickness on
the basis of the maximum tangential stress at inner surface.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Derive the expression for the thickness of thick cylinder subjected to

internal pressure on the basis of maximum shear stress theory.
[8]

b)

A hydraulic cylinder with closed ends is subjected to an internal pressure

of 15 MPa. The inner and outer diameters of the cylinder are 240 mm
and 300 mm respectively. The cylinder is made of Cast Iron FG300.
Determine the factor of safety in the design. If the cylinder pressure is
increased by 25%, what will be the factor of safety?
[8]

[4759]-54

Q5) a)

Write short note on Mechanical reliability.

[5]

b)

What is the role of factor of safety in design consideration of machine

element.
[6]

c)

What is the role of Ergonomics in the design of product.

[5]

OR
Q6) a)

Write short note on design for assembly and design for Machining. [8]

b)

Enlist the basic types of product forms. Explain in details with proper
examples.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What do you understand by conveying equipment? With the aid of a

neat labelled sketch explain various components of Belt conveyor system.
[8]

b)

A flat horizontal belt conveyor is used for transporting crushed rock

having a mass density of 2 t/m3. The belt is 800 mm wide and has a
speed of 1.75 m/s. Determine the capacity of conveyor in t/hr.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

State the important properties to be considered in the design of material

handling equipment for unit loads.
[4]

b)

State for what applications the following material handling equipment are
used. Justify your answer with sketch.
[8]

c)

i)

Fork lift truck

ii)

Jib crane

iii)

Belt conveyor

iv)

Roller conveyor

Explain conveyor belt sag in belt conveyors. State equations for carrying
and return idlers.
[4]

[4759]-54

Q9) a)

Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of finite element method over

conventional methods.
[6]

b)

Solve for the displacements and the reaction force at node 1 as shown in
figure 2, if k1 = 4 N/mm, k2 = 6 N/mm, k3 = 3 N/mm, F2 = 30 N, F3 = 0,
F4 = 50 N using minimum potential energy approach.
[10]

Figure.2
OR
Q10)a)

Explain two advantages of triangular elements over other elements. [6]

b)

A CST element is defined by nodes at I (30, 40), J (140, 70), and

K (80, 140) and the displacements at these nodes are (0.1, 0.5), (0.6, 0.5)
and (0.4, 0.3) respectively. Determine the displacement the natural
coordinates and the shape function at point P (77, 96) within the element.
[10]

Q11)a)

Write a CNC part program to machine the profile and drill the holes as
shown in figure, assume suitable data for feed and speed. Use peck drill
canned cycle for drilling operations. Also use cutter radius compensation
(right). Take thickness of plate: 20mm.
[12]

b)

Explain FMS. Describe the various layouts used in FMS.

OR

[4759]-54

[6]

Q12)a)

b)

Classify CNC machines based on the:

i)

Motion type

ii)

Control loops

iii)

Number of axes

[6]

Write a CNC part program to turn a MS bar of size and shape as shown
in following figure. Use canned cycles only for both rough turning and
finish cut.
[12]

All dimensions are in mm

Assume feed rate, F = 0.5mm/rev. and spindle speed, S = 200 RPM.

EEE

[4759]-54

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1363

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 55
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS
( 2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (402062)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any 3 questions from section - I and 3 questions from section - II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

List the applications of fluid power in agriculture and aviation industries.

[6]

b)

Differentiate betn hydrostatic and hydrodynamic system.

c)

Give the comparison betn hydraulic, pneumatic and Mechanical systems.

[6]

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Discuss the factors to be considered in the selection of hydraulic fluids.

[6]

b)

What are the various sources of contamination? Explain in brief.

c)

State the criteria for selection of sealing devices. Also give the various
sealing materials available.
[6]

Q3) a)

A pump has a displacement volume of 100cm3. It delivers 0.0015m3/sec

at 1000 rpm and 70 bars. If the prime mover input is 120 N.m [6]
i)

What is the overall efficiency

ii)

What the theoretical torque req. to operate the pump.

[6]

P.T.O.

b)

i)

Gear pump is a fixed diplacement pump. How?

ii)

What are the main types of pumps used in fluid power system.
[6]

c)

Define volumetric efficiency, shaft power, mechanical efficiency and

overall efficiency of positive displacement pump.
[4]
OR

Q4) a)

What is the selection criteria of hydraulic power unit, hydraulic pump,

filler motor, reservoir necessary pipings, heat exchanger etc.
[6]

b)

Sketch any two types of return line filters and explain their working. [6]

c)

Differentiate betn tubes, hoses and pipes used in fluid power systems.[4]

Q5) a)

Draw a neat sketch of a typical 4 way two position direction control

valve. Explain its working in short?
[6]

b)

Draw a neat sketch and explain working of a typical pressure and temp.
compensated flow control valve.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

How the accumulator act as a emergency power source in a basic hydraulic

circuit? Explain with neat sketch?
[6]

b)

A gas charged accumulator supplies energy to a system with 6.7 litre of

oil within the pressure range of 150 bar to 110 bar. The accumulator has
the pre charge pressure of 85 bar. What should be the size of the
accumulator, if the oil is to be supplied
[10]
i)

in about 5 seconds and

ii)

in about 5 minutes time

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What is the effect of increasing motors displacement on speed & torque?

What is the effect of decreasing the displacement on speed and torque?
[8]

[4759]-55

b)

A Hydraulic motor has a displacement of 180cm3 and operates with a

pressure of 200 bar at a speed of 1000 RPM. The input discharge to the
motor is 3.26 lps.If the motor is developing a torque of 498 N.m at the
output shaft, find
[8]
i)

Volumetric efficiency

ii)

Mechanical efficiency

iii)

Overall efficiency

iv)

The power output of the motor.

OR

Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain Regenerative ckt and comment on velocity at the time of extension

and retraction, when Area of piston is equal to twice the area of the rod.
[10]
Write a short note on cylinder mountings.

[6]

Compare characteristics of Hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

[6]

Explain with a neat sketch working of AND valve with typical

applications (any two).
[10]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain with neat sketch the working of Time Delay valve with a
typical application.
[8]

b)

Explain with a neat sketch the working of OR valve with typical one
application at least.
[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Describe with neat sketch working of F.R.L. unit.

[6]

Draw typical sequencing and synchronization circuits and explain

their working.
[12]
OR

Q12)a)

Draw and Explain Two Hand safety circuit used in pneumatics. [10]

b)

What is the manufacturers catalogue. How it helps to a System Designer.

[8]

R R R
[4759]-55

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1364

SEAT No. :

[4759]-56

[Total No. of Pages : 6

B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (402063A)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary and mention it clearly.

6)

Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, mollier charts, non programmable electronic
pocket calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the working of steam jet refrigeration with neat schematic.

[8]

An air refrigeration used for food storage provides 25 TR. The temperature
of air entering the compressor is 7 oC and the temperature at the exit of
the cooler 27 o C. Find COP and power per TR required by the
compressor.
The quantity of air circulated in the system is 3000 kg/h. The compression
and expansion both follows the law pv1.2 = constant. Take Cp =1 kJ/kgK
and = 1.4.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Define Figure of Merit related to thermoelectric refrigeration system.

Explain its effect on COP of the system.
[6]

P.T.O.

b)

Q3) a)
b)

A simple evaporative air refrigeration system is used for an aeroplane to

take 20 TR load. The ambient air conditions are 20oC and 0.9 bar. The
ambient air is rammed iscentropically to a pressure of 1 bar. The air
leaves the main compressor at pressure 3.5 bar is first cooled in the heat
exchanger having effectiveness of 0.6 and then in the evaporator where
its temperature is reduced by 5oC. The air from the evaporator is passed
from the evaporator is passed through the cooling turbine and then it is
supplied to the cabin to be maintained at 25oC and 1.05 bar. If the internal
efficiency of the compressor is 80% and that of turbine is 75%, determine
[10]
i)

Mass of air bled off the main compressor

ii)

Compressor power required

iii)

COP of the system.

Discuss the desirable properties of refrigerants.

[8]

What are the alternative refrigerants to HCFCs? Discuss their advantages

and limitations.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain: ODP, GWP, and TEWI.

[8]

Discuss the design consideration in refrigerant piping design.

[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the practical single effect Li-Br vapour absorption refrigeration

system.
[10]

b)

A single compressor system using R-12 as refrigerant has three

evaporators of cooling capacity 10 TR, 20 TR and 30 TR. The
temperature in all evaporator is to be maintained at - 10oC. The vapours
leaving each evaporator are to be dry and saturated. Condensing
temperature is 40 oC and subcooling is 10 o C. Assume isentropic
compression in compressor. Find power required to drive the compressor
and COP of the system.
[8]
OR

[4759]-56

Q6) a)

With neat schematic explain the cascade refrigeration system. Draw the
cycle on T-s and p-h chart.
[8]

b)

In vapour absorption refrigeration system, heating, cooling and

refrigeration takes place at temperature of 80oC, 30oC, an 0oC. find the
maximum COP of the system.
[10]
Derive the expression you use.
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

Explain the followings:

i)

Relative humidity.

ii)

Humidity Ratio.

iii)

Wet bulb temperature.

iv)

Degree of saturation.

[8]

Draw the neat schematic of automobile air conditioning system. How it

differs from the residential air conditioning system?
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

200 cmm of air at 12oC DBT and 50% RH is supplied to an air conditioned
hall. The required conditions are 18oC DBT and 60% RH. Determine
sensible and latent heat removed from air per minute and SHF for the
system.
[6]

b)

With neat schematic explain all air single and dual duct air conditioning
systems.
[10]

Q9) a)

Derive the expression for the equivalent diameter of circular duct

corresponding to rectangular duct of sides a and b for the same pressure
loss per unit length, when:
[8]

b)

i)

the quantity of air passing through the ducts is same.

ii)

the velocity of the air flowing through the ducts is same.

With neat diagram explain the working of thermostatic expansion valve.[8]

OR

[4759]-56

Q10)a)

A rectangular duct with cross section 500 mm x 350 mm carries 75 cmm

of air having density 1.2 kg/m3. Determine the equivalent diameter of
circular duct if
[8]
i)

The quantity of air carried in both the ducts is same.

ii)

The velocity of the air flowing through the ducts is same.

Also find the pressure loss per 100 m length of duct if friction factor f is
0.01.
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain the working priciple of thermostat and humidistat.

[8]

Discuss the various methods for food preservation.

[9]

With neat sketch, explain the working of Claude liquefaction system for
hydrogen.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

With neat schematic explain the working of Linde system.

Write short note on:
i)

Transport refrigeration.

ii)

Marine refrigeration.

[4759]-56

[8]
[10]

[4759]-56

EEE
[4759]-56

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1365

[4759]-57

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Obtain the momentum equation for infinitesimally small fluid element

fixed at a point in the fluid.
[10]

b)

Discuss methods used to solve the group of equations formed by CFD.[6]

OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

Explain the physical meaning of term substantial derivative.

[8]

Discuss any two engineering problems which depend on CFD technique

for solution.
[8]
Explain what is
i)

Difference equation

ii)

Consistent equation.

iii)

Forward difference

[12]

P.T.O.

b)

iv)

Rearward difference.

v)

Central difference.

vi)

Order of the difference equation.

2u
over a grid having running
Obtain finite difference quotient for
xy

index i, j in x & y direction respectively.

[6]

OR
Q4) a)

Derive the following finite difference approximation for applications in

two dimensional fluid flow at point (i, j)
[10]
4 y yi 2, j 4 yi 1, j + 6 yi , j 4 yi +1, j + yi + 2, j
=
+ O(x) 2
2
4
x
(x)

b)

Explain what is

[8]

i)

Stability of an equation.

ii)

Truncation Error.

iii)

Round off error.

iv)

Numerical error.

Q5) a)

Explain the types of grids used in discretizing the domain in CFD

applications.
[8]

b)

Discuss about Structured and Unstructured grids used in meshing for

CFD application.
[8]
OR

Q6) Give solution algorithm for thermally developing fluid flow inside a 2D channel.
[16]

[4759]-57

SECTION - II
Q7) Using the Lax-Wendroff Scheme solve for the first step solution of the inviscid
Burgers equation

u F
=
= 0 where F = F(u) and F = u2/2 with the initial
t x

condition u ( x, 0) = x , 0 x 1 and boundary condition u(0, t) = 0 for all time.

Compare with the exact solution u ( x, t ) =

1
t + t 2 + 4 x . Take x = 0.2 and
2

t = 0.1.

[16]
OR

Q8) Explain the ADI technique using a model equation and comment on benefits
of the techniques.
[16]
Q9) Explain the concept of Staggered Grid and give flowchart for SIMPLE
algorithm.
[16]
OR
Q10)a)

b)

For one dimensional transient heat conduction, formulate the finite

difference expression
[8]
i)

Explicit form

ii)

Crank Nicholson (Semi Implicit) form

Give advantages and limitations of finite volume method.

[8]

Q11)a)

Describe the models of flow used to analyze the flow and discuss types
of equations generated by these models.
[8]

b)

Solve following Tridigonal Matrix system using Thomas algorithm. [10]

0
0 T 1 1
2.25 1
1 2.25 1
0 T 2 0

=
=
0
1 2.25 1 T 3 0

0
2 2.25 T 4 0
0

OR
[4759]-57

Q12)Write short note on any three of the following:

a)

Artificial viscosity in numerical analysis.

b)

Methods to speed up convergence.

c)

Applications of CFD in aerospace field.

d)

Thomas algorithm (TDMA).

e)

MAC formulations.

EEE

[4759]-57

[18]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1366

[4759]-58

[Total No. of Pages : 5

B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (402063-c)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

4)

Use of calculator is allowed.

5)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

6)

Additional data sheet is attached for the reference.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the concept of plane stress and plane strain in bi-axial state of
stress. Give two example of each of these state of stress.
[4]

b)

State and explain the principle of virtual work.

[4]

c)

Explain the following methods of analysis.

[8]

i)

Finite volume method.

ii)

Finite Difference Method.

iii)

Finite element method.

OR

Q2) a)

Determine the displacements of nodes 1 and 2 in the spring system shown

in fig. 1. Use minimum of potential energy principle.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

What is FEM error? Explain various types of errors in FEM.

[4]

c)

Explain the principle of Rayleigh-Ritz Method.

[4]

Explain the following terms in brief:

[6]

Q3) a)

b)

i)

Penalty approach

ii)

Characteristics of Global Stiffness matrix

Determine the nodal Displacement, element stresses and support reactions

of the axially loaded bar as shown in Fig.2. Take E=200 GPa and P=30
KN at node 2.
[10]

OR
Q4) a)

[4759]-58

What is the significance of shape function? Obtain the shape functions,

in terms of natural coordinates, for the two - noded 1 - D element. [6]

b)

For the truss element, write an equation for element stiffness matrix in
global coordinate system and element stress equation. Find the element
stiffness matrix for the two bar truss as shown in Fig. 3. Also find the
stress in element 1.
Take, P= 100 N, L = 100 mm, A = 5 mm2 and E = 200 GPa

[10]

Q5) a)

Determine the shape functions for a constant stain triangular (CST)

element in terms of natural coordinate systems.
[8]

b)

The coordinate of the three nodes for triangular element are 1 (1.5,2), 2
(7, 3.5) and 3 (4, 7) respectively. The coordinate of the internal point P is
(3.85, 4.8). Evaluate the shape functions N1, N2 and N3 for point P. If
temperatures at nodes 1, 2, 3 are 250oC, 150oC and 100oC respectively,
determine the temperature at point P.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Draw a four noded quadrilateral element both in natural coordinates and

Cartesian coordinates for a quadrilateral plate with following data. [10]
Vertices

Cartesian coordinates (mm)

Displacement (mm)

10,20

0.4

20,20

0.5

20,50

0.6

10,50

0.7

[4759]-58

The point S within the element has Cartesian coordinates (15, 35) for
this point S, Determine
i)

The Nodal coordinates

ii)

The shape functions

iii)

The displacements

b)

What is an isoperimetric element? Explain with suitable example.

[6]

c)

Draw a eight noded quadrilateral in Cartesian and natural coordinates.[2]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

A beam of length 10m, fixed at one end and supported by a roller at

other end carries a 20 KN concentrated load at the centre of the span. By
taking the modulus of 200 Gpa and moment of inertia as 24 x 10-6 m4,
determine
[12]
i)

Stiffness matrices

ii)

Deflection under load

iii)

Shear force and bending moment at mid span

iv)

Reactions at supports

Explain the type of coordinate systems used in FEA.

[4]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain Beam Stiffness Matrix based on Timoshenko beam theory. [8]

b)

Assemble the stiffness matrix for the member of plane frame shown in
fig. 4., if it is oriented at angle 30o to the x axis. Take E=200 GPa, I = 4 x
10-6 m4 and A = 4 x 10-3 m2 and length of frame member L = 5m. [8]

[4759]-58

Q9) a)
b)

State and explain governing equation for 1 Dimensional heat flow. [8]
Prove that stress developed for 1 D linear element would be

[8]

= E ( Bq T ) .

Where - coefficient of thermal expansion

And T = change in temperature.
OR
Q10)a)

b)

An insulated circular fin has cross sectional area A = 0.1 m2 and length L
= 0.4m. The left end has a constant temperature of 100oC. A positive
heat flux of q = 5000 W/mm2 acts on the right end. Let KXX = 6W /
(moC). Determine the temperature at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 and L.
[10]
Write a short note on 2D element used for Heat transfer problem.

[6]

What is non linearity? Explain different types of non linearities.

[6]

b)

State the difference between Static, Dynamic and fatigue analysis.

[6]

c)

Write a short note on NVH analysis. Also compare FEM and BEM
(Boundary element method).
[6]

Q11)a)

OR
Q12)a)

Explain Fatigue and the different approaches in fatigue analysis.

[6]

b)

What is modal analysis? What are the mode shapes?

[6]

c)

Explain preprocessing and Postprocessing in commercial FEA software.

[6]

EEE

[4759]-58

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1367

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-59
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (402064 A) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if, necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following terms:

i)

Air resistance.

ii)

Rolling resistance.

iii)

Grade resistance.

[9]

Explain various sections used for side members and cross members of
chassis frame.
[7]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch the construction of frameless body.

[7]

Explain the characteristics of following layouts:

[9]

i)

Front engine front drive.

ii)

Front engine rear drive.

iii)

Rear engine rear drive.

Q3) a)

With the help of suitable diagram describe the construction features of

diaphragm spring type clutch. Discuss its advantages and disadvantages
relative to the clutch employing helical spring.
[8]

b)

Explain with neat sketch the working of a constant mesh gear box. [8]
OR

[4759]-59

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Explain with neat sketch semi-floating rear axle.

[8]

b)

State various advantages of using rear engine layout for long buses. [4]

c)

Describe the operation of non-slip or limited slip differential used in

automobile.
[4]

Q5) a)

Explain with neat sketch: Castor, Camber and King pin inclination. [6]

b)

Explain with neat sketch the working of shock absorber.

[6]

c)

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of independent suspension.

[6]
OR

Q6) a)

Sketch a recirculating ball type steering gear and explain its working.[6]

b)

Explain with neat sketch the working of power steering.

[6]

c)

What are the requirements of automobile air conditioning system and

how they are achieved?
[6]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Explain the importance of vehicle maintenance. What are different kinds

of maintenance required for car?
[8]

b)

What do you understand by servicing of brake system? Prepare the

check point list for servicing of brake system.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Prepare maintenance schedule plan for three cylinder petrol engine of an

automobile of your choice.
[8]

b)

Describe what maintenance is required to steering system? Explain with

neat sketch various lubrication points needed for steering linkages. [8]

Q9) a)

Explain construction and details of an automobile seat. What are the

various parts of it? Explain with neat sketch.
[8]

b)

What is the role of safety in automobile? Explain various safety systems

incorporated in modern days automobile.
[8]
OR

[4759]-59

Q10)a)
b)

Explain in details the importance of ergonomics in automobile safety.

[8]
Write short note on:

[8]

i)

Air Bags for passenger safety.

ii)

Head lamp assembly.

Q11)a)

Explain with neat sketch construction and working of Electronics Antilock

braking system used in automobile.
[8]

b)

List the various types of actuators used in electronic control system of

vehicle. Explain any two actuators.
[10]
OR

Q12)Write short note on Any Three:

[18]

a)

Electronic Control Unit (ECU).

b)

Use of Sensors in automobiles.

c)

Component of engine management system.

d)

New technology in automotive lighting.

[4759]-59

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1509

[4759]-6

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Civil)
AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer -books.

3)

Your answers will be valued as a whole.

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

5)

Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Discuss the followings:
a)

Metrological parameters.

[6]

b)

Scales of Metrology.

[5]

c)

Plume Behavior.

[6]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

How ground level concentration can be measured? Explain in brief. [9]

Calculate effective stack height from following data:
i)

Physical stack is 203 m tall

ii)

Inside Diameter 1.07 m

iii)

Wind velocity is 3.56 m/s

[8]

P.T.O.

iv)

Air temperature is 13oC

v)

Barometric pressure is 1000 millibars

vi)

Stack gas velocity is 9.14 m/s

vii) Stack gas temperature is 149oC

Q3) a)
b)

What is Air pollution survey? Discuss.

[8]

What is sampling of gases? How it is carried?

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

What are the methods available in air sample analysis? Explain any one in
details.
[8]
Discuss Air Quality Monitoring.

[8]

How you can modify the indoor air quality? Explain in brief.

[8]

What air pollutant? Give its sources and effects.

[9]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What are the sources of odor? How odor can be measured?

[8]

Enlist the controlling methods for odor. Explain any one in detail.

[9]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

Give note on air pollution control by

i)

Process Modification

ii)

Change of Raw Material.

List out the types of control equipments. Explain settling chamber to

remove minimum size of the particle.
[7]
OR

[4759]-6

[10]

Q8) a)

b)
Q9) a)
b)

A fabric filter is to be constructed using bags that are 0.3 m in diameter

and 6.0m long. The bag house is to receive 10 m3/sec of air, and the
appropriate filtering velocity has been determined to be 2.0 m/min.
Determine the number of bags required for a continuously cleaned
operation.
[10]
Discuss about Wet scrubber.

[7]

What is land use planning? Discuss.

[8]

Give a note on economics of air pollution control.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Discuss Air (Prevention and Control) Pollution Act 1981 with recent
amendment.
[8]

b)

What are the emission standards in India for mobile and stationary
sources? Discuss.
[8]

Q11)a)

Who are the regulatory agencies and their role to obtain environmental
clearance for project?
[9]

b)

How the public hearing and role of general public is importance in

environmental clearance?
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

In what way water resource project impact on environment? Discuss.[9]

Explain in details Environmental management plan.

EEE

[4759]-6

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 6]

P1368

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-60
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
OPERATION RESEARCH
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answer to the two sections should be written in separate answer sheet.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to right indicate full marks.
5) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

What are various phases of solving OR problem.

Maximize Z = 3x1 + 2x2 + 5x3

[6]
[12]

Subject to x1 + 2x2 + x3 430

3x1 + 2x3 460,
x1 + 4x2 420
x1, x2, x3 0
OR
Q1) Solve by big M method

[18]

Maximize Z = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 x4

Subject to x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 = 15
2x1 + x2 + 5x3 = 20
x1 + 2x2 + x3 + x4 = 10
x1, x2, x3, x4 0
Q2) a)
b)

Write LP form of assignment problem.

[3]

For n size square assignment problem.

[2]

How many constraints are involved in its LP form and what type?
[4759]-60

P.T.O.

c)

A company has factories at F1, F2 and F3 that supply products to

warehouses at W1, W2 and W3. The weekly production of factories is
200, 160 and 90 units respectively and the weekly demand of warehouses
is 180, 120 and 150 units respectively. The unit shipping costs in rupees
is below.
[11]
W1

W2

W3

F1

16

20

12

F2

14

18

F3

26

24

16

Solve and optimize the solution by suitable method.

OR
Q2) a)

b)

A sales man want to visit cities A, B, C, D and E. He does not want to

visit any city twice before completing his tour of all the cities and wishes
to return to the point of starting the journey. Cost of going from one city
to another in rupees is given below table. Find least cost route.
A

12

Solve and optimize following transportation problem to supply good

from Sources to Destinations. The table below gives transportation cost
and total supply and demand from each source and destination.
Destination-I Destination-II Destination-III Destination-IV Supply
Source-I

11

Source-II

Source-III

15

10

Demand

[16]

[4759]-60

Q3) Write short note (Any Three):

[16]

a)

ABC analysis.

b)

Non linear programming problems.

c)

Dynamic Programming.

d)

Inventory related cost.

e)

Probabilistic Inventory model.

f)

Cutting plane algorithm in integer programming.

SECTION-II

Q4) a)

b)

Explain:

[8]

i)

Minimax and Maximin Principle.

ii)

Dominance Rule.

Solve following Game problem with Dominance Rule.

[8]

Player B

Player A

B1

B2

B3

A1

12

A2

A3

10

OR
Q4) a)

Discuss various replacement analysis models.

[8]

b)

A manufacturer have machine A having price 2500/- Its maintenance

cost is Rs. 400/- for first five years and then increase by Rs. 100 further
per year. Scrap value of machine is negligible. Money value is 10% per
year. When the machine should be replaced.
[8]

Q5) a)

Find the sequence that minimizes the total time required for performing
the following jobs on three machines in order ABC. Processing time in
minute is given below.
[10]

[4759]-60

Jobs

II

III

IV

VI

VII

Machine A

Machine B

Machine C

11

12

b)

Mention any four optimality criteria for sequencing problem.

[6]

OR
Q5) a)

Assume a single channel service system of a library in a school. On an

average 10 students visit per hour and book issue rate is 14 students/
hour.
Determine:

b)

i)

Probability of librarian being idle.

[2]

ii)

Probability that at least 4 students in the system.

[3]

iii)

Expected time that student is in queue.

[3]

What is simulation? Describe its advantages in solving the problems.

Give its limitations with suitable example.
[8]

Q6) A project has following data with duration in days

1-2

1-3

2-4

3-4

3-5

4-5

Optimistic Time in Days

Most likely Time in Days

12

14

17

Pessimistic Time in Days

14

15

17

12

20

a)

Draw the network, find expected duration and critical path.

[6]

b)

Find out floats for activity 1-3

[3]

c)

What is the probability that project will get complete in 30 days.

[3]

d)

Differentiate between PERT and CPM.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)

Write short note on Gantt chart in Project Management.

[5]

b)

Define 3 types of floats.

[3]

c)

State the Fulkersons rules for drawing the network with suitable example.
[5]

d)

Discuss the probability considerations in PERT.

[4759]-60

[5]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1369

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-61
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
ROBOTICS
(2008 Course) (Elective-III) (402064 C) (Semester-I)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the robot anatomy with suitable sketch.

[8]

Describe various characteristics used to specify Industrial Robot.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the different types of joints used in robots.

[8]

b)

Explain the term Compliance in terms of robot. Explain types of

compliance.
[8]

Q3) a)

What are the different considerations used in the design of the gripper?
[8]

b)

State various types of sensors in robot. Explain capacitive and ultrasonic

sensors.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch, range sensor used in robot.

[8]

Classify the different types of grippers used in Industrial robots. Describe

vacuum type of gripper in detail.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the Modeling and control of a single joint in robot.

Write short notes on gear motor and piston motor.

[8]
[10]

OR
Q6) a)

Explain with neat sketch, different types of controllers used in robot.

[8]

b)

Classify in details, the different types of drives used in Industrial robots.

[10]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

A camera locates an object by the matrix.

0 1 0

[10]

50

1
0

0
0

0 75
1 20

The camera is then translated by 15 units along z-axis of the object, then
rotated about its own x-axis by 90. Determine the new rotation between
camera and object.
b)

Explain Denavit-Hartenberg parameters with a suitable example and

sketches.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Explain geometric approach and algebraic approach for inverse kinematic

solutions.
[10]
Explain Newton-Euler dynamic formulation.

[8]

What is a vision system? How can vision system be classified?

[8]

Explain WAIT, DELAY and SIGNAL commands with suitable examples.

[8]
OR

[4759]-61

Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain:

[8]

i)

Image processing techniques,

ii)

Edge detection.

Discuss various interpolation schemes.

[8]

Define Artificial intelligence. Explain the areas of particular importance

of AI.
[8]
Discuss tools and techniques for simulation.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Define simulation and explain need of simulation.

[8]

Explain maintenance and safety aspects of robots.

[8]

[4759]-61

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1370

SEAT No. :

[4759]-62

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

COSTING AND COST CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV) (402066)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any three questions from each section.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer- books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

State the objectives and importance of cost accountings.

[8]

State limitations of financial accounting?

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Difference between financial Accountings & cost Accounting.

[8]

Discuss the essential of good cost Accounting system?

[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the detail various parameters used for classification of costs?[8]

b)

Explain the different methods of costing used in manufacturing Industries.

[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Define and explain in details the following with suitable examples.

i)

Manufacturing overheads.

ii)

Indirect labour cost.

iii)

Sales and distribution overhead.

[8]

P.T.O.

b)

Q5) a)

i)

Differentiate between Direct expenses & Indirect expenses.

ii)

What are the characteristics of direct expenses.

[8]

In a factory working six days in a week and eight hours each day, a
worker is aid at the rate of Rs. 100 / day basic plus DA @ 120% of
basic. He is allowed to take 30 minutes off during his hours shifts for
meals-break and a 10 minutes recess for rest. During a week, his card
showed that his time was chargable to:
[10]
Job X 15 hrs
Job Y 12 hrs
Job Z 13 hrs
The time not booked was washed while waiting for a Job. In cost
accounting how would you allocate the wages of the worker for the
week.

b)

State the method of allocation of administration overhead to cost centers

or products.
[8]
OR

Q6) A company has three production departments (M1, M2 and A1) and three
service department, one of which Engineering services departments servicing
the M1 & M2 only.
[18]
The relevant information is as follows:
Production dept.

[4759]-62

Product
X

Product
Y

M1

10 Machine hrs

6 Machine hours

M2

4 Machine hrs

14 Machine hours

A1

14 direct labour hours

18 Direct labour hours

Dept. ignoring the appointment of service department coast among service

departments.
a)

Calculate suitable overhead obsorption rate for the productions.

b)

Calculate the overheads to absorbed by two products X and Y.

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What are the methods of apportioning joint costs explain any one brief.[8]
Discuss the treatment of By-product cost in cost-accounting.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

A coke manufacturing company produces the followings products by

usings 5,000 tonnes of local @ Rs.15/ tone into a common process
coke 3,500
Tar 1,200 tonnes
Sulphate of Ammonia 52 tonnes
Benzol 48 tonnes
Apportion the joint cost amongst the product on the basis of the physical
unit method.
[8]

b)

Find out the cost of joint products A & B using contribution margin
method from the following data:
Sales: Product A : 100 kg @ Rs. 60 per kg
Product B : 120 kg @ Rs. 30 per kg.
Joint cost
Marginal cost Rs. 4,400
Fixed cost Rs. 3900

Q9) a)

b)

[8]

A company has fixed cost of Rs. 90,000 sales Rs. 30,000 and profit Rs.
60,000 required
[8]
i)

Sales volume if in the next period the company suffered a loss of

Rs. 30,000/-

ii)

What is the margin of safety for a profit of Rs. 90,000/-

Explain & illustrate cash break -even chart.

OR

[4759]-62

[8]

Q10)a)

b)

Explain following in brief:

i)

Marginal costing

ii)

Absorption costing

[8]

A company produces single product which sells for Rs. 20 per unit
Variable cost is Rs. 15 per unit & fixed overhead for the year is Rs.
6,30,000.
[8]
Required

Q11)a)
b)

i)

Calculate sales value needed to earn a profit of 10% on sales.

ii)

Calculate sales price per unit to bring BEP down to 1,20,000 units.

iii)

Calculate margin of safety sales if profit is Rs. 60,000.

State basis of standard costing.

[9]

State need for a standard costs.

[9]

OR
Q12)Write a short note on (any two):

[18]

a)

Types of standards in standard costing.

b)

Techniques of Marginal costing.

c)

Controllable & uncontrollable Variances.

EEE

[4759]-62

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3885

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 63
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

MACHINE TOOL DESIGN

(2008 Pattern) (Elective - IV)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) Attempt one Question of each unit from Section-I and Section-II.
2) Answer to the questions should be written on separate books.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if required.

SECTION - I
UNIT - I
Q1) a)

b)

Design a six-speed gear box for a machine tool having a minimum speed
60 rpm ,G.P ratio = 1.55, speed of motor = 1500 rpm.Draw the best
possible Structural diagram, ray diagram, speed chart and gear layout.[14]
Discuss the selection of motor for the drive.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain why cis used for calculating speed? Show value of geometric
progression.lies between 1 and 2.
[8]

b)

Discuss the designs features of feed gear box with Norton drive

[8]

c)

Write a Short note on selection of best Ray diagram.

[4]

UNIT - II
Q3) a)

What the design criteria for beds? How these are applied to for welded
and cast beds.
[8]

b)

Why stiffness is important consideration in machine tool structure? How

stiffness is improved explain with figures .
[7]
P.T.O.

OR
Q4) a)
b)

What are the functions of machine tool structures? Show the different
types of cross sections used for machine tool beds and columns. [8]
Discuss bed materials along with required properties.

[7]

UNIT - III
Q5) a)

Estimate the total error in pitch of a lead screw working on sliding friction
and show that it could be expressed as.
[10]

P2
1 1 +
2 where 1 = QP / AE Q- Axial load, P-Pitch,
2 D
A - Cross section area, D - Effective diameter, - Efficiency
b)

Write a note on aerostatic slide ways.

[5]

OR
Q6) a)

b)

Discuss briefly the merits and demerits of Recirculating power screw in

comparison to conventional lead screw. State its specific field of uses
and application.
[7]
Discuss the design consideration in guideways.

[8]

SECTION -II
UNIT - IV
Q7) a)

Explain the design consideration of machine tool spindle.

[8]

b)

Explain different methods for preloading of ball bearing.

[6]

c)

Describe the different types of bearing employed in machine tools. Give

the importance of each.
[6]
OR

Q8) a)

Describe the various elements of a spindle unit used in a drilling machine.

Draw the neat sketch of the arrangement.
[7]

b)

Explain optimum spacing of support in spindle for good rigidity.

c)

State and explain the functions of machine tool spindle. What are the
desirable features of spindle units.
[5]

[4759] - 63

[8]

UNIT - V
Q9) a)
b)

What do you understand by regenerative chatter in machine tool? State

its causes and effects.
[8]
How vibrations of boring bar are damped.

[7]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain how electrical breaking system is used for control in machine

tool.
[8]

b)

Compare hydraulic control system with mechanical control system with

reference to performance, cost ,reliability considerations.
[7]
UNIT - VI

Q11)Write a short note on following :

[15]

a)

Layout of machine tool by matrices

b)

Feed back devices used in CNC

c)

For flat disc drive ,derive the equation for frictional torque
OR

Q12)a)

Explain how and where a retrofitting is done in a old lathe machine tool.[8]

b)

Differentiate stepped and stepless drive and explain Epicyclic stepless

drive.
[7]

===

[4759] - 63

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3886

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 64
B.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)

(C) : ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION

(Self Study) (2008 Pattern)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks : 100

Instructions to the candidates:

1) All questions compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain current energy scenario in India. Describe the need for renewable
energy.
[9]

b)

Discuss different aspects of Energy Policy and strategy in Energy

conservation systems.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

What are the ways of power factor improvement? Explain in detail. [9]
Write short notes on :
i)

Variable speed drive

ii)

Energy efficient motors

[9]

Write in brief the methodology to carry out detailed energy audit.

[8]

What are the different methods of financial analysis? Explain any one
method with suitable example.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

What is the time value of money and net present value?

[8]

Write short notes on :

[8]

i)

Sankey diagram

ii)

Fuel and energy substitution

P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain the opportunities for improving energy efficiency in boilers. [8]

b)

Discuss energy conservation opportunities in steam distribution systems.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

What are the energy conservation opportunities in compressed air

distribution system?
[8]
Write short notes on :

[8]

i)

Economic thickness of insulation

ii)

Insulating materials and refractories

SECTION -II

Q7) a)
b)

Describe Energy and Environment.

[6]

Write a note on efforts taken to control global environmental issues. [12]

OR

Q8) a)
b)

Discuss the concept of Emission Trading and Clean Development

Mechanism.
[10]
Write short notes on :

[8]

i)

Fossil fuel related pollutants

ii)

Industrial pollution emissions

Q9) a)

What are the major sources of water pollution? Explain the various ways
of waste water treatment?
[8]

b)

What are the major sources of air pollution? Discuss various air pollution
control methods.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Write short notes on :

i)

Noise pollution

ii)

Thermal pollution

[8]

Write a short note on air pollution laws and standards.

[4759] - 64

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss different waste minimization techniques?

[8]

What are the main components of solid waste management?

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What do you mean by sustainable development? What are the objectives

of Environmental Impact Assessment (ETA).
[8]
Write short notes on :

[8]

i)

Cogeneration for pollution control

ii)

Incineration

[4759] - 64

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1371

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-65
B.E. (Electrical)

PLC AND SCADA APPLICATION

(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (403141)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain in detail block diagram of PLC.

[9]

Define Programmable Logic Controller and enlist important applications

of the same.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

State and explain advantages and disadvantages of PLC in detail. [10]

What are the selection criteria for PLC.

[8]

Explain rules for proper construction of PLC ladder diagram.

[8]

Develop the ladder diagram for the following truth table.

[8]

Inputs - 11, 12

Outputs - Q1, Q2

11

12

Q1

Q2

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain T-ON timer.

[8]

Explain electromagnetic relay as an ON/OFF output devices.

[8]

Write a short note on PID controller.

[8]

State Adjust and Observe method of PID tuning.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

What are the different parameters which are affecting the speed of DC
motor.
[8]
Explain speed control of AC motor.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Define and explain with block diagram parts of SCADA.

[8]

State advantages, disadvantages and applications of SCADA system.[8]

OR

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain SCADA desirable properties.

[8]

Explain SCADA data transfer through PLCC.

[8]

Explain SCADA system architectures in detail.

[8]

Explain with block diagram use of SCADA in water purification system.[8]

OR

Q10)a)
b)

[4759]-65

Write short note on Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED).

[8]

Explain with block diagram use of SCADA in chemical plant.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Draw and explain seven layers of OSI model and their functions.

[9]

Explain Control Net, Device Net, Ethernet/IP.

[9]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Draw and explain IEC 61850 layered architecture.

[9]

Write note on security Implications of the SCADA protocols.

[9]

EEE

[4759]-65

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1372

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 66
B.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEM OPERATION & CONTROL
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (403142)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain the use of equal area criteria for stability study in case of sudden
change in mechanical input of synchronous generator.
[8]

b)

Explain the difference between clearing angle and critical clearing angle,
clearing time and critical clearing time.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Differentiate between the steady state stability, transient state stability

and dynamic state stability with reference to basic concept, limits, item
of study.
[8]

b)

Explain the point by point method in detail for the solution of swing
equation.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the effect of variation in excitation of the synchronous machine

on the reactive power management.
[8]

b)

Why the reactive power compensation is required in the power system.[8]

OR

Q4) a)
b)

Draw the loading capability curve of a generator and explan in detail the
important considerations while drawing it.
[8]
Explain the concept of sub-synchronous resonance.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What is the FACTS technology and explain about its application to

power system.
[8]

b)

Explain the principle of operation, circuit diagram and application of[10]

i)

Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC)

ii)

Static Synchronous Series compensation (SSSC)

OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain how the evolution in FACTS technology has taken place.

Write a short note on
i)

STATCOM

ii)

SVC

[8]
[10]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain with block diagram and frequency responses, the load frequency
control of single area case, with the proportional plus integral control
action. Explain the Area Control Error (ACE).
[10]

b)

Explain the effect of following constraints on generation control

i)

Generator rate constraint

ii)

Speed governor dead band

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

With neat block diagram and response, explain two area load frequency
control. Also explain the concept of Area Control Error (ACE). [10]

b)

Explain following concepts with reference to automatic generation control;

[8]
i)

Free governor mode operation

ii)

Droop characteristic of speed governor system

Q9) a)

Define unit commitment and explain the necessity of it. Explain the
objective function of Unit commitment and various constraints applied.
[8]

b)

State various methods of unit commitment. Explain the recursive function

used in dynamic programming method of unit commitment. State the
advantages of dynamic programming method.
[8]
OR

[4759]-66

Q10)a)

b)

Explain with mathematical formulation, the economic load dispatch with

transmission loss and including equality constraint of meeting load. Explain
penalty function.
[10]
Explain the cost curve of thermal generator.

[6]

Q11)Compare following types of power interchange mechanisms

[16]

a)

Energy banking

b)

Capacity interchange

c)

Diversity interchange
OR

Q12)Explain the conditions applied suitable for following mode of power

transaction.
[16]
a)

Emergency power interchange

b)

Inadvertent power exchange

c)

Power pool

R R R

[4759]-66

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1373

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 67
B.E. (Electrical)
CONTROL SYSTEM - II
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (403145)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one question from each pair of questions: Q.1 & Q.2, Q.3 & Q.4, Q.5
& Q.6, Q.7 & Q.8, Q.9 & Q.10,Q.11 & Q.12.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Draw electrical circuit & derive transfer function of Lag compensation

network.
[6]
A unity feedback system has an open loop transfer function,
G( s ) =

10
s (1 + s ) Design a suitable Lead compensator so that phase margin

is 50o and Kv = 20/sec.

Q2) a)
b)

OR
Compare Lead and Lag compensator.
[6]
A unity feedback system has an open loop transfer function,
G( s ) =

K
s (1 + 2 s ) Design a suitable Lag compensator so that phase margin

is 40o and steady state error for ramp input is 0.2.

Q3) a)

[12]

[12]

Consider a linear time invariant system represented by X = AX +Bu .

Show that its non homogeneous solution is
t

X (t ) = (t ) x (0 ) + (t ) B V ( )d .

[8]

P.T.O.

b)

2 1
Determine the state transition matrix for the system having A =
2 3

1
& find out homogeneous response if the initial conditions are X (0 ) = .
2
[8]

OR

Q4) a)

b)

Q5) a)

b)

Define state transition matrix. Explain any two methods of computing

STM.
[8]
0 1
Find STM for A =
using Cayley-Hamilton theorem.
2 3

[8]

Explain the effect of pole zero cancellation on the controllability &

observability with suitable example.
[8]
1
1
0
A system is described by X =
x
+

1 u Y = [1 1] x . Verify
12 7

Duality theorem.
[8]

OR

Q6) An observable system is described by

1 2 0
2

X = 3 1 1 x + 1 u;Y = [0 0 1]x . Design a state observer by any

0 2 0
1
two methods so that eigen values are at 4; 3+ j1;3 j1.
[16]

[4759]-67

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

Explain PID controller with its characteristics, applications and its effect
on system performance.
[8]
Design a PID controller for G( s ) =

1
and get values of Kp,
s (s + 4 )(s + 3)

Ti & Td.

[8]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Explain Zigler Nichols rules for tunning of PID controller.

[6]

A unity feedback system has open loop transfer function,

G( s ) =

100
(s + 1)(s + 2 )(s + 5 ) , Design a PI controller in frequency domain

so that phase margin of system is 60o at frequency of 0.5 rad/sec. [10]

Q9) a)
b)

In describing function analysis, how the stability of non linear system is

determined? Explain with figure of 1/KN locus and G(jw) locus. [8]
Derive describing function of Saturation nonlinearity.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain Precisely the terms; Asynchronous quenching, Frequency

entrainment and nonlinear spring mass system.
[8]

b)

In a unity feedback system an ideal relay with output equal to 1 unit is

connected in cascade with G (s ) =

50
. Determine the
s (s + 1)(s + 2 )

amplitude and frequency of the limit cycle if it exists by Describing

function method.
[8]

[4759]-67

Q11)a)
b)

Discuss different types of singular points that occur in the phase plane
method.
[6]
A linear second order system is described by eqn
e + 2 n e + n2e = 0 , where = 0.15, n = 1 rad/sec, e(0) = 1.5
and e (0 ) = 0 . Construct the phase trajectory, using method of isoclines.

[12]

OR
Q12)a)

Show that the following quadratic form is positive definite by Sylversters

criterion.
[6]
V ( x ) = 8X12 + X 22 + 4X 32 + 2X1X 2 4X1X 3 2X 2 X 3

b)

c)

Explain the terms:

[6]

i)

Stability

ii)

Asymptotic stability and

iii)

Asymptotic stability in large

Explain Liapunovs second method and Liapunovs stability theorem.[6]

R R R

[4759]-67

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3686

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 68
B.E. (Electrical)
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
( 2008 Course) (Elective -I) (Semester -I) (403143)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What is automation? Explain types of automation with neat sketch. [8]

Explain the following terms.
i)

Work envelop

ii)

DOF

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain different methods for point to point motion conversion.

[8]

Explain the following terms-

[8]

i)

Spatial resolution

ii)

Compliance

Q3) a)

Explain different types of electrical drives used in robots and their

selection criteria.
[8]

b)

Explain different types of end effectors used in robot manipulator. [8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

With the help of a neat diagram, explain

i)

Cartesian Robot

ii)

SCARA Robot

[8]

Explain various actuators needed in robot design with their selection

criteria.
[8]

Q5) The coordinates of the point P on the body are given by {2,2,2}T. The point
is rotated about z axis by 60 and then about x axis by 30 and then y axis by
90. Find the final coordinates of the point P w.r.t. the fixed frame.
Continue the travel of final point P in x direction by 5 unit.

[10+8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Write a short note on Euler angle systems used in Robotics.

[9]

Explain the concept of hand matrix with the effect of pre and post
multiplication by basic homogeneous matrix.
[9]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain rules for establishing coordinate frames at different joints for DH representation.
[9]
Explain concept of geometric approach in inverse kinematics.

[9]

OR
Q8) a)

Explain Geometric Method and Direct Method for solution of inverse

kinematics.
[9]

b)

Draw a neat diagram of PUMA Robot explaining the degrees of freedom.

Also show all the coordinate frames attached to the robot.
[9]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain Lagrangian analysis in robot dynamics.

[8]

Explain manipulator Jacobean, Inverse Jacobean and singularities in

Jacobean analysis in short.
[8]
OR

[4759]-68

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain Joint Position Control for robot motion.

[8]

Explain need of robot motion study for robot engineer.

[8]

Write a note on robot specific languages.

[8]

Explain how a robot can be used for welding application.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Write a note on-

[8]

i)

Teach Pendant

ii)

Online and Offline programming

Explain Spray Painting Robot with details of selection criteria, selection

of drives and actuators, methods of control and peripheral devices used.
[8]

R R R

[4759]-68

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1374

[4759]-69

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electrical)
b: POWER QUALITY
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (403143)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

In section- I, attempt Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6. In section - II, attempt

Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, Q 11 or Q 12.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

5)

Use of calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain various electromagnetic phenomena as per IEEE 1159 standard

with its different characteristics.
[10]
Explain various symptoms of poor power quality.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain various definitions of power quality with reference to each stake

holders.
[10]

b)

Why power quality is an important issue in recent years? Explain why

grounding concept is important in power quality.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain principal of regulating the voltage and impact of reactive power

management?
[8]

b)

What are the various causes of voltage flicker? Explain their effects on
power system equipments?
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

b)

Explain the various RMS voltage variations with reference to IEEE 1159
standard such as short and long duration variations, overvoltage,
undervoltage, sags and swells.
[8]
Explain the following terms related with voltage flicker
i)

Short term (Pst) and

ii)

Long term (Plt) voltage flicker and various means to reduce it.

[8]

Q5) a)

Explain voltage sag characteristics such as magnitude, duration, phase

angle jump and missing voltage.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between voltage sag and interruptions. Explain how

consumers are getting affected economically due to voltage sag.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain utility and end user mitigation measures for voltage sag.

[8]

Explain the influence of fault location and fault level on voltage sags.[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Define harmonics, inter-harmonics and sub-harmonics. What are the

causes of harmonics?
[8]

b)

Explain series and parallel harmonics resonances. What are its

consequences?
[10]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

What is harmonic filtering? Explain active and passive filters.

Explain step by step procedure for harmonic analysis.

[8]
[10]

Q9) a)

Define transients? Explain various sources of transient overvoltages.[8]

b)

Explain basic principle of over voltage protection. Explain various devices

used for over voltage protection.
[8]
OR

[4759]-69

Q10)a)

Explain capacitor switching transients and its mitigation methods.

[8]

b)

Explain in detail effects of oscillatory and impulsive transients on power

system operation.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is the need of power quality measurement? Explain reactive and

proactive approach in power quality monitoring.
[8]

b)

Explain procedure for selection of monitoring equipments and use of

various equipments required for power quality monitoring.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

Explain various power quality monitoring objectives and requirements.[8]

b)

Explain selection procedure of transducers for power quality monitoring.

[8]

EEE

[4759]-69

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1510

SEAT No. :

[4759]-7

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Civil)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (401004)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Use separate answer sheets for Section I and II.

2)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

3)

Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 from SectionI and Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11

or Q12 from Section II.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

What is the difference between the vision of a town planner and an

architect while development of town?
[9]
Write a short note on garden styles: modern and historical.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain in detail different elements of design and mention the effectivity

of the same on architectural composition giving suitable examples. [9]

b)

How and why water body conservation and creation is responsible for
the development of an area; explain with suitable example.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the importance of the prevailing building byelaws for enriching

the spaces and hence to arrive at a beautiful Built Environment, within
the town.
[9]

b)

Explain the differences between URBAN DESIGN & URBAN

RENEWAL with appropriate examples.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What is the need of the concept Built Environment, in development of

megacities.
[8]

b)

Enlist the parameters on which Quality of Life is based and establish the
relation of the same with Urban Renewal proposal.
[9]

Q5) a)

Write a short note on: Advantages and usage of sustainable materials. [8]

b)

What aspects contribute for designating a building as a Green Building?

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Enlist different sustainable technologies and explain the advantages and

usage of sustainable technologies.
[8]
Write a short note on any Green build case study.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain about the contribution of different town planners.

[9]

Write short notes on: town planning schemes and garden city with
appropriate examples.
[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Explain various theories of developments (ribbon, sector etc) with the

help of suitable sketch.
[9]
Explain the concept new towns; giving suitable example.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain various levels of Planning and which is the common thread

between them as regards execution is concerned.
[9]

b)

Explain with neat sketches various junctions in road network and elaborate
importance of traffic management.
[8]
OR

[4759]-7

Q10)a)

Elaborate different types of surveys and the importance of the same

while finalizing DP Proposal when you are working as a planner. [9]

b)

Explain various urban road objectives and importance of traffic planning.

[8]

Q11)a)
b)

Write a short note on: SEZ, giving its status in India.

[8]

Elaborate applicability of modern tools for

[8]

i)

Land Use Analysis

ii)

Traffic management.
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Write short notes on

i)

LA Act

ii)

MHADA

[8]

Elaborate applicability of modern tools for

i)

Disaster management

ii)

Landscape planning

EEE

[4759]-7

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1375

SEAT No. :

[4759]-70

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Electrical)
ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (403143)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain the structure of eye with suitable diagram.

[10]

A small light with uniform intensity in all directions is mounted at a height

of 10 m above a horizontal surface. 2 points A and B both lie on the
surface with A directly beneath the source. How far is B from A if
illumination at B is only 1/10th as of A?
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain relative spectral senstivity of eye. Hence comment on the vision

of the eye wrt different ranges of the wavelength.
[6]

b)

What are the characteristics of eye performance?

[6]

c)

A lamp with a reflector is mounted 12 m above the centre of a circular

area of 24 meters diameter. If the combination of the lamp and reflector
gives a uniform CP of 1000 over the circular area, determine the maximum
and minimum illumination produced on the area.
[6]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Give the constructional details of Induction lamp with suitable diagram.

[8]

b)

Explain the construction and working of high pressure mercury vapour

lamp.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)
Q5) a)
b)

Explain the construction and working of low pressure sodium vapour

lamp.
[8]
Write a short note on CFL.

[8]

Compare electromagnetic and electronic ballast in lamp circuit.

[8]

Explain the importance of reflectors and diffusers for lamp circuit. [8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the types of lighting fixtures according to photometric usage.[8]

Give Ingress protection code.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain salient features for the design of a lighting scheme of a Industry.

[8]

b)

What are the different types of lighting installations? Explain all the types
in detail with appropriate examples.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain design scheme for Hospital. Give the lux levels for the different
sections of the Hospital.
[8]

b)

What is a polar curve? Explain in detail the types of polar curves. [8]

[4759]-70

Q9) a)

Explain life cycle costing and payback calculation with examples.

[8]

b)

Explain design procedure of indoor lighting using Lumen method.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Write a short note on Isolux diagram.

[8]

b)

Explain design procedure for flood lighting with appropriate formulas

required for calculations.
[8]

Q11)a)

Explain pre-design considerations for emergency lighting with different

connections of battery.
[10]

b)

Elaborate the components of optical fibre, advantages and disadvantages

along with applications.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Give the detailed information on energy management in lighting.

[9]

Explain photovoltaic lighting with suitable diagram.

[9]

EEE

[4759]-70

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1376

[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-71
B.E. (Electrical)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT

(2008 pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)

Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11 or Q12.

2)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

3)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

4)

Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)

Explain various types of project appraisals. How is project appraisal

carried out?
[8]
Explain need of Project Management. State all its characteristics.

[9]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain various phases of project life cycle.

[8]

Explain different types of Project Organization. State their characteristics.

[9]

Q3) Project is faced with evaluation of two alternatives A and B. The company
cost of capital is 14%. Use Net present value, profitability index and payback
period methods to arrive at a suitable decision.
[16]
Immediate

Cash inflows

cash out flows (in Rs. lacs.)

(in Rs. lacs) at the end of

Iyr IIyr IIIyr IVyr Vyr

Project A 40

10

15

20

15

Project B 50

10 15

15

20

15

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

What costs are associated with a project and how are they estimated?
How will you carry out the financial evaluation of a project?
[8]

b)

What is the importance of Project selection? Explain the probable causes

of project failure.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain Resource allocation What is the significance of Project

Scheduling? Explain the concept of crashing.
[8]

b)

Write short notes on:

i)

PERT

ii)

CPM

[8]

OR
Q6) The following data pertains to the network given below. It is desired to compress
the project to the least possible duration day by day and estimate the extra
cost.
[16]
i-j

Normal

Crash

Cost slope

Time(days)

Time(days)

(Rs. per day)

1-2

400

1-3

300

2-3

100

2-4

100

3-4

200

[4759]-71

Q7) a)

What are the elements of budgets? How to take care of them in planning
stage?
[8]

b)

State all the importance of Cost Estimating? What are the probable factors
for cost escalation?
[9]
OR

Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

What are different cost factors? Define direct cost, indirect cost & prime
cost.
[9]
Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Project cost accounting systems.

ii)

Cost estimating process.

Explain the Project Quality Managment. State the processes of project

quality management.
[9]
Explain in detail the techniques of quality assurance and control.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain short notes on:

[9]

i)

International project Management.

ii)

Quality planning.

b)

What are the different methods for maintaining the quality of procured
items? Describe in detail.
[8]

Q11)a)

The expected cash inflows from a project and their probability are as
under.
[9]
Expected cash inflow (Rs.)

Probability

25,000

0.25

30,000

0.40

42,000

0.20

12,000

0.15

The cash inflow acceptable for the project sponsor is Rs. 28,000. What
is the certainty equivalent coefficient?
[4759]-71

b)

The expected cash inflows of a project are estimated as under.

Year

Cash inflow (Rs.)

1,00,000

3,00,000

3,50,000

2,50,000

2,00,000

[8]

The initial investments required for the project is Rs. 8,00,000/-. The risk
adjusted discount rate is 12%. Evaluate as to whether the project proposal
is worth while.
OR
Q12)a)

b)

Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Capital Asset pricing model.

ii)

Portfolio risks.

Write short notes on:

[9]

i)

Diversible and Non diversible risks.

ii)

Correlation coefficient.

EEE

[4759]-71

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1377

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 72
B.E. (Electrical)
RESTRUCTURING & DEREGULATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (403144)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any three questions from each section.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Why the reformation has taken place in electrical power system?

[6]

b)

What are various challenges before Indian Power Sector?

[6]

c)

Explain functions of PFC.

[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain functions of Ministry of power.

[6]

b)

Explain the working of Indian Energy Exchange for day ahead market.[6]

c)

Explain functions of CEA.

Q3) a)
b)

[6]

Explain any two methods to asses the financial feasibility of any project.
[8]
Explain the desirable characteristics of tariff of electricity.

[8]

OR
Q4) Explain in brief.
a)

Capital cost

b)

Depreciation

c)

Debt & Equity

d)

Marginal Cost

[16]

P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

What are the regulation externalities?

[8]

Explain the role of Central Electricity Regulatory Commission and State

Electricity Regulatory Commission.
[8]
OR

Q6) Explain following methods of regulations:

a)

Incentive regulation.

b)

Rate of return regulation.

c)

Benchmarking Regulation.

[16]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain electricity reforms of Orissa and Maharashtra.

[8]

Explain in detail The California Crisis.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

b)

Explain the electricity reforms of:

i)

Nordic pool

ii)

United Kingdom

[8]

Write a short note on the following electricity trading models based on

industrial structure:
[8]
i)

Pool and bilateral Trades

ii)

Multilateral trades.

[4759]-72

Q9) a)
b)

Explain in detail decentralized trading model.

[9]

What is trading of electricity market? What are the rules that govern the
electricity markets?
[9]
OR

Q10)Write short note the following electricity trading models:

a)

Integrated

b)

Wheeling

c)

Decentralised

Q11)a)
b)

What are the functions of Load Dispatch Center (LDC).

[18]

[8]

Explain the three parts of availability based tariff, how they are
implemented.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain the key features of Indian Grid Code and also explain transmission
congestion issues.
[8]
Explain the concept of open access and transmission rights.

R R R

[4759]-72

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3687

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-73
B.E. (Electrical)
EMBEDDED SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II) (403144)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3)
Use of logarithmic tables, electronic pocket calculator and steam tables is allowed.
4)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

What is an Embedded System and explain the different categories of

embedded system? Give example of each category.
[8]

b)

Differentiate between General purpose operating system and Embedded

systems. Explain the design process in embedded system with waterfall
model.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Explain RISC and CISC processors with examples and explain the
characteristics and features of ARM7 processor.
[8]

b)

What is digital signal processor? Explain the architecture of any DSP

processor with block diagram.
[8]

Q3) a)

Explain the various types of ADC. Also describe the sample and hold
circuit with diagram.
[9]

b)

Write a note on any motion sensor along with application.

[9]

OR
Q4) a)

With the help of a diagram explain the interfacing of 4 4 matrix keypad

to microcontroller.
[6]

b)

Describe a strain gauge and its interfacing with micro controller through
ADC.
[6]

c)

Explain working of Temperature sensor with diagram.

[6]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What are solenoids and relays? Explain microprocessor interfacing to

Solenoids-Relay with diagram.
[6]

b)

What is LED ripple and how is the LED ripple prevented.

[6]

c)

What is DACs and specialized DACs?

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

What are the different types of stepper motors? Explain bipolar versus
unipolar operation of stepper motors.
[6]

b)

Explain stepper motor drive ICs (L62D1 & LM18200).

[4]

c)

Explain BLDC motor and how it can be driven.

[6]

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

Explain Inter-processor communication and synchronization of process,

tasks and threads.
[8]

b)

What is interrupt latency? Interrupt recovery time?

[6]

c)

What is device driver and explain device drivers for embedded devices.
[4]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain in detail following scheduling algorithms

i)

First in first out.

ii)

Round robin.

iii)

Round robin with priority.

iv)

Shortest job first.

v)

Non-preemptive multitasking.

vi)

Preemptive multitasking.

[10]

b)

Explain the concept of semaphores with example.

c)

What is difference between mailbox and message queues? What is

application of each?
[4]

[4759]-73

[4]

Q9) a)
b)

What is a kernel? Explain architecture of kernel.

[8]

Explain ISR, pipes and events.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain the task scheduler and its function.

[6]

b)

What are differences between General purpose operating systems and

RTOS?
[6]

c)

Explain the features of Vxworks.

Q11)a)
b)

Give a case study of an embedded system for a smart card.

[4]
[10]

What are the special features needed for embedded software in a smart
card?
[6]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain Digital camera with functional block diagram.

Design a control system for a prototype aircraft attitude control.

[4759]-73

[10]
[6]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P3688

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-74
B.E. (Electrical)
EXTRA HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION
(2008 Course) (Semester-I) (Elective-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answer any 3 questions from each section.
2)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3)
Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4)
Use of logarithmic tables, electronic pocket calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5)
Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

State the reasons for requirement of transmission lines. Write expression

for power handling capacity of three phase ehv ac line in terms of voltage
and line parameters. Derive expression for line current, total power loss
and % power loss in terms of line parameters.
[10]

b)

Write note on different types of winds causing vibrations/oscillations of

conductors of transmission lines.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

Derive travelling wave equations caused due to disturbance on

transmission line. Also derive solution for travelling wave equations.
[10]

b)

A line 300 km long is charged with step input of 1000 kv and is open
circuited at the receiving end. At the receiving end find reflected and
resultant voltage.
[6]

Q3) a)

State what is meant by bundled conductors and explain how it is different

from composite conductors. Derive expression for GMR of bundled
conductors of n sub-conductors in terms of bundle radius R. [10]

b)

Derive expression for flux linkage matrix and inductance matrix in terms
of Maxwells coefficient matrix.
[6]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

For three phase ehv line, considering the flux linkages due to sequence
components of currents derive expression for zero and positive sequence
components of inductances in terms of self and mutual inductances.
[10]

b)

Write note on advantages of bundled conductors in comparison with

composite conductors.
[6]

Q5) a)

Find expression for maximum and minimum potential gradient for bundle
of two subconductors. State the assumptions made in deriving this
expression.
[10]

b)

Compare the point electric charge with the line charge.

[4]

c)

A point charge of 10 C is placed at a distance 3 meter apart from center

of sphere of radius 0.5 meter. Calculate magnitude and location of point
charge Q2 which will make the sphere at zero potential.
[4]
OR

Q6) a)

Given a positive charge Q1 and sphere of radius R with Q1 located

external to the sphere, whose center is at distance S from Q1, the
sphere can be made to have zero potential on its surface if a charge of
opposite polarity and magnitude Q 2 =

Q1 R
R2
if placed at distance S2 =
S
S

from the center of given sphere towards Q1. Prove this.

b)

[12]

For horizontal configuration of conductors of three phase line write

Mangolt Formula for maximum surface voltage gradient on outer
phases and on central phase.
[6]
SECTION-II

Q7) a)

Write note on primary and secondary shock currents and their effects on
human being. Also explain what is meant by threshold current and letgo current.
[10]

b)

Draw the sketch of long truck parked parallel to an ehv line under it and
write expression for the capacitance of the truck.
[6]
OR

[4759]-74

Q8) a)

Draw the profile of electric field at the ground level due to ehv line and
discuss the biological effects of electric field on human being, animals
and plant life.
[8]

b)

Explain the procedure to find elect statically induced voltage on unenergized circuit of double circuit line.
[8]

Q9) a)

State the major components of HVDC system. Draw the sketch showing
their locations. Describe the function of each component.
[8]

b)

Draw Graietz Circuit for converting three phase ac supply into dc

supply. Label various parts of the circuit and derive expression for dc
voltage in terms of ac voltage.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

With neat sketch explain operation of converter as inverter in HVDC

system. Explain ignition advance angle and extinction advance angle.
[8]
Write note on reactive power requirement of HVDC system.

[8]

Q11)a)

Write note on ideal and actual V-I characteristics of HVDC system.

[10]

b)

Draw the diagram showing the voltage profile of HVDC mono-polar

link. State important requirements for satisfactory operation of HVDC
link.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

State the various converters firing control system and explain any one
stating its advantages and drawbacks.
[10]

b)

Write note on problems associated with operation of a dc system when

connected to weak ac system. State solutions to the problems.
[8]

[4759]-74

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1378

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 75
B.E. (Electrical Engineering)
d: SMART GRID
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (403144)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from section - I, and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from section - II.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indciate full marks.
5) Assume suitable additional data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

High light on evolution of electric grid and the concept of Smart Grid.[10]
Explain the concept of Resilient and self healing grid.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

High light on need and functions of Smart Grid.

Explain National and International policies of Smart Grid.

[10]
[8]

What is mean by outage management? What is present status of OMS?

How it will be improved in Smart Grid?
[8]
Write a note on PHEV.

[8]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Give functions and benefits of smart meter.

[8]

Why Real Time Prizing should be implemented and give its development
stages.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Write a note on IED.

[8]

Write a note on SMES.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain any two smart storage equipments.

[8]

Explain WAMS and give its advantages.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Describe the concept of Micro Grid, and also its need and applications.
[10]
Write a note on Thin film solar cells.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain issues of interconnection of Micro Grid.

[10]

Write a note on captive power plant.

[8]

Highlight on web based Power Quality monitoring.

[8]

Describe the concept, Power Quality conditioners related to Smart Grid.

[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Describe the EMC and how its role in Smart Grid.

[8]

Write a note on Power Quality Management related to Smart Grid. [8]

Highlight on role of GPS in Smart Grid.

[8]

Write a note on Broadband over power line.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Give importance of HAN in Smart Grid.

[8]

Explain cloud computing and its need.

[8]

R R R
[4759]-75

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1379

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 76
B.E. (Electrical)
SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - II) (403147)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain arc interruption theories in case of circuit breaker.

[8]

A circuit breaker interrupts the magnetizing current a 100MVA transformer

at 220kV. The magnetizing current of the transformer is 5% of the full
load current. Determine the maximum voltage which may appear across
the gap of the breaker when magnetizing current is interrupted at 53% of
its peak value. The stray capacitance is 2500 micro farad/ph &
inductance/ph is 30H. Also find the value of resistance to be used across
the contacts to eliminate the restriking voltage.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

Write a short note on Resistance switching in circuit breaker.

[8]

b)

An OCB is rated as 3 phase 1500A, 2000MVA, 33kV, 3 second. Determine

its breaking current, making current, STC & rated normal current .
[4]

c)

Explain low resistance Interruption principle in case of CB.

Q3) a)

[4]

With neat diagram explain construction & working of Air blast circuit
breaker.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

Write a short note on Auto reclosing.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Explain different ratings in case of HV CBs.

[8]

Explain various properties of SF6 gas used in SF6 CB.

[8]

Q5) a)

What are essential qualities of protective relaying. Explain in detail. [8]

b)

Explain the principle of simple or plain current differential relay. Explain

in detail, the problems associated with it.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

What do you mean by primary & backup protection. Explain with proper
illustration.
[6]

b)

With neat diagram, explain protection of parallel feeders.

[6]

c)

Determine the time of operation of 5A, overcurrent relay having plug

setting of 150% & TMS =0.4. The CT ratio is 400/5 and the fault current
is 6000A. At TMS = 1, the operating time at various PSM are shown
below.
[6]
PSM

10

20

time of operation
(sec)

10

2.8

2.4

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Compare static relays with electromechanical relays with respective,

construction, working principle, advantages and limitations.
[8]
Sketch and explain, the Phasor Measurement Unit [PMU].

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

With neat block diagram, explain numerical relays. State its advantages.[8]

[4759]-76

b)

Write short notes on

[8]

i)

Least square method for estimation of phasor

ii)

Sampling theorem

Q9) a)

Explain the phenomenon of overfluxing in the transformer and protection

used against it.
[8]

b)

3-ph, 10 MVA, 11kV alternator is provided with restricted earth fault

protection. The percentage of winding protected against phase to earth
fault is 80%. The relay trips for 20% out of balance current. Calculate
the resistance to be added in neutral to ground connection.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the following protective schemes with reference to AC generators.

[10]
i)

Loss of prime-mover

ii)

Loss of load

iii)

Unbalanced loading

b)

A 3-ph, 132 kV/11kV power transformer is delta-star connected. It is to

be protected by differential protection. If CT on HT side have ratio 50/5.
Find CT ratio on L.T. side. Draw the connection diagram for this
configuration.
[6]

Q11)a)

Explain three step distance protection scheme for the protection of

transmission line. Also draw the neat sketches for the same.
[9]

b)

Explain the effect of arc resistance and power swing on the performance
of distance relay.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain concept of distance relaying used for transmission line protection.

Explain impedance, reactance and mho relay with reference to
characteristics and applications.
[10]
Write a short notes on wide area measurement system (WAM).

R R R
[4759]-76

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2007

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 4

[4759]-77
B.E. (Electrical)
INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester-II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1)
Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2)
Answer any three questions from each section.
3)
Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4)
Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5)
Use of calculator is allowed.
6)
Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION-I
Q1) a)

b)

A drive has the following parameters T = 100 0.1 N, Nm where N is

the speed in rpm. Load torque Tl = 50, N-m. Initially the drive is operating
in steady-state. The characteristic of the torque are changed to 100
0.1 N, N-m. Calculate initial and final equilibrium speeds. For given drive
also calculate the time from initial speed to final speed, if J = 10 kgm2.
[8]
Explain nature and classification of load torques.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Explain load equalization using flywheels in electrical drives.

[8]

A motor is equipped with a flywheel to supply a load torque of 1000 Nm

for 10 sec followed by a light load period of 200Nm long enough for
flywheel to regain its steady state speed. It is desired to limit the motor
load torque to 700 Nm. What should be moment of inertia of flywheel?
Motor has inertia of 10 kg-m2. Its no load speed is 500 rpm and slip at a
torque of 500 Nm is 5%. Assume speed torque characteristic of motor
to be straight line in the region of interest.
[8]

P.T.O.

Q3) a)

b)

A 2 pole separately excited dc motor has the ratings of 220V, 100A and
750rpm. Resistance of the armature circuit is 0.1. The motor has two
field coils which are normally connected in parallel. It is used to drive a
load whose torque is expressed as TL = 5000.3 N, N-m where N is the
motor speed in rpm.
[8]
i)

Calculate the motor armature current and speed when armature

voltage is reduced to 100V.

ii)

Calculate the motor speed and current when two field coils are
connected in series.

Explain plugging method for braking operation of following drive [10]

DC shunt motor.
OR

Q4) a)

b)

A 400V, star connected 3-phase 6-pole, 50Hz, induction motor has

following parameters referred to stator: R s = R r = 1, Xs = Xr = 2 for
regenerative braking operation of this motor determine:
[8]
i)

maximum overhauling torque it can hold and range of speed for

safe operation.

ii)

Speed at which it will hold an overhauling load with a torque of

100 N-m.

Explain dynamic method for braking operation with characteristic of

following drives:
[10]
i)

DC shunt motor.

ii)

Three phase induction motor.

Q5) a)

Explain operation of chopper controlled DC series motor drive with

suitable waveforms.
[8]

b)

A 220V, 1500 rpm, 50A separately excited DC motor has armature

resistance 0.5 and assumes that motor is operating in continuous
conduction mode. The motor is controlled by three phase fully controlled
converter with source voltage of 440V, 50Hz. A star delta connected
transformer is used to feed the armature so that motor terminal voltage
equals rated voltage when converter firing angle is zero.
[8]

[4759]-77

i)

Calculate transformer turns ratio.

ii)

Determine when firing angle when a motor current is 1200 rpm and
rated torque.
OR

Q6) a)

Explain operation of three-phase fully controlled converter fed separately

excited DC motor drive with suitable waveforms and derive relation
between speed and firing angle.
[8]

b)

A 230V, 1000 rpm, 100A separately excited DC motor has armature

resistance 1 and assumes that motor is operating in continuous
conduction mode. The motor is controlled by single phase fully controlled
converter with source voltage of 230V, 50Hz. Calculate motor torque:
[8]
i)

At = 30 and speed 900 rpm.

ii)

At = 120 and speed 900 rpm.

SECTION-II
Q7) a)

A delta-connected squirrel cage induction motor has following ratings

and parameters
[8]
400V, 50Hz, 4-pole, 1420rpm,
R s = 0.35, R r = 0.4, X s = 0.7, Xr = 0.8

The motor is fed from a voltage source inverter. The drive is operated
with a constant v/f control up to 50Hz and at rated voltage above 50Hz.
Calculate:

b)

i)

Frequency for motoring operation at 950 rpm and full load torque.

ii)

Torque for frequency 40Hz and speed of 1100 rpm.

Explain closed loop control of CSI fed induction motor drives with neat
block diagram.
[8]
OR

[4759]-77

Q8) a)

b)

A 400V, 50Hz, 4-pole, 1400rpm star-connected squirrel cage induction

motor is fed from a voltage source inverter. The drive is operated with a
constant v/f control form 10 to 50Hz. By assuming speed-torque curve
for various frequencies to be parallel lines, calculate:
[8]
i)

Speed for frequency of 40Hz and 70% of full load torque.

ii)

Frequency for a speed of 900 rpm and full load torque.

iii)

Torque for frequency of 40Hz and speed of 1000 rpm as percentage

of full load torque.

With neat diagram, explain

V
=constant speed control method for
f

induction motor.

[8]

Q9) a)

Explain static Sherbius based slip power recovery scheme for electrical
drive.
[8]

b)

What are different losses in electrical drives and also enlist energy
conservation measures.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain energy conservation using static rotor resistance control in

induction motor.
[8]

b)

Explain components used for obtaining signals for interlocking and

sequencing operations and protection.
[8]

Q11)Write short note on:

[18]

a)

Flux oriented vector control of induction motor.

b)

Electrical Drives in Sugar Mills.

c)

Electrical Drives in Paper Mills.

OR

Q12)Write short note on:

[18]

a)

Commutatorless DC motor drive.

b)

Electrical Drives in Traction.

c)

Electrical Drives in Textile Mills.

[4759]-77

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2008

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 78
B.E. (Electrical)
VLSI DESIGN
(Elective - III) (2008 Course) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Differentiate between combinational ckt and sequential ckt. with one

example.
[6]

b)

Draw state transition table, state diagram & implement the hardware ckt.
diagram for 1011 sequence detector using Mealy model.
[10]
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

b)

What do you mean by universal Gate? Implement basic gates using

universal gates.
[10]
Implement NAND, NOR, AND gate using only 4:1 MUX.

[6]

What do you mean by Assembly language, low level language & High
level language? VHDL is which type of language? Differentiate between
VHDL & high level language.
[8]
Define following terms & give its VHDL syntax.
i) Entity
ii) Architecture
iii) Component
iv) Configuration
v) Subprogram
OR

[10]

P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Write VHDL code for 1 8 Demultiplexer & Draw its ckt. diagram. [8]

b)

Draw circuit diagram & timing diagram of MOD 6 synchronous &

Asynchronous counter.
[10]

Q5) a)

Write nine different values of std. logic. Also write the syntax in VHDL
for 8 8 RAM array of type std. logic vector.
[8]

b)

Explain the construction of MOSFET.

[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Explain any four data types & any four data objects used in VHDL. [8]
State standard device specifications of MOSFET.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Explain configuration with its VHDL code.

[8]

Draw basic gates using CMOS.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Write a note on MOS transistor.

[8]

Define VOH, VIL, VOL, VIH w.r.t. CMOS.

[8]

Draw the Architecture of PLA & Explain its each block in detail.

[8]

Draw & explain Architecture of FPGA.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Write a note on simulation & synthesis.

[8]

Define Fan-in, Fan-out, FOM, Noise margin w.r.t. CMOS.

[8]

Write VHDL code for 4 bit full adder.

[8]

Write VHDL code for 8 8 RAM. Also draw its block diag & Explain it.[10]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Draw block diagram of ALU & write VHDL code for it.

[8]

Write VHDL code for 4bit shift - register with parallel load & serial right
shift operation.
[10]

E
[4759]-78

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1380

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 79
B.E. (Electrical)
HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
(Semester - II) (2008 Course) (Elective - III) (403149)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) You are advised to attempt not more than 6 questions.
5) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
6) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
7) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Q4) a)
b)
c)

SECTION - I
Explain and derive the Townsends current growth equation in presence
of primary as well as secondary process.
[8]
Explain streamer theory of breakdown in gaseous dielectric material.[8]
OR
Explain breakdown in electronegative gases.
[8]
Explain the concept of time lag for breakdown.
[8]
Give examples of liquid and solid dielectrics used in various electrical
equipments. Also state the properties of liquid as well as solid dielectric
material.
[8]
Write short note on any two types of breakdown phenomenon in liquid
dielectrics.
[10]
OR
Explain treeing and tracking phenomenon. Explain effect of type of voltage,
magnitude of voltage, time of application of voltage and nature of surface
of insulating material on occurrence of treeing and tracks.
[8]
Explain thermal breakdown in solid dielectric. Also explain the concept
of thermal equilibrium. State formula of heat generated under a.c. and
d.c. voltage and heat dissipated.
[8]
State advantages of composite dielectric material.
[2]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

With schematic diagram, explain the occurrence of lightening. Explain

the nature of overvoltage occurred due to lightening phenomenon. [6]

b)

Explain various reasons of occurrence of switching overvoltage and

remedial actions to mitigate the overvoltage.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

Define insulation coordination. Explain the statistical approach of

insulation coordination.
[8]

b)

What is function of lightening arrester? State various types of arresters.

Explain the working of ZnO-gapless lightening arrestors. Also state the
advantages and limitations of ZnO arrestor.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Explain generation of high frequency AC voltage with the help of Tesla

coil.
[8]

b)

A 10 stage Cockraft-Walten circuit has all capacitors of 0.06micro Farad.

The secondary voltage of the supply transformer is 100KV at a frequency
of 150Hz. If the load current is 1mA,
[8]
determine
i)

Voltage regulation

ii)

The ripple

iii)

The optimum number of stages for maximum output voltage

iv)

The optimum output voltage

OR

Q8) a)

With a neat diagram explain principle and working of multistage impulse

generator.
[8]

b)

A 12-stage impulse generator has 0.2 F capacitors. The wave front and
the wave tail resistance connected are 600ohms and 4000 ohms
respectively. If the load capacitor is 1000pF, find the front and tail times
of the impulse wave produced.
[8]

[4759]-79

Q9) a)
b)

Explain any one method of measurement of DC voltage.

[8]

How dielectric constant is measured? Explain the method in detail. [8]

OR

Q10)a)

Describe the method of measurement of partial discharge.

[8]

b)

Explain the principle, construction and working of series peak

voltmeter.
[8]

Q11)a)

What is the difference between dry and wet withstand tests? Explain
with example.
[6]

b)

Write down any two tests carried out on high voltage transformer. [12]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain how planning and design of HV laboratory is done.

[9]

Describe small and medium size HV laboratory.

[9]

[4759]-79

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1511

SEAT No. :

[4759]-8

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGG.
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer 3 questions from section I and 3 questions from section II.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Your answers will be valued as a whole.

5)

Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed & IS codes are not allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss different soil classification systems.

[8]

Explain different clay minerals.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain the steps for using A-line chart, giving sample calculations.[8]

b)

Differentiate between Tetrahedral unit & Octahedral unit & explain

the role of Montmorillonite.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain modified Culmans method by drawing sample graph.

[8]

Explain:

[9]

i)

AEP

ii)

PEP

iii)

EP at Rest
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Design a gravity retaining wall, 5m high with vertical bach to retain a dry
sand with = 19kN/m3, = 30o. Also find the FOS against sliding
assuming = 30o, the wall is made up of stone masonry with = 23 kN/m3
& top width of 1.5 m. Use Rankines theory.
[9]

b)

Explain the steps for free earth support method by giving sample
calculations.
[8]

Q5) a)

b)

Discuss the following:

[12]

i)

Geosynthetics & their functions.

ii)

Properties & functional requirement of geogrids.

Explain RE wall components.

[5]

OR
Q6) a)

Explain Binquet & Lee Theory.

[6]

b)

Discuss Geosynthetics in geoenvironment.

[6]

c)

Explain, Soil Nailing with situations applicable.

[5]

SECTION - II
Q7) Explain the following:
a)

Elastic Half space Theory.

b)

Free & forced vibrations.

c)

Barkens method.

d)

Pauws analysis.

[4x4=16]

OR

[4759]-8

Q8) a)
b)

Discuss the design criteria for impact type machines as per IS-2974 - ptII-1966.
[8]
Discuss the tests for determination of spring constant.

[8]

Q9) Explain the following:

a)

Compaction pile.

[4]

b)

Stone column.

[4]

c)

Vibro- floatation.

[4]

d)

Sand drains.

[5]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain stepwise the design of sand drains, by giving sample calculations.

[9]

b)

Explain the stages of inserting reinforcement in Vibro-expanded pile.[8]

Q11)Explain the following:

a)

Rheology.

[5]

b)

Basic Rheological models.

[6]

c)

Composite Rheological models.

[6]

OR
Q12)Discuss the following:
a)

Hookean & Newtonian model.

[6]

b)

Secondary consolidation.

[6]

c)

Creep.

[5]

EEE
[4759]-8

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1381

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 80
B.E. (Electrical)
DIGITAL SIGNAL & PROCESSING
(2008 Pattern) (403149) (Elective - IIIC) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) From section - I answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6. From Section - II, answer
Q.7 or Q8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a)
b)
c)

Q2) a)
b)
c)

Q3) a)
b)

SECTION - I
Give the classification of signals and explain it.
[6]
Explain any three elementary time domain operations for discrete time
systems.
[6]
Determine if the system described by the following input-output equations
are-static or dynamic, linear or nonlinear, time-invariant or time variant,
causal or non-causal.
[6]
i) y(n) = x(n).x(n1)
ii) y(n) = x(n)+x(n1)
OR
State & Explain Sampling Theorem.
[6]
Explain the operation of analog to digital conversion with a neat
diagram.
[6]
Determine the convolution sum of two sequences:
[6]
x(n) = {3, 2, 1, 2}, h(n) = {1, 2, 1, 2}
State time shifting & frequency shifting properties of Fourier Transform
& prove any one of them.
[6]
Determine the Fourier transform of the following signals using FT
properties
[10]
i)
x(t ) = x(2t 3)
ii)

d 2 x(t 2)
x(t ) =
dt 2
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

Define Z-transform. What is meant by Region of convergence? State

any four properties of ROC?
[6]
i) Determine the Z-transform and ROC of
[10]
n
x(n) = a u(n);
ii) Find the inverse Z-transform of
z
3z 4 z + 1
if the ROC is |z|>1
X( z ) =

Q5) a)

What do you mean by Ideal selective filters? Draw the frequency response
characteristics of Ideal low pass & high pass filters.
[6]

b)

Determine & sketch the magnitude & phase response of the following
system[10]
x(n) = 1; for n = 2, 1, 0, 1, 2
= 0 otherwise
OR

Q6) a)

What do you mean by Linear phase systems? Define phase & group
delay.
[6]

b)

Find frequency response and plot magnitude and phase response for
following system:
[10]
x(n) = 1; for n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
= 0; otherwise

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Compute circular convolution of two sequences

[8]

x1(n) = {2, 1, 2, 1} & x2(n) = {1, 2, 3, 4}using graphical method.

b)

Give x(n) = {1 2 0 1 3 2 1 3}, find X(K) using 8-point Radix - 2 DIT

FFT algorithm.
[10]
OR

[4759]-80

Q8) a)

Explain 4 point Radix - 2 DIF FFT algorithm.

[6]

b)

Obtain 4-point DFT of x(n) = {0, 2, 4, 6}.

[6]

c)

Obtain IDFT of X(K) = {3, 2+j, 1, 2j}.

[6]

Explain impulse invariance technique of IIR filter design.

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Design a linear phase FIR low pass filter of order 7, with cut off frequency
1rad/sec, using rectangular window.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)

b)

Q11)a)

Design a Chebyshev Type I IIR filter with a maximum passband

attenuation of 2.5dB at p = 20 rad/sec & the stopband attenuation of
[8]
30dB at s = 50 rad/sec.
Compare

[8]

i)

Analog filter & Digital filter.

ii)

FIR filter & IIR filter.

Obtain direct form - II implementation of LTI system with transfer function

5
1
1 + z 1 + z 2
6
H ( z) = 6
1 1 1 2
1 z z
2
2
b)

[8]

Write a short note on Finite Register Length effect.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

Explain with a neat diagram cascade form realization of IIR filters. [8]

b)

Write a short note on any one of the following applications of DSP. [8]
i)

Harmonic analysis & measurement.

ii)

Spectrum Analysis.

E
[4759]-80

E
3

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3689

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 81
B.E. (Electrical Engg.)
ANNAND ITS APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL ENGG.
(403149) (2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - III)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Explain Biological inspiration with neat sketch.

[6]

b)

What is need of intelligent tool required to solve complex engineering

problem?
[6]

c)

Explain historical development of artificial neural network.

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

Explain basic single neuron model with neat sketch and mathematical
representation.
[6]

b)

Explain advantages and disadvantages of neural network and fuzzy

logic.
[6]

c)

Explain various tools of intelligence system.

[6]

What are different learning processes?

[5]

b)

Explain in short Competitive learning in neural network?

[5]

c)

Draw and explain sketch of hebbian learning model.

[6]

Q3) a)

OR
Q4) a)

Explain Learning processes.

[5]

b)

Explain Hebbian learning with an example.

[6]

c)

Explain Boltzmann learning in detail.

[5]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

Explain delta rule.

[5]

b)

Explain Least - Mean square algorithm.

[5]

c)

Explain perceptron architecture with neat sketch.

[6]

OR
Q6) a)

Mathematically represent perciptron rule.

[5]

b)

Solve OR function using perciptron rule.

[5]

c)

Explain perceptron training algorithm.

[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain MLP.

[5]

b)

What is Back propagation algorithm used in neural network.

[6]

c)

Explain momentum coefficient of Neural Network in detail.

[6]

OR
Q8) a)

Draw a sketch of multilayer perciptron.

[5]

b)

Explain Back-propagation algorithm using three layer network.

[6]

c)

Explain concept of learning rate needed in neural network.

[6]

Explain RBS in short.

[5]

b)

Explain in short adoptive resonance theory and its type.

[6]

c)

Explain Kohonen network used in neural network.

[6]

Q9) a)

OR
Q10)a)
b)

What is radial basis functions?

[8]

Explain Hopfield networks in neural network.

[9]

Q11)Apply neural network to generation scheduling problem with example. [16]

OR
Q12)Apply neural network to solve the restoration of power supply after failure in
any electrical network (consider at least 4 bus system).
[16]

E
[4759]-81

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1382

SEAT No. :

[4759]-83

[Total No. of Pages : 2

B.E. (Electrical Engineering)

RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective -IV) (403150)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Solve Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6 from Section -I, and Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10,

Q 11 or Q 12 from Section - II .

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Assume suitable additional data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Describe concentrating solar power Technologies.

[8]

List various types of fuel cells and explain any one.

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)
b)

Explain with neat sketch Biomass for electricity generation.

[8]

Explain combined heat and power technology.

[8]

Draw and explain wind farm layout showing the dimensions.

[8]

Give simple estimates of wind turbines energy.

[10]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

Write a note on environmental impacts of wind turbines.

[8]

Explain change in wind pattern and forecasting the power generation

based on the wind pattern.
[10]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Explain the solar spectrum.

[8]

Explain direct and diffused radiation and effect on power generation.[8]

OR

Q6) a)
b)

Write a note on Altitude angle of the sun at solar noon.

[8]

Explain with neat diagram The Earths orbit and also clearly explain the
important dates.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

Explain the generic photovoltaic cell and the simplest equivalent circuit
for a photovoltaic cell.
[8]
Write a note on Ribbon silicon technologies.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

How shading impacts on I-V curves.

[8]

Write a note on cast multicrystalline silicon.

[8]

Explain the grid-connected PV systems and its interfacing with the utility.
[10]
Write a note on, PV powered water pumping system.

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Explain the capacity factor for PV grid-connected systems and gridconnected system sizing.
[10]
Explain, the Bi-directional metering and list its advantages.

[8]

Explain Nuclear energy power plant.

[8]

Explain, Impact of renewable energy sources.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Write a note on clean coal power plant.

[8]

Explain Biomechanical energy harvesting.

[8]

EEE
[4759]-83

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1383

[4759]-84

[Total No. of Pages :4

B.E. (Electrical)
DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective -IV)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer any one question from each pair of questions: Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or

Q 6 , Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, Q 11 or Q 12.

2)

Answers to the two sections must be written in separate answer books.

3)

Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

4)

Use of calculator is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Draw block diagram of basic digital control system & explain function
of each block.
[8]
Check whether the following system is
i)

Static or dynamic,

ii)

Linear or Non linear,

iii)

Time variant or time invariant,

iv)

Causal or Non causal y(n) = x (2n).

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

State advantages and limitations of digital Control system.

[8]

Explain Sampling theorem. Also describe reconstruction process.

[8]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Give definition of Z-transform. Explain importance of ROC.

Find the Z-transform of the sequence:
i)

X(t) = eat sin t

ii)

F (k) = (1/2)k, for k = 0, 1, 2....

[6]
[12]

OR
Q4) a)
b)

State and prove Initial value theorem in Discrete Time Systems.

Evaluate the inverse z-transform of:

b)

[12]

1
( z 1)( z 3)

i)

X (Z )

ii)

1 1
z
2
X(Z) =
1
1 z 2
4
1

Q5) a)

[6]

;Z >

1
2 by partial fraction.

Show with proper diagrams mapping of Left half of s-plane into Zplane.
[8]
Examine the stability of system by Jurys test:

[8]

F(Z) = z4 + 3 z3 + 4 z2 + 2Z + 0.6.
OR
Q6) a)

Explain the effect of sampling period on the transient response and on

the stability of discrete time system.
[8]

b)

Write a short note on designing of Discrete time system based on root

locus method.
[8]

[4759]-84

SECTION - II
Q7) a)
b)

Discuss the various methods used for STM from the given state difference
equation: X(k+1)=GX(k)+Hu(k).
[8]
Obtain STM of the following difference equation.
0

[8]
1

X(k+1)=GX(k)+Hu(k) where G= 0.2 1 ; H = 1

OR
Q8) a)

Explain clearly with neat diagrams, the direct, Cascade and Parallel
decompositions of Discrete time Pulse Transfer function.
[8]

b)

By using any one method, determine the discrete time state space model
for a system having pulse transfer function.
[8]
Y (Z )
Z + 0.1
=
R( Z ) ( Z 1)( Z 0.8)

Q9) a)

Discuss any one method used for evaluation of the state feed gain matrix
K=[K1, K2 K3,....Kn].
[8]

b)

Consider a system with matrices G =
; H = . Determine a

0.16 1
1
suitable state feedback gain matrix K such that a system will have closed
loop poles at Z = 0.5 + j0.5 and Z =0.5 - j0.5.
[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Explain full Ordedr observer with proper block diagram.

[8]

Design full order observer for the system having

[8]

0 0.16
0
G=
; H = ;C = [0 1]

1
1
1

So that desired eigen values of observer matrix are Z = 0.5 + j0.5, Z =

0.5 - j0.5.
[4759]-84

Q11)a)

Draw neat diagram of Digital temperature control scheme and explain it.
[8]

b)

Construct state model for following transfer function. Also obtain different
Y (Z)
Z 3 + 8Z 2 + 17 Z + 8
=
canonical form for system:
.
R( Z ) ( Z + 1)( Z + 2)( Z + 3)

[10]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain Stepper motor with proper block diagram.

[8]

Construct state model for following transfer function. Also obtain different
canonical form system:
[10]
Y (Z)
Z +3
= 2
R( Z ) Z + 3 Z + 2 .

EEE

[4759]-84

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P2009

[Total No. of Pages :2

[4759] - 85
B.E. (Electrical)
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICALTRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
(2008 Course) (Semester - II) (Elective - IV)

Time : 3Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answser three questions from Section I and three questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

What are the Drive systems used in Indian Railways? Explain how the
Traction power is controlled and delivered for these Drive Systems. [8]

b)

Explain why Rail Transport is efficient and cheaper to run compared to

Road Transport.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What are the major components for the control of electric vehicle explain
with block diagram.
[8]

b)

What are the different types of Electric Motors used in EV? Explain any
one of them.
[8]

Q3) a)

What do you understand from the specification Automotive Battery 12

Volt, 135 AH at 20 hour rate.
[8]

b)

What is continuous discharge current this battery can provide and for
how many hours before getting fully discharged.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

What are the precautions to be taken while Charging and Discharging a

Lead acid Battery.
[8]

b)

What are the different types of lithium batteries and which battery is
used electrical vehicle, also give their respective chemical reaction. [8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)
Q6) a)
b)

Q7) a)
b)

Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Q10)a)
b)

Q11)a)
b)

Q12)a)
b)

Give two examples of application for each of the cases of Power

conversion AC to DC, DC to DC and DC to AC.
[9]
Explain why high frequency power conversion is advantageous.
[9]
OR
What is the recent trends to used ultracapacitor in electrical vehicle. [9]
Explain three phase fully controlled rectifier for R load.
[9]
SECTION - II
Compare Advantages of Analog controls to Digital Controls in a Electric
Car instrumentation.
[8]
What are CAN Bus controls and why this is preferred control system in
present day design.
[8]
OR
Write short note on brushless motor drive.
[8]
Compare mechanical steering with electric steering.
[8]
Draw with Block Diagram of a typical Drive Train of an Electric Car
starting from Energy source to Drive and control at Wheels.
[8]
What is the Power source for Electric Rail Traction. How this power is
converted and controlled to provide starting Torque and high speeds.[8]
OR
Explain the various service conditions of electric drives.
[8]
What are different classes of duties of motor? Explain with one example
each.
[8]
While a Lift is descending with full load how is its speed controlled and
what happens to the Potential energy.
[9]
What are the safety features in a Passenger Lift system and how to
ensure that it is fail safe.
[9]
OR
Explain regenerative braking used in elevator system.
[9]
What are the safety features to be considered while designing the elevator.[9]

E
[4759]-85

E
2

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1384

[4759]-86

[Total No. of Pages : 4

B.E. (E & TC)

ELECTRONICS PRODUCT DESIGN
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Aswers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

2)

Answer Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6, Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, Q 11 or Q 12 from

each section.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss in details different stages of an electronic product development.

[12]
Find MTBF & MTTF

[6]

Stage

Components

Type

Qty

Fr x 10-6hr

Transformer

Winding

Stepdown

01

4.4

Rectifier

Diodes

Si type

04

0.2

Filter

Capacitor

Electrolytic

02

0.3

Regulator

Capacitor

Ceramic

02

0.3

Diode

Semiconductor

02

0.2

Linear IC

ICLM317

02

0.6

Linear

IC 7107

02

0.6

Resistors

Carbon Camp

04

0.2

Display

OR
P.T.O.

Q2) a)
b)

Explain the Bath tub curve.

[6]

Explain the following terms in context with reliability of an electronic

product.
[6]
i)

MTTF

ii)

MTBF

iii)

MTTR

iv)

Failure rate

c)

With the help of block schematic explain in brief the factors affecting
reliability of product.
[6]

Q3) a)

Compare at least four types of ADCs w.r.t. parameters missing codes,

differential & integral nonlinearity, resolution & power consumption.[12]

b)

What is need of decoupling capacitor where it is located in the circuit.[4]

OR

Q4) a)

b)

Draw a circuit of instrumentation amplifier & explain gain equation with

derivation. Explain its parameters slew rate, CMRR, bandwidth, offset.
[10]
Compare a least two DAC techniques with their selection criteria.

[6]

Q5) a)

What are fectors affecting selection of buses & protocols in high speed
electronic product.
[8]

b)

Draw typical wiring diagram for each interface Rs 485, Rs 432 I2C. Also
state how many maximum device can interface with these buses.
[8]
OR

[4759]-86

Q6) a)

Explain the different requirement of interfacing touch screen. What are

the different touch screen available? Explain typical interfacing technique
with example.
[8]

b)

What are different factors for selecting a particular micro controller for
application.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

Mention factors affecting choice between assembly & high level language.
[8]
Explain different software debugging techniques.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Give some details of documentation practices & templates for assembly

& C language?
[8]

b)

Explain different approaches to develop an application software for

electronic product.
[8]

Q9) a)

Explain different design considerations while designing PCB for high

speed digital circuits.
[10]

b)

Estimate the parasitic values for following geometrics of PCB track. [8]
i)

Resistance of 20cm long copper track with 0.8mm width on standard

35 micron copper clad laminate [Resistivity of copper 1.72 x 10-6rm].

ii)

Inductance of track having width 1mm length 25cm & thickness 70

microns.
OR

Q10)a)

State & explain the causes of losses along transmission lines. Explain
circuitary required to overcome attenuation problems.
[10]

[4759]-86

b)

Q11)a)
b)

Explain:

[8]

i)

Ground loops.

ii)

Star grounding.

iii)

Board level shielding.

iv)

Guarding.

Explain selection criteria of frequency bands in various applications.

Also mention reason for selecting particular band for application. [8]
Write short notes on:
i)

Equalizer

ii)

Interleaver

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

What is communication link analysis explain various sources of signal

loss & noise.
[8]
Write a notes on EMI & EMC standards.

EEE

[4759]-86

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1385

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 2

[4759] - 87
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
VLSI DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (404182)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from each section.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Explain device parasitic and their limitation on the performance of CMOS

circuits.
[10]
Write short note on source follower.

[6]

OR
Q2) Explain with schematic various types of CMOS Differential Amplifiers. [16]
Q3) Draw Schematic and explain any three types of CMOS Inverter wrt Gain,
Bandwidth and Rout.
[16]
OR
Q4) a)

What is Technology Scaling? Explain various design rule checks in terms

of .
[12]

b)

Write short note on Dynamic power dissipation of CMOS Inverter. [4]

Q5) a)

Write VHDL Code for 16:1 Mux using 4:1 Mux as a component in
structural style.
[12]

b)

Differentiate between Function and Procedure with VHDL Coding. [6]

OR
P.T.O.

Q6) a)
b)

Draw State diagram and write VHDL code for Traffic Light Controller.
[12]
Define Resolution function with VHDL Code.

[6]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain any four important specification of FPGA. Also explain the

Significance of CLBs in FPGA.
[8]

b)

Explain Antifusable Generic FPGA Architecture.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)

Enlist all the types of memory used in PLDs.

[8]

b)

With the help of diagram explain SRAM and antifuse FPGA. What factors
are considered to make a choice between SRAM and Antifuse FPGA.[8]

Q9) a)

Explain the significance of Select, Capture and Shift state in TAP

controller.
[8]

b)

Explain:

[8]

i)

Partial scan and full scan

ii)

Stuck at 1 and 0 faults

OR

Q10)a)

What is the need for testability? Explain the different electrical faults.[8]

b)

Explain Built in self Test? Differentiate between Online BIST and Offline
BIST.
[8]

Q11)a)

How to achieve the EMI immune chip design? Explain the parasitic involved
in routing matrix.
[9]

b)

Explain the following:

[9]

i)

Supply and ground bounce

ii)

Clock skew

iii)

Clock jitter
OR

Q12)a)
b)

What is signal integrity? Explain the important issues in SOC design.[9]

Explain in brief clock distribution in detail.

R R R
[4759]-87

[9]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1386

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 88
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
COMPUTER NETWORK
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (404183)

Time : 3 Hours]
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

[Max. Marks : 100

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Draw ISO-OSI model and explain in brief function of each layer.

[8]

b)

Compare Coaxial Cable, Twisted pair cable and Fibre optic cables. [6]

c)

Explain in brief physical address, network address and port number.[4]

OR

Q2) a)

Draw and explain typical cable TV system. How cable video signal and
internet data can be send over the same cable.
[8]

b)

What is DSL? Explain any two types of DSL.

[6]

c)

Compare circuit switching and packet switching network.

[4]

Q3) a)

Explain Go Back-N ARQ and Selective Repeat ARQ protocol.

[6]

b)

What is framing concept in Data Link Layer? Explain in details.

[6]

c)

How does token ring LAN operate?

[4]

OR
Q4) a)

Explain the following:

i)

1-persistent CSMA

ii)

Non-persistent CSMA

iii)

P-persistent CSMA

[6]

P.T.O.

b)

Draw HDLC frame format. Write function of each field.

[8]

c)

Compare the data rates for standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit
Ethernet and Ten-Gigabit Ethernet.
[2]

Q5) a)

What is VLAN? How does it work? Explain with necessary diagram.[6]

b)

What is Frame Relay? Explain the different frame formats used in frame
relay.
[10]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

Write short notes on:

i)

Gateway

ii)

Hub

iii)

Routers

[6]

Explain the functions of different layers in Bluetooth. Also explain the

different types of frame formats used in Baseband Layer.
[10]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What services are provided by network layer to transport layer?

[6]

b)

Briefly define subnetting. How do the subnet mask differ from a default
mask in classful addressing?
[6]

c)

Why is ARP request broadcast but ARP reply unicast?

[4]

OR
Q8) a)

Show the format of typical IP datagram header and explain.

[6]

b)

What are different static routing algorithms? Explain any one in detail.[6]

c)

What is DHCP? How does it work?

[4]

Q9) a)

Explain the different Quality of Service parameters. Also write about

transport layer service primitives.
[6]

b)

Explain connection establishment and connection releasing with respect

to transport layer.
[6]

[4759]-88

c)

What are the duties of transport layer? List the sevices provided by
transport layer to upper layers.
[4]
OR

Q10)a)

Draw TCP header. Explain function of each field.

[6]

b)

How congestion affects network performance? Also explain the difference

between flow control and congestion control.
[6]

c)

What is socket address? Explain.

Q11)a)

[4]

Explain Telnet and FTP in detail with respect to server and client
communication.
[8]

b)

What is DNS? Explain the components of DNS system.

[6]

c)

What is the function of SMTP and POP-3 protocols in E-mail system?[4]

OR

Q12)a)

Distinguish between public key and private key algorithm. State the
advantages of RSA algorithm.
[8]

b)

What are the main responsibilities of Application layer? Explain in brief.

[6]

c)

What is URL and what are its components?

R R R

[4759]-88

[4]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1387

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759]-89
B.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective -I)

Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer three questions from each section.(Section-I Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or

Q 6 and Section -II Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, Q 11 or Q 12 .

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic and pocket calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

b)

Explain the following terms w.r.t. digital image:

i)

Pixel

ii)

4- connectivity

iii)

Spatial resolution

iv)

Euclidean distance

v)

Gray level resolution

[10]

With the help of block diagram explain the typical image processing
system.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

b)

Define and explain following terms w.r.t. Digital image:

i)

Mean

ii)

Standard deviation

iii)

Variance

iv)

SNR

v)

PSNR

Explain the image sensing and acquisition techniques.

[10]

[8]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Explain power law (gamma) intensity transformation. Explain its

advantages over log transform.
[8]

b)

What is pseudo coloring? Explain pseudo coloring of Gray scale image.[8]

OR

Q4) a)
b)

Q5) a)

What is histogram? Explain the histogram equalization algorithm.

Explain how Laplacian of Gaussian can be used for image enhancement.

[8]
A 2 x 2 block of image is given as:
20 13
20 01

b)

[8]

Determine its DCT coefficients.

What is KL Transform? Discuss its properties and applications.

[8]
[8]

OR
Q6) a)
b)

Write a note on Haar Transform.

[8]

Compare DFT and DCT. State their application areas.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain the lossless predictive coding with the help of encoder and
decoder block diagram.
[8]

b)

What are the different Redundancies found in Digital image for

compression? Explain in detail.
[10]
OR

Q8) a)

What is JPEG? Explain JPEG digital image compression technique in

detail.
[8]

b)

Draw and explain the image compression system block diagram.

[6]

c)

What is Run length coding? Explain with suitable example.

[4]

[4759]-89

Q9) a)

Explain the chain code and B-Splines for boundary representation. [8]

b)

Explain the Morphological Image Processing with respect to (w.r.t.)

Erosion, Dilation, Opening and Closing on Binary image.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)

Compare the performance of first and second derivative w.r.t. an image.

Which will you prefer for detecting edges? Why?
[8]
With the help of suitable mask explain the following:
i)

Point detection

ii)

Line detection

iii)

Edge detection

[8]

Q11)a)

With the help of diagram explain the image degradation model. What is
the need of degradation model?
[8]

b)

Explain the algorithm for Character Recognition in image processing.[8]

OR

Q12)a)

With the help of block diagram explain all steps for Fingerprint
Identification system in image processing.
[10]

b)

Explain the difference between image enhancement and restoration. List

the various techniques used for image restoration.
[6]

EEE

[4759]-89

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P3321

[Total No. of Pages : 3

[4759] - 9
B.E. (Civil Engg.) (Semester - I)
MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2008 Pattern) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION- I
Q1) Write a note on (Any two)
a)
b)
Q2) a)
b)

[16]

Ill conditioned matrix

Gauss Elimination Method
OR
Write a note on Computer Algorithm & Programming aspects.
Solve the following equations by Gauss Elimination Method

[6]
[10]

3X1 + 2X2 + 3X3 = 80

X1 9X2+ 2X3

= 1

2X1+ 3X2+ 6X3 = 3l

Q3) Analyze the beam shown below by flexibility method (El is constant)

[18]

P.T.O.

OR
Q4) Analyze the portal frame using Flexibility Method (El Constant)

[18]

Q5) Analyze the truss by Flexibility Method (El Constant)

[18]

OR
Q6) Analyze the beam shown in Ex. 3 by Stiffness Method (El is Constant) [18]
SECTION- II
Q7) Write a note on
a)
b)
Q8) a)
b)

Force Method of structural analysis

Effective node numbering
OR
Differentiate between structure approach and member approach used in
stiffness matrix method. Explain how support conditions are accounted
in both approaches.
[8]
Using first principles, establish relationship between local and global
stiffness matrix of portal frame member. State clearly transformation
matrix.
[8]

[4759] - 9

Q9) a)

Using proper DOFs write clearly stiffness matrix equation for a member
of orthogonal grid structure. Explain various terms involved in matrix
equation.
[9]
b) Explain properties and special characteristics of stiffness matrix of a
structure.
[9]
OR
Q10)Stating clearly DOFs/node, explain stiffness matrix for space truss member
and space frame member. In which case you need transformation matrix.
Explain reason.
[18]
Q11)Using structure approach, develop only stiffness matrix of grid structure for
the figure shown in Ex 12. GJ = 0.4EI and uniform for all members.
[18]
OR
Q12)Analyze and draw BMD for grid structure as shown below by stiffness method.[18]

yyy

[4759] - 9

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1388

SEAT No. :

[4759]-90

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

b: EMBEDDED SYSTEM & RTOS
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (404184)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Solve Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6, Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, Q 11 or Q 12 .

2)

Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.

3)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define design metric? Explain the importance of design metric for

embedded system with suitable example.
[10]

b)

Explain the following communication protocols with specifications. [8]

i)

GPRS

ii)

IEEE 802.11
OR

Q2) a)

Explain how embedded system is different from other system based on

its characteristics.
[10]

b)

Mention different available processors for embedded system? Explain

its optimization with suitable example.
[8]

Q3) a)
b)

Explain limitation of 8- bit & 32-bit processors with example.

[8]

Draw & brief the architecture of LPC 2148.

[8]

OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)

Compare Arm 9 and Arm11 series of processors.

[8]

b)

Draw the interfacing diagram between LPC 2148 & LCD display. Write
down algorithm to display PUNE on LCD.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain differences in conventional & embedded operating system. [8]

b)

What do you mean by mutual exclusion & explain mutual explosion in

details.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

List different software architectures & explain any two in details.

[8]

Explain following RTOS services.

[8]

i)

ISR

ii)

Semaphores
SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

State features of Embedded linux.

Explain following tool utilities.
i)

Busybox

ii)

Red boot

[8]
[10]

OR
Q8) a)
b)
Q9) a)
b)

Explain in details development tools required for linux applications with

suitable example.
[10]
Explain the device driver with suitable example.

[8]

State the features of commercial RTOS in general.

[8]

What is software development cycle? Explain it with suitable applications.

[8]
OR

[4759]-90

Q10)a)
b)

State the features of Android operating system.

[8]

Compare the different features of win CE & Symbian OS.

[8]

Q11)a)

Draw & explain the details blocks of digital camera as an embedded

system.
[8]

b)

Explain the specifications of processor, memory & I/O device required

to implement of mobile phone.
[8]
OR

Q12)a)

b)

Explain following applications in brief.

i)

ECG

ii)

MTD

[8]

Explain how embedded system is utilized in automotive applications.[8]

EEE

[4759]-90

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1389

SEAT No. :

[4759]-91

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

INDUSTRIAL DRIVES & CONTROL
(2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (404184)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Solve Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, and Q5 or Q 6 from section - I.

2)

Solve Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10, and Q 11 or Q 12 from Section - II .

3)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

4)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

5)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

6)

Use of non-programmable electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

7)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

With the help of a neat circuit diagram, relevant waveforms and necessary
mathematical expressions, explain the efect of source impedance on the
performance of single phase full converter.
[10]

b)

What is a DC to DC Converter? Explain the operation of buck converter

with circuit diagram and waveforms.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What are dual converters? Explain with circuit diagram and waveforms,
working of circulating current type of dual converter.
[10]

b)

With the help of a neat diagram and necessary waveforms explain the
operation of four quadrant chopper. Mention its applications.
[8]

Q3) a)

State various harmonic reduction techniques used in inverters. Explain

any one efficient technique in detail.
[8]
P.T.O.

b)

With the help of neat circuit diagram & waveforms, explain the operation
of transistorized three phase bridge inverter with star connected balanced
resistive load for 180o conduction mode.
[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Compare switch mode & resonant inverters. Mention types of resonant

inverters.
[6]

b)

Explain why three phase to single phase cycloconverter requires positive

& negative group of phase controlled converters. Under what condition,
the group works as inverter & rectifier? How the firing angles of the two
converters should be controlled?
[10]

Q5) a)

Compare dynamic & regenerative braking for DC machines. Can

regenerative braking be used in all cases? Justify your answer.
[8]

b)

What is the need of reversible drives? Explain with neat circuit diagram
& waveforms, working of reversible drive with armature voltage reversal
technique using changeover contactors.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

With the help of neat diagram explain the undervoltage protection circuit
for a DC motor drive.
[4]

b)

What are DC motor performance parameters? Explain in brief.

[4]

c)

A 230V, 800 rpm, 7A separately excited DC motor has an armature

resistance o.2 . Under rated conditions, the motor is driving the load
whose torque is constant and independent of speed. The speed below
the rated speed are obtained with armature voltage control (with full
field), and the speed above the rated speed are obtained by field control
(with rated armature voltage).
[8]
Determine:

[4759]-91

i)

The motor terminal voltage when speed is 500 rpm.

ii)

The value of flux as a percentage of rated flux of the motor speed is

1100 rpm. Neglect the motor rotational loses.
2

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

b)

A 4 pole, 1440 rpm, 3 phase induction motor is operated from a per

phase voltage of 240 V, 50 Hz and driving a consant torque load. Calculate
the following at f = 25 Hz. Air gap flux is constant and is 4.8.
[10]
i)

Supply voltage per phase

ii)

Slip

iii)

Slip frequency

iv)

Percentage rotor loss

With the help of an equivalent circuit explain the various performance

characteristics of induction motor.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

What is the need of AC drives? Explain with block diagram speed control
techniques of 3 phase induction motor by using v/f technique.
[10]

b)

Explain with the help of neat block diagram the operation of phase failure
protection circuit for AC motor drives.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Write a short note on synchronous motor drives.

[8]

Explain operation of permanent magnet stepper motor drive. Enlist the

drive requirements of stepper motor.
[8]
OR

Q10)a)
b)
Q11)a)
b)

Discuss the brushless DC motor drives.

[8]

Explain the operation of switched reluctance motor . Why is it preferred

as adjustable speed drive.
[8]
Discuss traction motor AC drive in detail.

[6]

What is power quality? State the sources of various types of power line
disturbances. What measures are to be taken to prevent or nullify these
disturbances?
[10]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Write a short note on energy audit.

[6]

Explain the operation of fuzzy logic-based wind generation system.[10]

EEE
[4759]-91

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1390

[4759]-92

[Total No. of Pages : 3

B.E. (E & TC)

d: MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION AND RADAR
(2008 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (404184)
Time : 3 Hours]

[Max. Marks :100

Instructions to the candidates:

1)

Answer Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q5 or Q 6 from Section - I and Q7 or Q 8, Q 9 or Q 10,

Q 11 or Q 12 from Section - II .

2)

Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.

3)

Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

4)

Figures to the right indicate full marks.

5)

Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

6)

Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

c)

State advantages and disadvantages of microwave. Also state its

applications.
[4]
Explain following waveguide parameters.
i)

Cutoff wavelength

ii)

Group velocity

iii)

Phase velocity

iv)

Guide wavelength

Compare rectangular waveguides with circular waveguides.

[8]

[6]

OR
Q2) a)

What is re-entrant cavity? Explain its application.

[4]

b)

Draw different field patterns for TE mode.

[6]

c)

A rectangular waveguide of cross-section 5cm x 2cm is used to

propagates TM11 mode at 9 G Hz. Determine the cut-off wavelength and
wave impedance.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)

Explain the working principle and construction of

i)

Isolator

ii)

Circulator

[6]

b)

Explain the properties of H - plane Tee using S- matrix.

[6]

c)

Explain a rat-race coupler.

[4]
OR

Q4) a)
b)

Why is a hybrid E-H plane Tee referred to as a magic Tee. Explain

various applications of magic Tee.
[8]
Write short notes on:

[8]

i)

Microwave filters

ii)

Microwave Attenuator

Q5) a)

What is velocity modulation? How it is achieved in a two cavity klystron?

[8]

b)

What are crossfield devices? Explain the mode of oscillation in

magnatron.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Draw the construction of TWT and explain its operation. Also list the
applications of TWT.
[8]
Explain bunching process in klystron tube.

[8]

SECTION - II
Q7) a)

Explain principle of operation, I - V characteristic & equivalent circuit of

Tunnel diode.
[8]

b)

With the help of two valley theorem explain the working of Gunn Diode.[8]
OR

[4759]-92

Q8) a)

b)

Q9) a)

Write a short note on:

[8]

i)

PIN Diode

ii)

Schottky barrier diode

What are avalanche transit time devices? Explain the operation,

construction and applications of the following devices.
[8]
i)

IMPATT

ii)

TRAPATT

Explain Network analyser in brief.

[8]

b)

Explain how VSWR, impedance and frequency can be measured using

slotted waveguide.
[8]

c)

Draw general setup for microwave bench.

[2]

OR
Q10)a)

Explain Roberts and Von-Hipple method of dielectric constant

measurement.
[6]

b)

Explain the phase shift measurement using double minimum method at

microwave frequency.
[6]

c)

Describe the setup for the measurement of Q of a cavity resonator. [6]

Q11)a)

b)

Explain the following terms:

i)

Blind speed

ii)

PRF

iii)

Mono pulse tracking

iv)

Duplexer

[8]

Explain the factors that affect the maximum range of a radar.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the principle and working of an MTI radar.

[8]

With the help of block diagram explain the operation of FM -CW radar.[8]

EEE
[4759]-92

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1391

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 93
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunications)
a: ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (404185)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Answer three questions from each section.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

Define Entrepreneurship. Discuss various ways to pursue

entrepreneurship.
[7]

b)

Explain how the state of economy of nation affects Entrepreneurs &

Businesses.
[9]
OR

Q2) a)

State and discuss the qualities & skills required for an engineer in order
to become an Entrepreneur.
[7]

b)

State factors which govern selection of product or service while starting

a new enterprise.
[9]

Q3) a)

State and explain types of business ownership. Give your opinion on the
types of ownership suitable for an engineer who wants to pursue
entrepreneurship.
[9]

b)

Explain market and command economies? Which economic model is

presently followed in India, explain in brief.
[7]
OR

Q4) a)

State and explain factors which influence costing and pricing of a

product.
[8]

b)

Explain legal forms of business. Explain which legal form helps better in
raising finances.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)

What is the necessity of business plan? State and explain the contents of
a business plan.
[8]

b)

Explain role of market research in business success. Explain in brief

steps involved in market research.
[6]

c)

Explain the importance of insurance in business.

[4]

OR
Q6) a)

State and explain various ways to finance business.

[7]

b)

What are the types of Business competition, how they are taken care of.
[5]

c)

Discuss importance of location in Service, and Manufacturing industry.[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is importance of human resource in business? Discuss the ways to

hire staff.
[9]
Discuss role of proper accounting practices in business.

[7]

OR
Q8) a)

Discuss the methodologies used in managing the staff.

[9]

b)

State and explain the methods used to track Inventory.

[7]

Explain importance of financial management for entrepreneurs.

[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain how effective use of technology can help the business to improve
operational efficiency.
[8]
OR

[4759]-93

Q10)a)

Discuss the role of financial adviser.

[7]

b)

State and explain the ways used to analyze financial performance of a

business.
[9]

Q11)a)

Explain in detail the legal requirements to be complied with when starting

a new enterprise, and in an established business.
[9]

b)

What are ethical business practices? In what way businesses benefit in

long term if they are followed.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)

List and explain the social responsibilities a business needs to carry out.
[8]

b)

Illustrate the growth strategy an entrepreneur should formulate in order

to succeed and sustain in todays highly globalised and competitive
business environment.
[10]

R R R

[4759]-93

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1392

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :4

[4759] - 94
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
JOINT TIME FREQUENCY ANALYSIS
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Evaluate the overall impulse response and obtain the time-BW product for
two systems connected in cascade. (Refer to figure 1).
[16]

figure 1

OR
Q2) a)

Define analytic signal. Find the analytic signal, A[S] corresponding to

the signal S where S(t) is real signal having the spectrum S(w).
[8]

b)

Calculate the instantaneous frequency for the sum of two sinusoids. [8]
P.T.O.

Q3) a)
b)

Find (2t ), (2t ) where (t ) is the wavelet function.

[4]

Find X(w) for the given signal, (Refer to figure 2).

[4]

figure 2
c)

Prove that 1 S0 normalizes (t ) .

d)

Prove that

[4]

] g[n] = 0 where g[n] is the impulse response of high pass

n

analysis filters used in Haar.

[4]

OR

Q4) a)

Write down the mathematical expressions for STFT & CWT and explain
the terms. Discuss the advantages & disadvantages of both the
transforms.
[8]

b)

Explain the concept of nested subspaces alongwith suitable diagram and

mathematical equations.
[8]

Q5) a)

Prove that the Haar Scaling function results into infinite Time-BW
product.
[10]

b)

What is the difference between a wave and wavelet?

Discuss the properties of wavelet function.
OR

[4759]-94

[8]

Q6) a)

Refer to fig.3

figure 3
Find out the projections of x(t) on subspaces V0 & V1.
b)

Prove that V1 = V0 W0 .

c)

Sketch the projections on V0, V1 & W0 subspaces.

[18]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

What is the need for Biorthogonal scaling functions?

b)

Design the Biorthogonal 5/3 filter bank for JPEG-2000.

c)

Discuss the inadequecies of Haar wavelet.

[2]
[10]
[6]

OR
Q8) If (t ) is Haar scaling fn and
x (t ) = 8 (2 t ) + 7 (2 t 1) + 5 (2 t 2 ) + 4 (2 t 3 ) + 6 (2 t 4 )
+3 (2t 5 ) + 2 (2t 6 ) + 8 (2t 7 )

then project x(t) down the ladder and show that

V j = V j 1 W j 1

Sketch the projections of the corresponding V &W subspaces.

[4759]-94

[18]

Q9) x[n] is given as {4,3,2,1} which belongs to V2 subspace. Use lifting scheme.
Decompose the signal upto V0 subspace. Show perfect reconstruction.
Clearly show all the stages with their outputs. Indicate the flows of
computations.
[16]
OR
Q10)Take the signal,
x[n] = {1,2,3,4,4,3,2,1} V3
Develop the complete wavelet packet tree for V0 and calculate the coefficients
alongwith the corresponding bases. Prove perfect reconstruction.
[16]

Q11)Write a short note on:- (Any two).

[16]

a)

Need for Joint Time & Frequency Analysis.

b)

Signal denoising

c)

Spectrograms & scalograms.

OR

Q12)Perform MRA using Haar filters of the signal given,

x[n] = {32,20,14,18,6,12,8,20} V3. Draw all the projections till 0th subspace.
Reconstruct after suppressing (making zero) coefficients in Wj subspaces
and show denoising (smoothening) effect on reconstructed signal xd[n] when
compared with x[n].
[16]

R R R

[4759]-94

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1393

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 95
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
MICRO ELECTROMECHANICALSYSTEMAND SYSTEMS ON CHIP
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (404185)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt 3 questions from each section.
2) Attempt from section - I: Q1 or Q2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and from section - II:
Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicates marks.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Point out the difference between MEMS and Microsystems.

[8]

What are the general desirable characteristics of MEMS?

[8]

OR
Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)
b)

Draw and explain functional block diagram of MEMS.

[8]

Explain photolithography process in detail.

[8]

Justify Silicon- an ideal substrate material for MEMS.

[8]

What is SU-8 photoresists? Write brief about it.

[8]

OR
Q4) a)

What are the silicon compound which are used in MEMS fabrication?
Describe any one of them.
[8]

b)

What do you mean by piezoresistance? Can we use silicon for the same?
Write down mathematical expression for it.
[8]
P.T.O.

Q5) a)
b)

Point out major technical issues in BioMEMS products.

[9]

Explain glucose monitoring and drug delivery system.

[9]

OR
Q6) Write short note on:
a)

Chemical sensors

b)

Micro accelerometers

c)

Magnetic Actuators

[18]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)
b)

What is SOC? Write various components of SOC.

[8]

Draw typical architecture of SOC.

[8]

OR
Q8) a)
b)

Q9) a)
b)

Point out difference between SOC and processors on chip.

[8]

Justify SOC increases chip complexity.

[8]

What is the difference between wet & dry etching?

[8]

What are the merits and demerits of behavioural synthesis?

[8]

OR
Q10)a)
b)

Write various layout strategies for IC design.

[8]

What is LEGAL? Explain LEGAL algorithm steps.

[8]

[4759]-95

Q11)a)
b)

Explain various packaging technologies and explain each in detail.

[9]

What are the issues in testing of core based systems on chip? Explain
features of co-design tool.
[9]
OR

Q12)a)
b)

Explain generic test generation procedure with flow chart. Explain

embedded core based system on chip test strategies.
[9]
Explain the terms:

[9]

i)

Defects and fault method

ii)

Fault simulation

R R R

[4759]-95

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1394

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 96
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
MOBILE COMMUNICATION
( 2008 Course) (Semester - I) (Elective - II) (404185)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 3 questions from Section I and 3 questions from Section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)

With neat diagram, explain the frequency reuse concept in mobile

communication. State the formula for S/I in terms of co-channel reuse
ratio Q.
[8]

b)

Explain any two techniques of improving coverage and capacity of cellular

networks.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)

What is co-channel and Adjacent channel interference in mobile networks?

Describe techniques to reduce the same.
[8]

b)

Discuss evolution of mobile communication from 1G to 3G networks

with their salient features.
[8]

Q3) a)

Calculate the free space path loss for a signal Transmitted at a frequency
of 900MHz with the distance between Transmitter and Receiver of 1km.
Calculate the same for 1850 MHz.
[8]

b)

Derive an expression for power received Pr using Ground Reflection

(Two-Ray) model.
[10]
OR
P.T.O.

Q4) a)
b)

With a neat diagram, explain impulse response model of multipath channel

in detail.
[8]
Describe following terms w.r.t small scale fading:i)

Multipath propogation

ii)

Speed of the mobile

iii)

Speed of surrounding objects

iv)

Transmission bandwidth of the signal.

[10]

Q5) a)

Draw the block diagram of offset QPSK transmitter and explain function
of each block.
[8]

b)

Classify equalizers. Draw the block diagram of linear transversal equalizer

and explain its operation.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

What are advantages of diversity techniques in mobile communication?

Explain with neat diagram any space diversity technique.
[8]

b)

Draw and explain the block diagram of RAKE receiver in CDMA system.
[8]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

b)

A GSM uses a frame structure where each frame consists of 8 time slots
and each time slot contains 156.25 bits and data is transmitted at 270.833
kbps in the channel. Find
[8]
i)

Time duration of a bit

ii)

Time duration of a slot

iii)

Time duration of a frame

Compare FDMA, TDMA and CDMA multiple access techniques.

OR

[4759]-96

[8]

Q8) a)

With a neat block diagram describe the operation of GSM speech encoder.
[8]

b)

A GSM 900MHz and 1800MHz is a popular operating dual band world

wide and has a RF bandwidth of 25MHz and 75MHz respectively. How
many channels these two bands separately can support. If one channel
of TDMA is shared by 8 users, then find number of users supported in
each band.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

List and describe the components of GSM model.

[8]

Explain steps involved in a call setup from Mobile to a landline phone.[10]

OR

Q10)a)

If a GSM time slot consist of 6 trailing bits, 8.25 guard bits, 26 training
bits and 2 traffic burst of 58 bits of data, find the frame efficiency.
Assume 8 users on one channel of TDMA.
[8]

b)

What are types of GSM logical channels. Explain each type in brief.[10]

Q11)a)

b)

Explain the working of following forward channels in CDMA:i)

Pilot channel

ii)

Sync channel

Describe soft handoff mechanism in CDMA.

[8]

[8]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain need of power control and how power is controlled in CDMA.[8]

Describe CDMA in a DSSS environment with neat diagram.

R R R
[4759]-96

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

SEAT No. :

P1395

[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 97
B.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
TELECOMMUNICATION & SWITCHING SYSTEM
( 2008 Course) (Semester - II) (404187)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer three questions from section I and three questions from section II.
2) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) a)
b)

Discuss the various types of switching systems.

[8]

Explain operation of Memory controlled time division switching with a

neat block diagram.
[8]
OR

Q2) a)
b)

Q3) a)

Explain space division switching & time division switching.

[8]

What are the functions of switching Systems? Draw block diagram of

Subscribers line interface circuit for a digital exchange.
[8]

Explain the terms

i)

Erlang

ii)

Busy Hour

iii)

BHCR

iv)

CCR

[8]

P.T.O.

b)

Derive and explain Erlangs lost-call formula with necessary assumptions.

[8]
OR

Q4) a)

Explain the following in detail:

i)

GOS

ii)

Blocking Probability

iii)

Markov Chain

[8]

b)

State and explain Constant and Exponential Holding time Distributions.

[8]

Q5) a)

For an ideal Grading, state and explain the Erlangs grading formula.[4]

b)

Explain the Skipped Grading and Homogeneous Grading. Draw neat

diagrams.
[6]

c)

What are different levels of control functions in a distributed SPC? Explain

operations of each level in detail.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)

Define Signaling. Write classification of signaling.

[6]

b)

Design a three stage network that has 100 incoming lines and 300 outgoing
trunks. Also calculate the total cross points.
[6]

c)

Define and explain the terms Availability and Unavailability of a

dual processor system with necessary equations.
[6]

SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Draw and explain with block schematic for connections between two
autonomously timed digital switches. What are Slips? How they are
controlled?
[8]

[4759]-97

b)

Draw and explain with block diagram for interface between TDM
transmission link and a digital switch using Elastic Store.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

State and explain in detail various Signal units based on High-level DataLink Control (HDLC) protocol.
[8]

b)

What is Timing Jitter? Draw and explain block schematic diagrams for
measuring Timing Jitter.
[8]

Q9) a)
b)

Explain ISO-OSI model in detail.

[8]

Explain use of digital technology in Public telecommunication networks.

[8]
OR

Q10)a)

Explain the concept of Internetworking.

[8]

Discuss various types of services provided by ISDN.

[8]

Write short note on CDMA IS-95 Technology.

[6]

b)

Explain the concepts of Roaming and Handoff.

[6]

c)

Explain the basic components of Cellular system.

[6]

b)

Q11)a)

OR
Q12)Write short note on (any Three).

[18]

a)

Cellular system topology

b)

GPRS

c)

Personal Satellite communication system

d)

GSM System Architecture

R R R
[4759]-97

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P1396

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :5

[4759] - 98
B.E. (E & TC)
OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION
(2008 Pattern) (Semester -II)

Time :3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 from section I and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12 from section II.
2) Answer to the two Sections should be written in separate books.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I

Q1) a)

A typical relative refractive index difference for an optical fiber designed

for long distance transmission is 1.3%. Estimate the NA and the solid
acceptance angle in air for the fiber when the core index is 1.48. Further,
calculate the critical angle at the core-clading interface within the fiber. It
may be assumed that the concepts of geometric optics for the fiber.[6]

b)

Explain the characteristics and operating ranges of the four key optical
fiber link components.
[6]

c)

Derive an expression for the acceptance angel for a skew ray which
changes direction by an angle 2 at each reflection in a step index fiber
in terms of the fiber NA and . It may be assume that ray theory holds
for the fiber.
[6]
OR

Q2) a)

A single mode step index fiber has core and cladding refractive indices
of 1.498 and 1.495 respectively. Determine the core diameter required
for the fiber to permit its operation over the wavelength range 1.48 to
1.60 m. Calculate the new fiber core diameter to enable single -mode
[6]
transmission at a wavelength of 1.30 m.
P.T.O.

b)

A step index fiber in air has a numerical aperture of 0.16, a core refractive
index of 1.45 and a core diameter of 60 m. Determine the normalized
frequency for the fiber when light at a wavelength of 0.9 m. is
transmitted. Further, estimate the number of guided modes propagating
in the fiber.
[6]

c)

What requirement should be satisfied by the material chosen for fiber

fabrication? According to the material used in fiber fabrication explain
the types of fiber.
[6]

Q3) a)

Briefly describe linear scattering losses in optical fibers with regard to[8]

b)

i)

Rayleigh scattering

ii)

Mie scattering

A 6 km optical link consists of multimode step index fiber with a core

refractive index of 1.5 and a relative refractive index difference of 1%
Estimate
[8]
i)

The delay difference between the slowest and fastest modes at the
fiber output.

ii)

The rms pulse broadening due to intermodal dispersion on the link;

iii)

The maximum bit rate that may be obtained without substantial

errors on the link assuming only intermodal dispersion;

iv)

The bandwidth length product corresponding to (iii).

OR

Q4) a)

Describe the phenomenon of modal noise in optical fibers and suggest

how it may be avoided.
[8]

b)

A single mode step index fiber with a core refractive index of 1.49 has a
critical bending radius of 10.4 mm when illuminate with light at a wavelength
of 1.30 m. If the cut off wavelength for the fiber is 1.15 m calculate
its relative refractive index difference.
[8]

Q5) a)

The radiative and nonradiative recombination lifetimes of the minority

carriers in the active region of a double-heterojunction LED are 30ns and
80ns respectively. Determine the total carrier recombination life time and
the power internally generated within the device when the peak emission
wavelength is 0.87 m at a drive current of 40 mA.
[8]

[4759]-98

b)

i)

State and explain the various advantages of LED in comparison

with injection lasers.

ii)

Explain the conditions necessary to attain lasing action in LASERs.

[8]
OR

Q6) a)

b)

A single mode fiber has a mode field diameter 4.95 m, a core refractive
index n1 = 1.47, a cladding refractive index n2 = 1.465 and a core diameter
2a= 9 m. Find.
[8]
i)

Insersion losses of a fiber joint having a lateral offset of 1 m.

ii)

Loss at a joint having an angular misalignment of 1o at a 1300-nm

wavelength.

Explain the various optical transmitter- LED drive circuits for analog
transmission.
[8]

SECTION- II
Q7) a)

b)

When 2.51011 photons each with a wavelength of 0.85 m are incident

on a photodiode, on average 11011 electrons are collected at the terminals
of the device. Determine the following of the photodiode at 0.85 m.[6]
i)

The quantum efficiency

ii)

Responsivity

Given that the following measurements were taken for an APD, calculate
the multiplication factor for the device.
[6]
i)

Received optical power at 1.35 m

= 0.2 W

ii)

Corresponding output photocurrent

= 4.9 A

(After avalanche gain)

iii)
c)

Quantum efficiency at 1.35 m

= 40%

Explain the requirements that must be satisfied by detectors for

performance and compatibility.
[6]
OR

[4759]-98

Q8) a)

An analog optical fiber communication system requires an SNR of 40

dB at the detector with a post-detection bandwidth of 30 MHz. Calculate
the minimum optical power required at the detector if it is operating at a
wavelength of 0.9 m with a quantum efficiency of 70%. State any
assumption made.
[10]

b)

Draw and explain the block schematic of the front end of an optical
receiver showing the various sources of noise. And draw the equivalent
circuit of it.
[8]

Q9) a)

A 1550-nm single mode digital fiber optic link needs to operate at

622Mbps over 80 km without amplifiers. A single-mode InGaAsP laser
launches an average optical power of 13dBm into the fiber. The fiber has
a loss of 0.35dB/km and there is a splice with a loss of 0.1dB every
kilometer. The coupling loss at the receiver is 0.5dB, and the receiver
uses InGaAs APD with a sensitivity of -39dBm. Excess-noise penalties
are predicted to be 1.5dB. Setup an optical power budget for this link
and find the system margin. Represent link loss budget graphically.[10]

b)

Explain the RF over Fiber with reference to analog link.

[6]

OR
Q10)a)

An optical fiber system is to be designed to operate over an 8km length

without repeaters. The rise times of the chosen components are:
[8]
Source LED

8ns

Fiber: Intermodal

6 ns/km

(Pulse broadening) intramodal

1 ns/km

Detector (p-i-n photodiode)

5ns

From system rise time considerations, estimate the maximum bit rate
that may be achieved on the link when using an NRZ fomat.
b)

Write a short note on Multichannel Modulation techniques.

[4759]-98

[8]

Q11)a)

Explain the WDM with respect to the following points

[8]

Overview of WDM
Operational principles of WDM
b)

Explain in detail the architecture of EDFA.

[8]

OR
Q12)a)

b)

Consider an EDFA being pumped at 980 nm with a 30 mW pump power.

If the gain at 1550 nm is 20dB, then calculate:
[8]
i)

Maximum input power

ii)

Maximum output power

Write a note on Applications and type of Optical Amplifier.

R R R

[4759]-98

[8]

Total No. of Questions : 12]

P2010

SEAT No. :
[Total No. of Pages :3

[4759] - 99
B.E. (E & TC)
SOFT COMPUTING
(404189) (2008 Course) (Elective - III) (Semester - II)

Time : 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks : 100
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one question each among Q1 & Q2, Q3 & Q4, Q5 & Q6.
2) Answer any one question each among Q7 & Q8, Q9 & Q10, Q11 & Q12.
3) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate books.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
7) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

SECTION - I
Q1) Write notes on (any three):

[18]

a)

Applications of an artificial neuron for linear regression and classification.

b)

Hard computing and soft computing.

c)

Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing characteristics.

d)

Evolutionary computation.
OR

Q2) a)
b)
Q3) a)

What are the methods to assign membership values or functions to fuzzy

variables? Explain any one method with an example.
[8]
State the properties and operations on fuzzy sets.

[10]

Explain the terms with reference to membership function with a suitable

example:
[8]
i)

Core

ii)

Boundary

iii)

Support
P.T.O.

b)

Consider fuzzy relations:

y1
R=

y2

[8]
z1

z2

z3

x1 0.7 0.5
y1 0.9 0.6 0.2
,S
=
x2 0.8 0.4
y2 0.1 0.7 0.5

Find the relation T = RoS using max-min and max-product composition.

OR
Q4) a)

Explain the Mamdani Fuzzy Inference Model with example.

[8]

b)

State the assumptions in a Fuzzy Control System Design and highlight

the advantages of FLC over conventional control system design
approach.
[8]

Q5) a)

Explain the seven de-fuzzification techniques used in fuzzy systems.[8]

b)

Explain the concept of composite linguistic variables and the use of

concentration and dilation operations.
[8]
OR

Q6) a)
b)

Explain the TSK Fuzzy Model with a suitable example.

[6]

State the procedure to design a fuzzy inference system for inferring the
speed of a motor in rpm (range 0 to 1000), the inputs being temperature
(range 0 to 60C) and humidity (range 0 to 100%RH). Use suitable
membership functions and assume Mamdani inference.
[10]
SECTION - II

Q7) a)

Using Mc-Culloch Pitts neuron, implement a bipolar XOR function.

Assume initial weights to be [1 1].
[8]

b)

State the difference between Willshaw von der Marlsburg model and
Kohonen model.
[8]
OR

Q8) a)

Explain the architecture of Radial basis function network and state the
RBFN training algorithm.
[8]

b)

What is the Hebb learning rule? State the modification to basic Hebb rule
to address its limitation.
[8]

[4759]-99

Q9) a)
b)

What are the necessary requirements of an activation function? Explain

any three activation functions.
[8]
Explain the concept of bias and threshold in artificial neurons?

[8]

OR
Q10)Explain Supervised Learning, Unsupervised Learning and Reinforcement
Learning with suitable examples.
[16]
Q11)a)
b)

Explain the weight adaptation phases in a Self-Organized Feature Map

network.
[9]
Explain any one application of SOFM.

[9]

OR
Q12)a)
b)

Explain the two-pass learning in an ANFIS network.

[4]

Compute the output f for the ANFIS network shown in figure.xx. Assume
A1, A2, B1, B2 as gbell membership functions:
[14]

Given: x = 25, y = 30

E
[4759]-99

E
3